United States

Securities and Exchange Commission

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

Form 10-K

 

(Mark One)

x

Annual Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the Fiscal Year Ended January 31, 2015

or

¨

Transition Report Pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934

For the transition period from              to              .

Commission file number: 001-34195

 

Layne Christensen Company

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

 

Delaware

 

48-0920712

(State or other jurisdiction

 

(I.R.S. Employer

of incorporation or organization)

 

Identification No.)

1800 Hughes Landing Boulevard Ste 700 The Woodlands, TX 77380

(Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (281) 475-2600

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

 

Title of each class

 

Name of each exchange on which registered

Common stock, $.01 par value

 

NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    Yes  ¨      No  x

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    Yes  ¨     No  x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    Yes  x     No  ¨

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§29.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See definition of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

(Check one):

 

Large accelerated filer

 

¨

 

Accelerated filer

 

x

 

 

 

 

Non-accelerated filer

 

¨     (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)

 

Smaller reporting company

 

¨

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act).    Yes  ¨     No  x

The aggregate market value of the 19,684,429 shares of Common Stock of the registrant held by non-affiliates of the registrant on July 31, 2014, the last business day of the registrant’s second fiscal quarter, computed by reference to the closing sale price of such stock on the NASDAQ Global Select Market on that date was $213,576,055.

At April 6, 2015, there were 19,643,551 shares of the Registrant’s Common Stock outstanding.

Documents Incorporated by Reference

Portions of the following document are incorporated by reference into the indicated parts of this report: Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2015 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Commission pursuant to Regulation 14A.

 

 

 

 

 


LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

Form 10-K

 

PART I

 

 

Item 1. Business

 

1

Item 1A. Risk Factors

 

12

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

 

30

Item 2. Properties

 

30

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

 

31

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

 

31

PART II

 

 

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

 

32

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

 

34

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

35

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

58

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

 

60

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

 

104

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

 

104

Item 9B. Other Information

 

104

PART III

 

 

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

 

106

Item 11. Executive Compensation

 

107

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

 

107

Item 13. Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

 

107

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

 

107

PART IV

 

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

108

Signatures

 

 

 

 

 

 


 

PART I

I tem 1.

Business

General

Layne Christensen Company (“Layne”, “our”, “we”) is a global water management, construction and drilling company. Layne provides responsible solutions for water, mineral and energy. This integrated approach allows Layne to offer more than individual services, it ensures streamlined communications, expedited timelines, and a constant focus on its overriding values of safety, sustainability, integrity and excellence. Layne’s solutions enhance the lives of people by providing and protecting the world’s essential resources. Layne’s customers include government agencies, investor-owned utilities, industrial companies, global mining companies, consulting engineering firms, heavy civil construction contractors, oil and gas companies, power companies and agribusiness.

We operate on a geographically dispersed basis, with approximately 85 sales and operations offices located throughout North America, Africa, Australia, South America, and through our affiliates in Latin America countries. Layne maintains its executive offices at 1800 Hughes Landing Boulevard, Suite 700, The Woodlands, Texas 77380. The telephone number is (281) 475-2600 and the website address is www.layne.com which is where you can find periodic and current reports, free of charge, as soon as reasonably practicable after such material is filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission.

Our teams are responsible for effectively managing water throughout its lifecycle including supply, treatment, delivery and maintenance. Throughout each phase, we work to ensure compliance with complex state and federal regulations, and to meet increasingly high demand for quality, reliability and efficiency. We engage in the development and deployment of new and innovative water technologies to meet these higher standards and to continue improving on the safety and sustainability of our work.

Layne provides specialized construction solutions for the responsible management of water in many industries and environments. With extensive heavy civil expertise and a proven reputation for safety, we design and construct comprehensive, end-to-end water management systems, as well as individual intakes, reservoirs, pump stations, pipelines and plants. Our geotechnical capabilities allow us to improve soil conditions and support subterranean structures in underground construction projects where effective water management is critical, such as dams and levees, tunnels, water lines, subways, highways and marine facilities.

Layne provides comprehensive turnkey drilling solutions for water management, mineral services and specialty drilling needs. We employ a team of specialists to help us understand specific site characteristics and proactively overcome and plan for any challenges. Our experts are able to define the source, depth, magnitude and overall feasibility of water aquifers, and drill high-volume wells suitable for supplying water to governmental, industrial and agricultural customers. We also drill deep injection wells to facilitate the disposal of treated wastewater. Our mineral services teams extract contaminant-free samples that accurately reflect the underlying mineral deposits for our global mining customers.

Business Segments

Layne’s business segments are Water Resources, Inliner, Heavy Civil, Geoconstruction, Mineral Services and Energy Services. Each of our segments has major customers; however, no single customer accounted for 10% or more of revenues in any of the past three fiscal years. See Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements for financial information pertaining to the operations and geographic spread of the segments and foreign operations.

Water Resources

Operations

Throughout the U.S., Water Resources provides our customers with sustainable solutions for every aspect of water supply system development and technology. We provide a full suite of water-related products and services, including hydrologic design and construction, source of supply exploration, well and intake construction and well and pump rehabilitation. Water Resources also brings new technologies to the water and wastewater markets, whether through internal development, acquisition or strategic alliance. We also offer water treatment equipment engineering services, providing systems for the treatment of regulated and “nuisance” contaminants, specifically iron, manganese, hydrogen sulfide, arsenic, radium, nitrate, perchlorate and volatile organic compounds.

Our target groundwater drilling market consists of high-volume water wells drilled principally for municipal and industrial customers. These high-volume wells, by necessity, have more stringent design specifications than residential or agricultural wells and are typically deeper and larger in diameter. We have strong technical expertise, an in-depth knowledge of U.S. geology and hydrology, a well-maintained fleet of appropriately sized, modern drilling equipment and a demonstrated ability to procure the sizable performance bonds often required for water related projects.

 

1


 

Water supply solutions for government agencies, industry and agriculture require the integration of hydrogeology and engineering with proven knowledge and application of drilling techniques.  We expect demand for water treatment will be strongest in the industrial sector where the water quality challenges are more significant.  The drilling methods, size and type of equipment required depend upon the depth of the wells and the geological formations encountered at the project site. We have extensive well archives in addition to technical personnel who can determine geological conditions and aquifer characteristics. We provide feasibility studies using complex geophysical survey methods and have the expertise to analyze the survey results and define the source, depth and magnitude of an aquifer. We can estimate recharge rates, recommend well design features, plan well field design and develop water management plans. To conduct these services, we maintain a staff of professional employees including geological engineers, geologists, hydrogeologists and geophysicists. These attributes enable us to locate suitable water-bearing formations to meet a wide variety of customer requirements.

Our expertise includes all sources of water supply including groundwater and surface sources. We design and construct bank intake structures, submerged intakes, infiltration galleries and horizontal collector wells. We also design and construct the pipelines and pump stations necessary to convey water from its source to the users.

Our involvement in the initial drilling of wells positions us to win follow-up rehabilitation business, which is generally a higher margin business than well drilling. Such rehabilitation is periodically required during the life of a well, as groundwater may contain bacteria, iron, high mineral content, or other contaminants and screen openings may become blocked, reducing the capacity and productivity of the well.

We offer complete diagnostic and rehabilitation services for existing wells, pumps and related equipment with a network of local offices throughout our geographic markets in the U.S. In addition to our well service rigs, we have equipment capable of conducting downhole closed circuit televideo inspections, one of the most effective methods for investigating water well problems, enabling us to effectively diagnose and respond quickly to well and pump performance problems. Our trained and experienced personnel can perform a variety of well rehabilitation techniques, using both chemical and mechanical methods. To complement this effort, we perform bacteriological well evaluation and water chemistry analyses. We also have the capability and inventory to repair, in our own machine shops, most water well pumps, regardless of manufacturer, as well as to repair well screens, casings and related equipment such as chlorinators, aerators and filtration systems.

Water Resources also offers investigative services to assist in assessing, monitoring and characterizing water quality and aquifer parameters. The customers are typically national and regional consulting firms engaged by federal and state agencies, as well as industrial companies that need to assess, define or clean up groundwater contamination sources. We assist the customer in determining the extent of groundwater contamination, installation of recovery wells that extract contaminated groundwater for treatment, which is known as pump and treat remediation, and specialized site safety programs associated with drilling at contaminated sites. In our Safety & Health department, we employ full-time staff qualified to prepare site-specific health and safety plans for hazardous waste cleanup sites as required by the Occupational Safety and Health Administration (“OSHA”) and the Mine Safety and Health Administration (“MSHA”).

Customers & Markets

In Water Resources, our customers are typically government agencies and local operations of agricultural and industrial businesses. The term “government agencies” includes federal, state and local entities.

In the drilling of new water wells, we target customers that require compliance with detailed and demanding specifications and regulations and that often require bonding and insurance, areas in which we believe we often have competitive advantages.

Water infrastructure demand is driven by the need to provide and protect one of earth’s most essential resources, water, which is drawn from the earth for drinking, irrigation and industrial use. Main drivers for water supply and treatment include shifting demographics and urban sprawl, deteriorating water quality and infrastructure that supplies our water, increasing water demand from industrial expansion, stricter regulation and new technology that allows us to achieve new standards of quality. Well and pump rehabilitation demand depends on the age and application of the equipment, the quality of material and workmanship applied in the original well construction and changes in depth and quality of the groundwater. Rehabilitation work is often required on an emergency basis or within a relatively short period of time after a performance decline is recognized. Scheduling flexibility and a broad national footprint combined with technical expertise and equipment are critical for a repair and maintenance service provider. Like the water well drilling market, the market for rehabilitation is highly fragmented. The demand for well and pump rehabilitation in the public market is highly influenced by municipal budgets.

 

2


 

Injection well, a device that places fluid deep underground into porous rock formations, has seen its market demand driven by new regulations and the need to economically dispose of waste associated with municipal and industrial water treatment.

Demand for water solutions will grow as government agencies, industry and agriculture compete for increasingly limited water resources. The combination of tightening regulations and water scarcity has resulted in increasingly sophisticated water consumers, and this in turn has created opportunities for the introduction of long-term sustainable methods and technologies such as aquifer recharge, water re-use, injection wells and zero-liquid discharge treatment systems.

As demographic shifts occur to more water-challenged areas and the number and allowable level of regulated contaminants and impurities becomes stricter, the demand for water recycling (re-use) and conservation services, as well as new specialized treatment media and filtration methods, is expected to remain strong.

Competition

The U.S. water well drilling industry is highly fragmented; consisting of several thousand regionally and locally based contractors. The majority of these contractors are primarily involved in drilling low-volume water wells for agricultural and residential customers, markets in which we do not generally participate.

Competition for Water Resources’ services are primarily local and regional specialty general contractors, while our competition in the water well drilling business consists primarily of small, local water well drilling operations and some larger regional competitors. Oil and conventional natural gas well drillers generally do not compete in the water well drilling business because the typical well depths are greater for oil and conventional natural gas and, to a lesser extent, the technology and equipment utilized in these businesses are different. Only a small percentage of all companies that perform water well drilling services have the technical competence and drilling expertise to compete effectively for high-volume municipal and industrial projects, which typically are more demanding than projects in the agricultural or residential well markets. In addition, smaller companies often do not have the financial resources or bonding capacity to compete for large projects. However, there are no proprietary technologies or other significant factors that prevent other firms from entering these local or regional markets or from consolidating into larger companies more comparable in size to us. Water well drilling work is usually obtained on a competitive bid basis for government agencies, while work for industrial customers is obtained on a negotiated or informal bid basis.

As is the case in the water well drilling business, the well and pump rehabilitation business is characterized by a large number of relatively small competitors. We believe only a small percentage of the companies performing these services have the technical expertise necessary to diagnose complex problems, perform many of the sophisticated rehabilitation techniques we offer or repair a wide range of pumps in their own facilities. In addition, many of these companies have only a small number of pump service rigs. Rehabilitation projects are typically negotiated at the time of repair or contracted for in advance depending upon the lead-time available for the repair work. Since well and pump rehabilitation work is typically negotiated on an emergency basis or within a relatively short period of time, those companies with available rigs and the requisite expertise have a competitive advantage by being able to respond quickly to repair requests.

Inliner

Operations

Inliner is a full service rehabilitation company offering a wide range of solutions for wastewater, storm water and process sewer pipeline networks. The foundation of our services is our proprietary Inliner ® cured-in-place pipe (“CIPP”). The product allows us to rehabilitate aging and deteriorated infrastructure and provide structural rebuilding as well as infiltration and inflow reduction. Its trenchless nature reduces rehabilitation costs, minimizes environmental impact and reduces or eliminates surface and social disruption.

Layne Inliner, LLC began as the first U.S. licensee of the Inliner ® technology in 1991. We own and operate Inliner Technologies and Liner Products, the technology company and lining tube manufacturer, respectively. This vertical integration gives us control of the Inliner ® product from raw material purchases to product installation. Since our start we have successfully installed more than 19.0 million feet of CIPP throughout the U.S. Pipe diameters have ranged from 4-inches to 90-inches in traditional round as well as non-circular geometries. Inliner’s saturation facilities installation techniques and lining tube manufacturing facility are ISO 9001:2008 certified bringing an added element of quality control to tube construction, product design and field installation.

Inliner has the ability to supply both traditional felt based CIPP lining tubes cured with water or steam as well as fiberglass based lining tubes cured with ultraviolet light. Layne installs both the felt based and fiberglass/UV product with internal crews as well as offers outside sales of dry felt liners and saturated fiberglass/UV liners to other installers.

 

3


 

While Inliner focuses on CIPP, it is committed to full system renewal. Inliner also provides a wide variety of other rehabilitative methods including Janssen structural renewal for service lateral connections and mainlines, slip lining, traditional excavation and replacement and manhole renewal with cementitious and epoxy products. Inliner’s expertise, experience and customer-oriented contracting combined with its ability to provide a diverse line of products and services differentiates it from other rehabilitation contractors and allows Inliner to provide clients with single source accountability when it comes to rehabilitative services.

Customers & Markets

Inliner customers are typically municipalities and local operations of industrial businesses.

The geographic reach of the Inliner installation group stretches from the east coast westward to the Rocky Mountains. Felt based sales through Liner Products continued to be predominantly U.S. based. Fiberglass/UV based sales were all U.S. generated.  

Many of the drivers for sewer rehabilitation demand are largely a function of deteriorating urban infrastructure compounded by population growth, as well as deteriorating water quality and infrastructure that supplies our water. Additionally, federal and state agencies are forcing municipalities and industry to address infiltration of groundwater into damaged or leaking sewer lines, enforcing stricter regulation and new technology that motivates us to achieve new standards of quality.

Competition

The CIPP industry has a small number of contractors with nationwide coverage, the largest being Insituform, a subsidiary of Aegion Corporation, and several more regionalized competitors. Municipal work is typically obtained on a competitive bid basis with rare exceptions of design build proposals being used for contractor selection. Industrial work can be either competitive bid or negotiated.

Larger competitors share the same vertical integration (tube manufacturing/assembly, wetout and installation) as Inliner, while smaller competitors rely on third party tube supply and wetout. This saturated tube supply and the lack of having to construct wetout facilities allows smaller competitors to enter and remain in the CIPP business. In addition, the entrance of fiberglass products cured with ultraviolet light has opened up competition even further. Despite widespread competition, Inliner remains one of the most diversified providers in the industry by offering more than just CIPP.

Heavy Civil

Operations

Heavy Civil delivers sustainable solutions to government agencies and industrial clients by overseeing the design and construction of water and wastewater treatment plants and pipeline installation. In addition, Heavy Civil builds radial collector wells (Ranney Method), surface water intakes, pumping stations, hard rock tunnels and marine construction services – all in support of the world’s water infrastructure. Beyond water solutions, Heavy Civil also designs and constructs biogas facilities (anaerobic digesters) for the purpose of generating and capturing methane gas, an emerging renewable energy resource.

The Ranney ® method specializes in the design and turnkey construction of high capacity water supply systems including radial collector wells, surface water intakes, infiltration galleries, riverbank filtration and sea water systems. Collector wells typically combine high yields with lower operating and maintaining costs. In most cases, they are less intrusive on the environment. Complete hydrogeological services for optimum siting are also available.

Heavy Civil, a water treatment plant contractor, specializes in new facility construction, expansions and modifications. Heavy Civil is experienced in the construction of municipal and industrial plants using the latest process technologies including reverse osmosis membrane, nanofiltration, ultra-violet and ozone disinfection, regeneration services and air stripper repacking to provide fully sustainable systems. Recent projects have included complex chemical feed systems and fully automated control systems.

Layne is experienced in all types of pipe materials and systems that deliver water from the source to the plant and to the end user. In addition to the clean water side of the business, Heavy Civil constructs pipeline systems that handle the discharge end of the product. Interceptor sewers and sanitary pipelines play a key role in the full water cycle by enabling the used water to be transported to facilities for required treatment prior to being discharged, utilized by others or otherwise disposed. Heavy Civil can also develop special piping needs for process piping and cooling systems. Heavy Civil has the capability to install deep, large diameter piping in rock or other difficult soil conditions. It has the capability to design and install support systems and provide tunneling and marine installation.

 

4


 

Anaerobic digestion is a series of biological processes in which microorganisms break down biodegradable material in the absence of oxygen. One of the end products is biogas, which is combusted to generate electricity and heat, or it can be processed into renewable natural gas and transportation fuels. Heavy Civil’s anaerobic digestion technologies convert various organic waste streams such as food solids, livestock manure, and municipal wastewater into biogas.

Customers & Markets

In Heavy Civil, customers are typically government agencies and local operations of industrial businesses. Continued population growth in water-challenged regions and more stringent regulatory requirements lead to an increased need to conserve water resources and control contaminants and impurities. The combination of tightening regulations and water scarcity has resulted in increasingly sophisticated water consumers, and this in turn has created opportunities for the introduction of long-term sustainable methods and technology, such as zero-liquid discharge treatment systems construction implementation. Heavy Civil operates in most areas of the U.S.

Competition

Management believes that many of the competitors in this industry do not possess the capabilities for end-to-end water management systems in the same manner as Heavy Civil, due to our ability to draw from Water Resources for expertise and resources. This differentiates Heavy Civil from its competitors. Treatment plant and pipeline competitors consist mostly of a few national and many regional companies. The majority of the municipal market is contracted through a public bidding process.  

Geoconstruction

Operations

Geoconstruction provides specialized geotechnical foundation construction services to the heavy civil, industrial, commercial and private construction markets. It has the expertise and equipment to provide the most appropriate deep foundation system, ground improvement and earth support solution to be applied given highly variable geological and site conditions. In addition, Geoconstruction has experience in completing complex and schedule-driven major underground construction projects. It provides services that are focused primarily on the foundation systems for dams/levees, tunnel shafts, utility systems, subways or transportation systems, commercial building and port facilities. Services offered include jet grouting, structural diaphragm and slurry cutoff walls, cement and chemical grouting, drilled piles, ground improvement and earth retention systems. Highly specialized equipment and technology is used such as hydromills and bentonite slurry technology to execute its jobs.

Geoconstruction acquired an initial 50% interest in Costa Fortuna which operated in Brazil and Uruguay in July 2010.  The acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in Diberil Sociedad Anonima (“Costa Fortuna”) was completed during FY2013.  On July 31, 2014, Layne sold Costa Fortuna, and it is reflected as a discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements.

On October 31, 2014, Layne sold Tecniwell, a wholly-owned subsidiary in Italy which manufactured equipment for the international ground stabilization industry, particularly the jet-grouting field, with related ancillary tooling.  Tecniwell had achieved presence in Europe, Asia and North and South America.  Tecniwell is reflected as a discontinued operation in the consolidated financial statements.

Customers & Markets

Geoconstruction customers are typically government agencies, local operations of industrial businesses and heavy civil general contractors. Contracts are awarded following a competitive bidding process. Contracts have involved large projects which at times can be delayed by the project owner or the general contractor due to various factors, including funding and the local political environment.

Competition

In the specialized foundation construction arena, management believes there are few competitors. Customers are targeted that require compliance with detailed and demanding specifications and regulations and that often require bonding and insurance, areas in which management believes Geoconstruction has competitive advantages due to its extensive expertise. Geoconstruction owns and operates what management believes to be one of the largest fleet of hydromills and related equipment in North America. In addition, Geoconstruction has implemented a sophisticated quality control system that allows it to follow each phase of work in real-time.

 

5


 

Mineral Services

Operations

Global mining and junior mining companies hire Mineral Services to extract rock and soil samples from their sites that they analyze for mineral content and grade before investing heavily in development to extract these minerals. Mineral Services drilling services require a high level of expertise and technical competence because the samples extracted must be free of contamination and accurately reflect the location and orientation of underlying mineral deposits.

Mineral Services conducts primarily above ground drilling activities, including all phases of core drilling, reverse circulation, dual tube, hammer and rotary air-blast methods. Its service offerings include both exploratory (‘greenfield’) and definition (‘brownfield’) drilling. Greenfield drilling is conducted to determine if there is a minable mineral deposit, which is known as an orebody, on the site. Brownfield drilling is typically conducted at a site to assess whether it would be economical to mine and to assist in mapping the mine layout. Mineral Services provides information to its clients that assist them in determining if a minable mineral deposit exists on a site, the economic viability of mining the site, the geological properties of the ground and mine planning.

Mineral Services has country managers who are responsible for operations throughout Africa, North America and Australia. These managers are responsible for maintaining contact and relationships with large mining operations that perform work on a global basis, as well as junior mining companies that operate more regionally.

In the case of Mineral Services’ foreign affiliates, where it does not have majority ownership or operating control, day-to-day operating decisions are made by local management. Mineral Services manages interests in the foreign affiliates through regular management meetings and analysis of comprehensive operating and financial information. The foreign affiliates are engaged in similar operations to Mineral Services, in addition to the manufacture and supply of drilling equipment, parts and supplies. The affiliates operate primarily in Latin America.

Mineral Services has experienced the effects of the global decline in demand for mineral exploration and the overall soft market for base and precious metals during FY2015, FY2014 and FY2013.  In response to this, Mineral Services has continually adjusted its operations to react to market conditions experienced by the industry. This has included reducing operating expenses, shifting assets to the Americas where exploration has been slightly less affected than in Africa and Australia, and exiting certain countries in Africa. The minerals exploration business is cyclical in nature. The longer term mining industry fundamentals remain positive. Layne’s safety record and ability to re-deploy assets quickly when called upon makes Mineral Services well positioned for opportunities as they present themselves.

Customers and Markets

Mineral Services customers are major gold and copper producers and to a lesser extent, other base metal producers. Mineral Services’ largest customers are multi-national corporations headquartered in the U.S., Australia, Brazil, Europe and Canada.  Work for gold mining customers generates approximately half of the business in Mineral Services. The success of Mineral Services is closely tied to global commodity prices and demand for our global mining customers’ products. Operating markets are in the western U.S., Mexico, Australia, Brazil and Africa. Layne also has ownership interests in foreign affiliates operating in Latin America that form Layne’s presence in this market. See Item 1A, Risk Factors for a discussion of the risks associated with operating in these foreign countries.

Demand for mineral exploration drilling is driven by the need to identify, define and develop underground base and precious mineral deposits.  Factors influencing the demand for mineral-related drilling services include volatility in commodity prices, growth in the economies of developing countries, international political conditions, inflation, foreign exchange levels, the economic feasibility of mineral exploration and production, the discovery rate of new mineral reserves and the ability of mining companies to access capital for their activities.

Global consumption of raw materials has been driven by the rapid industrialization and urbanization of countries such as China, India, Brazil and Russia. Development in these countries had generated significant demand as their populations consume increased amounts of base and precious metals for housing, automobiles, electronics and other durable and consumer items.  The recent economic slowdowns have impacted this demand.

The mineral exploration market is dependent on financial and credit markets being readily available to fund drilling and mining programs. In addition, mining companies’ ability to seek cash for their operations through other avenues which traditionally have been available to them is dependent on market pricing trends for base and precious metals.

 

6


 

Mining companies are focusing efforts on expanding existing products and lowering the cost of production.  Mining service companies with global operating expertise and scale should be well positioned once demand increases.  Technological advancements in drilling and processing allow development of mineral resources previously regarded as uneconomical and should benefit the largest drilling services companies that are leading technical innovation in the mineral exploration marketplace.

Competition

Mineral Services competes with a number of drilling companies, the largest being Boart Longyear, Major Drilling Group International Inc., and Foraco International S.A., as well as vertically integrated mining companies that conduct their own exploration drilling activities, and some of these competitors have greater capital and other resources than we have. In the mineral exploration drilling market, Mineral Services competes based on price, technical expertise and reputation. Management believes Layne has a well-recognized reputation for expertise and performance in this market. Mineral Services work is typically performed on a negotiated basis.

Energy Services

Operations

Energy Services focuses on bringing responsible water management solutions to the exploration and production (E&P) industry’s growing water related challenges. In FY2015, Energy Services increased its efforts to address the unique and substantial water demands of the energy industry in a responsible and sustainable fashion. Energy Services will provide solutions to manage every phase of the water cycle as it relates to its use in the oil and gas industry (conventional and unconventional). In FY2015, Energy Services introduced its cradle-to-cradle solutions, trademarked ALLclear™, to its clients. The segment specializes in hydrogeological assessments and sourcing, transfer and storage, treatment and vibration technology.

The hydrogeological assessments evaluate feasibility; determining potential capacity, leading to the appropriate well designs for developing local groundwater supplies. Energy Services highly skilled technical staff has extensive experience with aquifer testing. Over the years, it has developed groundwater flow models for hydrologic systems across the U.S. It can provide geophysical surveys, exploratory test drilling, aquifer test pumping and well testing evaluations.

The transfer services include various no-leak solutions for surface and subsurface transfer, pit-to-pit transfers, surface transfers, fluids infrastructure design and construction and other high-volume fluids handling capabilities. Energy Services can also provide expert construction services for applications in the energy sector through construction of retaining ponds for frac water, flowback fluids and produced water.

Energy Services’ pipe vibration services has numerous applications in stuck pipe recovery from freeing stuck coil tubing without cutting or damaging the coil to recovering stuck pipe, casing, pumps, screens, screen packers, liners and other tubulars. Sanded or mud-stuck tubing can be recovered without the need for washover or jarring. Stuck rod strings and pumps can be recovered as well as stuck washover pipe and jars normally used in conventional fishing operations. It offers the potential to solve these problems from the surface without downhold intervention in a minimum amount of time. Energy Services has developed proprietary equipment and procedures that are highly effective in the recovery of stuck pipe from wells.

Customers and Markets

Energy Service’s current customers are mainly located with the oil and gas companies in the Permian Basin of Texas. Energy Services executes master service agreements with customers. This industry is a cyclical industry with levels of activity that are significantly affected by the levels and volatility of oil and gas prices.

Competition

Competition in this area is primarily from local small and mid-sized contractors offering one part sourcing, transfer or treatment of the water management cycle, but not the complete end-to-end solution offered by Energy Services. For many E & P companies, price is a driving factor. As Energy Services continues to penetrate the marketplace, the focus is to assist these companies in understanding the value of having an end-to-end solution rather than engaging many contractors to perform similar services.

 

7


 

Other

Operations

Other operations consist of small purchasing and specialty operations. The majority of the revenues are eliminated between segments. A small portion of the revenue is through third party sales, which can produce positive earnings. The focus is primarily to act as a purchasing agent for all businesses within Layne.

Contracts

Layne identifies potential projects from a variety of sources.  After determining which projects are available, Layne makes a decision on which projects to pursue based on factors such as project size, duration, availability of personnel, current backlog, profitability expectations, type of contract, prior experience, source of project funding and geographic location.

Contracts are usually awarded through a competitive bid process.  Layne executes its contracts through a variety of methods, including cost-plus, fixed-price, day rate, unit price or some combination of these methods.  Customers may consider price, technical capabilities of equipment and personnel, safety record and reputation.

Fixed-price contracts are generally used in competitively bid public civil and specialty contracts.  These contracts commit the contractor to provide all of the resources required to complete a project for a fixed sum.  Usually fixed-price contracts transfer more risk to the contractor.  

Most of Layne’s contract revenues and costs are recognized using the percentage of completion method.  For each contract, Layne regularly reviews contract price and cost estimates as the work progresses and reflect adjustments in profit proportionate to the percentage of completion of the related project in the period when we revise those estimates.  To the extent that these adjustments result in a reduction or elimination of previously reported profits with respect to a project, Layne would recognize a charge against current earnings which could be material.

Backlog Analysis

Backlog represents the dollar amount of revenues Layne expects to recognize in the future from contracts that have been awarded as well as those that are currently in progress. Layne includes a project in backlog at such time as a contract is executed. Backlog amounts include anticipated revenues associated with the original contract amounts, executed change orders, and any claims that may be outstanding with customers. It does not include contracts that are in the bidding stage or have not been awarded. As a result Layne believes the backlog figures are firm, subject only to modifications, alterations or cancellation provisions contained in the various contracts. Historically, those provisions have not had a material effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Backlog may not be indicative of future operating results. There have been no changes in the methodology used to determine backlog during FY2015 and FY2014. Backlog is not a measure defined by U.S. GAAP and is not a measure of profitability. Layne’s method for calculating backlog may not be comparable to methodologies used by other companies.

Layne’s backlog of uncompleted contracts at January 31, 2015, was approximately $570.8 million as compared to $460.5 million at January 31, 2014. The following table provides an analysis of backlog by segment for FY2015.

 

 

 

Backlog at

 

 

New Business

 

 

Revenues Recognized

 

 

Backlog at

 

 

Months to

(in millions)

 

January 31, 2014

 

 

Awarded (1)

 

 

FY 2015

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

Completion (2)

Water Resources

 

$

59.8

 

 

$

215.7

 

 

$

196.2

 

 

$

79.3

 

 

6-12

Inliner

 

 

61.1

 

 

 

240.7

 

 

 

175.0

 

 

 

126.8

 

 

6-12

Heavy Civil

 

 

257.6

 

 

 

134.0

 

 

 

207.0

 

 

 

184.6

 

 

12-24

Geoconstruction

 

 

79.3

 

 

 

172.9

 

 

 

77.0

 

 

 

175.2

 

 

12-36

Mineral Services

 

 

2.7

 

 

 

118.5

 

 

 

120.2

 

 

 

1.0

 

 

6-12

Energy Services

 

 

 

 

 

24.1

 

 

 

20.2

 

 

 

3.9

 

 

6-12

Total

 

$

460.5

 

 

$

905.9

 

 

$

795.6

 

 

$

570.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

New business awarded consists of the original contract price of projects added to our backlog plus or minus subsequent changes to the estimated total contract price of existing contracts.

(2)

As of January 31, 2015, approximately 27% of the Heavy Civil backlog and approximately 64% of the Geoconstruction backlog is not reasonably expected to be completed in FY2016.

 

8


 

Of Layne’s total backlog of $570.8 million as of January 31, 2015, approximately $32.2 million relates to active contracts that are in a loss position. The remaining contracts in backlog have future revenues which are expected to equal or exceed costs when recognized. Layne can provide no assurance as to the profitability of the contracts reflected in backlog. It is possible that the estimates of profitability could increase or decrease based on changes in productivity, actual downtime and the resolution of change orders and any claims with customers. As of January 31, 2015, there were no significant contracts in backlog not moving forward as originally scheduled.

During FY2015 and FY2014, there were no cancellations of amounts previously included in backlog and no significant changes in anticipated margin trends based on current backlog.

Business Strategy

Layne strives to be a sustainable solutions provider to the world of essential natural resources – water, mineral and energy. Our purpose is to enhance the lives of people by providing and protecting these resources. We are experts in water management, drilling and construction. Our growth strategy is to solve our clients’ most complex natural resource problems by coordinating our diverse product and service offerings into solutions that provide the greatest value.

Layne’s water management and construction expertise has historically been focused on the fixed bid U.S. municipal marketplace. We are focused on taking our expertise further into the agricultural and industrial marketplace including clients in the power generation, food and beverage and other industries.

Our mining clients are mainly large and intermediate global companies that engage Layne principally for exploration drilling services targeting copper, gold, and selected other minerals. This is a deeply cyclical business. We aim to mitigate revenue downturns in this sector by cross selling our water management capabilities. Virtually every mine in the world has a significant water problem, either too much or too little. Layne is marketing our dewatering capabilities and our water sourcing, treatment and pipeline expertise as a way to generate additional revenues from current clients. The mineral drilling services market continues in its downturn, but we are hopeful that we are nearing the trough of the current cycle.

Layne’s recent entry into the energy services industry is based on our water management capabilities. We have developed a business in the Permian basin that includes water sourcing, transfer, storage and treatment using safe, modern equipment and sustainable business practices. We offer these services as a cradle to cradle solution for oil & gas companies that want to demonstrate their commitment to the environment by recycling their water economically. Layne remains committed to growing this segment, however we are carefully analyzing the planned future growth of this segment as the industry is cyclical, as is currently experiencing volatility in commodity prices.  

We are continuing to manage our costs to align with lower earnings. Layne continues to explore opportunities within each segment to develop sustainable, profitable operations within the organization.

Seasonality

The domestic drilling and construction activities and related revenues and earnings tend to decrease in the winter months when adverse weather conditions interfere with access to project sites. Additionally, Mineral Services customers tend to slow drilling activities surrounding the Christmas and New Year holidays. As a result, revenues and earnings in the first and fourth quarters tend to be less than revenues and earnings in the second and third quarters.

Regulation

General

As an international corporation operating multiple businesses in many parts of the world, we are subject to a number of complex federal, state, local and foreign laws. Each of our segments is subject to various laws and regulations relating to the protection of the environment and worker health and safety. In addition, each segment is subject to its own unique set of laws and regulations imposed by federal, state, local and foreign laws relating to licensing, permitting, approval, reporting, bonding and insurance requirements.

Management believes that its operations comply in all material respects with applicable laws and regulations and that the existence and enforcement of such laws and regulations have no more restrictive effect on the method of operations than on other similar companies in the industries in which it operates. Layne has internal procedures and policies that management believes help to ensure that its operations are conducted in compliance with current regulations.

 

9


 

Layne is subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“the Exchange Act”), the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”), the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the listing requirements of NASDAQ and other applicable securities rules and regulations. On August 22, 2012, the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) adopted rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act that require “resource extraction issuers” to disclose annually on Form SD certain payments made to the U.S. government and foreign governments in connection with the commercial development of oil, natural gas or minerals. Information must be provided about the type and total amount of payments made for each project related to the commercial development of oil, natural gas or minerals, which includes mineral exploration, and the type and total amount of payments made to each government. The SEC also adopted rules mandated by the Dodd-Frank Act that require public companies that manufacture products that contain certain minerals and their derivatives, known as “conflict minerals”, to disclose information annually on whether or not such minerals originated from the Democratic Republic of Congo (the “DRC”) or an adjoining country and helped to finance the armed conflict in the DRC, and in some cases, to perform extensive due diligence on their supply chains for such minerals.

These laws are under constant review for amendment or expansion. Moreover, there is a possibility that new legislation or regulations may be adopted. Amended, expanded or new laws and regulations increasing the regulatory burden affecting the industries in which we operate can have a significant impact on our operations and may require us and/or our customers to change our operations significantly or incur substantial costs. Additional proposals and proceedings that might affect the industries in which we operate are pending before Congress, various federal and state regulatory agencies and commissions and the courts. We cannot predict when or whether any such proposals may become effective. In the past, many of the industries in which we operate have been heavily regulated. In view of the many uncertainties with respect to current and future laws and regulations, including their applicability to us, we cannot predict the overall effect of such laws and regulations on our future operations. See Part I, Item 1A—Risk Factors.  The cost of complying with complex governmental regulations applicable to Layne’s business, sanctions resulting from non-compliance or reduced demand resulting from increased regulations could increase its operating costs and reduce profit.

Environmental

Layne’s operations are subject to stringent and complex federal, state, local and foreign environmental laws and regulations. These include, for example, (1) the federal Clean Air Act and comparable state and foreign laws and regulations that impose obligations related to air emissions, (2) the federal Resource Conservation and Recovery Act and comparable state and foreign laws that regulate the management of waste from our facilities, (3) the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act of 1980 (“CERCLA”) and comparable state and foreign laws that regulate the cleanup of hazardous substances that may have been released at properties owned or operated by Layne, its predecessors or locations where Layne or its predecessors sent waste for disposal, and (4) the federal Clean Water Act and the Safe Drinking Water Act and analogous state and foreign laws and regulations that impose detailed permit requirements and strict controls regarding water quality and the discharge of pollutants into waters of the U.S. and state and foreign waters.

Such regulations impose permit requirements, effluent standards, waste handling and disposal restrictions and other design and operational requirements, as well as record keeping and reporting requirements, upon various aspects of Layne’s businesses. Some environmental laws impose liability and cleanup responsibility for the release of hazardous substances regardless of fault, legality of original disposal or ownership of a disposal site. Any changes in the laws and regulations governing environmental protection, land use and species protection may subject us to more stringent environmental control and mitigation standards. In addition, these and other laws and regulations may affect many of Layne’s customers and influence their determination whether to engage in projects which utilize its products and services.

As part of Layne’s adherence to environmental laws and regulations, we focus on sustainability.  Our employees contribute to the economic and environmental sustainability of the communities in which we operate in.

We have made and will continue to make expenditures in our efforts to comply with these requirements. Management does not believe that, to date, we have expended material amounts in connection with such activities or that compliance with these requirements will have a material adverse effect on Layne’s capital expenditures, earnings or competitive position. Although such requirements do have a substantial impact on the industries in which we operate, to date, management does not believe the requirements have affected it to any greater or lesser extent than other companies in these industries. Due to the size of our operations, significant new environmental regulation could have a disproportionate adverse effect on Layne’s operations. Failure to comply with these laws and regulations or newly adopted laws or regulations may trigger a variety of administrative, civil and criminal enforcement measures, including the assessment of monetary penalties, the imposition of remedial requirements, and the issuance of orders limiting or enjoining future operations or imposing additional compliance requirements or operational limitation on such operations. See Part I, Item 1A—Risk Factors—Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry.

 

10


 

Safety and Health

Our operations are also subject to various federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to worker health and safety as well as their counterparts in foreign countries. In many cases, a solid safety record is a requirement of doing business with our customers.

OSHA establishes certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by OSHA and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards and safety in excavation and demolition work may apply to Layne’s operations.

The operations of Mineral Services are also subject to the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977 (the “Mine Act”). In addition to federal regulatory programs, all of the states in which Mineral Services operates have programs for mine safety and health regulation and enforcement. Collectively, federal and state safety and health regulation in the mining industry is among the most comprehensive systems for protection of employee health and safety affecting any segment of U.S. industry. The Mine Act requires mandatory inspections of surface and underground mines and requires the issuance of citations or orders for the violation of a mandatory health and safety standard. A civil penalty must be assessed for each citation or order issued. Serious violations of mandatory health and safety standards may result in the issuance of an order requiring the immediate withdrawal of miners from the mine or any piece of mine equipment. The Mine Act also imposes criminal liability for corporate operators who knowingly or willfully violate a mandatory health and safety standard or order and provides that civil and criminal penalties may be assessed against individual agents, officers and directors who knowingly or willfully violate a mandatory health and safety standard or order. In addition, criminal liability may be imposed against any person for knowingly falsifying records required to be kept under the Mine Act and standards.

The operation and registration of our motor vehicles are subject to various regulations, including those promulgated by the U.S. Department of Transportation, including rules on commercial driver licensing, controlled substance testing, medical and other qualifications for drivers, equipment maintenance, and drivers’ hours of service.

Permits and Licenses

Many states require regulatory mandated construction permits which typically specify that wells, water and sewer pipelines and other infrastructure projects be constructed in accordance with applicable statutes. Our water treatment business is also subject to legislation and municipal requirements that set forth discharge parameters, constrain water source availability and set quality and treatment standards. Various state, local and foreign laws require that water wells and monitoring wells be installed by licensed well drillers. Many of the jurisdictions in which we operate require construction contractors to be licensed. Layne maintains well drilling and contractor’s licenses in those jurisdictions in which it operates and in which such licenses are required. In addition, Layne employs licensed engineers, geologists and other professionals necessary to the conduct of its business. In those circumstances in which Layne does not have a required professional license, it subcontracts that portion of the work to a firm employing the necessary licensed professionals. Layne’s operations are also subject to various permitting and inspection requirements and building and electrical codes. In Mineral Services, drilling also frequently requires environmental permits, which are usually obtained by its customers.

Anti-corruption and Bribery

Layne is subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”), which prohibits U.S. and other business entities from making improper payments to foreign government officials, political parties or political party officials. It is also subject to the applicable anti-corruption laws in the jurisdictions in which Layne operates, thus potentially exposing it to liability and potential penalties in multiple jurisdictions. The anti-corruption provisions of the FCPA are enforced by the Department of Justice (“DOJ”). In addition, the SEC requires strict compliance with certain accounting and internal control standards set forth under the FCPA. Failure to comply with the FCPA and other laws can expose Layne and/or individual employees to potentially severe criminal and civil penalties. Such penalties may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Layne devotes significant resources to the development, maintenance, communication and enforcement of our Business Code of Conduct, our anti-bribery compliance policies, our internal control processes and compliance related policies.  We conduct timely internal investigations of these potential violations and take appropriate action depending upon the outcome of the investigation.  We anticipate that the devotion of significant resources to compliance-related issues, including the necessity for investigations, will continue to be an aspect of doing business.

 

11


 

Insurance and Bonding

Layne’s property and equipment is covered by insurance and we believe the amount and scope of such insurance is adequate for the risks we face.  In addition, we maintain general liability, excess liability and worker’s compensation insurance in amounts that we believe are consistent with our risk of loss and industry practice.

As is common practice in the construction business, Layne is required at times to provide surety bonds as an additional level of security of our performance.  We have surety arrangements with more than one surety.  We have also purchased contract default insurance on certain construction projects to insure against the risk of subcontractor default as opposed to having subcontractors provide traditional payment and performance bonds.

Employees

At January 31, 2015, Layne has approximately 3,380 employees, approximately 180 of whom were members of collective bargaining units represented by locals affiliated with major labor unions in the U.S. Management believes that its relationship with employees is satisfactory. In all of Layne’s operations, an important competitive factor is technical expertise. As a result, Layne emphasizes the training and development of its personnel. Periodic technical training is provided for senior field employees covering such areas as pump installation, drilling technology and electrical troubleshooting. In addition, Layne emphasizes strict adherence to all health and safety requirements and offer incentive pay based upon achievement of specified safety goals. This emphasis encompasses developing site-specific safety plans, ensuring regulatory compliance and training employees in regulatory compliance and sound safety practices. Training consists of an OSHA-mandated 40-hour hazardous waste and emergency response training course as well as the required annual eight-hour updates. In addition to the OSHA-mandated training, all employees working on mine sites are required to attend a 24 hour MSHA new miners training and an eight hour annual refresher. Layne has a safety team staffed with certified professional trainers which allows it to offer such training in-house. In addition to the training, the safety team is also responsible for preparing health and safety site specific plans and provides guidance and site analysis for the health and safety plans prepared by others.

On average, the field supervisors and drillers have over eight years of experience with Layne. Many of its professional employees have advanced academic backgrounds in agricultural, chemical, civil, industrial, geological and mechanical engineering, geology, geophysics and metallurgy. Management believes that Layne’s size and reputation allow it to compete effectively for highly qualified professionals.

I tem 1A.

Risk Factors

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below with all of the other information contained or incorporated by reference in this annual report before deciding to invest in our common stock. Many of these risks are beyond our control and are driven by factors that often cannot be predicted.  If any of the following risks actually occur, they may materially harm our business and our financial condition and results of operations. In this event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

Risks Relating to Our Business and Industry

Demand for our services is vulnerable to economic downturns and reductions in private industry and municipal and other governmental spending. If general economic conditions continue or weaken and current constraints on the availability of capital continue, then our revenues, profits and our financial condition may be materially adversely affected.

Our customers are vulnerable to general downturns in the domestic and international economies. Consequently, our results of operations will fluctuate depending on the demand for our services.

Due to the current economic conditions, volatile credit and commodity markets many of our customers will face considerable budget shortfalls or are delaying capital spending that will decrease the overall demand for our services. In addition, our customers may find it more difficult to raise capital in the future due to substantial limitations on the availability of credit and other uncertainties in the municipal and general credit markets.

Levels of municipal spending particularly impact Water Resources, Inliner, Heavy Civil and Geoconstruction. Reduced tax revenue in certain regions, or inability to access traditional sources of credit, may limit spending and new development by local municipalities, which in turn may adversely affect the demand for our services in these regions. Reductions in spending by municipalities or local governmental agencies could reduce demand for our services and reduce our revenue.

 

12


 

The current economic conditions are negatively affecting the pricing for our services and we expect these conditions to continue for the foreseeable future. Many of our customers, especially federal, state and local governmental agencies competitively bid for their contracts. Since the recessionary economic environment of 2008, governmental agencies have reduced the number of new projects that they have started and the bidding for those projects has become increasingly competitive. In addition, prices for negotiated contracts have also been negatively impacted. Our customers may also demand lower pricing as a condition of continuing our services. We expect to see an increase in the number of competitors as other companies that do not normally operate in our markets enter seeking contracts to keep their resources employed. In addition, certain of our customers may be unable to pay us if they are unable to raise capital to fund their business operations, which would have an adverse effect on our revenue and cash flows.

Volatility within the commodity markets are negatively impacting Mineral Services and Energy Services.  Mineral exploration is highly speculative and is influenced by a variety of factors, including the prevailing prices for various metals, which often fluctuate widely in response to global supply and demand, international economic trends, currency exchange fluctuations and political events.  The current decline in oil and gas prices has depressed the exploration market, negatively impacting Energy Services.

As a result of the above conditions, our revenues, net income and overall financial condition were negatively affected during recent fiscal years and may continue to be adversely affected if the current economic conditions do not improve.

The cyclical downturns in the minerals market and oil and gas industries have resulted in a reduction in demand for our Mineral Services and Energy Services which has reduced our revenue.

The mining and oil and gas industries are highly cyclical.  The prices of commodities can be extremely volatile.  Demand for the type of services provided by Mineral Services and Energy Services depends in significant part upon the level of exploration and development activities, particularly with respect to gold, copper and oil and gas. The price of gold is affected by numerous factors, including international economic trends, currency exchange fluctuations, expectations for inflation, speculative activities, consumption patterns, purchases and sales of gold bullion holdings by central banks and others, world production levels and political events. In addition to prevailing prices for commodities, exploration activity is influenced by the following factors:

·

global and domestic economic considerations;

·

the economic feasibility of exploration and production;

·

the discovery rate of new reserves;

·

national and international political conditions;

·

decisions made by mining and production companies with regards to location and timing of their exploration budgets; and

·

the ability of mining and production companies to access or generate sufficient funds to finance capital expenditures for their activities.

·

political instability;

·

adverse weather conditions;

·

coordination by the Organziation of Petroleum Exporting Countries (OPEC); and

·

mergers, consolidations and downsizing among our clients.

During FY2015, Mineral Services continued to experience a reduction in its revenue as it did during FY2014 and FY2013. This decrease was due, in part, to lower mining exploration budgets of our customers as well as less demand in the marketplace. A material decrease in the rate of mineral exploration and development reduces the revenue generated by Mineral Services and adversely affects our results of operations and cash flows. FY2016 will likely see this trend continue until such time as the market becomes stabilized, if at all.

Energy Services has seen a slowdown in the number of contracts that have become available.  The volatility of oil and gas prices and the resulting effects are difficult to predict, which reduces our ability to anticipate and respond effectively to changing conditions.

 

13


 

Because our operations are impacted by certain seasonality, our results can fluctuate significantly, which could make it difficult to evaluate our business and could cause instability in the market price of our common stock.

We periodically have experienced fluctuations in our quarterly results arising from a number of factors, including the following:

·

the timing of the award and completion of contracts;

·

the timing of revenue recognition; and

·

unanticipated additional costs incurred on projects.

In addition, adverse weather conditions, natural disasters, disease, force majeure and other similar events can curtail our operations in various regions of the world throughout the year, resulting in performance delays and increased costs.

Moreover, our domestic activities and related revenue and earnings tend to decrease in the winter months due to holidays and when adverse weather conditions interfere with access to drilling or other construction sites. As a result, our revenue and earnings in the second and third quarters tend to be higher than revenue and earnings in the first and fourth quarters. Accordingly, as a result of the foregoing as well as other factors, our quarterly results should not be considered indicative of results to be expected for any other quarter or for any full fiscal year.

Our use of the percentage-of-completion method of accounting involves significant estimates and management judgment, changes of which could result in volatility in our results of operations.

Our revenue on larger construction contracts is recognized on a percentage-of-completion basis for individual contracts based upon the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically as work progresses and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion are reflected in contract revenue, costs and profits in the reporting period when such estimates are revised. Total estimates may be affected by:

·

changes in expected costs of materials, labor, productivity or scheduling;

·

changes in external factors outside of our control, such as weather or customer requirements; and

·

change orders, which are a normal and recurring part of our business and can increase or decrease the scope of work and therefore the revenue and the cost of a job.

The above items can change the estimates on a contract, including those arising from contract penalty provisions, and final contract settlements, and can result in revisions to costs and income. Revisions in estimates are recognized in the period in which they are determined. This could result in the reduction or reversal of previously recorded profits. Change orders often change the scope and cost of a contract. Change orders can also have the short-term effect of reducing the percentage of completion on a contract and the revenues and profits that otherwise would be recognized. We also factor in all other information that we possess with respect to the change order to determine whether the change order should be recognized at all and, if recognition is appropriate, what dollar amount of the change order should be recognized. Due to factors that we may not anticipate at the time of recognition, however, revenues ultimately received on these change orders could be less than revenues that we recognized in a prior reporting period or periods, which could require us in subsequent reporting periods to reduce or reverse revenues and profit previously recognized.  Our Inliner, Heavy Civil and Geoconstruction segments primarily use the percentage-of-completion method for their contracts.

We may experience cost overruns on our fixed-price contracts, which could reduce our profitability, and we may suffer additional losses.  

A significant number of our contracts contain fixed prices and generally assign responsibility to us for cost overruns for the subject projects. Under such contracts, prices are established in part on cost and scheduling estimates, which are based on a number of assumptions, including assumptions about future economic conditions, prices and availability of materials, labor and other requirements. Estimates are revised based upon changing conditions and new developments that are continuous and characteristic of the construction process.  We may not be able to obtain compensation for additional work performed or expenses incurred as a result of changes or inaccuracies in these estimates and underlying assumptions.  We have experienced inaccurate estimates, or changes in other circumstances, such as unanticipated technical problems, difficulties obtaining permits or approvals, changes in local laws or labor conditions, weather delays, inefficiencies, cost of raw materials, or our suppliers’ or subcontractors’ inability to perform, which could result in substantial losses. Many of our contracts also are subject to cancellation by the customer upon short notice with limited or no damages payable to us. As a result, cost and gross margin may vary from those originally estimated and, depending upon the size of the project, variations from estimated contract performance could significantly affect our operating results.

 

14


 

Our failure to meet the schedule or performance requirements of our contracts could harm our reputation, reduce our client base and curtail our future operations.

In certain circumstances, we guarantee contract completion by a scheduled acceptance date. Failure to meet any such schedule could result in additional costs, and the amount of such additional costs could exceed projected profit margins. These additional costs include liquidated damages paid under contractual penalty provisions, which can be substantial and can accrue on a daily basis. In addition, our actual costs could exceed our projections. Performance problems for existing and future contracts could increase the anticipated costs of performing those contracts and cause us to suffer damage to our reputation within our industry and our client base, which would harm our future business.

The scheduling of new contract awards and the performance of those new contracts could have an adverse effect on our operating results and cash flows.

It is difficult to predict when and whether new projects will be let out for bid. New projects often must endure a lengthy and complex design and bidding process. This process can be affected by governmental approvals, budget negotiations, funding approvals, weather, as well as changing market conditions. The uncertainty of the timing of contract awards as well as the timing of the commencement date of the contract can have an adverse effect on our results of operations and cash flows causing fluctuations from quarter to quarter or year to year. These fluctuations can be significant.

If we cannot obtain third-party subcontractors, or if their performance is unsatisfactory, our profit could be reduced.

We rely on third-party subcontractors to complete some of our projects. To the extent that we cannot engage subcontractors as planned, our ability to complete a project in a timely fashion or at a profit may be impaired. If the amount we are required to pay for subcontracted services exceeds the amount we have estimated in bidding for fixed-price work, we could experience reduced profits or losses in the performance of these contracts. In addition, if a subcontractor is unable to deliver its services according to the negotiated terms for any reason, including the deterioration of its financial condition, we may be required to purchase the services from another source at a higher price, which could reduce the profit to be realized or result in a loss on a project for which the services were needed. Also, if our subcontractors perform unsatisfactory work, we may become subject to increased warranty costs or product liability or other claims against us.

If we are unable to obtain performance bonds or letters of credit on acceptable terms, our ability to obtain future projects could be materially and adversely affected.

A significant portion of our projects require us to procure a bond to secure performance. Our continued ability to obtain surety bonds primarily will depend upon our capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and reputation and certain external factors, including the overall capacity of the surety market.  Surety companies consider such factors in relationship to the amount of our backlog and their underwriting standards, which may change from time to time.  With a decreasing number of insurance providers in that market, it may be difficult to find sureties who will continue to provide contract-required bonding on acceptable terms and conditions.

We have granted our sureties a security interest in certain assets.  The surety companies may in the future request us to provide further collateral or other security.  Our ability to satisfy any future requests may require the consent of the lenders under the asset-based credit facility.  If the lenders are unwilling to agree to any future requests on terms acceptable to the surety companies, we may be unable to continue to obtain performance bonds on acceptable terms.

With respect to our joint ventures, our ability to obtain a bond may also depend on the credit and performance risks of our joint venture partners.

In addition, events that generally affect the insurance and bonding markets may result in bonding becoming more difficult to obtain in the future, being available only at a significantly greater cost or not being available at all.  If we are unable to obtain performance bonds on future projects, our results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.  The amount of our surety bonds as of January 31, 2015, based on the expected amount of revenues remaining to be recognized on the projects, was $359.5 million.

 

15


 

We also occasionally utilize a letter of credit instead of a performance bond, primarily overseas.  Almost all of the letters of credit are issued under the asset-based credit facility.  Our ability to continue to obtain new letters of credit under the asset-based credit facility is limited to the lesser of (a) $75.0 million and (b) the amount of Excess Availability under the asset-based credit facility and is subject to limitations on the issuance of letters of credit if the expiry date of the proposed letter of credit extends beyond the five business days prior to the maturity date of the asset-based credit facility.  Our inability to obtain bonding or letters of credit on favorable terms and at reasonable prices or at all would increase operating costs and inhibit the ability to execute or pursue new projects, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We may not achieve the results expected from our restructuring plan, the timing could be delayed or the restructuring costs necessary to achieve the targeted expense reductions could be higher than expected, any of which could materially and adversely affect our results of operations.

In response to continued operating losses and reductions in our revenue, the Board of Directors approved our management’s plan designed to reduce expenses, which contemplates, among other things, a reduction in workforce, cost containment measures and working capital management initiatives.

In addition, our management is conducting a strategic review of our businesses and assets to identify those businesses and assets that may be underperforming and for which we may consider a sale or other disposition.  However, we may not correctly identify businesses or assets that are, or will be, underperforming, and we may not be able to dispose of those businesses and assets on favorable terms, if at all.  Our inability to identify and favorably dispose of underperforming businesses and assets may significantly harm our business.

Furthermore, our cost-reduction initiatives may result in unanticipated costs or losses, including losses we may incur upon the disposal of our businesses or assets.  The timing and actual cost savings achieved from our plans may significantly vary from our announced expectations due to a variety of reasons, including, among other things, the potential need to replace eliminated positions and costs we may incur in connection with employee turnover.  Our restructuring plan may not reduce expenses or produce the cost savings we anticipate or in the time frame we expect.  In addition, some of the actions that we may elect to take may require lender approval under our asset-based credit facility, and we may not be able to obtain the consent of the lenders.

Our actual results could differ if the estimates and assumptions that we use to prepare our financial statements are inaccurate.

To prepare financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, we are required to make estimates and assumptions, as of the date of the financial statements, which affect the reported values of assets, liabilities, revenue, expenses and disclosures of contingent assets and liabilities.  Areas in which we must make significant estimates include:

·

contract costs and profit and application of percentage-of-completion accounting and revenue recognition of contract claims;

·

provisions for income taxes and related valuation allowances;

·

recoverability of equity method investments;

·

recoverability of other tangible and intangible assets and their related estimated lives; and

·

valuation of assets acquired and liabilities assumed in connection with business combinations.

If these estimates are inaccurate, our actual results could differ materially from currently recorded amounts.

 

16


 

We are required to assess and report on our internal controls each year.  Findings of inadequate internal controls could reduce investor confidence in the reliability of our financial information.

As directed by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the SEC adopted rules generally requiring public companies, including us, to include in their annual reports on Form 10-K a report of management that contains an assessment by management of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.  In addition, the independent registered public accounting firm auditing our financial statements must report on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.  A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and records of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

We have had in the past, currently have, and may in the future have deficiencies in the design and operation of our internal controls.   If any of the deficiencies in our internal control, either by itself or in combination with other deficiencies, becomes a “material weakness”, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, we may be unable to conclude that we have effective internal control over financial reporting.  In such event, investors could lose confidence in the reliability of our financial statements, which may significantly harm our business and cause our stock price to decline.  In addition, the failure to maintain effective internal controls could also result in unauthorized transactions.

Our substantial indebtedness could adversely affect our financial health and prevent us from fulfilling our obligations.

We have a significant amount of indebtedness.  As of January 31, 2015, we have total long-term indebtedness of approximately $132.1 million.  As of March 31, 2015, we have total long-term indebtedness of approximately $191.6, which includes the 8.0% Convertible Notes issued on March 2, 2015.  Our substantial indebtedness could have important consequences.  For example, it could:

·

make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations;

·

increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

·

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to payments on our indebtedness, which reduces the availability of our cash flow  to fund working capital, capital expenditures, development efforts and other general corporate purposes;

·

place us at a competitive disadvantage compared to our competitors that have less debt; and

·

limit our ability to borrow additional funds if needed.

In addition, the agreements governing our indebtedness and future indebtedness we incur may contain restrictive covenants that will limit our ability to engage in activities that may be in our long-term best interests.  Our failure to comply with those covenants could result in an event of default that, if not cured or waived, could result in the acceleration of all of our debt.  Our growth plans and our ability to make payments of principal or interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness will depend on our future operational performance and our ability to enter into additional debt or equity financings.  If we are unable to generate sufficient cash flows in the future to service our debt, we may be required to refinance all or a portion of our existing debt, to sell assets or to obtain additional financing, which we may be unable to do on favorable terms, if at all.

Despite current indebtedness levels, we and our subsidiaries may still incur substantially more debt.  This could further exacerbate the risks associated with our substantial leverage.

Although the agreements governing our indebtedness contain limitations on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of qualifications and exceptions.  If we or our subsidiaries incur additional indebtedness, the related risks that we now face would intensify.

 

17


 

Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to service our substantial debt.

Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on, or to refinance our indebtedness depends on our future performance which is subject to economic financial competitive and other factors beyond our control.  Our business may not generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to serve our debt because of factors beyond our control.  If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial conditions at such time.  We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms which could result in a default on our debt obligations.

We may not have sufficient borrowing capacity under asset-based facility to meet our liquidity requirements, and a reduction in our borrowing base could result in a portion of our borrowings becoming immediately due.

We rely in significant part on our ability to borrow under our asset-based facility to satisfy our liquidity needs.  If we are unable to borrow under our asset-based facility or otherwise obtain capital as needed to operate our business, our financial performance and position could materially suffer.

Our ability to borrow under our asset-based facility depends on, among other things, the amount of the borrowing base as defined in the asset-based facility and our available capacity under the asset-based facility.  Continued operating losses or negative cash flows from our operations will typically increase the amounts we borrow under our asset-based facility and reduce the available capacity under the asset-based facility.   Our borrowing base is primarily comprised of a percentage of the net book value of our construction and mining equipment (less a reserve for certain specialized equipment related to certain bonded contracts) and the value of certain customer and contract receivables.  Our borrowing base is reduced by any reserves that the co-collateral agents under our asset-based facility determine to be necessary in good faith and their reasonable business judgment.  As of January 31, 2015, our borrowing base under the asset-based facility was approximately $108.3 million, with $31.3 million of letters of credit and $21.9 million of borrowings outstanding, resulting in “Excess Availability” of $55.1 million.  The amount of our borrowing base could be materially and adversely affected by decreases in the value of our eligible equipment and/or receivables, amounts of our equipment and/or receivables being deemed ineligible under the terms of our asset-based facility or the co-collateral agents imposing additional reserve requirements.  In connection with our 8.0% Convertible Notes offering in March 2015, our owned real estate was excluded from our borrowing base, which reduced our borrowing base by approximately $4.2 million.

In addition, if our borrowing base is reduced below the amount of letters of credit and borrowings outstanding under our senior credit agreement, then the excess indebtedness would, absent a waiver or amendment, become immediately due and payable and any outstanding letters of credit could require replacement or cash collateralization.  We may not have the resources to make any required repayment or cash collateralization, and such repayment obligation or cash collateralization could have a material adverse impact on our liquidity and financial condition.

Our indebtedness agreements contain and the terms of any future indebtedness may contain significant operating and financial restrictions.  These restrictions may limit our and certain of our subsidiaries’ operating flexibility and, in turn, hinder our ability to make payments on our obligations, impair our ability to make capital expenditures and/or increase the cost of obtaining additional financing.

Our asset-based facility includes customary conditions to funding, representations and warranties, covenants and events of default.  The terms of the indebtedness could have important consequences to shareholders, including the following:

·

the ability to obtain necessary financing in the future for working capital, acquisitions, capital expenditures, debt service requirements or other purposes may be limited or financing may be unavailable;

·

a portion of cash flow must be dedicated to the payment of principal and interest on the indebtedness and other obligations and will not be available for use in our business;

·

the asset-based credit facility contains various operating and financial restrictions which could limit our ability to incur additional indebtedness and liens, fund our foreign operations, make investments and acquisitions, transfer or sell assets, transact with affiliates and require us to cash collateralize some or all of the outstanding letters of credit;

 

18


 

·

an event of default under the asset-based credit facility, including a subjective event of default if we have experienced a material adverse change, could result in an acceleration of the obligations under the asset-based credit facility, in the foreclosure on assets subject to liens in favor of the asset-based credit facility lenders and the inability to borrow additional amounts under the asset-based credit facility; and

·

acceleration of the indebtedness or payment default under the asset-based credit facility would also be an event of default under the indenture governing our convertible notes.

For example, our asset-based facility requires us to maintain a cumulative minimum cash flow as defined in that agreement of not less than negative $45.0 million and during any twelve consecutive month period, a minimum cash flow of not less than negative $25.0 million, until the last to occur of the following:

·

Excess Availability is greater than the greater of 17.5% of the Total Availability or $25.0 million for a period of 30 consecutive days, and

·

For two consecutive fiscal quarters after April 15, 2014, for which the agent received financial statements, the fixed charge coverage ratio (tested on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis) has been in excess of 1.0 to 1.0.

We currently anticipate being subject to the cumulative minimum cash flow covenant for at least the next twelve months.  In addition, under our asset-based facility, if Excess Availability is less than the greater of $25.0 million or 17.5% of total availability, in each case for more than one business day, then a “Covenant Compliance Period” will exist until we have Excess Availability for a period of 30 consecutive days equal to or greater than the greater of (a) 17.5 % of the total availability and (b) $25.0 million.  During each Covenant Compliance Period, we must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 and a first lien leverage ratio of not greater than 5.0 to 1.0 for the four fiscal quarter period ended immediately prior to commencement of a Covenant Compliance Period and for every four fiscal quarter period ending during a Covenant Compliance Period.  If we had been in a Covenant Compliance Period during FY2015, we would not have been in compliance with either the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio or the first lien leverage ratio.

Furthermore, during a covenant Compliance Period or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing all of our funds received on a daily basis will be applied to reduce amounts owing under the asset-based credit facility.  Although we do not anticipate being in a Covenant Compliance Period during the next twelve months, a Covenant Compliance Period could occur if the borrowing base is decreased for any of the reasons discussed above or if we are required to borrow more funds than is currently anticipated at a time when we meet the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio and the first lien leverage ratio.

We cannot assure that waivers will be granted or amendments made to any of the agreements governing our indebtedness if for any reason we are unable to comply with the obligations thereunder or that we will be able to refinance our debt on acceptable terms, or at all, should we seek to do so.  See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for a more detailed description of our indebtedness.

If we do not attract and retain qualified managers and executives, our business could be materially and adversely affected.

We are very dependent on the skills and motivation of our employees, managers and executives to define and implement our corporate strategies and operational plans. We maintain and rely on a small executive team to manage our business. During FY2015 the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer left Layne.  Michael Caliel, our new Chief Executive Officer, began on January 2, 2015.  The Chief Financial Officer position has been filled on an interim basis.  At this time, the duties of the Chief Accounting Officer are being performed by the Chief Financial Officer.  We may not be successful in retaining or attracting a qualified replacement.  The loss of members of our management team and inability to retain and attract suitable replacements could materially and adversely affect our business.

Because we are a multinational company conducting a complex business in many markets worldwide, we are subject to legal and operational risks related to staffing and management, as well as a broad array of local legal and regulatory requirements.

Operating outside of the U.S. creates difficulties associated with staffing and managing our international operations, as well as complying with local legal and regulatory requirements. The laws and regulations in the markets in which we operate are subject to rapid change. Although we have local staff in countries in which we deem it appropriate, we cannot ensure that we will be operating in full compliance with all applicable laws or regulations to which we may be subject, including customs and clearing, tax, immigration, employment, worker health and safety and environmental. We also cannot ensure that these laws will not be modified in ways that may adversely affect our business.

 

19


 

A portion of our earnings is generated from our foreign operations, and those of our affiliates. Political and economic risks in those countries could reduce or eliminate the earnings we derive from those operations.

Our earnings are significantly impacted by the results of our operations in foreign countries. Our foreign operations are subject to certain risks beyond our control, including the following:

·

political, social and economic instability;

·

war and civil disturbances;

·

bribery and corruption;

·

the taking of property through nationalization or expropriation without fair compensation;

·

changes in government policies and regulations;

·

tariffs, taxes and other trade barriers;

·

barriers to timely movement or transfer of equipment between countries; and

·

exchange controls and limitations on remittance of dividends or other payments to us by our foreign subsidiaries and affiliates.

In particular, changes in laws or regulations or in the interpretation of existing laws or regulations, whether caused by a change in government or otherwise, could materially adversely affect our business, growth, financial condition or results of operations. For example, while there are currently no limitations on the repatriation of profits from the countries in which we have subsidiaries, several countries do impose withholding taxes on dividends or fund transfers. Foreign funds transfer restrictions, taxes or limitations may be imposed or increased in the future with regard to repatriation of earnings and investments from countries in which we operate. If foreign funds transfer restrictions, taxes or limitations are imposed, our ability to receive dividends or other payments from affected subsidiaries could be reduced, resulting in an adverse material effect.

In addition, corporate, contract, property, insolvency, competition, securities and other laws and regulations in many of the developing parts of the world in which we operate have been, and continue to be, substantially revised. Therefore, the interpretation and procedural safeguards of the new legal and regulatory systems are in the process of being developed and defined, and existing laws and regulations may be applied inconsistently. Also, in some circumstances, it may not be possible to obtain the legal remedies provided for under these laws and regulations in a reasonably timely manner, if at all.

We perform work at mining operations in countries which have experienced political and economic instability in the past, or may experience similar instability in the future. The mining industry is subject to regulation by governments around the world, including the regions in which we have operations, relating to matters such as environmental protection, controls and restrictions on production, and, potentially, nationalization, expropriation or cancellation of contract rights, as well as restrictions on conducting business in such countries. In addition, in our foreign operations we face operating difficulties, including political instability, workforce instability, harsh environmental conditions and remote locations. We do not maintain political risk insurance. Adverse events beyond our control in the areas of our foreign operations could reduce the earnings derived from our foreign operations to the extent that contractual provisions and bilateral agreements between countries may not be sufficient to guard our interests.

Our operations in foreign countries expose us to devaluations and fluctuations in currency exchange rates.

We operate a significant portion of our business in countries outside the U.S. The majority of our costs in those locations are transacted in local currencies. Although we generally contract with our customers in U.S. dollars, some of our contracts are in other currencies, such as the Australian dollar. We do not currently engage in foreign currency hedging transactions. As exchange rates among the U.S. dollar and other currencies fluctuate, the translation effect of these fluctuations may have a material adverse effect on our results of operations or financial condition as reported in U.S. dollars. Exchange rate policies have not always allowed for the free conversion of currencies at the market rate. Future fluctuations in the value of the U.S. dollar could have an adverse effect on our results.

 

20


 

We conduct business in many international markets with complex and evolving tax rules, including value-added tax rules, which subject us to international tax compliance risks.

While we obtain advice from legal and tax advisors as necessary to help assure compliance with tax and regulatory matters, most tax jurisdictions that we operate in have complex and subjective rules regarding the valuation of intercompany services, cross-border payments between affiliated companies and the related effects on income tax, value-added tax (“VAT”), transfer tax and share registration tax. Our foreign subsidiaries frequently undergo VAT reviews, and from time to time undergo comprehensive tax reviews and may be required to make additional tax payments should the review result in different interpretations, allocations or valuations of our products or services. Certain countries may, from time to time, make changes to their existing tax structure which might affect our operations. These countries may, with little or no notice, implement additional taxes in the form of severance taxes, windfall profits taxes, production taxes and tariffs, which could negatively impact our results in our segments that perform services in those countries. We earn a significant amount of our operating income from outside of the U.S., and any repatriation of funds currently held in foreign jurisdictions may result in additional tax expense. In addition, there have been proposals to change U.S. tax laws that would significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings. Although we cannot predict whether or in what form this proposed legislation will pass, if enacted, it could have a material impact on our tax expense and cash flows.

Turmoil in the credit markets and poor economic conditions could negatively impact the credit worthiness of our financial counterparties.

Although we evaluate the credit capacity of our financial counterparties, changes in global economic conditions could negatively impact their ability to access credit. The risks of such reduction in credit capacity include:

·

ability of institutions with whom we have lines of credit to allow access to those funds; and

·

viability of institutions holding our cash deposits or, in the case of U.S. banks, cash deposits in excess of FDIC insurance limits.

If these institutions fail to fulfill their commitments to us, our access to operating cash could be restricted.

Fluctuations in the prices of raw materials could increase our operating costs.

We purchase a significant amount of steel and concrete for use in connection with all of our businesses. We also purchase a significant volume of fuel to operate our trucks and equipment. The manufacture of materials used in our sewer rehabilitation business is dependent upon the availability of resin, a petroleum-based product. At present, we do not engage in any type of hedging activities to mitigate the risks of fluctuating market prices for oil, steel, concrete or fuel and increases in the price of these materials may increase our operating costs.

The dollar amount of our backlog, as stated at any given time, is not necessarily indicative of our future earnings.

As of January 31, 2015, our total backlog was approximately $570.8 million. This consists of the expected gross revenue associated with executed contracts, or portions thereof, not yet performed by us. We cannot ensure that the revenue projected in our backlog will be realized or, if realized, will result in profit. In addition, even where a project proceeds as scheduled, it is possible that contracted parties may default and fail to pay amounts owed to us or poor project performance could increase the cost associated with a project. Further, project terminations, suspensions or adjustments in scope may occur with respect to contracts reflected in our backlog. Reductions in backlog due to cancellation by a customer or scope adjustments adversely affect, potentially to a material extent, the revenue and profit we actually receive from such backlog. We may be unable to complete some projects included in our backlog in the estimated time and, as a result, such projects could remain in the backlog for extended periods of time.

Professional liability, product liability, warranty and other claims against us could reduce our revenue.

Any accidents or system failures in excess of insurance limits at locations that we engineer or construct or where our products are installed or where we perform services could result in significant professional liability, product liability, warranty and other claims against us. Further, the construction projects we perform expose us to additional risks, including cost overruns, equipment failures, personal injuries, property damage, shortages of materials and labor, work stoppages, labor disputes, weather problems and unforeseen engineering, architectural, environmental and geological problems. In addition, once our construction is complete, we may face claims with respect to the work performed.   If we incur these claims, we could incur substantial losses of revenue.

 

21


 

If our joint venture partners default on their performance obligations, we could be required to complete their work under our joint venture arrangements, which could reduce our profit or result in losses.

We sometimes enter into contractual joint ventures in order to develop joint bids on contracts. The success of these joint ventures depends largely on the satisfactory performance of our joint venture partners of their obligations under the joint venture. Under these joint venture arrangements, we may be required to complete our joint venture partner’s portion of the contract if the partner is unable to complete its portion and a bond is not available. In such case, the additional obligations could result in reduced profit or, in some cases, significant losses for us with respect to the joint venture.

Our business is subject to numerous operating hazards, logistical limitations and force majeure events that could significantly reduce our liquidity, suspend our operations and reduce our revenue and future business.

Our drilling and other construction activities involve operating hazards that can result in personal injury or loss of life, damage or destruction of property and equipment, damage to the surrounding areas, release of hazardous substances or wastes and other harm to the environment. To the extent that the insurance protection we maintain is insufficient or ineffective against claims resulting from the operating hazards to which our business is subject, our liquidity could be significantly reduced.

In addition, our operations are subject to delays in obtaining equipment and supplies and the availability of transportation for the purpose of mobilizing rigs and other equipment, particularly where rigs or mines are located in remote areas with limited infrastructure support. Our business operations are also subject to force majeure events such as adverse weather conditions, natural disasters and mine accidents or closings. If our drill site or construction operations were interrupted or suspended as a result of any such events, we could incur substantial losses of revenue and future business.

If we are unable to retain skilled workers, or if a work stoppage occurs as a result of disputes relating to collective bargaining agreements, our ability to operate our business could be limited and our revenue could be reduced.

Our ability to remain productive, profitable and competitive depends substantially on our ability to retain and attract skilled workers with expert geological and other engineering knowledge and capabilities. The demand for these workers is high and the supply is limited. An inability to attract and retain trained drillers and other skilled employees could limit our ability to operate our business and reduce our revenue.

As of January 31, 2015, approximately 5% of our workforce was unionized and 8 of our 31 active collective bargaining agreements are scheduled to expire within the next 12 months. To the extent that disputes relating to existing or future collective bargaining agreements arise, a work stoppage could occur. If protracted, a work stoppage could substantially reduce or suspend our operations and reduce our revenue.

If we are not able to demonstrate our technical competence, competitive pricing and reliable performance to potential customers we will lose business to competitors, which would reduce our profit.

We face significant competition and a large part of our business is dependent upon obtaining work through a competitive bidding process. In Water Resources, Inliner, Heavy Civil, Geoconstruction and Energy Services, we compete with many smaller firms on a local or regional level, many of whom have a lower corporate overhead cost than us. There are few proprietary technologies or other significant factors which prevent other firms from entering these local or regional markets or from consolidating together into larger companies more comparable in size to our company. Our competitors for the type of construction services we perform are primarily local and regional specialty general contractors. In Mineral Services, we compete with a number of drilling companies, the largest being Boart Longyear Limited, an Australian public company, Major Drilling Group International Inc., a Canadian public company and Foraco International S.A., a French company publicly traded on the Toronto stock exchange. Competition also places downward pressure on our contract prices and profit margins. Competition in all of our markets, and especially in Water Resources, Inliner, Heavy Civil and Geoconstruction, has intensified in the last couple of years due to the continuing difficult economic conditions and such heightened competition is expected to continue for the foreseeable future. If we are unable to meet these competitive challenges, we could lose market share to our competitors and experience an overall reduction in our profit. Additional competition could reduce our profit.

 

22


 

Our failure to comply with the regulations of the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Administration, the U.S. Mine Safety and Health Administration, the U.S. Department of Transportation and other state and local agencies that oversee transportation and safety compliance could reduce our revenue, profitability and liquidity.

OSHA, MSHA and other comparable state and foreign laws establish certain employer responsibilities, including maintenance of a workplace free of recognized hazards likely to cause death or serious injury, compliance with standards promulgated by the applicable regulatory authorities and various recordkeeping, disclosure and procedural requirements. Various standards, including standards for notices of hazards and safety in excavation and demolition work may apply to our operations. We have incurred, and will continue to incur, capital and operating expenditures and other costs in the ordinary course of business in complying with OSHA, MSHA and other state, local and foreign laws and regulations, and could incur penalties and fines in the future, including in extreme cases, criminal sanctions.

While we have invested, and will continue to invest, substantial resources in worker health and safety programs, the industries in which we operate involve a high degree of operational risk and there can be no assurance that we will avoid significant liability exposure. Although we have taken what are believed to be appropriate precautions, we have suffered employee injuries and fatalities in the past and may suffer additional injuries or fatalities in the future. Serious accidents of this nature may subject us to substantial penalties, civil litigation or criminal prosecution. Personal injury claims for damages, including for bodily injury or loss of life, could result in substantial costs and liabilities, which could materially and adversely affect our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, if our safety record were to substantially deteriorate, or if we suffered substantial penalties or criminal prosecution for violation of health and safety regulations, customers could cancel existing contracts and not award future business to us, which could materially adversely affect our liquidity, cash flows and results of operations.

We have, from time to time, received notice from the U.S. Department of Transportation (DOT) that our motor carrier operations may be monitored and that the failure to improve our safety performance could result in suspension or revocation of vehicle registration privileges. If we were not able to successfully resolve these issues, our ability to service our customers could be damaged, which could lead to a material adverse effect on our results of operations, cash flows and liquidity.

The cost of complying with complex governmental regulations applicable to our business, sanctions resulting from non-compliance or reduced demand resulting from increased regulations could increase our operating costs and reduce our profit.

Our drilling and other construction services are subject to various licensing, permitting, approval and reporting requirements imposed by federal, state, local and foreign laws. Our operations are subject to inspection and regulation by various governmental agencies, including the DOT, OSHA and MSHA of the Department of Labor in the U.S., as well as their counterparts in foreign countries. A major risk inherent in drilling and other construction is the need to obtain permits from local authorities. Delays in obtaining permits, the failure to obtain a permit for a project or a permit with unreasonable conditions or costs could limit our ability to effectively provide our services.

In addition, these regulations also affect our mining customers and may influence their determination to conduct mineral exploration and development. Future changes in these laws and regulations, domestically or in foreign countries, could cause our customers to incur additional expenses or result in significant restrictions to their operations and possible expansion plans, which could reduce our profit.

Our water treatment business is impacted by legislation and municipal requirements that set forth discharge parameters, constrain water source availability and set quality and treatment standards. The success of our groundwater treatment services depends on our ability to comply with the stringent standards set forth by the regulations governing the industry and our ability to provide adequate design and construction solutions cost-effectively.

In most states, one of our employees is required to be a licensed contractor in order for us to bid for, or perform, certain types of construction related projects. From time to time, we are temporarily unable to bid for, or perform work with respect to, those types of construction projects in a particular state, because our licensed employee resigns, is terminated, or dies. Depending upon the length of time to qualify another employee as a licensed contractor in the state and the number and size of the affected projects in that state, the loss of the services of an employee that is a licensed contractor could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations.

 

23


 

The SEC rules require disclosure of the use of tin, tantalum, tungsten and gold, known as conflict minerals, in products manufactured by public companies. The SEC rules require that public companies conduct due diligence to determine whether such minerals originated from the DRC or an adjoining country. We have incurred additional costs associated with complying with these disclosure requirements, including costs to determine the origin of conflict minerals used in our products. In addition, the implementation of these rules could adversely affect the sourcing, supply and pricing of materials used in our products. Also, we may face reputational challenges if the due diligence procedures we implement do not enable us to verify the origins for all conflict minerals. We may also encounter challenges to satisfy customers that may require all of the components of products purchased to be certified as DRC conflict-free because our supply chain is complex. If we are not able to meet customer requirements, customers may choose to disqualify us as a supplier. See Part I, Item 1—Business—Regulation in this Form 10-K for additional information.

Our activities are subject to environmental regulation that could increase our operating costs or suspend our ability to operate our business.

We are required to comply with foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations regarding health and safety and the protection of the environment, including those governing the generation, storage, use, handling, transportation, discharge, disposal and clean-up of hazardous substances in the ordinary course of our operations. We are also required to obtain and comply with various permits under current environmental laws and regulations, and new laws and regulations, or changed interpretations of existing requirements, which may require us to obtain and comply with additional permits and/or subject us to enforcement or penalty proceedings. We may be unable to obtain or comply with, and could be subject to revocation of, permits necessary to conduct our business. The costs of complying with environmental laws, regulations and permits may be substantial and any failure to comply could result in fines, penalties or other sanctions.

Our operations are sometimes conducted in or near ecologically sensitive areas, such as wetlands, which are subject to special protective measures and which may expose us to additional operating costs and liabilities related to restricted operations, for unpermitted or accidental discharges of oil, natural gas, drilling fluids, contaminated water or other substances or for noncompliance with other aspects of applicable laws and regulations. Our operations are subject to various environmental laws and regulations, including those dealing with the handling and disposal of waste products, PCBs, fuel storage and air quality. Certain of our current and historical operations have used hazardous materials and, to the extent that such materials are not properly stored, contained, recycled or disposed of, they could become hazardous waste.

Various foreign, federal, state and local environmental laws and regulations may impose liability on us with respect to conditions at our current or former facilities, sites at which we conduct or have conducted operations or activities or any third-party waste disposal site to which we send hazardous wastes. We may be subject to claims under various environmental laws and regulations, federal and state statutes and/or common law doctrines for toxic torts and other damages, as well as for natural resource damages and the investigation and clean-up of soil, surface water, groundwater and other media under laws such as CERCLA. Such claims may arise, for example, out of current or former conditions at project sites, current or former properties owned or leased by us and contaminated sites that have always been owned or operated by third parties. Liability may be imposed without regard to fault and may be strict, joint and several, such that we may be held responsible for more than our share of any contamination or other damages, or even for the entire share, and may be unable to obtain reimbursement from the parties causing the contamination. The costs of investigation or remediation at these sites may be substantial. Environmental laws are complex, change frequently and have tended to become more stringent over time. Compliance with, and liability under, current and future environmental laws, as well as more vigorous enforcement policies or discovery of previously unknown conditions requiring remediation, could increase our operating costs and reduce our revenue. See Part I, Item 1—Business—Regulation in this Form 10-K for additional information.

We may face unanticipated water and other waste disposal costs.

Many of our operations involve the production or disposal of significant quantities of water. We may be subject to regulation that restricts our ability to discharge water in the course of these operations.

The costs to dispose of this water may increase if any of the following occur:

·

we cannot obtain future permits from applicable regulatory agencies;

·

water of lesser quality or requiring additional treatment is produced; or

·

new laws and regulations require water to be disposed in a different manner.

The cost to dispose of, or treat that water or otherwise comply with these regulations concerning water disposal may reduce our profitability.

 

24


 

If our health insurance, liability insurance or workers’ compensation insurance is insufficient to cover losses resulting from claims or hazards, if we are unable to cover our deductible obligations or if we are unable to obtain insurance at reasonable rates, our operating costs could increase and our profit could decline.

Although we maintain insurance protection that we consider economically prudent for major losses, we have high deductible amounts for each claim under our health insurance, workers’ compensation insurance and liability insurance. Our current individual claim deductible amount is $200,000 for health insurance, $1,500,000 for general liability insurance and $1,000,000 for workers’ compensation. We cannot assure that we will have adequate funds to cover our deductible obligations or that our insurance will be sufficient or effective under all circumstances or against all claims or hazards to which we may be subject or that we will be able to continue to obtain such insurance protection. In addition, we may not be able to maintain insurance of the types or at levels we deem necessary or adequate or at rates we consider reasonable. A successful claim or damage resulting from a hazard for which we are not fully insured could increase our operating costs and reduce our profit.

The cost of defending litigation or successful claims against us could reduce our profit or significantly limit our liquidity and impair our operations.

We have been and from time to time may be named as a defendant in legal actions claiming damages in connection with drilling or other construction projects and other matters. These are typically actions that arise in the normal course of business, including employment-related claims and contractual disputes or claims for personal injury or property damage that occur in connection with drilling or construction site services. To the extent that the cost of defending litigation or successful claims against us is not covered by insurance, our profit could decline, our liquidity could be significantly reduced and our operations could be impaired.

Impairment in the carrying value of long-lived assets, equity method investments, and goodwill could negatively affect our operating results.

Under GAAP, long-lived assets are required to be reviewed for impairment whenever adverse events or changes in circumstances indicate a possible impairment. If business conditions or other factors cause profitability and cash flows to decline, we may be required to record non-cash impairment charges. Goodwill must be evaluated for impairment annually or more frequently if events indicate it is warranted. If the carrying value of our reporting units exceeds their current fair value as determined based on the discounted future cash flows of the related business, the goodwill is considered impaired and is reduced to fair value by a non-cash charge to earnings. Events and conditions that could result in impairment in the value of our long-lived assets and goodwill include changes in the industries in which we operate, particularly the impact of a downturn in the global economy, as well as competition and advances in technology, adverse changes in the regulatory environment, changes in corporate strategy and business plans or other factors leading to reduction in expected long-term sales or profitability. Layne evaluates its long-lived assets, equity method investments and goodwill for impairment at least annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate there is a loss in value of the investment that is other than a temporary decline. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of impairment charges recorded.

Our ability to use U.S. federal net operating loss carryforwards, foreign tax credit carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards and net unrealized built-in losses could be severely limited in the event of certain share transfers of our common stock.

We currently have a significant U.S. deferred tax asset, before considering valuation allowances, which results from federal net operating loss carryforwards, foreign tax credit carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards and net unrealized built-in losses. While we have recorded a full valuation allowance against the net deferred tax asset, the carryforwards and the future use of these attributes could provide significant future tax savings to us if we are able to use such losses and credits. However, our ability to use these tax benefits may be restricted due to a future ownership change within the meaning of Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code. An ownership change could occur that would severely limit our ability to use the tax benefits associated with the net operating loss carryforwards, foreign tax credit carryforwards, capital loss carryforwards and net unrealized built-in losses, which may result in a significantly higher tax cost as compared to the situation where these tax benefits are preserved.

If we repatriate earnings from foreign subsidiaries which are currently considered indefinitely reinvested, our income tax expense could be significantly increased.

We have not recognized a deferred tax liability on the undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries as allowed under the indefinite reversal criterion of ASC 740. We consider these amounts to be indefinitely invested based on specific plans for reinvestment of these earnings. However, if liquidity deterioration were to require Layne to change its plans and repatriate all or a portion of these undistributed earnings, income tax expense and deferred income tax liabilities could be significantly increased.

 

25


 

If we are unable to protect our intellectual property adequately, the value of our patents and trademarks and our ability to operate our business could be harmed.

We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets and similar intellectual property rights to protect the proprietary technology and other intellectual property that are instrumental to our operations. We may not be able to protect our intellectual property adequately, and our use of this intellectual property could result in liability for patent or trademark infringement or unfair competition. Further, through acquisitions of third parties, we may acquire intellectual property that is subject to the same risks as the intellectual property we currently own.

We may be required to institute litigation to enforce our patents, trademarks or other intellectual property rights, or to protect our trade secrets from time to time. Such litigation could result in substantial costs and diversion of resources and could reduce our profit or disrupt our business, regardless of whether we are able to successfully enforce our rights.

We may be exposed to liabilities under the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and any determination that Layne or any of its subsidiaries has violated the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act could have a material adverse effect on our business.

We operate in a number of countries throughout the world, including countries known to have a reputation for corruption. We are committed to doing business in accordance with applicable anti-corruption laws and our code of business conduct and ethics. We are subject, however, to the risk that we, our affiliated entities or their respective officers, directors, employees and agents may take action determined to be in violation of such anti-corruption laws, including the U. S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 (“FCPA”).

On October 27, 2014, we entered into a settlement with the SEC to resolve allegations concerning the legality of certain payments by us to agents and other third parties interacting with government officials in certain countries in Africa.  Under the terms of the settlement, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, we consented to entry of an administrative cease-and-desist order under the books and records, internal controls and anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA.  We agreed to pay to the SEC $4.75 million in disgorgement and prejudgment interest, and $375,000 in penalties.  We also agreed to undertake certain compliance, reporting and cooperation obligations to the SEC for two years following the settlement date.

The FCPA and related statutes and regulations provide for potential fines, civil and criminal penalties, and equitable remedies, including disgorgement of profits or monetary benefits from such payments, related interest and injunctive relief. Civil penalties under the anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA could range up to $10,000 per violation, with a criminal fine up to the greater of $2.0 million per violation or twice the gross pecuniary gain to Layne or twice the gross pecuniary loss to others, if larger. Civil penalties under the accounting provisions of the FCPA can range up to $0.5 million and a company that knowingly commits a violation can be fined up to $25.0 million. In addition, both the SEC and the DOJ could assert that conduct extending over a period of time may constitute multiple violations for purposes of assessing the penalty amounts. Often, dispositions for these types of matters result in modifications to business practices and compliance programs and possibly a monitor being appointed to review future business and practices with the goal of ensuring compliance with the FCPA.

Further, detecting, investigating and resolving these types of matters is expensive and could consume significant time and attention of our senior management.  We could also face fines, sanctions and other penalties from authorities in the relevant foreign jurisdictions, including prohibition of our participating in or curtailment of business operations in those jurisdictions and the seizure of rigs or other assets.  Our customers in those jurisdictions could seek to impose penalties or take other actions adverse to our interest.  We could also face other third-party claims by our directors, officers, employees, affiliates, advisors, attorneys, agents, stockholders, debt holders or other interest holders or constituents.  In addition, disclosure of the subject matter of the investigation could adversely affect our reputation and our ability to obtain new business or retain existing business from our current clients and potential clients, to attract and retain employees and to access the capital markets.  Future violations of the FCPA may also give rise to an event of default under the agreements governing our debt instruments if such violation were to have a material adverse effect on our business, assets, property, financial condition or prospects or if the amount of any settlement resulted in our failing to satisfy any financial covenants.  We could also be subject to additional penalties if we violate the order settling the FCPA investigation or are found to not comply with its compliance, reporting and cooperation obligations.

Future climate change could adversely affect us.

The prospective impact of potential climate change on our operations and those of our customers remains uncertain. Some scientists have hypothesized that the impacts of climate change could include changes in rainfall patterns, water shortages, changing sea levels, changing storm patterns and intensities, and changing temperature levels and that these changes could be severe. These impacts could vary by geographic location. At the present time, we cannot predict the prospective impact of potential climate change on our results of operations, liquidity or capital resources, or whether any such effects could be material to us.

 

26


 

Deliberate, malicious acts, including terrorism and sabotage, could damage our facilities, disrupt our operations or injure employees, contractors, customers or the public and result in liability to us.

Intentional acts of destruction could hinder our sales or production and disrupt our supply chain. Our facilities could be damaged or destroyed, reducing our operational production capacity and requiring us to repair or replace our facilities at substantial cost. Employees, contractors and the public could suffer substantial physical injury for which we could be liable. Governmental authorities may impose security or other requirements that could make our operations more difficult or costly. The consequences of any such actions could adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.

We are dependent on our information systems.

Layne is dependent on a variety of information technology systems for the efficient functioning of our business as well as the security of our information. Problems with the implementation of new or upgraded systems as our business grows or with maintenance of existing systems could disrupt or reduce the efficiency of our operations.

Security breaches and other disruptions could compromise our information and expose us to liability, which would cause our business and reputation to suffer.

In the ordinary course of our business, we collect and store sensitive data, including intellectual property, our proprietary business information and that of our customers and suppliers, and personally identifiable information of our employees, in our facilities and on our networks. The secure processing, maintenance and transmission of this information is critical to our operations. Despite our security measures, our information technology and infrastructure may be vulnerable to attacks by hackers or breached due to employee error, malfeasance or other disruptions. Any such breach could compromise our networks and the information stored there could be accessed, publicly disclosed, lost or stolen. Any such access, disclosure or other loss of information could result in legal claims or proceedings, disrupt our operations, damage our reputation, and cause a loss of confidence, which could adversely affect our business.

We may pay our suppliers and subcontractors before receiving payment from our customers for the related services.

We use suppliers to obtain the necessary materials and subcontractors to perform portions of our services and to manage work flow. In some cases, we pay our suppliers and subcontractors before our customers pay us for the related services. We may pay our suppliers and subcontractors for materials purchased and work performed for customers who fail to pay, or delay paying, us for the related work, which could harm our liquidity and results of operations.

We extend trade credit to customers for purchases of our services, and in the past we have had, and in the future we may have, difficulty collecting receivables from customers that experience financial difficulties.

We grant trade credit, generally without collateral, to our customers, which include mining companies, general contractors, commercial and industrial facility owners, state and local governments and developers. Consequently, we are subject to potential credit risk related to changes in business and economic factors in the geographic areas in which our customers are located. If any of our major customers experience financial difficulties, we could experience reduced cash flows and losses in excess of current allowances provided. In addition, material changes in any of our customers’ revenues or cash flows could affect our ability to collect amounts due from them.

The conditional conversion feature of the 4.25% Convertible Notes, if triggered, may adversely affect our financial condition.

In the event the conditional conversion feature of the 4.25% Convertible Notes is triggered, holders of the 4.25% Convertible Notes will be entitled to convert such notes at any time during specified periods at their option. If one or more holders elect to convert their 4.25% Convertible Notes, unless we elect to satisfy our conversion obligation by delivering solely shares of our common stock (other than paying solely cash in lieu of any fractional share), including if we have irrevocably elected full physical settlement upon conversion, we would be required to make cash payments to satisfy all or a portion of our conversion obligations based on the applicable conversion rate, which could adversely affect our liquidity. In addition, even if holders do not elect to convert their 4.25% Convertible Notes, if we have irrevocably elected net share settlement upon conversion we could be required under applicable accounting rules to reclassify all or a portion of the outstanding principal of the 4.25% Convertible Notes as a current rather than long-term liability, which could result in a material reduction of our net working capital.

 

27


 

We may in certain circumstances elect to settle conversions of our 4.25% Convertible Notes in cash, and the accounting method for convertible debt securities that may be settled in cash could have a material effect on our reported financial results.

If we obtain stockholder approval as described below, then, upon conversion, we will satisfy our conversion obligation for the 4.25% Convertible Notes by paying or delivering, as the case may be, cash, shares of our common stock or a combination of cash and shares of our common stock, at our election.  We refer to these settlement methods as cash settlement, physical settlement and combination settlement, respectively.  In May 2008, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued FASB Staff Position No. APB 14-1, Accounting for Convertible Debt Instruments That May Be Settled in Cash Upon Conversion (Including Partial Cash Settlement), which has subsequently been codified as Accounting Standards Codification 470-20, Debt with Conversion and Other Options, or ASC 470-20.  ASC 470-20 requires an entity to separately account for the liability and equity components of convertible debt instruments whose conversion may be settled entirely or partially in cash (such as our 4.25% Convertible Notes, if we obtain the stockholder approval described below) in a manner that reflects the issuer’s economic interest cost for non-convertible debt.  During the first quarter of FY2016, the liability component of the convertible debt instrument will initially be valued at the fair value of a similar debt instrument that does not have an associated equity component and will be reflected as a liability on the balance sheet.  The equity component of the convertible debt instrument will be included in the additional paid-in capital section of stockholders’ equity on the balance sheet, and the value of the equity component will be treated as original issue discount for purposes of accounting for the debt component.  This original issue discount must be amortized to non-cash interest expense over the term of the convertible debt instrument.  Accordingly, we will record a greater amount of non-cash interest expense in current periods as a result of this amortization.  We will report lower net income in our financial results because ASC 470-20 will require the interest expense associated with our 4.25% Convertible Notes to include both the current period’s amortization of the debt discount and our 4.25% Convertible Notes’ coupon interest, which could adversely affect our reported or future financial results, the trading price of our common stock and the trading price of our 4.25% Convertible Notes.

If we are required to settle conversions using physical settlement, then we must include the full number of shares underlying our 4.25% Convertible Notes in the calculation of our diluted earnings per share, regardless of whether the contingent conversion feature of our 4.25% Convertible Notes is triggered.  In addition, under certain circumstances, convertible debt instruments whose conversion may be settled entirely or partly in cash (such as our 4.25% Convertible Notes, if we obtain the stockholders approval described below) are currently accounted for using the treasury stock method.  Under this method, the shares issuable upon conversion of  convertible notes are not included in the calculation of diluted earnings per share unless the conversion value of the convertible notes exceeds their principal amount at the end of the relevant reporting period.  If the conversion value exceeds their principal amount, then, for diluted earnings per share purposes, convertible notes are accounted for as if the number of shares of common stock that would be necessary to settle the excess, if we elected to settle the excess in shares, are issued.  Accordingly, the treasury stock method could result in more favorable reported diluted earnings per share.  Because we are required to settle conversions using physical settlement, we will not be permitted to use the treasury stock method unless we obtain stockholder approval.  We have no obligation to seek stockholder approval, and, even if we do, we may not obtain stockholder approval.  Even if we obtain stockholder approval, the terms of our asset-based facility require us to physically settle conversions which would prevent us from using the treasury stock method.  Even still, if we are otherwise able to elect cash settlement or combination settlement, accounting standards in the future may not continue to permit the use of the treasury stock method.  If we are unable to use the treasury stock method in accounting for the shares, if any, issuable upon conversion of our convertible notes, then our diluted earnings per share could be adversely affected.

Certain provisions in the indentures governing our convertible notes could delay or prevent an otherwise beneficial takeover or takeover attempt of us.

Certain provisions in the indentures governing our convertible notes could make it more difficult or more expensive for a third party to acquire us.  For example, if a takeover would constitute a fundamental change, holders of our convertible notes will have the right to require us to repurchase their convertible notes in cash.  In addition, if a takeover constitutes a make-whole fundamental change, we may be required to increase the conversion rate for holders who convert their convertible notes in connection with such takeover.  In either case, and in other cases, our obligations under our convertible notes and the indentures could increase the cost of acquiring us or otherwise discourage a third party from acquiring us.

 

28


 

Risks Related To Ownership of Our Common Stock

Provisions in our organizational documents and Delaware law could prevent or frustrate attempts by stockholders to replace our current management or effect a change of control of Layne.

Our certificate of incorporation, bylaws and the Delaware General Corporation Law contain provisions that could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire us without consent of our board of directors. In addition, under our certificate of incorporation, our board of directors may issue shares of preferred stock and determine the terms of those shares of stock without any further action by our stockholders. Our issuance of preferred stock could make it more difficult for a third party to acquire a majority of our outstanding voting stock and thereby effect a change in the composition of our board of directors. Our certificate of incorporation also provides that our stockholders may not take action by written consent. Our bylaws require advance notice of stockholder proposals and nominations, and permit only our board of directors, or authorized committee designated by our board of directors, to call a special stockholder meeting. These provisions may have the effect of preventing or hindering attempts by our stockholders to replace our current management. In addition, Delaware law prohibits us from engaging in a business combination with any holder of 15% or more of our capital stock until the holder has held the stock for three years unless, among other possibilities, our board of directors approves the transaction. Our board may use this provision to prevent changes in our management. Also, under applicable Delaware law, our board of directors may adopt additional anti-takeover measures in the future.

In addition, provisions of Delaware law may also discourage, delay or prevent a third party from acquiring or merging with us or obtaining control of Layne.

If a “fundamental change” (as such terms are defined in the indentures governing our convertible notes) occurs, holders of the convertible notes will have the right, at their option, to require us to repurchase all or a portion of their convertible notes.  A “fundamental change” generally occurs when there is a change in control of Layne (acquisition of 50% or more of our voting stock, liquidation or sale of Layne not for stock) or trading of our stock is terminated.  In the event of a “make-whole fundamental change” (as is defined in the indentures for the convertible notes), we may also be required to increase the conversion rate applicable to the convertible notes surrendered for conversion in connection with such make-whole fundamental change.  A “make-whole fundamental change” is generally a sale of Layne not for stock in another publicly traded company.  In addition, the indentures for the convertible notes prohibit us from engaging in certain mergers or acquisitions unless, among other things, the surviving entity assumes our obligations under the convertible notes.  

The market price of our common stock could be lowered by future sales of our common stock.

Sales by us or our shareholders of a substantial number of shares of our common stock in the public market, or the perception that these sales might occur, could cause the market price of our common stock to decline or could impair our ability to raise capital through a future sale of, or pay for acquisitions using, our equity securities.

In addition to outstanding shares eligible for future sale, as of January 31, 2015, 1.5 million shares of our common stock were issuable, subject to vesting requirement, under currently outstanding stock options and restricted stock units granted to officers, directors and employees and an additional 1.5 million shares are available to be granted under our stock option and employee incentive plans.

We are restricted from paying dividends.

We have not paid any cash dividends on our common stock since our initial public offering in 1992, and we do not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. In addition, our current credit arrangements restrict our ability to pay cash dividends.

 

29


 

Our share price could be volatile and could decline, resulting in a substantial or complete loss of your investment. Because the trading of our common stock is characterized by low trading volume, it could be difficult for you to sell the shares of our common stock that you hold.

The stock markets, including the NASDAQ Global Select Market, on which we list our common stock, have experienced significant price and volume fluctuations. As a result, the market price of our common stock could be similarly volatile, and you may experience a decrease in the value of the shares of our common stock that you may hold, including a decrease unrelated to our operating performance or prospects. In addition, the trading of our common stock has historically been characterized by relatively low trading volume, and the volatility of our stock price could be exacerbated by such low trading volumes. The market price of our common stock could be subject to significant fluctuations in response to various factors or events, including among other things:

·

our operating performance and the performance of other similar companies;

·

actual or anticipated differences in our operating results;

·

changes in our revenue or earnings estimates or recommendations by securities analysts;

·

publication of research reports about us or our industry by securities analysts;

·

additions and departures of key personnel;

·

strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestments, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

·

the passage of legislation or other regulatory developments that adversely affect us or our industry;

·

speculation in the press or investment community;

·

actions by institutional stockholders;

·

changes in accounting principles;

·

terrorist acts; and

·

general market conditions, including factors unrelated to our performance.

These factors may lower the trading price of our common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance, and could prevent you from selling your common stock at or above the price that you paid for the common stock. In addition, the stock markets, from time to time, experience extreme price and volume fluctuations that may be unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of companies. These broad fluctuations may lower the market price of our common stock.

It em 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

We have no unresolved comments from the Securities and Exchange Commission staff.

I tem 2.

Properties

Our corporate headquarters are located in The Woodlands, Texas (a suburb of Houston, Texas), in approximately 51,000 square feet of office space leased by Layne pursuant to a written lease agreement which expires in 2025 and has two, five-year extensions.

As of January 31, 2015, we (excluding foreign affiliates) owned or leased approximately 520 drill and well service rigs throughout the world, approximately of which 390 were located in the U.S. The total rig number includes rigs used primarily in each of our service lines as well as multi-purpose rigs. In addition, as of January 31, 2015, our foreign affiliates owned or leased approximately 195 drill rigs.

Oil and Gas Operations

As further discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, during FY2013, we completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of our former Energy segment, which was disposed of on October 1, 2012.   At January 31, 2015 and 2014, we had no oil and gas producing activities. Accordingly, the information presented includes information of our operations through the completion of the sale on October 1, 2012. We did not have a reserve study performed during FY2013.

 

30


 

It em 3.

Legal Proceedings

In connection with updating its FCPA policy, questions were raised internally in September 2010 about, among other things, the legality of certain payments by Layne to agents and other third parties interacting with government officials in certain countries in Africa. The audit committee of the board of directors engaged outside counsel to conduct an internal investigation to review these payments with assistance from outside accounting firms. Layne made a voluntary disclosure to the DOJ and SEC regarding the results of the investigation and cooperated with those agencies in connection with their review of the matter.

On August 6, 2014, the DOJ notified Layne that the DOJ’s inquiry into this matter had been closed. On October 27, 2014, Layne entered into a settlement with the SEC to resolve the allegations concerning potential violations of the FCPA. For further discussion on this and other legal proceedings, see Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

It em 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

The operations Layne performs on mine sites are subject to regulation by the Federal Mine Safety and Health Administration under the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act of 1977. Information concerning mine safety violations or other regulatory matters required by Section 1503(a) of the Dodd-Frank Act and Item 104 of Regulation S-K is included in Exhibit 95 to this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

31


 

PART II

I tem 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Layne’s common stock is traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol LAYN. The following table sets forth the range of high and low sales prices of Layne’s stock by quarter for FY2015 and FY2014, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2015

 

High

 

 

Low

 

First Quarter

 

$

18.92

 

 

$

15.81

 

Second Quarter

 

 

17.47

 

 

 

10.45

 

Third Quarter

 

 

11.99

 

 

 

5.90

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

10.39

 

 

 

6.73

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Year 2014

 

High

 

 

Low

 

First Quarter

 

$

23.63

 

 

$

17.42

 

Second Quarter

 

 

22.64

 

 

 

18.68

 

Third Quarter

 

 

20.75

 

 

 

18.12

 

Fourth Quarter

 

 

20.14

 

 

 

13.88

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

At April 6, 2015, there were 74 owners of record of Layne’s common stock.

Layne has not paid any cash dividends on its common stock. Moreover, the Board of Directors of Layne does not anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future. Future dividend policy will depend on a number of factors including future earnings, capital requirements, financial condition and prospects of Layne and such other factors as the Board of Directors may deem relevant, as well as restrictions under Layne’s indebtedness agreements.  Layne’s indebtedness agreements currently contain restrictions on the ability of Layne to pay cash dividends.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table provides information as of January 31, 2015, with respect to shares of Layne’s common stock that have been authorized for issuance under Layne’s 2006 Equity Plan.

The table does not include information with respect to shares subject to outstanding options granted under equity compensation plans that are no longer in effect. Footnote 1 to the table sets forth the total number of shares of common stock issuable upon the exercise of options under expired plans as of January 31, 2015, and the weighted average exercise price of those options. No additional options may be granted under such plans.

 

Plan Category

 

Number of securities

to be issued upon

exercise of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

 

 

Weighted-average

exercise price of

outstanding options,

warrants and rights

 

 

Number of securities

remaining available

for future issuance

under equity

compensation plans

(excluding securities

reflected in column

(a))

 

 

 

 

(a)(1)

 

 

(b)

 

 

(c)(2)

 

 

Equity compensation plans approved by security

   holders

 

 

1,015,514

 

 

$

21.15

 

 

 

1,539,950

 

 

(1)

Shares issuable pursuant to outstanding options under the 2006 Equity Plan. As of January 31, 2015, an additional 18,750 shares of Layne common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options under the expired 1996 Option Plan and 2002 Option Plan. The weighted-average exercise price of those options is $27.87 per share. No additional options may be granted under the 1996 Option Plan or the 2002 Option Plan.

(2)

All shares listed are issuable pursuant to future awards under the 2006 Equity Plan.

 

32


 

The following graph provides a comparison of our five-year, cumulative total shareholder return (1) from January 31, 2010 through January 31, 2015 to the return of S&P 500 and a custom peer group selected by Layne.  The peer group includes Aegion Corp, Nuverra Environmental Solutions Inc., Matrix Service Company, Primoris Services Corp., Tutor-Perini Corp., Boart Longyear Limited, Major Drilling Group International Inc., Foraco International SA and Orbit Garant Drilling Inc.  The comparisons shown in the graph are based on historical data.  The stock price performance shown in the graph is not necessarily indicative of, nor is it intended to forecast, the potential future performance of Layne’s common stock.  Information used in the graph was obtained from Research Data Group, a source believed to be reliable, but we are not responsible for any errors or omission in such information.

 

 

33


 

I tem 6.

Selected Financial Data

The following selected historical financial information as of and for each of the five fiscal years ended January 31, 2015, has been derived from Layne’s audited consolidated financial statements. The acquisitions, as noted below, have been accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting and, accordingly, Layne’s consolidated results include the effects of the acquisitions from the date of each acquisition. All periods presented below reflect the effects of operations discontinued in FY2015, FY2014 and FY2013.

The information below should be read in conjunction with “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” under Item 7 and the consolidated financial statements and notes thereto under Item 8 included elsewhere in this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of and Years Ended January 31,

 

2015 (1)

 

 

2014 (2)

 

 

2013 (3)

 

 

2012

 

 

2011 (4)

 

Income Statement Data (in thousands, except per share data):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

$

797,601

 

 

$

798,345

 

 

$

1,013,924

 

 

$

1,083,513

 

 

$

975,891

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, amortization and impairment charges shown below)

 

 

(682,559

)

 

 

(666,295

)

 

 

(836,394

)

 

 

(852,465

)

 

 

(762,017

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

(122,240

)

 

 

(134,314

)

 

 

(152,108

)

 

 

(157,690

)

 

 

(133,796

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(49,283

)

 

 

(56,302

)

 

 

(57,571

)

 

 

(53,671

)

 

 

(44,279

)

Impairment charges (6)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,646

)

 

 

(8,431

)

 

 

(96,579

)

 

 

 

Loss on remeasurement of equity method investment (7)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,705

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

(2,974

)

 

 

20,572

 

 

 

24,647

 

 

 

13,153

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

(2,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(13,707

)

 

 

(7,132

)

 

 

(3,301

)

 

 

(2,357

)

 

 

(1,594

)

Other income, net

 

 

659

 

 

 

6,751

 

 

 

6,003

 

 

 

9,880

 

 

 

684

 

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(70,839

)

 

 

(76,567

)

 

 

(25,011

)

 

 

(44,722

)

 

 

48,042

 

Income tax benefit (expense) (5)

 

 

3,945

 

 

 

(53,177

)

 

 

10,029

 

 

 

(8,988

)

 

 

(20,483

)

Net (loss) income from continuing operations

 

 

(66,894

)

 

 

(129,744

)

 

 

(14,982

)

 

 

(53,710

)

 

 

27,559

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

 

 

(42,433

)

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

(21,041

)

 

 

528

 

 

 

4,028

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

(109,327

)

 

 

(128,051

)

 

 

(36,023

)

 

 

(53,182

)

 

 

31,587

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(824

)

 

 

(588

)

 

 

(628

)

 

 

(2,893

)

 

 

(1,596

)

Net (loss) income attributable to Layne Christensen Company

 

$

(110,151

)

 

$

(128,639

)

 

$

(36,651

)

 

$

(56,075

)

 

$

29,991

 

Earnings per share information attributable to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Layne Christensen Company shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic (loss) income per share-continuing operations

 

$

(3.45

)

 

$

(6.65

)

 

$

(0.80

)

 

$

(2.91

)

 

$

1.34

 

Basic (loss) income per share-discontinued operations

 

 

(2.16

)

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

(1.08

)

 

 

0.03

 

 

 

0.21

 

Basic (loss) income per share

 

$

(5.61

)

 

$

(6.56

)

 

$

(1.88

)

 

$

(2.88

)

 

$

1.55

 

Diluted (loss) income per share-continuing operations

 

$

(3.45

)

 

$

(6.65

)

 

$

(0.80

)

 

$

(2.91

)

 

$

1.33

 

Diluted (loss) income per share - discontinued operations

 

 

(2.16

)

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

(1.08

)

 

 

0.03

 

 

 

0.20

 

Diluted (loss) income per share

 

$

(5.61

)

 

$

(6.56

)

 

$

(1.88

)

 

$

(2.88

)

 

$

1.53

 

Balance Sheet Data (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Working capital, including current maturities of debt

 

$

104,832

 

 

$

121,330

 

 

$

125,079

 

 

$

136,404

 

 

$

93,309

 

Total assets

 

 

545,513

 

 

 

646,618

 

 

 

812,226

 

 

 

805,836

 

 

 

816,652

 

Total long-term debt, excluding current maturities

 

 

132,137

 

 

 

107,118

 

 

 

95,142

 

 

 

52,716

 

 

 

 

Total Layne Christensen Company stockholders' equity

 

 

181,215

 

 

 

289,464

 

 

 

412,737

 

 

 

448,665

 

 

 

501,402

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

During the second quarter of FY2015, Layne authorized the sale of its Costa Fortuna operation and sold it on July 31, 2014.  Layne purchased 50% of Costa Fortuna on July 15, 2010 and accounted for it using the equity method of investment until May 30, 2012 when Layne acquired the remaining 50%.  In accordance with accounting guidance, Layne did not account for Costa Fortuna as discontinued operations for the periods ended January 31, 2011 and 2012, when it was accounted for as an equity method investment.  For the period ended January 31, 2013, Layne accounted for Costa Fortuna as discontinued operations for the period in which Layne held 100% of the business of Costa Fortuna.  In the third quarter of FY2015, Layne sold its Tecniwell business and accounted for it as a discontinued operation.  This business was sold on October 31, 2014.  Both Costa Fortuna and Tecniwell were accounted for as discontinued operations in FY2015.

(2)

During the first quarter of FY2014, Layne authorized the sale of its SolmeteX operation and accounted for it as a discontinued operation. The operation was sold on July 31, 2013.

(3)

During FY2013, Layne accounted for the former Energy segment, which was sold in October 2013, as a discontinued operation.  

 

34


 

(4)

During FY2011, Layne acquired certain assets of Intevras Technologies, LLC, 50% of Costa Fortuna and 100% of the stock of Bencor Corporation of America. The impact of Intevras was not material to the FY2011 consolidated financial statements. Bencor contributed $33.8 million of net income to the FY2011 consolidated financial statements. Costa Fortuna was accounted for using the equity method of accounting.

(5)

A $78.3 million valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was recorded during FY2014.  Of the $78.3 million valuation allowance, $54.4 million related to deferred tax assets established in a prior year, and $23.9 million related to deferred tax assets established in FY2015.  See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

(6)

See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of FY2014 and FY2013 impairment charges.  During FY2012, Layne performed its annual goodwill impairment and determined $86.2 million of its then existing goodwill was impaired.  Also during FY2013, Layne determined $8.4 million of its intangible assets were impaired.

(7)

See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

I tem 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis of financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with Layne’s consolidated financial statements and notes thereto under Item 8.

Cautionary Language Regarding Forward-Looking Statements

This Form 10-K may contain forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933 and Section 21E of the Exchange Act of 1934. Such statements may include, but are not limited to, statements of plans and objectives, statements of future economic performance and statements of assumptions underlying such statements, and statements of management’s intentions, hopes, beliefs, expectations or predictions of the future. Forward-looking statements can often be identified by the use of forward-looking terminology, such as “should,” “intended,” “continue,” “believe,” “may,” “hope,” “anticipate,” “goal,” “forecast,” “plan,” “estimate” and similar words or phrases. Such statements are based on current expectations and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including but not limited to: prevailing prices for various commodities (including gold, copper, crude oil and natural gas), the duration of the current slowdown in the mineral drilling services market, unanticipated slowdowns in Layne’s major markets, the availability of credit, the risks and uncertainties normally incident to the construction industry, the timing for the completion of the existing unprofitable contracts in Heavy Civil, the ability to successfully obtain profitable contracts in Energy Services, the impact of competition, the effectiveness of operational changes expected to increase efficiency and productivity and reduce costs, worldwide economic and political conditions and foreign currency fluctuations that may affect worldwide results of operations. Many of the factors that will determine these items are beyond Layne’s ability to control or predict. Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize, or should underlying assumptions prove incorrect, actual results may vary materially and adversely from those anticipated, estimated or projected. These forward-looking statements are made as of the date of this filing, and Layne assumes no obligation to update such forward-looking statements or to update the reasons why actual results could differ materially from those anticipated in such forward-looking statements.

Overview

The following Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations (“MD&A”) is intended to help the reader understand Layne, its operations and our present business environment. MD&A is provided as a supplement to and should be read in connection with the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto contained in Item 8 of this report. MD&A includes the following sections:

·

Business—a general description of Layne’s business and key FY 2015 events.

·

Consolidated Review of Operations—an analysis of Layne’s consolidated results of operations for the three years presented in the consolidated financial statements.

·

Operating Segment Review of Operations—an analysis of Layne’s results of operations for the three years presented in the consolidated financial statements for Layne’s reporting segments: Water Resources, Inliner, Heavy Civil, Geoconstruction, Mineral Services and Energy Services.

·

Liquidity and Capital Resources—an analysis of cash flows, aggregate financial commitments and certain financial condition ratios.

·

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates—a discussion of Layne’s critical accounting policies and estimates that involve a higher degree of judgment or complexity.

 

35


 

Business

Layne is a global water management, construction and drilling company. Layne provides responsible solutions for water, mineral and energy challenges. Layne manages and reports its operations through its six segments:  Water Resources, Inliner, Heavy Civil, Geoconstruction, Mineral Services and Energy Services.  

Key Fiscal Year 2015 Events

On January 2, 2015, Layne hired Michael Caliel as its President and Chief Executive Officer.  Mr. Caliel replaced David Brown, the current Chairman of the Board, who had been serving as CEO on an interim basis.

Mineral Services continues to be impacted by the global slowdown in spending for mineral drilling services, both in the markets served by Layne’s wholly-owned operations and Layne’s Latin American affiliates. Global spending for minerals drilling services has decreased significantly over the past two years in every geographic region. This has reduced the revenues generated by Mineral Services and has adversely affected our results of operations and cash flows. During FY 2015, revenues decreased by 30.5% from the same period last year.  FY2016 will likely see further reductions until such time as the market becomes stabilized, if at all. Given that the assets within the division are in good working order and, geographically diversified and the division has the ability to deploy rapidly to new sites when requested, Layne believes it will be able to react in an expedient manner when the market improves.  

Heavy Civil’s revenues decreased by 22.5% during FY 2015 compared to FY 2014. As previously reported, this segment is being more selective in its pursuit of municipal bid projects.  This strategy may result in lower revenues in the future, but is anticipated to provide more stable margins and decreased risk for the segment.  Heavy Civil has continued to experience cost overruns associated with the completion of certain contracts.

Geoconstruction announced in August 2014 that is had been awarded a $132.5 million contract with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the East Branch Dam located in Pennsylvania.  The project has commenced and is expected to be completed by the end of FY 2019.

Energy Services loss from continuing operations has increased in FY 2015 as compared to FY 2014 by 14.0%.  The recent decrease in oil and gas prices is expected to result in a slower growth rate for the segment than was previously expected.  Expansion of this business beyond its current operations in the Permian Basin in West Texas will be undertaken cautiously when, and if, market conditions are favorable.

On August 6, 2014, Layne was notified by the DOJ that inquiry into potential violations of the FCPA, as discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements, had been closed.  On October 27, 2014, Layne entered into a settlement with the SEC to resolve the allegations concerning potential violations of the FCPA.  This settlement with the SEC resolved all outstanding government investigations with respect to Layne concerning potential FCPA violations.  Under the terms of the settlement, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, Layne consented to entry of an administrative cease-and-desist order under the books and records, internal controls and anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA.  In connection with the settlement, Layne paid to the SEC $4.7 million in disgorgement and prejudgment interest, and $0.4 million in penalties on November 6, 2014.  Layne also agreed to undertake certain compliance, reporting and cooperation obligations to the SEC for two years following the settlement date.

The Board of Directors approved a restructuring plan (the “Plan”) in June 2014, designed to generate a series of short and long term cost reductions.  Management has substantially implemented the Plan.  The savings generated from the Plan will be derived from various areas within Layne, including workforce reductions, operational and functional reorganization and redesign of company processes.  A full year impact of these savings will become realized in FY 2016.  In addition, Layne is continuing to undertake a strategic review of its operations to evaluate alternatives for under-performing divisions, service lines or non-core assets to improve profitability and/or liquidity.

On July 31, 2014, Layne sold Costa Fortuna, an operation within Geoconstruction, as part of its assessment of under-performing assets.  Costa Fortuna was sold to Aldo Corda, the original owner and the then current manager of the business at the time of disposal.  In a continuation of the assessment of under-performing assets, Layne sold Tecniwell, a line of business within Geoconstruction on October 31, 2014. Both dispositions are discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements.  

Layne entered into a five year asset-based credit facility on April 15, 2014. The asset-based credit facility provides for an aggregate principal amount of $135.0 million (subject to a borrowing base requirement), of which up to an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million will be available in the form of letters of credit and up to an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million is available for short-term swingline borrowings. Layne terminated its previous credit agreement on April 15, 2014. See Liquidity and Capital Resources for additional information.

 

36


 

On February 4, 2015, Layne announced it had entered into Exchange and Subscription Agreements with certain investors that held approximately $55.5 million of our 4.25% Convertible Notes.  The investors exchanged the 4.25% Convertible Notes owned by them for approximately $49.9 million of new 8.0% Convertible Notes and purchased approximately $49.9 million of additional new 8.0% Convertible Notes.   The transaction closed on March 2, 2015.  Layne received net cash proceeds from the sale of the new 8.0% Convertible Notes, net of expenses related to the offering of approximately $45.0 million.  Layne used a portion of the net cash proceeds to repay amounts outstanding under its asset-based credit facility.  The remainder of the net cash proceeds will be used for future working capital purposes

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Layne uses certain financial measures to assess performance which are not defined in generally accepted accounting principles (GAAP). These measures are included as a complement to results provided in accordance with GAAP because management believes these non-GAAP financial measures help us explain underlying performance trends in the business and provide useful information to both management and investors. These measures should be considered in addition to results prepared in accordance with GAAP, but should not be considered a substitute for, or superior to, GAAP results.

Other non-GAAP measures include the presentations of division income before certain charges and effective income tax rates excluding those charges.

Consolidated Review of Operations

The following table, which is derived from Layne’s consolidated financial statements included in Item 8, presents, for the periods indicated, the percentage relationship which certain items reflected in Layne’s results of operations bear to revenues and the percentage increase or decrease in the dollar amount of such items period-to-period.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Period-to-Period

 

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

Change

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

vs. 2014

 

 

vs. 2013

 

 

Revenues:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water Resources

 

 

24.6

 

%

 

22.0

 

%

 

21.1

 

%

 

11.6

 

%

 

(17.9

)

%

Inliner

 

 

21.9

 

 

 

18.6

 

 

 

13.1

 

 

 

17.9

 

 

 

11.4

 

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

26.0

 

 

 

33.5

 

 

 

27.4

 

 

 

(22.5

)

 

 

(3.9

)

 

Geoconstruction

 

 

9.7

 

 

 

3.3

 

 

 

7.7

 

 

 

193.5

 

 

 

(66.4

)

 

Mineral Services

 

 

15.1

 

 

 

21.7

 

 

 

29.8

 

 

 

(30.5

)

 

 

(42.8

)

 

Energy Services

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

219.0

 

 

 

7.7

 

 

Other

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

2.4

 

 

 

1.1

 

 

 

(3.8

)

 

 

73.2

 

 

Intersegment Eliminations

 

 

(2.2

)

 

 

(2.3

)

 

 

(0.8

)

 

 

(6.8

)

 

 

103.9

 

 

Total net revenues

 

 

100.0

 

%

 

100.0

 

%

 

100.0

 

%

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(21.3

)

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, amortization

   and impairment charges shown below)

 

 

(85.6

)

%

 

(83.5

)

%

 

(82.5

)

%

 

2.4

 

 

 

(20.3

)

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

(15.3

)

 

 

(16.8

)

 

 

(15.0

)

 

 

(9.0

)

 

 

(11.7

)

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(6.2

)

 

 

(7.1

)

 

 

(5.7

)

 

 

(12.5

)

 

 

(2.2

)

 

Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

(1.8

)

 

 

(0.8

)

 

*

 

 

*

 

 

Loss on remeasurement of equity method investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(0.8

)

 

*

 

 

*

 

 

Equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates

 

 

0.2

 

 

 

(0.4

)

 

 

2.0

 

 

 

146.7

 

 

 

(114.5

)

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

 

*

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(1.7

)

 

 

(0.9

)

 

 

(0.3

)

 

 

92.2

 

 

 

116.1

 

 

Other income, net

 

 

0.1

 

 

 

0.8

 

 

 

0.6

 

 

 

(90.2

)

 

 

12.5

 

 

Loss from continuing operations

 

 

(8.8

)

 

 

(9.7

)

 

 

(2.5

)

 

 

(7.5

)

 

 

206.1

 

 

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

0.4

 

 

 

(6.6

)

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

(107.4

)

 

*

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(8.4

)

 

 

(16.3

)

 

 

(1.5

)

 

 

(48.4

)

 

 

766.0

 

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

 

 

(5.3

)

 

 

0.3

 

 

 

(2.1

)

 

*

 

 

*

 

 

Net loss

 

 

(13.7

)

 

 

(16.0

)

 

 

(3.6

)

 

 

(14.6

)

 

 

255.5

 

 

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

(0.1

)

 

 

 

 

 

40.1

 

 

 

(6.4

)

 

Net loss attributable to Layne Christensen Company

 

 

(13.8

)

%

 

(16.1

)

%

 

(3.6

)

%

 

(14.4

)

%

 

251.0

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

not meaningful

 

37


 

Revenues, equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates and income (loss) before income taxes pertaining to Layne’s operating segments are presented below. Unallocated corporate expenses primarily consist of general and administrative functions performed on a company-wide basis and benefiting all operating segments. These costs include accounting, financial reporting, internal audit, safety, treasury, corporate and securities law, tax compliance, executive management and Board of Directors.

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water Resources

 

$

196,243

 

 

$

175,875

 

 

$

214,091

 

Inliner

 

 

175,001

 

 

 

148,384

 

 

 

133,256

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

207,036

 

 

 

267,192

 

 

 

278,131

 

Geoconstruction

 

 

77,032

 

 

 

26,242

 

 

 

78,045

 

Mineral Services

 

 

120,217

 

 

 

172,960

 

 

 

302,119

 

Energy Services

 

 

20,209

 

 

 

6,336

 

 

 

5,885

 

Other

 

 

19,179

 

 

 

19,936

 

 

 

11,509

 

Intersegment Eliminations

 

 

(17,316

)

 

 

(18,580

)

 

 

(9,112

)

Total revenues

 

$

797,601

 

 

$

798,345

 

 

$

1,013,924

 

Equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geoconstruction

 

$

3,390

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,872

 

Mineral Services

 

 

(2,002

)

 

 

(2,974

)

 

 

16,700

 

Total equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates

 

$

1,388

 

 

$

(2,974

)

 

$

20,572

 

Income (loss) from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water Resources

 

$

14,356

 

 

$

1,016

 

 

$

(1,290

)

Inliner

 

 

22,870

 

 

 

17,650

 

 

 

9,936

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

(21,502

)

 

 

(7,781

)

 

 

(32,308

)

Geoconstruction

 

 

(4,443

)

 

 

(24,810

)

 

 

(4,127

)

Mineral Services

 

 

(14,909

)

 

 

(9,534

)

 

 

49,406

 

Energy Services

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

(3,212

)

 

 

(7,444

)

Other

 

 

(55

)

 

 

193

 

 

 

126

 

Unallocated corporate expenses

 

 

(49,788

)

 

 

(42,957

)

 

 

(36,009

)

Interest expense

 

 

(13,707

)

 

 

(7,132

)

 

 

(3,301

)

Total loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

(70,839

)

 

$

(76,567

)

 

$

(25,011

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Comparison of Fiscal Year 2015 (FY 2015) to Fiscal Year 2014 (FY 2014)

Revenues remained relatively flat during FY 2015, decreasing $0.7 million, or 0.1% to $797.6 million, compared to $798.3 million for FY 2014.  However, there was significant variation by segment.  A further discussion of results of operations by segment is presented below.

Cost of revenues increased $16.3 million or 2.4% to $682.6 million (85.6% of revenues) for FY 2015, compared to $666.3 million (83.5% of revenues) for FY 2014.  Cost of revenues contains direct costs, which increased $17.9 million to $614.6 million (90.0% of cost of revenues) in FY 2015 from $596.7 million in FY 2014 (89.6% of cost of revenues), and field expenses which decreased slightly for FY 2015 (9.7% of cost of revenues) compared to FY 2014 (10.1% of cost of revenues).  Direct costs primarily include material costs and labor costs associated with specific projects.   The increase in direct costs is primarily due to an increase in the costs to complete some projects in Heavy Civil.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $122.2 million for FY 2015, compared to $134.3 million for FY 2014.  The decrease is primarily related to decreases in relocation expenses of $6.7 million, FCPA investigation related expenses of $11.8 million, temporary services of $0.9 million and compensation expenses of $0.6 million.  The decreases in relocation and temporary services from FY 2014 are a result of costs incurred in FY 2014 for Layne’s move from Mission, Kansas to The Woodlands, Texas.  The net decrease in FCPA investigation related expenses is a result of the investigation having been mostly completed as of the end of FY 2014 and the reversal of a prior accrual as a result of the DOJ declining to take any action against Layne as discussed in Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.  These decreases were offset by increases in legal and professional fees of $5.0 million, $2.6 million in incentive compensation, $0.3 million in safety expenses and $0.1 million in dues and subscriptions.  

 

38


 

Depreciation and amortization were $49.3 million for FY 2015, compared to $56.3 million for FY 2014.  The decrease is primarily due to the reductions in capital expenditures as Layne continued to restrict its capital spending.

In connection with management’s restructuring plan approved by the Board of Directors in June 2014, Layne incurred restructuring costs of $2.7 million for FY 2015. These primarily consisted of severance and other related costs associated with workforce reductions and costs to move and consolidate equipment and inventories.  During FY 2015, Layne has:

·

identified and completed the sale of Costa Fortuna and Tecniwell as discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements,

·

implemented workforce reductions,

·

consolidated certain offices within the U.S., and

·

consolidated or closed certain African locations in Mineral Services.

Equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates improved to earnings of $1.4 million for FY 2015, compared to a loss of $3.0 million for FY 2014.  Layne’s international affiliates recorded losses of $2.0 million due primarily to severance costs as the operations were downsized in response to market conditions.  Layne’s domestic affiliates, consisting of joint ventures formed for specific geoconstruction projects had earnings of $3.4 million in FY 2015, compared to no earnings in FY 2014.  

Interest expense increased to $13.7 million for FY 2015, compared with $7.1 million for FY 2014.  Included in interest expense for FY 2015 and FY 2014 is the amortization of debt issuance costs of $1.4 million and $0.2 million, respectively and the amortization of the discount related to the 4.25% Convertible Notes of $3.3 million and $0.8 million, respectively.  The remaining increase in interest expense was primarily due to the 4.25% Convertible Notes being outstanding for the full period in FY 2015.

Other income, net for FY 2015, consisted primarily of gains on the sale of non-core assets, including real estate.

An income tax benefit of $3.9 million was recorded on continuing operations for FY 2015, compared to income tax expense of $53.2 million for FY 2014.  The FY 2015 tax benefit was primarily due to the carryback of prior year tax losses upon which no tax benefit had previously been recorded because of the valuation allowance that was recorded during FY 2014.  A cash refund of $3.9 million was received in early FY 2016. Excluding the prior year tax loss carryback, the FY 2015 provision was zero due primarily to valuation allowances provided on deferred tax assets generated in the current year.

Tax expense recorded during FY 2014 resulted primarily from a $54.4 million tax charge due to a valuation allowance provided on deferred tax assets established in a prior year.  In total, a $78.3 million valuation allowance on deferred tax assets was recorded during FY 2014.  Of this amount, $54.4 million related to deferred tax assets established in a prior year resulting in a change to income tax expense, and $23.9 million related to deferred tax assets established in the current year for which the net tax expenses recorded was zero.  Tax expense of $3.7 million was recorded on discontinued operations and $7.1 million of tax expense was recorded to equity in connection with the 4.25% Convertible Notes issuance.

Operating Segment Review of Operations

Water Resources  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

196,243

 

 

$

175,875

 

 

$

20,368

 

 

 

11.6

%

Income before income taxes

 

 

14,356

 

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

13,340

 

 

*

 

*

Not meaningful

Water Resources revenues increased $20.4 million to $196.2 million in FY 2015 from $175.9 million in FY 2014. Income before income taxes increased $13.3 million to $14.4 million (7.3% of revenues) in FY 2015 from $1.0 million (0.6% of revenues) in FY 2014.

 

39


 

Water Resources experienced growth primarily as a result of projects in the western portion of the U.S.  Inadequate water infrastructure in those regions, combined with lingering drought conditions have resulted in additional opportunities to provide water management services, particularly in the agribusiness market.  Direct costs as a percentage of revenue decreased from 67.4% in FY 2014 to 63.4% in FY 2015.  The growth in revenues, combined with slight margin improvements across most of its operations, and better leverage of our fixed costs have resulted in improved earnings.  

Water Resources has been carefully analyzing its locations and overhead expenses to increase efficiencies and lower costs, but still provide locations to best service the areas where projects are located.   As a result, selling costs in FY 2015 were reduced by $1.3 million, to 14.6% of revenues, from 17.1% of revenues in FY 2014.

Inliner  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

175,001

 

 

$

148,384

 

 

$

26,617

 

 

 

17.9

%

Income before income taxes

 

 

22,870

 

 

 

17,650

 

 

$

5,220

 

 

 

29.6

%

Inliner revenues increased $26.6 million to $175.0 million in FY 2015 from $148.4 million in FY 2014. Income before income taxes increased $5.2 million to $22.9 million (13.1% of revenues) in FY 2015 compared to $17.7 million (11.9% of revenues) in FY 2014.

Inliner’s revenues have continued to grow across all of its markets, and also benefited from the introductions of its fiberglass based lining products, which accounted for approximately $6.1 million in revenue in FY 2015.  Overall direct costs improved as a percentage of revenues from 78.4% in FY 2014 to 76.7% in FY 2015.  Continued leverage of fixed costs plus slight margin improvements have resulted in improved earnings over last fiscal year.

Heavy Civil  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

207,036

 

 

$

267,192

 

 

$

(60,156

)

 

 

-22.5

%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(21,502

)

 

 

(7,781

)

 

$

(13,721

)

 

*

 

*

Not meaningful

Heavy Civil experienced a decrease in revenues of $60.2 million to $207.0 million for FY 2015 compared to $267.2 million in FY 2014. Loss before income taxes increased by $13.7 million to $(21.5) million (-10.4% of revenues) in FY 2015 from $(7.8) million (-2.9% of revenues) in FY 2014.  Low gross profit margins have resulted in operating results not sufficient to offset overhead costs.  Projects which were already experiencing cost overruns were delayed even further than anticipated and several jobs in the northeastern portion of the U.S. experienced adverse weather conditions in the first quarter of FY 2015 and during January 2015.  Adverse weather conditions cause an increase in expenses on projects due to crew and equipment standby costs, and, once the weather subsides, work may have to be restarted out of sequence to try and meet time constraints implicit within the contracts of certain projects, there by further reducing profitability.

The delays in completing projects have led to additional costs.  The estimated costs to complete these projects have been updated to reflect the best information available to us at this time and all estimated future losses have been recorded.  It remains possible that, as we reach completion for these projects, we could encounter unforeseen conditions or events which would cause us to revise our estimates and could result in further losses.  During FY 2015 estimated losses recorded on our larger revenue contracts were approximately $13.5 million. In FY 2014 estimated losses of approximately $9.3 million were recorded on our larger revenue contracts. 

Heavy Civil continues with its strategic decision, to reduce its volume of fixed bid type contracts and to concentrate on increasing its opportunities for negotiated or alternative delivery contracts, which Layne believes have less risk.  Accordingly, as we have previously discussed, we expected our revenue levels to decline as compared to prior periods until we have a more appropriate mix of contracts.  

 

40


 

Margins will continue to be suppressed as contracts executed before the implementation of the strategic shift are completed.   Management is involved in the monitoring of these low margin contracts.  Management is also involved in the contract bidding guidelines for this segment to ensure the previously communicated strategic decision to move away from fixed price bid municipal contracts to negotiated or alternative delivery contracts is achieved.

Geoconstruction  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

77,032

 

 

$

26,242

 

 

$

50,790

 

 

 

193.5

%

Loss before impairments and income taxes

 

 

(4,443

)

 

 

(10,164

)

 

$

5,721

 

 

 

56.3

%

Less:  Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

(14,646

)

 

$

14,646

 

 

 

100.0

%

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(4,443

)

 

$

(24,810

)

 

$

20,367

 

 

 

82.1

%

Equity in earnings of affiliates, included in above earnings

 

$

3,390

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,390

 

 

 

100.0

%

Geoconstruction experienced an increase in revenues of $50.8 million to $77.0 million for FY 2015 compared to $26.2 million for FY 2014. Loss before income taxes decreased by $20.4 million to a loss before income taxes of ($4.4) million (-5.8% of revenues) for FY 2015 from $(24.8) million (-94.5% of revenues) for FY 2014. The comparison of loss before income taxes is impacted by a goodwill impairment charge of $14.6 million in the second quarter of FY 2014.

Equity in earnings of affiliates of $3.4 million was associated with joint venture projects in Seattle, WA and Iowa.  

Geoconstruction revenues and earnings have been positively impacted by multiple projects in San Francisco and Hawaii which were awarded during the third quarter of FY 2014.  Results have been negatively impacted by additional costs incurred on a project in San Francisco which currently has claims in dispute.  Due to the dispute, no revenues associated with the potential recovery of such costs have been recognized.   The current amount of the claims being sought are approximately $7.0 million.  Layne continues to work with the general contractor towards resolution of this dispute.  Additional FY 2015 results were impacted by non-cash write-downs of inventory of $1.2 million in the fourth quarter and a $3.5 million settlement in the second quarter FY 2015 of a long-standing contract dispute.

Mineral Services  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

120,217

 

 

$

172,960

 

 

$

(52,743

)

 

 

-30.5

%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(14,909

)

 

 

(9,534

)

 

$

(5,375

)

 

 

-56.4

%

Equity in losses of affiliates, included in above earnings

 

 

(2,002

)

 

 

(2,974

)

 

$

972

 

 

 

32.7

%

Revenues decreased by $52.7 million to $120.2 million in FY 2015 from $173.0 million in FY 2014 and loss before income taxes increased $5.4 million from ($9.5) million (-5.5% of revenues) to ($14.9) million (-12.4% of revenues).

Included in the loss before income taxes for FY 2015 is a decrease to the accrual related to the FCPA investigation of $5.2 million as a result of the DOJ’s decision to close its investigation without bringing any charges against Layne, as compared to an increase in the accrual of $6.7 million in FY 2014.

Equity in losses from the affiliates in South America also continued to be impacted by market conditions during FY 2015. Equity in losses of affiliates decreased by $1.0 million to ($2.0) million in FY 2015 from ($3.0) million in FY 2014.  Reductions in the workforce that occurred in FY 2014 and again to a lesser degree in FY 2015 in response to the depressed mineral drilling services market resulted in slightly better results during FY 2015.

 

41


 

Mineral Services continues to be impacted by the global slowdown in mineral drilling services, markets served by Layne’s wholly owned operations and Layne’s Latin American affiliates. Mineral drilling services is a cyclical industry, and global spending has decreased significantly over the past two years in every geographic region. This global slowdown can be attributed in part to several factors. Commodity prices for gold and copper have decreased significantly over the last several years. The supply of copper has exceeded the demand, driving its price down. Future copper prices are expected to continue to be volatile and are likely to be influenced by demand from China and economic activity in the U.S. Gold prices have fluctuated at a level that is below the full cost of production for many mines. The decreasing prices for both gold and copper led to a material decrease in the rate of mineral exploration and development within the industry. The second factor involves regulatory actions taken by government authorities to impose additional taxes on mining companies. These taxes have had a severe impact on mining in the regions where they have been imposed, and companies react to the increased taxation by reducing or stopping production. The third factor contributing to the decline in Mineral Services financial results are labor issues in areas outside the U.S.  As labor groups request additional pay concessions, the mining companies have reacted by reducing or halting production. Another factor was the Ebola outbreak in Africa, which has caused mining activity to decline or halt in the affected regions.  These factors have reduced the revenues generated by Mineral Services and have adversely affected our results of operations and cash flows. While we believe we are in the trough of the current industry cycle, the downturn is not expected to improve until such time as the market factors stabilize, which we believe will not occur before the end of FY 2016.  Activity in the trough of a cycle is frequently shorter in duration, involving frequent work stoppages and extended mine shutdowns, particularly around the year-end holidays.  This causes Mineral Services to experience higher costs due to frequent mobilization or demobilization of labor and equipment between locations.  The requirements for overhead costs are much harder to predict and may not be covered by the lower activity levels.   

Mineral Services has reacted to the slowdown in a number of ways. Labor costs are monitored to react to the level of work within each region.  Offices and locations have been consolidated to improve efficiencies and certain locations in Africa have been closed.  Non-core assets have been sold or re-deployed to other areas within Layne.  Mineral Services has utilized its customer relationships to engage in other revenue producing activities such as water supply drilling until such time as the mineral drilling services market rebounds.  

Energy Services  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

20,209

 

 

$

6,336

 

 

$

13,873

 

 

 

219.0

%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

(3,212

)

 

 

(449

)

 

 

-14.0

%

Energy Services revenue increased $13.9 million to $20.2 million in FY 2015 from $6.3 million in FY 2014. The loss before income taxes remained relatively flat from FY 2015 to FY 2014. Results for FY 2015 were negatively impacted by the payment of $0.8 million associated with an intellectual property agreement and $0.6 million of settlement costs associated with one contract.

The recent decline in oil and gas prices has led to a decline in production and delays by some of Energy Services customers.  The delays and the decline in production have slowed down the growth that Energy Services had experienced during previous quarters of FY 2015.   Energy Services is carefully analyzing its planned future growth into different geographies in conjunction with the slowdown in the industry.

Energy Services continues to market its capabilities as an end-to-end provider of water solutions within the energy industry. In comparison, management believes that many of Energy Services competitors only have the ability to perform a portion of the services that Energy Services is able to deliver. The division’s entry to the marketplace has taken longer than expected in part due to the time needed to market its portfolio of services within the industry. .

Other

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

19,179

 

 

$

19,936

 

 

$

(757

)

 

 

-3.8

%

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(55

)

 

 

193

 

 

 

(248

)

 

 

-128.5

%

 

42


 

Other revenues and (loss) income before income taxes are primarily from a small specialty and purchasing operations. The majority of the revenues are eliminated between segments, but the operation can produce positive earnings from purchasing discounts and third party sales. The decrease in revenues of $0.7 million to $19.2 million in FY 2015 from $19.9 million in FY 2014 is due to segments within Layne taking advantage of the purchasing expertise within this operation. This operation is able to centralize some of Layne’s purchasing in order to take advantage of purchase discounts offered from various vendors.

Unallocated Corporate Expenses

Corporate expenses not allocated to individual divisions, primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $49.8 million for FY 2015 compared to $43.0 million for FY 2014. The $6.8 million increase in corporate expenses was primarily due to increases in legal and professional fees of $5.2 million, $3.4 million in consulting expenses, $0.7 million in restructuring expenses and $1.9 million in rent expense, partially offset by reductions of $2.0 million in relocation expense and $1.1 million in temporary services expenses and $1.5 million in compensation expense.  

Comparison of Fiscal Year 2014 (FY 2014) to Fiscal Year 2013 (FY 2013)

Revenues decreased $215.6 million, or 21.3% to $798.3 million, for FY 2014, compared to $1,013.9 million for FY 2013. A further discussion of results of operations by segment is presented below.

Cost of revenues decreased $170.1 million or 20.3% to $666.3 million (83.5% of revenues) for FY 2014, compared to $836.4 million (82.5% of revenues) for FY 2013. Cost of revenues contains direct costs which decreased $147.4 million to $596.7 million (89.6% of cost of revenues) in FY 2014 from $744.1 million in FY 2013 (89.0% of cost of revenues) and field expenses which were relatively flat as a percentage of revenue for FY 2014 (10.1% of cost of revenues) compared to FY 2013 (10.9% of cost of revenues). The change in these expenses is related to the reduction in the revenue during FY 2014. Due to the reduction in the number of contracts and corresponding reduction in revenues, the workforce in some segments worked reduced hours and certain areas reduced their workforce or positions that became vacant as a result of natural attrition were not filled until contracts were executed and additional personnel were needed. As additional contracts were being negotiated throughout the year, Layne did not reduce its workforce further, in order to retain the knowledge and expertise of key members within the organization.

Selling, general and administrative expenses were $134.3 million for FY 2014, compared to $152.1 million for FY 2013. The decrease was due in part to decreases of $7.3 million in compensation expense, $10.5 million in incentive compensation expense, $1.2 million in travel expenses, $4.8 million in legal expenses and $6.7 million in fringe benefits expenses. These expenses were partially offset by an increase in relocation expenses associated with the move of the headquarters to The Woodlands, Texas of $5.9 million, and an increase in the accrual related to the FCPA investigation of $6.7 million. The decreases in compensation, incentive compensation and fringe benefits were due to the changes in workforce and reduction in revenues and a loss from continuing operations.

Depreciation and amortization expenses were $56.3 million for FY 2014, compared to $57.6 million for FY 2013. The decrease is the result of sales of non-core assets in FY 2014 and FY 2013.

Impairment charges of $14.6 million were recorded during FY 2014 associated with Geoconstruction, as it was determined the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its fair value and an impairment charge of that amount was recorded. During FY 2013 Layne recorded impairment charges totaling $8.4 million for certain product lines which it concluded did not fit within the overall strategic direction of Layne. The amount included $2.9 million related to intangible assets, with the remainder consisting of adjustments to record tangible assets at an expected realizable value. Charges of $4.4 million were associated with Water Resources and $4.0 million were associated with Energy Services.

Loss on remeasurement of equity investments was $7.7 million in FY 2013 due to the purchase of the remaining 50% of Costa Fortuna during that year.  Previously Layne owned 50% and reported the earnings under the equity method of accounting.

Equity in (losses) earnings of affiliates was ($3.0) million for FY 2014, compared to $20.6 million for FY 2013. The decrease in equity earnings from Layne’s Latin American affiliates was a result of a similar reduction in the use of mineral drilling services by mining clients, which Layne experienced in its wholly-owned operations. In addition, during the second quarter of FY 2013, Layne acquired the remaining 50% interest in Costa Fortuna, resulting in Costa Fortuna changing from an equity method investment to a consolidated, wholly-owned subsidiary. Costa Fortuna provided $3.9 million of equity in earnings of affiliates in FY 2013.

 

43


 

Interest expense increased to $7.1 million for FY 2014, compared to $3.3 million for FY 2013. The increase was the result of increased borrowing on Layne’s revolving credit facility to fund operations and the result of a higher interest rate on those borrowings as a result of certain amendments to its revolving credit facility. During FY 2014 $0.7 million of fees in connection with the June 2013 and September 2013 amendments to the revolving credit facility were written off due to the reduction in the amount of credit available for borrowing.

Other income, net, for FY 2014 was relatively flat at $6.8 million compared to $6.0 million in FY 2013.

Income tax expense of $53.2 million was recorded on continuing operations for FY 2014, compared to an income tax benefit on continuing operations of $10.0 million for FY 2013. Tax expense recorded during FY 2014 resulted primarily from a $54.4 million tax charge due to a valuation allowance provided on deferred tax assets established in a prior year and a tax benefit of $10.8 million recorded on continuing operations offsetting $3.7 million of tax expense recorded on discontinued operations and $7.1 million of tax expense recorded to equity in connection with the 4.25% Convertible Notes issuance. The effective tax rate for continuing operations for FY 2014 excluding these items was 18.7%. The difference between this adjusted tax rate and the statutory rate was primarily due to certain nondeductible expenses and the taxation of Layne’s foreign subsidiaries. Layne had several items impacting the tax rate for FY 2013. There was no tax benefit recorded on the previously disclosed loss associated with the equity investment in Costa Fortuna. Additionally, certain of Layne’s tax years in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions were closed with no adjustments, resulting in the reversal of previously established reserves for uncertain tax positions totaling $4.2 million. The effective tax rate for continuing operations for FY 2013 excluding these items was 33.5%. See Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements.

Operating Segment Review of Operations

Water Resources  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

175,875

 

 

$

214,091

 

 

$

(38,216

)

 

 

-17.9

%

Income (loss) before impairments and income taxes

 

 

1,016

 

 

 

3,143

 

 

 

(2,127

)

 

 

-67.7

%

Less:  Impairment charges

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,433

)

 

 

4,433

 

 

 

100.0

%

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

$

1,016

 

 

$

(1,290

)

 

$

2,306

 

 

 

178.8

%

*

Not meaningful

Water Resources revenues decreased $38.2 million to $175.9 million in FY 2014 compared to $214.1 million in FY 2013. Water Resources experienced a decline in revenues throughout FY 2014 in comparison with FY 2013, which also affected income before impairments and income taxes. The decline in revenues was due, in part, to a reduction in the number of bid opportunities in the markets in which the segment operates. The reduction in bid opportunities, in turn, resulted in pricing pressure from increased competition. This pricing pressure resulted in lower margins on jobs awarded to the division in   than those awarded in the prior year. A portion of Water Resources’ projects involve various state and local municipalities. During the early part of FY 2014, state and local municipalities struggled with the effects of sequestration. This forced those entities to place projects on hold as they were uncertain as to the length of this federal action. In addition these entities continued to balance their constrained budgets with the need for improvement of infrastructure. Another portion of Water Resources business involves fabrication for the minerals industry. With the downturn in that market, Water Resources saw a reduction in revenue of $3.1 million associated with this business.

The injection well operation, which is included in Water Resources, saw a decrease in revenues of $18.6 million in FY 2014, compared to FY 2013. This work is very specialized in nature, often subject to complex technical and environmental requirements. These projects by their nature are very large projects which can sometimes take over a year to complete. Contracts that involved this type of work were virtually nonexistent in FY 2014 due to tight governmental spending. This operation incurred costs as it mobilized to the site of a new contract in February 2013, which was cancelled shortly after mobilization was complete. Another $7.0 million contract awarded in August 2013 was subsequently placed on hold as a competitor in the bidding process protested. The protest was ultimately withdrawn and Water Resources began work on the project in FY 2015.

In response to the lower revenue levels, Water Resources reduced its selling expenses by $5.1 million in FY 2014 from FY 2013 as a result of a strategic consolidation of offices within the segment. The reduction in expenses helped provide an offset to the overall reduction in revenues.

 

44


 

Inliner  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

148,384

 

 

$

133,256

 

 

$

15,128

 

 

 

11.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

17,650

 

 

 

9,936

 

 

 

7,714

 

 

 

77.6

%

Inliner revenues increased $15.1 million to $148.4 million in FY 2014 from $133.3 million in FY 2013. Income before income taxes increased $7.7 million to $17.7 million (11.9% of revenues) in FY 2014 compared to $9.9 million (7.4% of revenues) in FY 2013.

Inliner’s increase in revenues and the resultant increase income before taxes are due to the increased work performed on projects in the northeast region of the U.S.  Excluding these projects; the results for Inliner in FY 2014 would have been consistent with FY 2013. Management in this segment seeks opportunities which allow for a reasonable and consistent profit among their projects.

Heavy Civil  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

267,192

 

 

$

278,131

 

 

$

(10,939

)

 

 

-3.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(7,781

)

 

 

(32,308

)

 

 

24,527

 

 

 

75.9

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Heavy Civil experienced a decrease in revenues of $10.9 million to $267.2 million for FY 2014 compared to $278.1 million in FY 2013. Loss before income taxes decreased by $24.5 million to ($7.8) million (-2.9% of revenues) in FY 2014 from ($32.3) million (-11.6% of revenues) in FY 2013.

A strategic shift in Heavy Civil was implemented in early FY 2013 and continued during FY 2014. The primary component of this shift involves moving away from projects that do not fit into Layne’s strategic profile, including selected types of fixed price bid municipal contracts. These projects are often extremely complex and difficult in nature, expending over multiple years. The reduced revenues experienced in FY 2014 over FY 2013 of $10.9 million is a result of moving away from such fixed price bid municipal contracts; Heavy Civil acknowledges that in the short-term, revenues may be reduced as more profitable contracts are executed. During FY 2014 losses recorded for jobs of this nature were $9.3 million. In FY 2013 losses of $24.6 million were recorded.  

A secondary component of the FY 2013 strategic shift involved a realignment of management and a reduction in the number of personnel. The realignment allowed Heavy Civil reduced the number of personnel to match the capabilities of their workforce with the type of contracts it would begin to actively seek. This reduction, which occurred in FY 2013, involved 22.5% of the workforce. The full effects of this reduction in personnel have been recognized during FY 2014 with a reduction in compensation expenses of $2.8 million. Selling expenses decreased in FY 2014 by $4.9 million as a result of these changes.

The reduction in the loss before income taxes ($7.8 million) in FY 2014 compared to ($32.3 million) in FY 2013 demonstrates the impact of moving towards more profitable contracts as Heavy Civil completes the remaining fixed price bid municipal contracts in its backlog that were not profitable. During the fourth quarter of FY 2014, Heavy Civil’s revenues were lower as a result of project delays due to the extreme weather conditions experienced in December 2013 and January 2014, particularly in the northeastern part of the U.S.

 

45


 

Geoconstruction  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

26,242

 

 

$

78,045

 

 

$

(51,803

)

 

 

-66.4

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss before impairment and income taxes

 

 

(10,164

)

 

 

(4,127

)

 

 

(6,037

)

 

 

146.3

%

Less:  Impairments

 

 

(14,646

)

 

 

 

 

 

(14,646

)

 

 

100.0

%

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(24,810

)

 

 

(4,127

)

 

 

(20,683

)

 

*

 

Equity in earnings of affiliates, included in above earnings

 

 

 

 

 

3,872

 

 

 

(3,872

)

 

 

-100.0

%

*

Not meaningful

Geoconstruction experienced a decrease in revenues of $51.8 million to $26.2 million for FY 2014 compared to $78.0 million for FY 2013. Loss before income taxes increased by $20.7 million to a loss before income taxes of $24.8 million (-94.5% of revenues) for FY 2014 from a loss of $4.1 million (-5.3% of revenues) for FY 2013.

Geoconstruction experienced weakness for FY 2014 compared to FY 2013. The division had predicted significant contracts would be executed during the second quarter of FY 2014. In certain cases, contracts were delayed or even cancelled before the final bid was awarded due to the effects of sequestration during the earlier half of FY 2014. Government spending was reduced or eliminated causing the same effect on certain projects. In response to these factors, Layne concluded there was an indicator of impairment related to the goodwill associated with this segment. Based on this conclusion, an interim recoverability test was performed and it was determined the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its fair value. A non-cash impairment charge of $14.6 million was recorded during the second quarter of FY 2014, representing the total carrying value of this segment’s goodwill.

During the third quarter of FY 2014, Geoconstruction executed two contracts totaling $76.0 million for work to be performed in San Francisco. The first contract consists of specialized foundation work for the TransBay Tower, a new sixty-one story building located adjacent to the TransBay Transit Center. The second San Francisco project is the construction of foundations for three new underground subway stations for the Central Subway Project.

Mineral Services  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

Revenues

 

$

172,960

 

 

$

302,119

 

 

$

(129,159

)

 

 

-42.8

%

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(9,534

)

 

 

49,406

 

 

 

(58,940

)

 

 

-119.3

%

 

(Losses) earnings of affiliates, included in

   above earnings

 

 

(2,974

)

 

 

16,700

 

 

 

(19,674

)

 

 

-117.8

%

 

Revenues decreased by $129.2 million to $173.0 million in FY 2014 from $302.1 million in FY 2013 and (loss) income before income taxes decreased $58.9 million from $49.4 million (16.4% of revenues) in FY 2013 to ($9.5) million (-5.5% of revenues) in FY 2014.

Equity in (losses) earnings from the affiliates in Latin America was also impacted during FY 2014. Equity in (losses) earnings of affiliates decreased by $19.7 million to ($3.0) million in FY 2014 from $16.7 million in FY 2013. Chile is the locale with the largest operations for our affiliates. The employment laws in Chile are extremely favorable to the workforce by requiring significant separation expenses to be incurred by the employer for any large layoff. As our affiliates reacted to slowdowns or shutdowns, they incurred large labor costs as some of the associated workforce was laid off.

Included in (loss) income before income taxes for FY 2014 are increases to accrued liabilities related to the FCPA investigation of $6.7 million (3.9% of revenues). Mineral Services as well as our affiliates have attempted to control costs by consolidating operations where possible and managing expenses, however the decreased earnings caused by the continued market declines exceeded these cost reductions, resulting in a loss before income taxes.

 

46


 

During FY 2014 revenues decreased by 42.8% compared to FY 2013. Equity in earnings from Layne’s affiliates decreased by 117.8% during FY 2014 compared to FY 2013. Mineral Services continued to be impacted by the global slowdown in the demand for mineral drilling services, both in the markets served by Layne’s wholly-owned operations and Layne’s Latin American affiliates. Global spending for minerals drilling services decreased significantly in FY 2014 in every geographic region. This global slowdown can be attributed in part to several factors. The first factor involves regulatory actions taken by government authorities to impose additional taxes on mining companies. These taxes have had a severe impact on mining in the regions where they have been imposed, as companies react to the increased taxation by reducing or stopping production. The second factor contributing to the decline in Mineral Services financial results are labor issues in areas other than the U.S. which have imposed economic stresses on the mining companies. As labor groups request additional pay concessions, the mining companies have reacted by reducing or halting production. Another economic factor involves some of Layne’s customers who are in multiple businesses. Their capital needs may cause them to adjust their activities within their mining divisions. This impacts Layne as its customers react to their own strategic process. Layne believes the mineral drilling services industry to be a cyclical business. Commodity prices decreased significantly during calendar years 2012, 2013 and continued to decline in calendar 2014. The supply of copper has exceeded the demand, driving its price down. Future copper prices are expected to continue to be volatile and are likely to be influenced by demand from China and economic activity in the U.S. Gold prices decreased to a level that is below the full cost of production for many mines. The decreasing prices for both gold and copper led to a material decrease in the rate of mineral exploration and development within the industry. This reduced the revenues generated by Mineral Services and adversely affected our results of operations and cash flows.

Energy Services  

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

6,336

 

 

$

5,885

 

 

$

451

 

 

 

7.7

%

Loss before impairments and income taxes

 

 

(3,212

)

 

 

(3,446

)

 

 

234

 

 

 

6.8

%

Less:  Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

(3,998

)

 

 

3,998

 

 

 

100.0

%

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(3,212

)

 

$

(7,444

)

 

$

4,232

 

 

 

-56.9

%

Energy Services revenue increased $0.4 million to $6.3 million in FY 2014 from $5.9 million in FY 2013. The division continues to market its capabilities as an end-to-end provider of water solutions within the energy industry.  In comparison, management believes that many of Energy Services’ competitors only have the ability to perform a portion of the services that Energy Services is able to deliver. The segment’s entry into the marketplace has taken longer than expected in part due to the time needed to market its portfolio of services within the industry. The entry into this marketplace continues to develop and management is committed to growing this segment.

The loss before impairments and income taxes remained relatively flat from FY 2013 to FY 2014. During FY 2013 Layne recorded an impairment charge related to non-producing assets totaling $4.0 million.

Other

 

 

 

Fiscal Years Ended January 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

Revenues

 

$

19,936

 

 

$

11,509

 

 

$

8,427

 

 

 

73.2

%

Income before income taxes

 

 

193

 

 

 

126

 

 

 

67

 

 

 

53.2

%

Other revenues and income before income taxes are primarily from small specialty and purchasing operation. The majority of the revenues are eliminated between segments, but the operation can produce positive earnings from purchasing discounts and third party sales. The increase in revenues of $8.4 million to $19.9 million in FY 2014 from $11.5 million in FY 2013 is due to the segments within Layne taking advantage of the purchasing expertise within this operation. This operation is able to centralize some of Layne’s purchasing in order to take advantage of purchase discounts offered from various vendors.

Unallocated Corporate Expenses

Corporate expenses not allocated to individual segments, primarily included in selling, general and administrative expenses, were $43.0 million for FY 2014 compared to $36.0 million for FY 2013. The $7.0 million increase in corporate expenses was primarily due to the $5.9 million increase in expenses related to the relocation of the corporate headquarters.  

 

47


 

Inflation

Management does not believe the operations for the periods discussed have been significantly adversely affected by inflation or changing prices from its suppliers.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Management exercises discretion regarding the liquidity and capital resource needs of its business segments. This includes the ability to prioritize the use of capital and debt capacity, to determine cash management policies and to make decisions regarding capital expenditures. Layne’s primary sources of liquidity have historically been cash from operations, supplemented by borrowings under its credit facilities.

Cash flow is affected by a number of factors, some of which are beyond Layne’s control. These factors include prices and demand for Layne’s services, operational risks, volatility in commodity prices, industry and economic conditions, conditions in the financial markets and other factors. Layne’s financial performance has been challenged and tempered by a variety of the risks inherent to the industries and geographies it serves. Among them is the cyclical nature of minerals mining which can be affected significantly and quickly by factors beyond Layne’s control. During FY 2015, the global slowdown in minerals drilling services continued. Factors such as mining company exploration budgets, commodity prices, changes in taxation policy, increasing labor costs and global credit markets have affected Mineral Services financial performance. Management expects this trend to continue during FY 2016.

Heavy Civil has experienced significant losses on certain long-term construction contracts during FY 2013, FY 2014 and FY 2015.  Due to schedule delays and cost overruns on these contracts, Layne’s financial results have been adversely impacted.  Management continues to face operational challenges as the contracts approach final completion.  As of January 31, 2015, Layne has provided for estimated future losses on these contracts.  Although Layne strives to improve its ability to estimate contract costs and profitability associated with these projects, it is reasonably possible that current estimates could change and adjustments to overall contract costs may continue and be significant in future periods.  Any material changes would put significant additional strain on liquidity and could have a material adverse impact on Layne’s financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

In Geoconstruction, weak demand for infrastructure projects in the U.S. during FY 2015 impacted its results.  New projects were awarded to Geoconstruction during the third quarter of FY 2014, continuing into FY 2015.  However, certain of these projects experienced delays in the initial stages.  These delays were not controllable by Layne, but rather by the owner of the jobs.  These jobs resumed in the second quarter of FY 2015.  Delays can have a significant adverse effect on Geoconstruction’s financial results as the operating segment was often mobilized to the sites, but was unable to continue work.  In August 2014, Layne announced that Geoconstruction had been awarded a $132.5 million contract with the U.S. Army Corps of Engineers for the East Branch Dam located in Pennsylvania.  The project commenced in the fourth quarter of FY 2015 and is expected to be completed by the end of FY 2019.

Due to its recent operating results, Layne is tightly managing cash and its liquidity position. Layne continues to discuss additional initiatives that could be implemented to enhance its liquidity position. As discussed in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements, the Board of Directors approved management’s restructuring Plan to implement a series of short-term and long-term cost reduction actions in order to improve Layne’s liquidity and results of operations. These actions are expected to generate annual savings of approximately $20.0 million with a total expected cost to implement of $2.7 million.  The Plan has been substantially implemented as of January 31, 2015.  Management believes the restructuring Plan will assist Layne to have sufficient funds and adequate financial resources available to meet its anticipated liquidity needs. Layne may incur other material charges not currently anticipated due to events that could be beyond Layne’s control that occur as a result of, or materially associated with, the restructuring Plan and related activities and as such, actual results could differ materially from current estimates.

Layne is continuing a global strategic review of its operations to evaluate under-performing divisions, service lines or non-core assets and expects this review to continue into FY 2016. As part of this reassessment, Layne examined the strategy of expanding the Geoconstruction operating segment into Brazil and other South American markets through its subsidiary operation, Costa Fortuna. Due to the sluggish economy in Brazil, weak infrastructure project demand and a need for additional capital to fund the business, management recommended and the Board of Directors approved the disposition of Costa Fortuna as a necessary shift away from the geoconstruction business in South America.  On July 31, 2014, Layne disposed of its Costa Fortuna business to Aldo Corda, the former owner and the current manager of Costa Fortuna for Layne. Layne sold all of the issued and outstanding shares of Costa Fortuna’s parent company, Holub, S.A., a Uruguay Sociedad Anonima, and its subsidiaries in exchange for $4.4 million of consideration.

In conjunction with the transaction, Layne acquired certain equipment with an estimated value of $2.1 million by reducing the intercompany receivable owed by Costa Fortuna. The remaining intercompany receivable due from Costa Fortuna was assigned as part of the transaction in exchange for $1.3 million.

 

48


 

The purchase price for the shares and remaining intercompany receivable is payable in future years, beginning with the calendar year ended December 31, 2015, based on 33.33% of Costa Fortuna’s income before taxes for such year. The unpaid portion of the purchase price will accrue interest at the rate of 2.5% per annum. The unpaid balance of the purchase price, plus accrued interest, is due and payable to Layne on July 31, 2024. While this transaction did not generate immediate cash at the time of the transaction, Layne expects to realize cash benefits from not funding the operations of Costa Fortuna in the future.

In the third quarter of FY 2015, Layne examined its operations in Italy, Tecniwell, a business within the Geoconstruction segment. This business manufactured equipment for the ground stabilization industry. Management considered the expected operating income, as well as the expected imminent and future financing needs of the business, and determined the expected return on the investment in business was insufficient to warrant continued involvement.

On October 31, 2014, Layne disposed of Tecniwell to Alberto Battini (50%) and Paolo Trubini (50%), an employee of Tecniwell at the time of disposal. The transaction was a sale by Layne of all quotas representing 100% of the corporate capital of Tecniwell in exchange for $0.9 million cash.  Layne received $0.5 million on October 31, 2014. The remaining $0.4 million was received on January 22, 2015. Layne expects to realize cash benefits from not funding the operations of Tecniwell in the future.

During the third quarter of FY 2015, Layne also sold certain real estate and other non-core assets. These items, totaling $1.9 million in the third quarter, are reflected in the gain on the sale of assets in the consolidated financial statements. These items were considered during management’s strategic evaluation of non-core assets. Layne expects to evaluate additional assets during the coming months as part of this strategic evaluation.

Working Capital

Layne’s working capital as of January 31, 2015 and 2014 was $104.8 million and $121.3 million, respectively. The decrease in working capital as of January 31, 2015 as compared to January 31, 2014 of $16.5 million is due to a variety of factors.  Increases of $22.6 million in customer receivables and $1.4 million in net contract receivables were due to increases in revenue volume in the fourth quarter and a heightened emphasis on billings.  An increase in accounts payable of $21.6 million was partially due to an increase in volume of revenue and partially due to extending vendor payment terms.  Other significant items affecting working capital were the liquidation of $10.6 million of cash surrender value of life insurance policies, an increase in accrued costs related to the departure of the former Chief Executive Officer as well as other individuals and costs related to our restructuring efforts, and a decrease of $10.4 million in the accrual related to potential FCPA liability reflecting the settlement with the SEC, $5.2 million of which represented a cash payment.  The net effect of the working capital changes was a net decrease in cash of $9.2 million.

Available Cash and Cash Equivalents

Layne’s cash and cash equivalents as of January 31, 2015, were $21.7 million, compared to $30.9 million as of January 31, 2014. Of Layne’s cash and cash equivalents, amounts held by foreign subsidiaries as of January 31, 2015 were $11.7 million, compared to $25.0 million as of January 31, 2014. Repatriation of cash balances from some of Layne’s foreign subsidiaries could result in withholding taxes in the local jurisdictions. Of the amounts held by foreign subsidiaries at January 31, 2015, $1.1 million could be subject to repatriation restrictions if the amounts were needed for domestic operations. The amounts subject to repatriation, if needed for domestic operations, would be subject to U.S. federal and state income taxes, less applicable foreign tax credits. However, Layne’s intention is to permanently reinvest funds outside of the U.S. and our current plans do not demonstrate a need to repatriate them to fund our U.S. operations. Restrictions on the transfer of foreign cash and cash equivalents have not significantly impacted Layne’s overall liquidity. Certain countries in Africa have begun to require companies to transact in local currency rather than the U.S. dollar. These new requirements did not significantly impact Layne’s liquidity. Layne continues to monitor developments in the foreign countries in which it operates for changes in currency regulation.

Layne’s asset-based facility (see discussion below) limits the amount of cash that it may hold in foreign jurisdictions to not more than $30.0 million.  Layne does not expect the applicable foreign cash balances to exceed $30.0 million and, in the unlikely event foreign cash balances were to reach $30.0 million, management would take action to repatriate amounts sufficient to comply with this covenant.

 

49


 

Financing Agreements

The 4.25% Convertible Notes bear interest payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year, which began on May 15, 2014.  The 4.25% Convertible Notes will mature on November 15, 2018, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted.  The 4.25% Convertible Notes will be convertible, at the option of the holders, into consideration consisting of, at Layne’s election, cash, shares of Layne’s common stock or a combination of cash and shares of Layne’s common stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding May 15, 2018 (except that we must settle conversion in shares of our common stock before we obtain any necessary stockholder approval required by NASDAQ’s listing standards.

On and after November 15, 2016, and prior to the maturity date, Layne may redeem all, but not less than all, of the 4.25% Convertible Notes for cash if the sale price of Layne’s common stock equals or exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price for a specified time period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the date Layne delivers notice of the redemption.  The redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the 4.25% of the Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date.  In addition, upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the Indenture), holders of the 4.25% Convertible Notes will have the right, at their option, to require Layne to repurchase their 4.25% Convertible Notes in cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 4.25% Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

On March 2, 2015, Layne completed an offering of approximately $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.0% Convertible Notes.  The 8.0% Convertible Notes were offered to certain investors that held approximately $55.5 million of Layne’s 4.25% Convertible Notes pursuant to terms in which the investors agreed to (i) exchange the 4.25% Convertible Notes owned by them for approximately $49.9 million of 8.0% Convertible Notes and (ii) purchase approximately $49.9 million aggregate principal amount of 8.0% Convertible Notes at a cash price equal to the principal amount thereof.  The amount of accrued interest on the 4.25% Convertible Notes delivered by the investors in exchange was credited to the cash purchase price payable by the investors in the purchase.

The sale of the 8.0% Convertible Notes generated net cash proceeds of approximately $45.0 million after deducting discounts and commissions, estimated offering expenses and accrued interest on the 4.25% Convertible Notes being exchanged.  Layne used a portion of the net cash proceeds to repay the then outstanding balance on the asset-based facility of $18.2 million. The remainder of the proceeds will be used for future working capital needs.  As of March 31, 2015, Layne’s cash and cash equivalents were $65.5 million, with no borrowings outstanding on the asset-based facility.

Layne’s asset-based facility provides revolving credit borrowings of up to $135.0 million of which up to an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million will be available in the form of letters of credit and up to an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million is available for short-term swingline borrowings. Availability under the asset-based facility will be the lesser of (i) $135.0 million and (ii) the borrowing base (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement). As of January 31, 2015, the borrowing base was approximately $108.3 million and $21.9 million was borrowed under the asset-based facility and outstanding letters of credit totaled $31.3 million, leaving Excess Availability of $55.1 million.

The asset-based facility is guaranteed by Layne’s direct and indirectly wholly-owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions described in the asset-based facility. The obligations under the asset-based facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of Layne and the guarantor subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions described in the asset-based facility include a pledge of up to 65% of the equity interest of Layne’s first tier foreign subsidiaries.

Layne must maintain a cumulative minimum cash flow as defined in the agreement of not less than negative $45.0 million and during any twelve consecutive month period (or until March 31, 2015, the cumulative period from May 1, 2014), a minimum cash flow of not less than negative $25.0 million, until:

·

for a period of 30 consecutive days, Excess Availability is greater than the greater of 17.5% of the Total Availability or $25.0 million, and

·

for two consecutive fiscal quarters after the closing date, the fixed charge coverage ratio (tested on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis) has been in excess of 1.0 to 1.0.

Minimum cash flow is defined as consolidated EBITDA minus the sum of:

·

capital expenditures,

·

cash interest expense,

 

50


 

·

any regularly scheduled amortized principal payments on indebtedness,

·

cash taxes paid, and

·

any amount in excess of $10.0 million paid with respect to the FCPA investigation.

A comparison of the required covenants under the asset-based facility to the current compliance is as follows:

 

(in millions)

 

Cumulative from May 1, 2014 thru April 30, 2015

 

 

Any trailing twelve month period ending on or after April 30,2015

 

 

Cumulative from May 1, 2014

 

Minimum Cash Flow cannot be less than

 

$

(25.0

)

 

$

(25.0

)

 

$

(45.0

)

Actual as of January 31, 2015

 

 

(19.4

)

 

n/a

 

 

 

(19.4

)

If Excess Availability, generally defined as the amount by which the Total Availability (the lesser of Layne’s borrowing based and the Maximum Credit) exceeds outstanding loans and letters of credit under the asset-based facility, is less than the greater of 17.5% of Total Availability or $25.0 million for more than one business day, then a “Covenant Compliance Period” (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) will exist until Excess Availability has been equal to or greater than the greater of 17.5% of the Total Availability or $25.0 million for a period of 30 consecutive days.  During a Covenant Compliance Period, Layne must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 and a maximum first lien leverage ratio of not greater than 5.0 to 1.0 for the four fiscal quarters ended immediately preceding any Covenant Compliance Period and for any four fiscal quarter period ending during a Covenant Compliance Period.  If Layne had been in a Covenant Compliance Period during FY 2015 it would not have been in compliance with the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.

The asset-based facility was amended on March 2, 2015 to permit the issuance of the 8.0% Convertible Notes, the exchange of approximately $55.5 million of the 4.25% Convertible Notes for approximately $49.9 million of the 8.0% Convertible Notes and the grant of the second liens securing the 8.0% Convertible Notes. In addition, the amendment will, among other things:

·

reduced the maximum amount that may be borrowed under the asset-based facility from $135.0 million to $120.0 million until Layne has delivered to the agent under the asset-based facility financial statements and a compliance certificate for any fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the amendment demonstrating, for such fiscal quarter and for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the asset-based credit agreement) of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for four consecutive quarters ending with such fiscal quarters;

·

increase the quarterly commitment fee on unused commitments from 0.375% to 0.5% if the daily average Total Revolving Exposure (as defined in the asset-based facility) during the quarter exceeds 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments (as defined in the asset-based facility);

·

eliminated any of Layne’s owned real estate from the borrowing base, which real estate accounted for approximately $4.2 million of Layne’s borrowing base at the time of the amendment;

·

Requires Layne to deliver each month a forecast of cash flows for the following 13-weeks;

·

if at the end of any business day, Layne or any of the co-borrowers under the asset-based facility have cash or cash equivalents (less any outstanding checks and electronic funds transfers) in excess of $15.0 million (excluding any amounts in bank accounts used solely for payroll, employee benefits or withholding taxes), requires Layne to use such excess amounts to prepay any revolving loans then outstanding by the end of the following business day; and

·

Will accelerate the maturity date to May 15, 2018 if each of the following has not yet occurred on or before such date: (i) either (a) all of the 8.0% Convertible Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined in the asset-based facility) in respect thereof) are converted or (b) the maturity date of the 8.0% Convertible Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) is extended to a date which is after October 15, 2019, and (ii) either (a) all of the 4.25% Convertible Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) are converted, (b) the maturity date for the 4.25% Convertible Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) is extended to a date which is after October 15, 2019, or (c) the 4.25% Convertible Notes are effectively discharged. The 4.25% Convertible Notes will be effectively discharged after, among other things, Layne has irrevocably deposited with the trustee of the 4.25% Convertible Notes cash in an amount sufficient to pay any remaining interest and principal payments due on any then remaining unconverted 4.25% Convertible Notes, with irrevocable instructions to the trustee to make such payments to the holders of the 4.25% Convertible Notes as they become due.

 

51


 

The asset-based facility, as amended in March 2015, will permit Layne to make certain voluntary prepayments, payments, repurchases or redemptions, retirements, defeasances or acquisitions for value of the 8.0% Convertible Notes if the following payment conditions are satisfied:

·

there is no default before or after such action;

·

the Supplemental Reserve (as defined in the asset-based credit agreement) is zero;

·

thirty-day Excess Availability and Excess Availability (each as defined in the asset-based credit agreement) on a pro forma basis is equal to or exceeds the greater of (A) 22.5% of the Total Availability and (B) $30.0 million; and

·

Layne has on a pro forma basis a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.10:1.00.

The asset-based facility also contains a subjective acceleration clause that can be triggered if the lenders determine that Layne has experienced a material adverse change.  If triggered by the lenders, this clause would create an Event of Default which in turn would permit the lenders to accelerate repayment of outstanding obligations.

In general, during a Covenant Compliance Period of if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all of Layne’s funds received on a daily basis will be applied to reduce amounts owing under the asset-based facility.  Based on current projections, Layne does not anticipate being in a Covenant Compliance Period during the next twelve months.

If an Event of Default (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) occurs and is continuing, the interest rate under the asset-based facility will increase by 2% per annum and the lenders may accelerate all amounts owing under the asset-based facility.

As is customary in the construction business, Layne is required to provide surety bonds to secure its performance under certain construction contracts.  Layne’s continued ability to obtain surety bonds will primarily depend upon Layne’s capitalization, working capital, past performance, management expertise and reputation and certain external factors, including the overall capacity of the surety market.  Surety companies consider such factors in relationship to the amount of our backlog and their underwriting standards, which may change from time to time.  

Layne’s reimbursement obligation to its surety providers is secured by a security interest in certain assets, including certain accounts receivable, inventory, equipment, documents, contract rights and other instruments as well as the explicit right to utilize certain of Layne’s specialized construction equipment if any claims are made under certain surety bonds.  In addition, our surety providers may in the future require us to provide additional collateral or other security sufficient to discharge any claim made or anticipated claim under a surety bond.

With respect to Layne’s joint ventures, the ability to obtain a bond may also depend on the credit and performance risks of its joint venture partners.

In addition, events that generally affect the insurance and bonding markets may result in bonding becoming more difficult to obtain in the future, available only at a significantly greater cost or not being available at all.  If Layne is unable to obtain performance bonds on future projects, our results of operations would be materially and adversely affected.  The amount of Layne’s surety bonds as of January 31, 2015 was $359.5 million, as measured by the amount of contract revenue remaining to be recognized.

Layne’s ability to maintain sufficient liquidity for the next twelve months to fund its operations is contingent on improving the current trend in operating results, realizing cost savings from executing the restructuring Plan, managing capital expenditures, reviewing its working capital practices, focusing on reducing costs, strategic bid acceptance and contract management in Heavy Civil.  There are risks associated with these plans.  Any substantial increase in projected cash outflow or operating losses could have a material adverse impact on our ability to secure surety bonds that are necessary for a substantial portion of work in several of our divisions, access to the asset-based facility and the ability to amend, extend or refinance its credit agreements.  If operating losses continue or further decline, Layne will be required to borrow additional amounts under the asset-based facility, make further reductions in capital expenditures and make additional reductions in the operating cost structure.  Other actions to improve liquidity could include seeking to raise additional capital, selling under-performing assets or divesting certain businesses.  Some of the action that Layne elects to take may require lender approval under the asset-based facility.

Management believes that it has the ability to implement and execute measures so that we will have sufficient and adequate funds to meet its anticipated liquidity needs for the next twelve months.  Further, Layne is in compliance with its covenants as of January 31, 2015, and expects to remain in compliance with those covenants during the next twelve months.

 

52


 

Operating Activities

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities was ($23.1) million, ($1.1) million and $24.8 million for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively. Layne’s cash used in operating activities in FY 2015 was primarily due to an increase in working capital components of $12.8 million, and operating losses.

Investing Activities

Capital expenditures of $16.2 million and $34.4 million for FY 2015 and FY 2014, respectively, were to maintain and upgrade Layne’s equipment and facilities. This spending compares to spending in FY 2013 of $75.8 million to maintain and upgrade its equipment and facilities and $1.7 million spent on unconventional natural gas exploration and production prior to its sale in the third quarter of FY 2013. Since the first quarter, Layne had reduced its capital expenditures to minimal levels, increased its collection activities and extended its payment terms with vendors to manage its liquidity.  Layne received $5.9 million and $8.7 million in FY 2015 and FY 2014, respectively, for proceeds from disposals of property and equipment, compared to proceeds of $6.2 million for FY 2013.

During FY 2015, Layne sold its Tecniwell business, receiving proceeds of $0.9 million, along with cash divested of $3.9 million.

Corporate owned life insurance policies on certain management level employees were determined no longer necessary and were redeemed. The redemption resulted in net proceeds of $10.6 million for FY 2015 and $3.6 million for FY 2014. An additional $0.5 million in insurance proceeds were received from death benefits during FY 2015.

During FY 2014, Layne sold the SolmeteX operations for $10.6 million and received the final proceeds from the sale of the Energy segment of $1.5 million.

During FY 2013, Layne invested $17.5 million net of cash acquired, for the acquisition of the remaining 50% of Costa Fortuna, as well as invested $0.8 million to acquire 100% of the stock of Fursol Informatica S.r.l. (Fursol). Layne paid an additional $0.2 million for Fursol on October 4, 2013 pursuant to the terms of the purchase agreement. Layne sold the Energy segment in October 2013 and received $13.5 million in proceeds in FY 2013.

Financing Activities

As discussed in Note 7 to the condensed consolidated financial statements, Layne entered into an asset-based facility for up to $135.0 million in April 2014. Layne capitalized and is amortizing the associated cash expenditure for the asset-based facility of $4.3 million.

During the fourth quarter of FY 2014, Layne entered into a Purchase Agreement for the sale of 4.25% Convertible Notes in a total amount of $125.0 million. See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for an additional discussion of the 4.25% Convertible Notes. Layne also capitalized and is amortizing the associated expenses of the Purchase Agreement and the discount and commission paid to the Initial Purchaser of $5.0 million.

During FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, Layne had net (repayments) or borrowings of $19.1 million, ($91.6) million and $42.5 million under its long-term revolving agreement. Net borrowings under all sources of long-term debt were primarily used to fund capital expenditures, acquisitions, and working capital needs. During FY 2015, Layne decreased the amount of capital expenditures and has also not engaged in any acquisitions, thus lowering net borrowings. Additionally, proceeds from the Convertible Notes issuance of $105.4 million and $10.6 million from the sale of SolmeteX were used to pay down balances outstanding under the Credit Agreement during FY 2014.

During FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, Layne distributed $1.6 million, $1.7 million and $4.2 million, respectively, to its non-controlling interest partners as either distribution of joint project income or, in the case of a Mineral Services subsidiary in Brazil, to buy out the non-controlling interest.

 

53


 

Contractual Obligations and Commercial Commitments

Contractual obligations and commercial commitments as of January 31, 2015, are summarized as follows:

 

 

 

Payments/Expiration by Period

 

(in thousands)

 

Total

 

 

Less than

1 Year

 

 

1-3 Years

 

 

3-5 Years

 

 

More than

5 Years

 

Contractual obligations and other commercial commitments:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.25% Convertible Notes

 

$

146,250

 

 

$

5,313

 

 

$

10,625

 

 

$

130,312

 

 

$

 

Asset-based credit facility

 

 

21,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,964

 

 

 

 

Operating leases

 

 

28,918

 

 

 

6,547

 

 

 

11,160

 

 

 

11,211

 

 

 

 

Capitalized leases (including interest)

 

 

270

 

 

 

148

 

 

 

114

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

 

Supplemental retirement benefits

 

 

6,212

 

 

 

339

 

 

 

678

 

 

 

678

 

 

 

4,517

 

Income tax uncertainties

 

 

7,870

 

 

 

7,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total contractual obligations

 

 

211,484

 

 

 

20,217

 

 

 

22,577

 

 

 

164,173

 

 

$

4,517

 

Standby letters of credit

 

 

31,266

 

 

 

31,266

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total contractual obligations and commercial

   commitments

 

$

242,750

 

 

$

51,483

 

 

$

22,577

 

 

$

164,173

 

 

$

4,517

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Layne expects to meet its cash contractual obligations in the ordinary course of operations, and that the standby letters of credit will be renewed in connection with its annual insurance renewal process. The 4.25% Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year. The 4.25% Convertible Notes will mature on November 15, 2018 unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted (under the terms of the Purchase Agreement).

Capitalized leases are obligations for certain vehicles and equipment. The interest rates on these obligations are fixed, but range from 1.1% to 3.1% annually, depending on the lease.

Layne has income tax uncertainties in the amount of $13.3 million at January 31, 2015, that are classified as non-current on the balance sheet as resolution of these matters is expected to take more than a year. The ultimate timing of resolution of these items is uncertain, and accordingly the amounts have not been included in the table above.

Additional obligations in the ordinary course of operations are also incurred. These obligations, including but not limited to income tax payments, are expected to be met in the normal course of operations.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations discuss the consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.

Layne’s accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, located in Item 8 of this Form 10-K. Layne believes that the following accounting policies represent management’s more critical policies. Critical accounting policies, practices and estimates are a subset of significant accounting policies that are considered most important to the description of Layne’s financial condition and results, and that require management’s most difficult, subjective, or complex judgments, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain.

Revenue Recognition – The significant estimates with regard to these consolidated financial statements relate to the estimation of total forecasted construction contract revenues, costs and profits in accordance with the criteria established in Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 605-35 “Construction-type and Production-type Contracts”.

 

54


 

Based on experience and its current processes Layne produces materially reliable estimates of total contract revenue and cost during any accounting period. However, many factors can and do change during a contract performance period which can result in a change to contract profitability from one financial reporting period to another. Some of the factors that can change the estimate of total contract revenue and cost include differing site conditions (to the extent that contract remedies are unavailable), the availability of skilled contract labor, the performance of major material suppliers, the performance of major subcontractors, unusual weather conditions and unexpected changes in material costs. These factors may result in revision to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions to costs and revenues become known. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted construction contracts are made in the period in which they become known. Large changes in cost estimates on larger, more complex construction projects can have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements and are reflected in the results of operations when they become known, smaller contracts or smaller changes in estimates usually do not have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

The nature of accounting for contracts is such that refinements of the estimating process for changing conditions and new developments are continuous and characteristic of the process. Prior to the execution of a contract, any related costs are expensed during the period incurred. Generally during the early stages of a contract, cost estimates relating to purchases of materials and subcontractors can be subject to revisions. As a contract moves into the most productive phase of execution, change orders, project cost estimate revisions and claims are frequently the sources for changes in estimates. During the contract’s final phase, remaining estimated costs to complete or provisions for claims will be closed out and adjusted based on actual costs incurred. The impact on operating margin in a reporting period and future periods from a change in estimate will depend on the stage of contract completion. Generally, if the contract is at an early stage of completion, the current period impact is smaller than if the same change in estimate is made to the contract at a later stage of completion.

During FY 2014, Layne’s income from continuing operations increased due to the estimated recovery projected for a contract in Geoconstruction due to negotiated change orders agreed to by a customer in the amount of $8.4 million. There were no other material change orders during FY 2015, FY 2014 or FY 2013. There were no material contract penalties, claims, settlements or changes in contract estimates during FY 2015, FY 2014, or FY 2013. No amounts were netted in revenue during FY 2015, FY 2014, or FY 2013.

Layne has provided for all estimated costs to complete on all of the ongoing contracts. However, it is possible that current estimates could change due to unforeseen events, which could result in adjustments to overall contract costs. Variances from estimated contract performance could result in material adjustments to operating results for any fiscal quarter or year. For all contracts, if a current estimate of total contract cost indicates a loss, the projected loss is recognized in full when such losses become known. During FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, approximately $25.2 million, $17.8 million and $28.6 million in contract losses were recorded, respectively.   The current provision for loss contracts is $3.3 million and $1.5 million as of FY 2015 and FY 2014, respectively.  As of January 31, 2015, there were no individual material loss contracts. Further, as of January 31, 2015, there were no contracts, individually, that could be reasonably estimated to be in a material loss position in the future.

Management focuses on evaluating the performance of contracts individually. In the ordinary course of business, and at a minimum on a quarterly basis, based on changes in facts, such as an approved scope change or a change in estimate, projected total contract revenue, cost and profit or loss for each of Layne’s contracts is updated. Normal recurring changes in estimates include, but are not limited to:

·

Changes in estimated scope as a result of unapproved or unpriced customer change orders

·

Changes in estimated productivity assumptions based on experience to date

·

Changes in estimated materials costs based on experience to date

·

Changes in estimated subcontractor costs based on subcontractor experience

·

Changes in the timing of scheduled work that may impact future costs

When determining the likelihood of recovering unapproved change orders and claims, Layne considers the history and experience of similar projects and applies judgment to estimate the amount of eventual recovery. Settlement of events such as these can take several years depending on how easily the claim is able to be resolved with the customer or whether arbitration or litigation is necessary to reach settlement. As new facts become known, an adjustment to the estimated recovery is made and reflected in the period in which it becomes known.

The cumulative effect of revisions in estimates of the total revenues and costs, including unapproved change orders and claims, during the course of the work is reflected in the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known. The financial impact of these revisions to any one contract is a function of both the amount of the revision and the percentage of completion of the contract.

 

55


 

Revenues are recognized on large, long-term construction contracts meeting the criteria of ASC Topic 605-35 using the percentage-of-completion method based upon the ratio of cost incurred to total estimated costs at completion. Most of Layne’s contracts which utilize the percentage of completion method of revenue recognition have terms of six months to four years. Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically as work progresses and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion are reflected in contract revenues in the reporting period when such estimate revisions become known. When the estimate on a contract indicates a loss, the entire loss is recorded during the accounting period in which it becomes known. In the ordinary course of business, management prepares updated estimates of the total forecasted revenue, cost and profit or loss for each contract. The cumulative effects of these updated estimates are reflected in the period in which they become known. The financial impact of any revisions to an individual contract is a function of the amount of the revision and the percentage of completion of the contract itself. An amount up to the costs that have been incurred involving unapproved change orders and claims are included in the total estimated revenue when the realization is probable. The amount of unapproved change orders and claim revenues are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as part of costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings. Any profit as a result of change orders or claims is recorded in the period in which the change order or claim is resolved.

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings represents the excess of contract costs and contract revenue recognized to date on the percentage of completion accounting method over contract billings to date. Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings occur when:

·

costs related to unapproved change orders or claims are incurred, or

·

a portion of the revenue recorded cannot be billed currently due to the billing terms in the contract.

As allowed by ASC Topic 605-35, revenue is recognized on smaller, short-term construction contracts using the completed contract method. Layne’s contracts which utilize the completed contract method of revenue recognition have contract terms of twelve months or less. Layne considers contracts such as these completed upon acceptance by the customer.

Contracts for mineral drilling services within Mineral Services are billable based on the quantity of drilling performed. Revenues are recognized in terms of the value of total work performed to date on the basis of actual footage or meterage drilled.

Revenues for direct sales of equipment and other ancillary products not provided in conjunction with the performance of construction contracts are recognized at the date of delivery to, and acceptance by, the customer. Provisions for estimated warranty obligations are made in the period in which the sales occur.

The percentage of Layne’s revenues recognized by percentage of completion, mineral drilling services, completed contract and direct sales to total revenues for each of the fiscal years as presented in the Consolidated Statements of Operations are:

 

 

 

January 31,

 

 

January 31,

 

 

January 31,

 

Approximate Percentage of Total Revenue

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Percentage of Completion

 

 

79

%

 

 

77

%

 

 

72

%

Mineral Drilling Services

 

 

9

%

 

 

12

%

 

 

17

%

Completed Contract

 

 

12

%

 

 

11

%

 

 

10

%

Direct Sales

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

%

Total Revenue

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

100

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of Goodwill, Other Long-lived Assets and Equity Method Investments – Layne reviews the carrying value of goodwill, other long-lived assets and equity method investments whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that such carrying values may not be recoverable, and at least annually for goodwill.

The evaluation for goodwill impairment is conducted at the reporting unit level. Layne’s reporting units are the same as its operating segments. Layne has the option of performing a qualitative or quantitative assessment to determine if an impairment has occurred.  If a qualitative assessment indicates that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, then we would be required to perform a quantitative impairment test for goodwill.  As of December 31, 2014, our annual impairment date, we performed a qualitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test of Layne’s Inliner segment which is the only reporting unit that has a remaining goodwill balance of $8.9 million. This assessment indicated Layne had not experienced triggering events or other indicators which would require further analysis.

 

56


 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, a quantitative assessment for the determination of impairment was made by comparing the carrying amount of each reporting unit with its fair value.  The evaluation is performed by using a two-step process. In the first step, the fair value of each reporting unit is compared with the carrying amount of the reporting unit, including goodwill. If the estimated fair value of the reporting unit is less than the carrying amount of the reporting unit, then a second step must be completed in order to determine the amount of the goodwill impairment that should be recorded. In the second step, the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill is determined by allocating the reporting unit’s fair value to all of its assets and liabilities other than goodwill (including any unrecognized intangible assets) in a manner similar to a purchase price allocation. The resulting implied fair value of the goodwill that results from the application of this second step is then compared to the carrying amount of the goodwill and an impairment charge is recorded for the difference.  Inliner is the only reporting unit with remaining goodwill and as of January 31, 2014, the fair value of this reporting unit significantly exceeded the carrying value of $8.9 million.

Layne considers both a market approach and an income approach in estimating the fair value of each reporting unit in our analysis. The market approach may include use of the guideline transaction method, the guideline company method, or both. Layne considers the guideline company method by using market multiples of publically traded companies with operating characteristics similar to the respective reporting unit. The income approach uses projections of each reporting unit’s estimated cash flows discounted using a weighted average cost of capital that reflects current market conditions. Management also compares the aggregate fair value of our reporting units to our market capitalization plus a control premium.

Management uses judgment to determine the more significant assumptions used in the income approach, which are subject to change as a result of changing economic and competitive conditions, are as follows:

·

Anticipated future cash flows and long-term growth rates for each reporting unit. The income approach to determining fair value relies on the timing and estimates of future cash flows, including an estimate of long-term growth rates. The projections use management’s estimates of economic and market conditions over the projected period including growth rates in sales and estimates of expected changes in operating margins. Layne’s projections of future expected cash flows are subject to change as actual results are achieved that differ from those anticipated. Actual results could vary significantly from estimates. To develop cash flows from future operating margins and new contract awards, Layne tracks prospective work for each of our reporting units on a contract by contract basis as well as estimating time of when the work would be bid, awarded, started and completed.

·

Selection of an appropriate discount rate. The income approach requires the selection of an appropriate discount rate, which is based on a weighted-average cost of capital analysis. The discount rate is subject to changes in short-term interest rates and long-term yield as well as variances in the typical capital structure of marketplace participants in our industry. The discount rate is determined based on assumptions that would be used by marketplace participants, and for that reason, the capital structure of selected marketplace participants was used in the weighted-average cost of capital analysis. Given the current volatile economic conditions, it is possible that the discount rate could change.

On a quarterly basis Layne considers whether events or changes in circumstances indicate that assets, including goodwill, might be impaired. In conjunction with this analysis, it evaluates whether the current market capitalization is less than equity and specifically consider (1) changes in macroeconomic conditions, (2) changes in general economic conditions in the industry including any declines in market-dependent multiples, (3) cost factors such as increases in materials, labor, or other costs that have a negative effect on earnings and cash flows analyses, and (4) the impact of current market conditions on its forecast of future cash flows including consideration of specific projects in backlog, pending awards, or large prospect opportunities. Layne also evaluates the most recent assessment of the fair value for each of the reporting units, considering whether the current forecast of future cash flows is in line with those used in the annual impairment assessment and whether there are any significant changes in trends or any other material assumptions used. As a result of this process, Layne determined the carrying value of Geoconstruction’s goodwill exceeded its fair value and recorded an impairment charge of $14.6 million during the second quarter of FY 2014. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of impairment charges recorded.

Long-lived assets, including amortizable intangible assets are reviewed for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Factors management considers important which could trigger an impairment review include but are not limited to the following:

·

significant underperformance of our assets;

·

significant changes in the use of the assets; and

·

significant negative industry or economic trends.

 

57


 

An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable and exceeds its fair value. The carrying amount of a long-lived asset is not recoverable if it exceeds the sum of the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use and eventual disposition of the asset. An impairment loss shall be measured as the amount by which the carrying amount of a long-lived asset exceeds its fair value, which is generally calculated using a combination of market, comparable transaction and discounted cash flow approaches. Based on the declines in operating performance during FY 2015 in Heavy Civil, Mineral Services and Energy Services, Layne reviewed the recoverability of the asset values of its equipment in those segments. Equipment at Heavy Civil and Mineral Services was determined to be recoverable based on undiscounted cash flows.  Using an undiscounted cash flow model indicated that the carrying value of property and equipment in Energy Services may not be fully recoverable.  Further analysis based on the fair value of the property and equipment determined that no impairment charges were necessary for FY 2015.   The fair value of the property and equipment was based on the orderly liquidation value of the property and equipment, which we consider a Level 2 fair value measurement.  Property and equipment in Energy Services with a carrying value of $18.5 million was considered to have a fair value of $19.1 million as of January 31, 2015 .   During FY 2014 and FY 2013 no impairments were indicated by this analysis.

A loss in value of an equity method investment is recognized when the decline is deemed to be other than temporary. Unforeseen events and changes in market conditions could have a material effect on the value of equity method investments due to changes in estimated sales growth rates and estimates of expected changes in operating margins, and could result in an impairment charge. No impairment charges were indicated by this analysis, nor have there been impairment charges in any of FY 2015, FY 2014 or FY 2013. The investment in affiliates balance as of January 31, 2015 was $63.7 million.

Income Taxes – Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method, in which deferred taxes are recognized on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities. In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, Layne considers both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. Critical estimates and assumptions related to deferred taxes include items such as uncertainty of future taxable income and ongoing prudent and feasible tax planning strategies, the high number of tax jurisdictions in which Layne operates and the related complexities and uncertain outcome of audits and reviews by foreign tax officials. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. Accounting guidance states that a cumulative loss in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed against deferred tax assets. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses.

For FY 2015 and FY 2014, Layne had a cumulative three year loss in the U.S. and certain foreign jurisdictions, and therefore gave little consideration to forecasted book income in future years as a source of positive evidence. Layne considered the periods in which future reversals of existing taxable and deductible temporary differences are likely to occur, taxable income available in prior carryback years, and the availability of tax-planning strategies when determining realization of recorded deferred tax assets.   No tax benefit was recorded on U. S. tax losses and certain foreign tax losses generated during the year because valuation allowances were provided on current year losses.  A tax benefit of $3.9 million was recorded during FY 2015 as a result of a carryback of a prior year tax loss upon which no tax benefit had been previously recorded because of the valuation allowance that was recorded during FY 2014.

Tax expense of $54.4 million was recorded during FY 2014 for valuation allowances on deferred tax assets established in prior years.

As of January 31, 2015, Layne maintains a $1.0 million foreign deferred tax asset relating to certain foreign subsidiaries. In order to realize the remaining deferred tax assets, Layne’s foreign subsidiaries will need to generate taxable income of approximately $3.4 million in their respective jurisdictions where the deferred tax assets are recorded. Layne will continue to monitor results of those foreign subsidiaries, and if those subsidiaries are unable to generate sufficient taxable income there may be additional valuation allowances recorded in future periods.

It em 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

The principal market risks to which Layne is exposed are interest rate risk on variable rate debt and foreign exchange rate risk that could give rise to translation and transaction gains and losses.

 

58


 

Interest Rate Risk

Layne centrally manages its debt portfolio considering overall financing strategies and tax consequences. A description of the debt is included in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements in this Form 10-K. As of January 31, 2015 an instantaneous change in interest rates of one percentage point would impact the annual interest expense by approximately $1.3 million.

Foreign Currency Risk

Operating in international markets involves exposure to possible volatile movements in currency exchange rates. Currently, Layne’s primary international operations are in Australia, Africa, Mexico, Canada and South America. The operations are described in Notes 1 and 3 to the consolidated financial statements. Layne’s affiliates also operate in Latin America (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements). The majority of the contracts in Africa and Mexico are U.S. dollar-based, providing a natural reduction in exposure to currency fluctuations.

As currency exchange rates change, translation of the income statements of the international operations into U.S. dollars may affect year-to-year comparability of operating results. Layne estimates that a 10% change in foreign exchange rates would impact income (loss) before income taxes by approximately $0.7 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million for FY 2015, FY 2014, FY 2013, respectively. This represents approximately 10% of the income before income taxes of international businesses after adjusting for primarily U.S. dollar-based operations. This quantitative measure has inherent limitations, as it does not take into account any governmental actions, changes in customer purchasing patterns or changes in Layne’s financing and operating strategies.

 

 

 

 

59


 

It em 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Index to Consolidated Financial Statements and Financial Statement Schedule

 

Layne Christensen Company and Subsidiaries

  

Page

 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

  

 

61

  

Financial Statements:

  

 

 

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and 2014

  

 

62

  

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

  

 

64

  

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

  

 

65

  

Consolidated Statements of Equity for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

  

 

66

  

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013

  

 

67

  

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

  

 

68

  

Supplemental Information on Oil and Gas Producing Activities

  

 

102

  

Financial Statement Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

  

 

103

  

All other schedules have been omitted because they are not applicable or not required as the required information is included in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the notes thereto.

 

 

 

 

60


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Layne Christensen Company

The Woodlands, Texas

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 31, 2015 and 2014, and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive loss, equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2015. Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in the Index at Item 8. These financial statements and financial statement schedule are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the financial statements and financial statement schedule based on our audits.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries as of January 31, 2015 and 2014, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended January 31, 2015, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Also, in our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic consolidated financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly, in all material respects, the information set forth therein.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015 based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated April 13, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

/s/DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas

April 13, 2015

 

 

 

 

61


 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

 

 

 

January 31,

 

 

January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

21,661

 

 

$

30,909

 

Customer receivables, less allowance of $4,199 and $7,481, respectively

 

 

110,779

 

 

 

88,217

 

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts

 

 

93,014

 

 

 

88,744

 

Inventories

 

 

30,144

 

 

 

31,481

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

376

 

 

 

4,100

 

Income taxes receivable

 

 

12,416

 

 

 

9,068

 

Restricted deposits-current

 

 

4,145

 

 

 

2,881

 

Cash surrender value of life insurance policies

 

 

 

 

 

10,651

 

Other

 

 

10,170

 

 

 

14,166

 

Assets held for sale

 

 

1,823

 

 

 

 

Discontinued operations-current assets

 

 

 

 

 

36,640

 

Total current assets

 

 

284,528

 

 

 

316,857

 

Property and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Land

 

 

14,683

 

 

 

16,474

 

Buildings

 

 

38,717

 

 

 

37,600

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

451,597

 

 

 

478,651

 

 

 

 

504,997

 

 

 

532,725

 

Less - Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(351,813

)

 

 

(341,332

)

Net property and equipment

 

 

153,184

 

 

 

191,393

 

Other assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Investment in affiliates

 

 

63,675

 

 

 

67,293

 

Goodwill

 

 

8,915

 

 

 

8,915

 

Other intangible assets, net

 

 

3,845

 

 

 

5,150

 

Restricted deposits-long term

 

 

4,231

 

 

 

4,964

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

704

 

 

 

546

 

Deferred financing fees

 

 

7,134

 

 

 

5,313

 

Long-term retainage

 

 

8,919

 

 

 

6,713

 

Other

 

 

10,378

 

 

 

722

 

Discontinued operations-other assets

 

 

 

 

 

38,752

 

Total other assets

 

 

107,801

 

 

 

138,368

 

Total assets

 

$

545,513

 

 

$

646,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

- Continued -

 

 

 

 

62


 

 

 

 

January 31,

 

 

January 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

82,556

 

 

$

60,922

 

Current maturities of long term debt

 

 

142

 

 

 

128

 

Accrued compensation

 

 

13,642

 

 

 

15,169

 

Accrued insurance expense

 

 

10,191

 

 

 

10,710

 

Accrued FCPA liability

 

 

 

 

 

10,352

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

29,764

 

 

 

24,544

 

Acquisition escrow obligation-current

 

 

 

 

 

2,858

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

8,112

 

 

 

7,736

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

1,180

 

 

 

 

Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts

 

 

34,109

 

 

 

31,255

 

Discontinued operations-current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

31,853

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

179,696

 

 

 

195,527

 

Noncurrent liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Convertible notes

 

 

110,055

 

 

 

106,782

 

Long-term debt

 

 

22,082

 

 

 

336

 

Accrued insurance expense

 

 

15,553

 

 

 

16,883

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

4,945

 

 

 

10,945

 

Other

 

 

31,523

 

 

 

24,256

 

Discontinued operations - noncurrent liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

1,186

 

Total noncurrent liabilities

 

 

184,158

 

 

 

160,388

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, par value $.01 per share, 60,000 and 30,000 shares authorized, 20,121 and 19,915 shares issued and outstanding, respectively

 

 

201

 

 

 

199

 

Capital in excess of par value

 

 

370,048

 

 

 

367,461

 

(Accumulated deficit) retained earnings

 

 

(171,807

)

 

 

(61,656

)

Accumulated other comprehensive loss

 

 

(17,227

)

 

 

(16,540

)

Total Layne Christensen Company stockholders' equity

 

 

181,215

 

 

 

289,464

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

 

444

 

 

 

1,239

 

Total equity

 

 

181,659

 

 

 

290,703

 

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

$

545,513

 

 

$

646,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

63


 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

$

797,601

 

 

$

798,345

 

 

$

1,013,924

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, amortization and impairment

   charges shown below)

 

 

(682,559

)

 

 

(666,295

)

 

 

(836,394

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

(122,240

)

 

 

(134,314

)

 

 

(152,108

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(49,283

)

 

 

(56,302

)

 

 

(57,571

)

Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

(14,646

)

 

 

(8,431

)

Loss on remeasurement of equity method investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7,705

)

Equity in earnings (losses) of affiliates

 

 

1,388

 

 

 

(2,974

)

 

 

20,572

 

Restructuring costs

 

 

(2,698

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(13,707

)

 

 

(7,132

)

 

 

(3,301

)

Other income, net

 

 

659

 

 

 

6,751

 

 

 

6,003

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

(70,839

)

 

 

(76,567

)

 

 

(25,011

)

Income tax benefit (expense)

 

 

3,945

 

 

 

(53,177

)

 

 

10,029

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(66,894

)

 

 

(129,744

)

 

 

(14,982

)

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

 

 

(42,433

)

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

(21,041

)

Net loss

 

 

(109,327

)

 

 

(128,051

)

 

 

(36,023

)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(824

)

 

 

(588

)

 

 

(628

)

Net loss attributable to Layne Christensen Company

 

$

(110,151

)

 

$

(128,639

)

 

$

(36,651

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Loss) income per share information attributable to

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Layne Christensen Company shareholders:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic loss per share - continuing operations

 

$

(3.45

)

 

$

(6.65

)

 

$

(0.80

)

Basic (loss) income per share - discontinued operations

 

 

(2.16

)

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

(1.08

)

Basic loss per share

 

$

(5.61

)

 

$

(6.56

)

 

$

(1.88

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Diluted loss per share - continuing operations

 

$

(3.45

)

 

$

(6.65

)

 

$

(0.80

)

Diluted (loss) income per share - discontinued operations

 

 

(2.16

)

 

 

0.09

 

 

 

(1.08

)

Diluted loss per share

 

$

(5.61

)

 

$

(6.56

)

 

$

(1.88

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic and dilutive

 

 

19,630

 

 

 

19,598

 

 

 

19,485

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

64


 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Net loss

 

$

(109,327

)

 

$

(128,051

)

 

$

(36,023

)

Other comprehensive loss:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign currency translation adjustments (net of tax expense of $0, $0 and $479, respectively)

 

 

(687

)

 

 

(10,048

)

 

 

(269

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

(687

)

 

 

(10,048

)

 

 

(269

)

Comprehensive loss

 

 

(110,014

)

 

 

(138,099

)

 

 

(36,292

)

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling  interests (all attributable to net

   income)

 

 

(824

)

 

 

(588

)

 

 

(628

)

Comprehensive loss attributable to Layne  Christensen Company

 

$

(110,838

)

 

$

(138,687

)

 

$

(36,920

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

65


 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital In

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Other

 

 

Total Layne

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Excess of

 

 

(Accumulated

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Stockholders'

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands, except share data)

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Par Value

 

 

Deficit)

 

 

(Loss)

 

 

Equity

 

 

Interests

 

 

Total

 

Balance February 1, 2012

 

 

19,699,272

 

 

$

197

 

 

$

351,057

 

 

$

103,634

 

 

$

(6,223

)

 

$

448,665

 

 

$

3,216

 

 

$

451,881

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(36,651

)

 

 

 

 

 

(36,651

)

 

 

628

 

 

 

(36,023

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(269

)

 

 

(269

)

 

 

 

 

 

(269

)

Issuance of nonvested shares

 

 

110,958

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expiration of performance contingent nonvested shares

 

 

(46,491

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock upon exercise of options

 

 

54,637

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,004

 

Income tax benefit on exercise of options

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(280

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(280

)

 

 

 

 

 

(280

)

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,656

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,656

)

 

 

(87

)

 

 

(2,743

)

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,423

)

 

 

(1,423

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,924

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,924

 

Balance, January 31, 2013

 

 

19,818,376

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

352,048

 

 

 

66,983

 

 

 

(6,492

)

 

 

412,737

 

 

 

2,334

 

 

 

415,071

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(128,639

)

 

 

 

 

 

(128,639

)

 

 

588

 

 

 

(128,051

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,048

)

 

 

(10,048

)

 

 

 

 

 

(10,048

)

Issuance of nonvested shares

 

 

107,646

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

(1

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock purchased and subsequently cancelled

 

 

(2,833

)

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

 

 

(56

)

Expirations of performance contingent nonvested shares

 

 

(8,099

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Issuance of stock upon exercise of options

 

 

72,611

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,105

 

Forfeiture of nonvested shares

 

 

(72,725

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Embedded conversion option on convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,128

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,128

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,683

)

 

 

(1,683

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,237

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,237

 

Balance January 31, 2014

 

 

19,914,976

 

 

 

199

 

 

 

367,461

 

 

 

(61,656

)

 

 

(16,540

)

 

 

289,464

 

 

 

1,239

 

 

 

290,703

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(110,151

)

 

 

 

 

 

(110,151

)

 

 

824

 

 

 

(109,327

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(687

)

 

 

(687

)

 

 

 

 

 

(687

)

Issuance of nonvested shares

 

 

652,258

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

(6

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Treasury stock purchased and subsequently cancelled

 

 

(2,265

)

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

 

 

 

 

 

(28

)

Forfeiture of nonvested shares

 

 

(444,362

)

 

 

(4

)

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,619

)

 

 

(1,619

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,617

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,617

 

Balance January 31, 2015

 

 

20,120,607

 

 

$

201

 

 

 

370,048

 

 

$

(171,807

)

 

$

(17,227

)

 

$

181,215

 

 

$

444

 

 

$

181,659

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

 

66


 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY AND SUBSIDIARIES

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOW

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Cash flow from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(109,327

)

 

$

(128,051

)

 

$

(36,023

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to cash flow from operations:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

51,841

 

 

 

61,091

 

 

 

65,883

 

Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

14,646

 

 

 

8,431

 

Bad debt

 

 

2,539

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Loss (gain) on disposal of discontinued operations

 

 

39,131

 

 

 

(8,333

)

 

 

32,589

 

Loss on remeasurement of equity method  investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

7,705

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(1,018

)

 

 

46,417

 

 

 

(37,898

)

Share-based compensation

 

 

2,617

 

 

 

3,237

 

 

 

2,924

 

Amortization of discount and deferred financing fees

 

 

5,767

 

 

 

2,147

 

 

 

 

Equity in losses (earnings) of affiliates

 

 

(1,388

)

 

 

2,974

 

 

 

(20,572

)

Dividends received from affiliates

 

 

5,005

 

 

 

8,023

 

 

 

7,080

 

Restructuring activities

 

 

987

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gain from disposal of property and equipment

 

 

(1,689

)

 

 

(6,110

)

 

 

(3,364

)

Changes in assets and liabilities, (exclusive of effects of acquisitions):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Increase) decrease in customer receivables

 

 

(25,530

)

 

 

46,889

 

 

 

26,658

 

(Increase) decrease in costs and estimated earnings in excess

   of billings on uncompleted contracts

 

 

(4,902

)

 

 

7,561

 

 

 

4,342

 

Decrease (increase) in inventories

 

 

1,513

 

 

 

2,516

 

 

 

(12,394

)

Decrease (increase) in other current assets

 

 

5,271

 

 

 

(14,319

)

 

 

1,306

 

Increase (decrease) in accounts payable and accrued expenses

 

 

7,947

 

 

 

(53,044

)

 

 

(13,947

)

Increase (decrease) in billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings

   on uncompleted contracts

 

 

2,852

 

 

 

(996

)

 

 

(4,798

)

      Other, net

 

 

(4,718

)

 

 

14,221

 

 

 

(3,171

)

Cash (used in) provided by operating activities

 

 

(23,102

)

 

 

(1,131

)

 

 

24,751

 

Cash flow from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions to property and equipment

 

 

(16,211

)

 

 

(34,409

)

 

 

(75,831

)

Additions to gas transportation facilities and equipment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(58

)

Additions to oil and gas properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,512

)

Additions to mineral interests in oil and gas properties

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(102

)

Acquisition of businesses, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18,397

)

Proceeds from disposal of property and equipment

 

 

5,897

 

 

 

8,733

 

 

 

6,158

 

Proceeds from sale of business, net of cash divested

 

 

(3,367

)

 

 

12,064

 

 

 

13,500

 

Deposit of cash into restricted accounts

 

 

(32,842

)

 

 

(4,964

)

 

 

 

Release of cash from restricted accounts

 

 

31,344

 

 

 

 

 

 

3,144

 

Distribution of restricted cash for prior year acquisitions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,144

)

Proceeds from redemption of preferred units

 

 

500

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from redemption of insurance contracts

 

 

11,094

 

 

 

3,565

 

 

 

 

Cash used in investing activities

 

 

(3,585

)

 

 

(15,011

)

 

 

(76,242

)

Cash flow from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Borrowing under revolving facilities

 

 

46,444

 

 

 

310,744

 

 

 

469,200

 

Repayments under revolving loan facilities

 

 

(27,312

)

 

 

(402,354

)

 

 

(426,700

)

Net increase (decrease) in notes payable

 

 

2,454

 

 

 

(1,329

)

 

 

1,110

 

Repayments of long term debt

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,590

)

Proceeds from long term 4.25% convertible notes

 

 

 

 

 

125,000

 

 

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(4,332

)

 

 

(5,022

)

 

 

 

Principal payments under capital lease obligation

 

 

(661

)

 

 

(1,296

)

 

 

(93

)

Acquisition of noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,743

)

Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stock options

 

 

 

 

 

1,105

 

 

 

1,004

 

Purchases and retirement of treasury stock

 

 

(28

)

 

 

(56

)

 

 

 

Distribution to noncontrolling interest

 

 

(1,619

)

 

 

(1,683

)

 

 

(1,423

)

Cash provided by financing activities

 

 

14,946

 

 

 

25,109

 

 

 

37,765

 

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash

 

 

(1,611

)

 

 

(1,196

)

 

 

(948

)

Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(13,352

)

 

 

7,771

 

 

 

(14,674

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

35,013

 

 

 

27,242

 

 

 

41,916

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

$

21,661

 

 

$

35,013

 

 

$

27,242

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

See Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 

 

 

67


 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

(1) Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Description of Business – Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (together, “Layne” and “our”) is a global water management, construction and drilling company. Layne operates throughout North America as well as in parts of Africa, Australia and South America. Its customers include government agencies, investor-owned water utilities, industrial companies, global mining companies, consulting and engineering firms, heavy civil construction contractors, oil and gas companies and agribusinesses. Layne has ownership interest in certain foreign affiliates operating in Latin America (see Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements).

Fiscal Year – Layne’s fiscal year end is January 31. References to fiscal years are to the twelve months then ended.

Investment in Affiliated Companies – Investments in affiliates (20% to 50% owned) in which Layne has the ability to exercise significant influence, but does not hold a controlling interest over operating and financial policies, are accounted for by the equity method. Layne evaluates its equity method investments for impairment at least annually or when events or changes in circumstances indicate there is a loss in value of the investment that is other than a temporary decline.

Principles of Consolidation – The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Layne and all of our subsidiaries where it exercises control. For investments in subsidiaries that are not wholly-owned, but where Layne exercises control, the equity held by the minority owners and their portions of net income (loss) are reflected as noncontrolling interests. All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. In the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, all dollar and share amounts in tabulations are in thousands of dollars and shares, respectively, unless otherwise indicated.

Presentation – As discussed further in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, Layne sold two of its components during FY 2015.  Costa Fortuna (“Costa Fortuna”) was sold on July 31, 2014 and Tecniwell was sold on October 31, 2014.  Both were previously reported in the Geonstruction operating segment.  Layne reclassified both components as discontinued operations for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013.  Amounts presented on the Consolidated Balance Sheets have also been reclassified.

Business Segments – Layne reports its financial results under six reporting segments consisting of Water Resources, Inliner, Heavy Civil, Geoconstruction, Mineral Services and Energy Services.  Layne also reports certain other smaller operations as “Other” and corporate activities under the title ”Unallocated Corporate”.  Unallocated corporate expenses primarily consist of general and administrative functions performed on a company-wide basis and benefiting all segments. These costs include accounting, financial reporting, internal audit, treasury, corporate and securities law, tax compliance, executive management and board of directors. Corporate assets are all assets not directly associated with a segment, and consist primarily of cash and deferred income taxes

Use of and Changes in Estimates – The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the U.S. requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, disclosure of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Estimates and assumptions about future events and their effects cannot be perceived with certainty, and accordingly, these estimates may change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as additional information is obtained and as Layne’s operating environment changes. While Layne believes that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of the consolidated financial statements are appropriate, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation – In accordance with ASC Topic 830, “Foreign Currency Matters”, gains and losses resulting from foreign currency transactions are included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Assets and liabilities of non-U.S. subsidiaries whose functional currency is the local currency are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet date. Revenues and expenses are translated at average exchange rates during the year. The net exchange differences resulting from these translations are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss). Monetary assets and liabilities are remeasured at period end exchange rates and nonmonetary items are measured at historical exchange rates.

The cash flows and financing activities of Layne’s Mexican and most of its African operations are primarily denominated in the U.S. dollar. Accordingly, these operations use the U.S. dollar as their functional currency.  

Net foreign currency transaction losses for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 were immaterial for FY 2015 and $0.1 million and $1.2 million for FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively, and are recorded in other income (expense), net in the accompanying Consolidated Statements of Operations.

 

68


 

Revenue Recognition – Revenues are recognized on large, long-term construction contracts meeting the criteria of ASC Topic 605-35 “Construction-Type and Production-Type Contracts”, using the percentage-of-completion method based upon the ratio of costs incurred to total estimated costs at completion. Contract price and cost estimates are reviewed periodically as work progresses and adjustments proportionate to the percentage of completion are reflected in contract revenues in the reporting period when such estimates are revised. The nature of accounting for contracts is such that refinements of the estimating process for changing conditions and new developments are continuous and characteristic of the process. Many factors can and do change during a contract performance period which can result in a change to contract profitability from one financial reporting period to another. Some of the factors that can change the estimate of total contract revenue and cost include differing site conditions (to the extent that contract remedies are unavailable), the availability of skilled contract labor, the performance of major material suppliers, the performance of major subcontractors, unusual weather conditions and unexpected changes in material costs. These factors may result in revision to costs and income and are recognized in the period in which the revisions become known. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted construction contracts are made in the period in which such losses become known. When the estimate on a contract indicates a loss, the entire loss is recorded during the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known. Management focuses on evaluating the performance of contracts individually. In the ordinary course of business, but at least quarterly, Layne prepares updated estimates of cost and profit or loss for each contract. The cumulative effect of revisions in estimates of the total forecasted estimates of the total forecasted revenue and costs, including unapproved change orders and claims, during the course of the contract is reflected in the accounting period in which the facts that caused the revision become known. Large changes in cost estimates on larger, more complex construction projects can have a material impact on the financial statements and are reflected in results of operations when they become known.  During FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, approximately $25.2 million, $17.8 million and $28.6 million in contract losses were recorded, respectively.

Layne records revenue on contracts relating to unapproved change orders and claims by including in revenue an amount less than or equal to the amount of the costs incurred by us to date for contract price adjustments that Layne seeks to collect from customers for delays, errors in specifications or designs, change orders in dispute or unapproved as to scope or price, or other unanticipated additional costs, in each case when recovery of the costs is considered probable. The amount of unapproved change orders and claim revenues are included in our Consolidated Balance Sheets as part of costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings. See Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements.  When determining the likelihood of eventual recovery, Layne considers such factors as its experience on similar projects and our experience with the customer. As new facts become known, an adjustment to the estimated recovery is made and reflected in the current period.

As allowed by ASC Topic 605-35, revenue is recognized on smaller, short-term construction contracts using the completed contract method. Provisions for estimated losses on uncompleted construction contracts are made in the period in which such losses become known. Layne determines contracts such as these are completed based on acceptance by the customer.

Contracts for mineral drilling services within Mineral Services are billable based on the quantity of drilling performed. Revenues are recognized in terms of the value of total work performed to date on the basis of actual footage or meterage drilled.

Revenues for direct sales of equipment and other ancillary products not provided in conjunction with the performance of construction contracts are recognized at the date of delivery to, and acceptance by, the customer.  Provisions for estimated warranty obligations are made in the period in which the sales occur.

Revenues for the sale of oil and gas by Layne’s discontinued Energy segment were recognized on the basis of volumes sold at the time of delivery to an end user or an interstate pipeline, net of amounts attributable to royalty or working interest holders.

Layne’s revenues are presented net of taxes imposed on revenue-producing transactions with its customers, such as, but not limited to, sales, use, value-added and some excise taxes.

Inventories – Layne values inventories at the lower of cost or market. Cost of U.S. inventories and the majority of foreign operations are determined using the average cost method, which approximates FIFO. Inventories consist primarily of supplies and raw materials. Supplies of $27.8 million and $29.3 million and raw materials of $2.3 million and $2.2 million were included in inventories in the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and 2014, respectively.

 

 

69


 

Property and Equipment and Related Depreciation – Property and equipment (including major renewals and improvements) are recorded at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using the straight-line method. Depreciation expense was $48.0 million, $54.8 million and $55.1 million in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively. The useful lives used for the items within each property classification are as follows:

 

 

 

 

Classification

 

Years

Buildings

 

15 - 35

Machinery and equipment

 

3 - 10

Property and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying value may not be recoverable.  Recoverability is evaluated by comparing the carrying value of the assets to the undiscounted associated cash flows.  When this comparison indicates that the carrying value of the asset is greater than the undiscounted cash flows, a loss is recognized for the difference between the carrying value and estimated fair value.  Fair value is determined based either on market quotes or appropriate valuation techniques.

Goodwill –In accordance with ASC Topic 350-20, “Intangibles-Goodwill and Other”, Layne is required to test for the impairment of goodwill on at least an annual basis. Layne conducts this evaluation annually as of December 31 or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances indicate that goodwill might be impaired.  Our reporting units are based on our organizational and reporting structure and are the same as our six reportable segments. Corporate and other assets and liabilities are allocated to the reporting units to the extent that they relate to the operations of those reporting units in determining their carrying amount. We have the option of first performing a qualitative assessment to determine the existence of events and circumstances that would lead to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If such a conclusion is reached, then we would be required to perform a quantitative impairment assessment of goodwill. However, if the assessment leads to a determination that it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is greater than its carrying amount, no further assessments are required. As of December 31, 2014, we performed a qualitative assessment for our annual goodwill impairment test. As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, a quantitative assessment for the determination of impairment was made by comparing the carrying amount of each reporting unit with its fair value, which is calculated using a combination of market-related valuation models and discounted cash flow.

See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the impairment charges recorded in FY 2014 and prior periods.

Intangible Assets – Other intangible assets with finite lives primarily consist of tradenames, patents, software and software licenses. Intangible assets are being amortized using the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, which range from three to thirty-five years.

Finite-lived intangible assets are reviewed for recoverability whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. See Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of the impairments recorded in FY 2013.

Cash and Cash Equivalents – Layne considers investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. Layne’s cash equivalents are subject to potential credit risk. Cash management and investment policies restrict investments to investment grade, highly liquid securities. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Restricted Deposits – Restricted deposits consist of escrow funds associated primarily with acquisitions and those amounts associated with certain letters of credit for on-going projects.

Allowance for Uncollectible Accounts Receivable – Layne makes ongoing estimates relating to the collectability of its accounts receivable and maintains an allowance for estimated losses resulting from the inability of its customers to make required payments. In determining the amount of the allowance, Layne makes judgments about the creditworthiness of significant customers based on ongoing credit evaluations, and also considers a review of accounts receivable aging, industry trends, customer financial strength, credit standing and payment history to assess the probability of collection. Bad debt is expensed in selling, general and administrative costs.

Layne does not establish an allowance for credit losses on long-term contract unbilled receivables. Adjustments to unbilled receivables related to credit quality, if they occur, are accounted for as a reduction of revenue.

 

70


 

Concentration of Credit Risk – Layne grants credit to its customers, which may include concentrations in state and local governments. Although this concentration could affect its overall exposure to credit risk, management believes that its portfolio of accounts receivable is sufficiently diversified, thus spreading the credit risk. To manage this risk, management performs periodic credit evaluations of Layne’s customers’ financial condition, including monitoring its customers’ payment history and current credit worthiness. Layne does not generally require collateral in support of its trade receivables, but may require payment in advance or security in the form of a letter of credit or bank guarantee. During FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, no individual customer accounted for more than 10% of Layne’s consolidated revenues.

Accrued Insurance Expense – Layne maintains insurance programs where it is responsible for the amount of each claim up to a self-insured limit. Estimates are recorded for health and welfare, workers’ compensation, property and casualty insurance costs that are associated with these programs. These costs are estimated based in part on actuarially determined projections of future payments under these programs and include amounts incurred but not reported. Should a greater amount of claims occur compared to what was estimated or costs of the medical profession increase beyond what was anticipated, reserves recorded may not be sufficient and additional costs to the consolidated financial statements could be required.

Costs estimated to be incurred in the future for employee health and welfare benefits, workers’ compensation, property and casualty insurance programs resulting from claims which have been incurred are accrued currently. Under the terms of the agreement with the various insurance carriers administering these claims, Layne is not required to remit the total premium until the claims are actually paid by the insurance companies.  

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments – The carrying amounts of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, customer receivables and accounts payable, approximate fair value at January 31, 2015 and 2014, due to the relatively short maturity of those instruments. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for fair value disclosures.

Litigation and Other Contingencies – Layne is involved in litigation incidental to its business, the disposition of which is not expected to have a material effect on the business, financial position, results of operations or cash flows. In addition, some of Layne’s contracts contain provisions that require payment of liquidated damages if Layne is responsible for the failure to meet specified contractual milestone dates and the applicable customer asserts a claim under these provisions.  These contracts define the conditions under which our customers may make claims against Layne for liquidated damages.  In many cases in which Layne has historically had potential exposure for liquidated damages, such damages ultimately were not asserted by our customers.  It is possible, however, that future results of operations for any particular quarter or annual period could be materially affected by changes in Layne’s assumptions related to these proceedings or other contingencies. If the assessment of a contingency indicates that it is probable that a material loss has been incurred and the amount of the liability can be estimated, then the estimated liability is accrued in Layne’s consolidated financial statements. If the assessment indicates that a potentially material loss contingency is not probable but is reasonably possible, or is probable but cannot be estimated, then the nature of the contingent liability, and an estimate of the range of possible losses, if determinable and material, is disclosed. These provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular case.

Supplemental Cash Flow Information –The amounts paid for income taxes, interest and non-cash investing and financing activities were as follows :

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Income taxes

 

$

3,882

 

 

$

8,546

 

 

$

20,234

 

Interest

 

 

6,737

 

 

 

3,591

 

 

 

3,972

 

Noncash investing and financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

      Receivable on sale of discontinued operations

 

 

2,638

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred units received in SolmeteX, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

Accrued capital additions

 

 

774

 

 

 

1,096

 

 

 

1,896

 

   Capital lease obligations

 

 

 

 

 

1,440

 

 

 

 

 

71


 

Income Taxes – Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method, in which deferred taxes are recognized on the difference between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reviewed for recoverability and valuation allowances are provided as necessary. Provision for U.S. income taxes on undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and affiliates is made only on those amounts in excess of funds considered to be invested indefinitely. In general, Layne records income tax expense during interim periods based on its best estimate of the full year’s effective tax rate. However, income tax expense relating to adjustments to Layne’s liabilities for uncertainty in income tax positions for prior reporting periods are accounted for discretely in the interim period in which it occurs. Income tax expense relating to adjustments for current year uncertain tax positions is accounted for as a component of the adjusted annualized effective tax rate.

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, Layne considers both positive and negative evidence related to the likelihood of realization of the deferred tax assets. The weight given to the positive and negative evidence is commensurate with the extent to which the evidence may be objectively verified. Accounting guidance states that a cumulative loss in recent years is a significant piece of negative evidence that is difficult to overcome in determining that a valuation allowance is not needed against deferred tax assets. As such, it is generally difficult for positive evidence regarding projected future taxable income exclusive of reversing taxable temporary differences to outweigh objective negative evidence of recent financial reporting losses. In preparing future taxable income projections, Layne considers the periods in which future reversals of existing taxable and deductible temporary differences are likely to occur, future taxable income, taxable income available in prior carryback years and the availability of tax-planning strategies when determining the ability to realize recorded deferred tax assets.  

Layne’s estimate of uncertainty in income taxes is based on the framework established in the accounting for income taxes guidance. Layne recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions that meet this recognition threshold, Layne applies judgment, taking into account applicable tax laws and experience in managing tax audits, to determine the amount of tax benefits to recognize in the financial statements. For each position, the difference between the benefit realized on Layne’s tax return and the benefit reflected in the financial statements is recorded as a liability in the Consolidated Balance Sheets. This liability is updated at each financial statement date to reflect the impacts of audit settlements and other resolution of audit issues, expiration of statutes of limitation, developments in tax law and ongoing discussions with taxing authorities.

 

Income (Loss) Per Share – Income (loss) per share is computed by dividing net earnings available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during the period. For periods in which Layne recognizes losses, the calculation of diluted loss per share is the same as the calculation of basic loss per share. For periods in which Layne recognizes net income, diluted earnings per share is computed in the same way as basic earnings per share except that the denominator is increased to include the number of additional shares that would be outstanding if all potential common shares had been issued that were dilutive. Options to purchase common stock are included based on the treasury stock method for dilutive earnings (losses) per share except when their effect is antidilutive. The 4.25% Convertible Notes (defined in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements) are included in the calculation of diluted earnings (loss) per share if their inclusion is dilutive under the if-converted method. Options to purchase 1,015,514, 1,105,812 and 1,285,303 shares have been excluded from weighted average shares in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive. A total of 487,292, 292,423 and 275,666 non-vested shares have been excluded from weighted average shares in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively, as their effect was antidilutive.

Share-Based Compensation – Layne recognizes the cost of all share-based instruments in the financial statements using a fair-value measurement of the associated costs. The fair value of share-based compensation granted in the form of stock options is determined using a lattice valuation model. In addition, Layne granted certain market based awards during FY 2015 and FY 2014, which were valued using the Monte Carlo simulation model.  See Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements.

Unearned compensation expense associated with the issuance of non-vested shares is amortized on a straight-line basis as the restrictions on the stock expire, subject to achievement of certain contingencies.

Research and Development Costs – Research and development costs charged to expense during FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 were $0.1 million, $0.2 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses.

New Accounting Pronouncements – See Note 19 to the consolidated financial statements for a discussion of new accounting pronouncements and their impact.

 

 

 

72


 

(2) Acquisitions

Fiscal Year 2013

On October 4, 2012, Layne acquired 100% of the stock of Fursol Informatica S.r.l., (“Fursol”) an Italian company. Fursol was active in the business of production, marketing, installation and maintenance of software and electronic devices. Layne viewed the acquisition as an opportunity to benefit from Fursol’s technology to improve the performance and efficiency of its Geoconstruction operations. The aggregate purchase price was $1.0 million, of which $0.8 million was paid at the acquisition date, with the remainder of $0.2 million paid on October 4, 2013. The purchase price was allocated to an identifiable intangible asset associated with computer software valued at $1.5 million (with a weighted-average life of three years) and to a noncurrent liability of $0.5 million.

The results of operations of Fursol have been included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations commencing on the closing date and are not significant.  Pro forma amounts related to Fursol for periods prior to the acquisition have not been presented since the acquisition would not have had a significant effect on the consolidated revenues or net loss.

On July 15, 2010, Layne acquired a 50% interest in Diberil Sociedad Anónima (“Costa Fortuna”), a Uruguayan company and parent company to Costa Fortuna (Brazil and Uruguay) and accounted for the investment in affiliate using the equity method.  On May 30, 2012, Layne acquired the remaining 50% interest in Costa Fortuna. Layne expected Costa Fortuna to expand its geoconstruction capabilities into the Brazil market as well as serve as a platform for further expansion into South America. The aggregate purchase price for the remaining 50% of Costa Fortuna of $16.2 million was comprised of cash ($2.4 million of which was placed in escrow to secure certain representations, warranties and indemnifications).  In accordance with accounting guidance in moving Costa Fortuna to a fully consolidated basis, Layne remeasured the previously held equity investment to fair value and recognized a loss of $7.7 million during the second quarter of FY 2013. The fair value of the 50% noncontrolling interest was estimated to be $15.8 million at the time of the adjustment. The fair value assessment was determined based on the value of the current year transaction, discounted to reflect that the initial interest was noncontrolling, and that there was no ready public market for the interest. The discounts for lack of control and marketability were 5% and 10%, respectively, determined based on control premiums seen on recent transactions in the construction contractor and engineering services market and an estimate of the value of a put option on restricted stock using the Black-Scholes valuation method.

Acquisition related costs of $0.2 million were recorded as an expense in the periods in which the costs were incurred. The purchase price allocation was based on an assessment of the fair value of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed using the internal operational assessments and other analyses which are Level 3 measurements. The preliminary purchase allocation recorded in the second quarter was adjusted as the valuation analysis progressed. As a result of the adjustment, goodwill was decreased $0.5 million from the initial amount. The adjustments made were retrospectively applied to the acquisition date, and did not have a significant effect on the consolidated financial statements.

Based on the allocation of the purchase price, the acquisition had the following effect on Layne’s consolidated financial position as of the closing date:

 

(in thousands)

  

Costa Fortuna

 

Working capital

  

$

3,592

 

Property and equipment

  

 

33,500

 

Goodwill

  

 

4,025

 

Other intangible assets

  

 

1,000

 

Other assets

  

 

9,131

 

Other noncurrent liabilities

  

 

(16,981

)

Total purchase price

  

$

34,267

 

The $4.0 million of goodwill was assigned to Geoconstruction. The purchase price in excess of the value of Costa Fortuna’s net assets reflects the strategic value Layne placed on the business. At the time of acquisition, Layne believed it would benefit from synergies as these acquired operations were integrated with the existing operations. Layne had hoped the presence in Brazil would assist in obtaining contracts in that country as well as in South America. During the second quarter of FY 2014, based on the continued decline in revenues and forecasted results experienced due to a sluggish economy in Brazil during calendar year 2013, Layne reassessed its estimates of the fair value of the goodwill associated with Costa Fortuna. As a result of that reassessment, a $4.0 million impairment charge was recorded.

The Costa Fortuna purchase agreement provided for a purchase price adjustment based on the levels of working capital and debt at closing. The adjustment resulted in an additional purchase price of $2.3 million, which was paid during the third quarter of FY 2013.

 

73


 

The total purchase price above consisted of the $16.2 million cash purchase price, the $2.3 million purchase price adjustment, and the $15.8 million adjusted basis of Layne’s existing investment in Costa Fortuna.

On July 31, 2014, Layne sold Costa Fortuna as described in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements. Layne determined it was a discontinued operation and has reported it as such in this Form 10-K.

 

 

(3) Investments in Affiliates

Layne’s investments in affiliates generally are engaged in mineral drilling services and the manufacture and supply of drilling equipment, parts and supplies.  Investment in affiliates may include other construction joint ventures from time to time.

On July 15, 2010, Layne acquired a 50% interest in Costa Fortuna. The interest was acquired for total cash consideration of $14.9 million, of which $10.1 million was paid to Costa Fortuna shareholders and $4.8 million was paid to Costa Fortuna to purchase newly issued Costa Fortuna stock. Concurrent with the investment, Costa Fortuna purchased Layne GeoBrazil, an equipment leasing company in Brazil wholly owned by Layne, for a cash payment of $4.8 million. Subsequent to the acquisition, Layne invested an additional $1.3 million in Costa Fortuna as its proportionate share of a capital contribution. See Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements for a further discussion of Layne’s acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in Costa Fortuna during May 2012.   Layne sold Costa Fortuna on July 31, 2014.

A summary of material, jointly-owned affiliates, as well as their primary operating subsidiaries if applicable, and the percentages directly or indirectly owned by Layne are as follows as of January 31, 2015:

 

 

 

Percentage Owned

Directly

 

 

Percentage Owned

Indirectly

 

Boyles Bros Servicios Tecnicos Geologicos S.A.

   (Panama)

 

 

50.00

%

 

 

 

 

Boytec, S.A. (Panama)

 

 

 

 

 

 

50.00

%

Boytec Sondajes de Mexico, S.A. de C.V. (Mexico)

 

 

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

Sondajes Colombia, S.A. (Colombia)

 

 

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

Mining Drilling Fluids (Panama)

 

 

 

 

 

 

25.00

 

Plantel Industrial S.A. (Chile)

 

 

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

Christensen Chile, S.A. (Chile)

 

 

50.00

 

 

 

 

 

Christensen Commercial, S.A. (Chile)

 

 

50.00

 

 

 

 

 

Geotec Boyles Bros., S.A. (Chile)

 

 

50.00

 

 

 

 

 

Centro Internacional de Formacion S.A. (Chile)

 

 

 

 

 

 

50.00

 

Geoestrella S.A. (Chile)

 

 

 

 

 

 

25.00

 

Diamantina Christensen Trading (Panama)

 

 

42.69

 

 

 

 

 

Christensen Commercial, S.A. (Peru)

 

 

35.38

 

 

 

 

 

Geotec, S.A. (Peru)

 

 

35.38

 

 

 

 

 

Boyles Bros., Diamantina, S.A. (Peru)

 

 

29.49

 

 

 

 

 

Case-Bencor Joint Venture (Washington)

 

 

65.00

 

 

 

 

 

Case-Bencor Joint Venture (Iowa)

 

 

50.00

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

74


 

Financial information of the affiliates is reported with a one-month lag in the reporting period. Summarized financial information of the affiliates, including Costa Fortuna and its subsidiaries up to May 30, 2012(date of the acquisition of the remaining 50% interest in Costa Fortuna):

 

 

 

As of and Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Balance sheet data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets

 

$

106,461

 

 

$

131,533

 

 

$

168,770

 

Noncurrent assets

 

 

67,166

 

 

 

82,807

 

 

 

74,572

 

Current liabilities

 

 

27,869

 

 

 

39,347

 

 

 

57,998

 

Noncurrent liabilities

 

 

17,438

 

 

 

17,477

 

 

 

21,203

 

Income statement data:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

171,813

 

 

 

220,778

 

 

 

444,871

 

Gross profit

 

 

23,173

 

 

 

25,411

 

 

 

98,418

 

Operating income (loss)

 

 

3,827

 

 

 

(2,999

)

 

 

57,934

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

849

 

 

 

(5,960

)

 

 

43,990

 

Layne had no significant transactions or balances with its affiliates as of January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, and for the fiscal years then ended.

Layne’s equity in undistributed earnings of the affiliates totaled $59.1 million, $62.7 million and $73.7 million as of January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, respectively and an additional $4.6 million of investment in affiliates was recorded as equity method goodwill for certain of the investments at the time of acquisition.

 

 

(4) Costs and Estimated Earnings on Uncompleted Contracts

Costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts consisted of the following:

 

 

 

As of January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Cost incurred on uncompleted contracts

 

$

1,151,940

 

 

$

1,245,693

 

Estimated earnings

 

 

370,683

 

 

 

348,501

 

 

 

 

1,522,623

 

 

 

1,594,194

 

Less: Billing to date

 

 

1,454,799

 

 

 

1,529,992

 

Total

 

$

67,824

 

 

$

64,202

 

Included in accompanying balance sheets under the following

   captions:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs and estimated earnings in excess of billing on

   uncompleted contracts

 

$

93,014

 

 

$

88,744

 

Long-term retainage

 

 

8,919

 

 

 

6,713

 

Billings in excess of costs and estimated

   earnings on uncompleted contracts

 

 

(34,109

)

 

 

(31,255

)

Total

 

$

67,824

 

 

$

64,202

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Layne bills its customers based on specific contract terms. Substantially all billed amounts are collectible within one year. As of January 31, 2015 and 2014, Layne’s costs and estimated earnings in excess of billings on uncompleted contracts included unbilled contract retainage amounts of $49.6 million and $45.8 million, respectively.

 

 

(5) Impairment Charges

During the second quarter of FY 2014, based on the continued decline in revenues and forecasted results, Layne reassessed its estimates of the fair value of its reporting units. These circumstances indicated a potential impairment of goodwill in Geoconstruction and, as such, Layne assessed the fair value of its goodwill to determine if the carrying value exceeded its fair value.

 

75


 

As a result of its analysis, Layne determined the carrying value of the Geoconstruction goodwill in the amount of $14.6 million exceeded its fair value and an impairment charge equal to that amount was recorded in the second quarter of FY 2014. The total assessed fair value of zero was determined based on Level 3 inputs.

During FY 2013, due to the underperformance of certain product lines within Water Resources and Energy Services, Layne assessed the value of certain of its long-lived assets within those businesses. Layne also assessed the value of certain of its tradenames in light of strategic decisions for those product lines. As a result of its assessments, Layne concluded that impairments of value had occurred, and Layne recorded impairment charges. The impaired assets included specific patents, tradenames, property and equipment. The carrying value of the assets before impairment was $15.8 million and the impairments totaled $8.4 million, of which $4.4 million was associated with Water Resources and $4.0 million was associated with Energy Services. The charges consisted of $2.9 million associated with intangible assets, with the remainder consisting of adjustments to record tangible assets at an expected sales value. None of these operations had any associated goodwill recorded. Of the total assessed fair value of $7.4 million, the amount determined based on the income and market approach was $3.6 million, with the remainder based on Level 3 inputs (See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements for discussion of Level 1, 2 and 3 inputs).

 

 

(6) Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

Goodwill

The carrying amount of goodwill attributed to each reporting segment was as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

Water Resources

 

 

Inliner

 

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

Geo-construction

 

 

Mineral Services

 

 

Energy Services

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Balance February 1, 2013

 

$

 

 

$

8,915

 

 

$

 

 

$

14,646

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

23,561

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(14,646

)

Balance January 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

8,915

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

8,915

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

Balance January 31, 2015

 

$

 

 

$

8,915

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

8,915

 

Accumulated goodwill impairment losses

 

$

(17,084

)

 

$

(23,130

)

 

$

(44,551

)

 

$

(14,646

)

 

$

(20,225

)

 

$

(445

)

 

$

 

 

$

(120,081

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Goodwill expected to be tax deductible was $0.9 million and $0.9 million as of January 31, 2015 and 2014.

Other Intangible Assets

Other intangible assets consisted of the following as of January 31:

 

 

 

2015

 

2014

(in thousands)

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Weighted Average Amortization Period in Years

 

Gross Carrying Amount

 

 

Accumulated Amortization

 

 

Weighted Average Amortization Period in Years

Amortizable intangible assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tradenames

 

$

6,260

 

 

$

(3,670

)

 

14

 

$

6,260

 

 

$

(3,215

)

 

14

Patents

 

 

905

 

 

 

(548

)

 

12

 

 

905

 

 

 

(503

)

 

12

Software and licenses

 

 

1,458

 

 

 

(1,134

)

 

3

 

 

2,747

 

 

 

(1,794

)

 

3

Non-competition agreements

 

 

680

 

 

 

(482

)

 

6

 

 

680

 

 

 

(368

)

 

6

Other

 

 

966

 

 

 

(590

)

 

22

 

 

966

 

 

 

(528

)

 

22

Total intangible assets

 

$

10,269

 

 

$

(6,424

)

 

 

 

$

11,558

 

 

$

(6,408

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

76


 

Total amortization expense for other intangible assets was $1.3 million, $1.5 million and $2.5 million in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively. Amortization expense for the subsequent five fiscal years is estimated as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 

2016

 

$

1,000

 

2017

 

 

639

 

2018

 

 

549

 

2019

 

 

549

 

2020

 

 

549

 

Thereafter

 

 

559

 

Total

 

$

3,845

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(7) Indebtedness

Debt outstanding as of January 31, 2015 and 2014 was as follows:

 

 

 

January 31,

 

 

January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

4.25% Convertible Notes

 

$

110,055

 

 

$

106,782

 

Asset-based facility

 

 

21,964

 

 

 

 

Capitalized lease obligations

 

 

270

 

 

 

480

 

Less amounts representing interest

 

 

(10

)

 

 

(16

)

Notes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total debt

 

 

132,279

 

 

 

107,246

 

Less current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

(142

)

 

 

(128

)

Total long-term debt

 

$

132,137

 

 

$

107,118

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of January 31, 2015, debt outstanding will mature as follows:

 

(in thousands)

 

4.25% Convertible Notes

 

 

Asset-based facility

 

 

Capitalized lease obligations

 

 

Total

 

2016

 

$

 

 

$

 

 

$

142

 

 

$

142

 

2017

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

102

 

 

 

102

 

2018

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9

 

 

 

9

 

2019

 

 

110,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

110,062

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

21,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,964

 

Total

 

$

110,055

 

 

$

21,964

 

 

$

260

 

 

$

132,279

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Asset-based Revolving Credit Facility

On April 15, 2014, Layne entered into a five-year $135.0 million senior secured asset-based facility, of which up to an aggregate principal amount of $75.0 million will be available in the form of letters of credit and up to an aggregate principal amount of $15.0 million is available for short-term swingline borrowings.

The asset-based facility was amended on July 29, 2014, September 15, 2014, October 28, 2014 and January 23, 2015, to (1) permit the dispositions of Costa Fortuna and Tecniwell, businesses within the Geoconstruction segment, (2) restrict prepayment of indebtedness subordinate to the asset-based facility to certain permitted refinancings of such indebtedness, (3) change the thresholds and any applicable grace period for when a Covenant Compliance Period will commence, as described below, (4) impose certain other additional monthly reporting requirements, and (5) to provide additional security interests in certain assets to surety providers through equipment utilization agreements, which also provides for use of the specified assets by the surety provider under certain circumstances.  An additional reserve was established based on the value of the assets subject to the equipment utilization agreement (which is listed as the “equipment reserve” in the definition of borrowing based below).  The amendments fixed the applicable margin at 3.25% for LIBOR rate loans and 2.25% for alternate base rate loans until the fixed charge coverage ratio (measured on a trailing four fiscal quarter period) is at least 1.0 to 1.0 for two consecutive fiscal quarters, at which time the applicable margin will revert to being determined based on usage of the asset-based facility.  

 

77


 

Availability under the asset-based facility will be the lesser of (i) $135.0 million and (ii) the borrowing base (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement). The borrowing base is defined as:

·

85% of book value of eligible accounts receivable (other than unbilled receivables), plus

·

60% of eligible unbilled receivables, plus

·

real property availability, plus

·

equipment availability, minus

·

the supplemental reserve, minus

·

the equipment reserve, minus

·

any additional reserves established from time to time by the co-collateral agents.

As of January 31, 2015, the borrowing base was approximately $ 108.3 million with $21.9 million borrowed under the asset-based facility and $31.3 million of outstanding letters of credit, leaving Excess Availability (described below) of $55.1 million.

The balance sheet classification of the borrowings under the asset-based facility has been determined in accordance with ASC Topic 470-10-45, “Balance Sheet Classification of Borrowings Outstanding under Revolving Credit Agreements that Include both a Subjective Acceleration Clause and a Lock-Box Arrangement”.  Accordingly, the borrowings have been classified as a long-term liability in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Layne has the right to request the lenders to further increase the asset-based facility up to an additional $65.0 million if it is not in default under the agreement; however, there are no commitments from the lenders for any such increase.

The asset-based facility is guaranteed by assets of Layne’s direct and indirect wholly owned domestic subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions described in the asset-based facility.  The obligations under the asset-based facility are secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of Layne and the subsidiary guarantors, subject to certain exceptions described in the asset-based facility, including a pledge of up to 65% of the equity interest of Layne’s first tier foreign subsidiaries.

Advances under the asset-based facility are subject to certain conditions precedent, including the accuracy of certain representations and warranties and the absence of any default or event of default. Future advances may be used for general corporate and working capital purposes, and to pay fees and expenses associated with the asset-based facility.

Pursuant to the asset-based facility agreement, the revolving loans will bear interest at either:

·

the alternate base rate plus the applicable margin. The alternate base rate is equal to the highest of (a) the base rate, (b) the sum of the Federal Funds Open rate plus 0.5%, and (c) the sum of the Daily LIBOR rate plus 1%. Or

·

the LIBOR rate (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) for the interest period in effect for such borrowing plus the applicable margin.

Swingline loans will bear interest at the alternate base rate plus the applicable margin. In connection with letters of credit issued under the asset-based facility, Layne will pay (i) a participation fee to the lenders equal to the applicable margin from time to time used to determine the interest rate on Eurodollar loans (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) on the average daily amount of such lender’s letter of credit exposure, as well as the issuing bank’s customary fees and charges.  

The asset-based facility contains various restrictions and covenants, including restrictions on dispositions of certain assets, incurrence of indebtedness, investments, distributions, capital expenditures, acquisitions and prepayment of certain indebtedness. In general, provided that Layne maintains a certain level of Excess Availability, Layne will not be restricted from incurring additional unsecured indebtedness or making investments, distributions, capital expenditures or acquisitions.

 

78


 

Layne must maintain a cumulative minimum cash flow as defined in the agreement of not less than negative $45.0 million and during any twelve consecutive month period (or until March 31, 2015, the cumulative period from May 1, 2014), a minimum cash flow of not less than negative $25.0 million, until:

·

for a period for 30 consecutive days, Excess Availability is greater than the greater of 17.5% of the Total Availability or $25.0 million, and

·

for two consecutive fiscal quarters after the closing date, the fixed charge coverage ratio (tested on a trailing four fiscal quarter basis) has been in excess of 1.0 to 1.0.

Minimum cash flow is defined as consolidated EBITDA minus the sum of:

·

capital expenditures

·

cash interest expense

·

any regularly scheduled amortized principal payments on indebtedness

·

cash taxes and

·

any amount in excess of $10.0 million paid with respect to the FCPA investigation

After giving effect to the amendments, if Excess Availability is less than the greater of 17.5% of Total Availability or $25.0 million for more than one business day, then a “Covenant Compliance Period” (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) will exist until Excess Availability has been equal to or greater than the greater of 17.5% of the Total Availability or $25.0 million for a period of 30 consecutive days.  Layne must maintain a minimum fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.0 to 1.0 and a maximum first lien leverage ratio of not greater than 5.0 to 1.0 for the four fiscal quarters ended immediately preceding any Covenant Compliance Period and for any four fiscal quarter period ending during a Covenant Compliance Period.  If Layne had been in a Covenant Compliance Period during FY 2015 it would not have been in compliance with the minimum fixed charge coverage ratio.  Layne also would not have been in compliance with the maximum first lien leverage ratio during the fiscal quarters ending July 31, 2014 and January 31, 2015 had a Covenant Compliance Period been in effect during those quarters.

The asset-based facility also contains a subjective acceleration clause that can be triggered if the lenders determine that Layne has experienced a material adverse change.  If triggered, this clause would create an Event of Default (as defined in the asset-based facility), which in turn would permit the lenders to accelerate repayment of outstanding obligations.

In general, during a Covenant Compliance Period or if an Event of Default has occurred and is continuing, all of Layne’s funds received on a daily basis will be applied to reduce amounts owing under the asset-based facility.  Based on current projections Layne does not anticipate being in a Covenant Compliance Period during the next twelve months.

If an Event of Default (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) occurs and is continuing, the interest rate under the asset-based facility will increase by 2% per annum and the lenders may accelerate all amounts owing under the asset-based facility. Defaults under the asset-based facility include (but are not limited to) the following:

·

non-payment of principal, interest, fees and other amounts under the asset-based facility

·

failure to comply with any of the negative covenants, certain of the specified affirmative covenants or other covenants under the asset-based facility

·

failure to pay certain indebtedness when due

·

specified events of bankruptcy and insolvency

·

one or more judgments of $5.0 million not covered by insurance and not paid within a specified period.

·

a change in control as defined in the asset-based facility.

Because Excess Availability currently is, and is expected to be for the next twelve months, sufficient not to trigger a Covenant Compliance Period, Layne is and anticipates being in compliance with the applicate debt covenants associated with the asset-based facility for the next twelve months.

 

79


 

The asset-based facility was subsequently amended on March 2, 2015 to permit the issuance of the 8.0% Senior Secured Second Lien Convertible Notes (8.0% Convertible Notes) in the offering described below, the exchange a portion of the 4.25% Convertible Notes in the related Exchange and the grant of the subordinated liens securing the 8.0% Convertible Notes issued in the offering. In addition, the amendment, among other things:

 

·         reduced the maximum amount that may be borrowed under the asset-based facility from $135.0 million to $120.0 million until Layne has delivered to the agent under the asset-based facility financial statements and a compliance certificate for any fiscal quarter commencing after the date of the amendment demonstrating, for such fiscal quarter and for the immediately preceding fiscal quarter, a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) of at least 1.00 to 1.00 for four consecutive quarters ending with such fiscal quarters;

 

·         increased the applicable interest rate margin under the asset-based facility agreement by 0.5%;

 

·         increased the quarterly commitment fee on unused commitments from 0.375% to 0.5% if the daily average Total Revolving Exposure (as defined in the asset-based credit agreement) during the quarter exceeds 50% of the Total Revolving Commitments (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement);

 

·         eliminated any of Layne’s owned real estate from the borrowing base which accounted for approximately $4.2 million of Layne’s borrowing base at the time of such amendment;

 

·         requires the delivery of a monthly forecast of cash flows for the following 13-weeks;

 

·         if at the end of any business day, Layne or any of the co-borrowers under the asset-based facility have cash or cash equivalents (less any outstanding checks and electronic funds transfers) in excess of $15.0 million (excluding any amounts in bank accounts used solely for payroll, employee benefits or withholding taxes), require Layne to use such excess amounts to prepay any revolving loans then outstanding by the end of the following business day; and

 

·         will accelerate the maturity date to May 15, 2018 if each of the following has not yet occurred on or before such date: (i) either (a) all of the 8.0% Convertible  Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) in respect thereof) are converted or (b) the maturity date of the 8.0% Convertible Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) is extended to a date which is after October 15, 2019, and (ii) either (a) all of the 4.25% Convertible Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) are converted, (b) the maturity date for the 4.25% Convertible Notes (or Permitted Refinancing Indebtedness in respect thereof) is extended to a date which is after October 15, 2019, or (c) the 4.25% Convertible Notes are effectively discharged. The 4.25% Convertible Notes will be effectively discharged after, among other things, Layne has irrevocably deposited with the trustee of the 4.25% Convertible Notes cash in an amount sufficient to pay any remaining interest and principal payments due on any then remaining unconverted 4.25% Convertible Notes, with irrevocable instructions to the trustee to make such payments to the holders of the 4.25% Convertible Notes as they become due.

The asset-based facility, as amended in March 2015, will permit Layne to make certain voluntary prepayments, payments, repurchases or redemptions, retirements, defeasances or acquisitions for value of the 8.0% Convertible Notes if the following payment conditions are satisfied:

 

·         there is no default before or after such action;

·         the Supplemental Reserve (as defined in the asset-based facility agreement) is zero;

 

·         thirty-Day Excess Availability and Excess Availability (each as defined in the asset-based facility) on a pro forma basis is equal to or exceeds the greater of (A) 22.5% of the Total Availability and (B) $30.0 million; and

 

·         Layne has on a pro forma basis a Consolidated Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.1:1.0.

 

80


 

4.25% Convertible Senior Notes  

On November 5, 2013 Layne entered into a purchase agreement (the “Purchase Agreement”) with Jefferies LLC (the “Initial Purchaser”) relating to the sale by Layne of $110.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.25% Convertible Notes due 2018 (the “4.25% Convertible Notes”), in a private placement to “qualified institutional buyers” in the U.S., as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act. The Purchase Agreement contained customary representations, warranties and covenants by Layne together with customary closing conditions. Under the terms of the Purchase Agreement, Layne agreed to indemnify the Initial Purchaser against certain liabilities. The offering of the 4.25% Convertible Notes was completed on November 12, 2013, in accordance with the terms of the Purchase Agreement. The sale of the 4.25% Convertible Notes generated net proceeds of approximately $105.4 million after deducting the Initial Purchaser’s discount and commission and the estimated offering expenses payable by Layne. These proceeds were used to pay down the existing balance on the then existing revolving credit agreement. The Purchase Agreement also provided the Initial Purchaser an option to purchase up to an additional $15.0 million aggregate principal amount of 4.25% Convertible Notes. On December 5, 2013, the Initial Purchaser exercised this option, which generated proceeds net of the Initial Purchaser’s discount and commission in the amount of $14.6 million. Layne used these proceeds primarily as an increase in cash on hand. The 4.25% Convertible Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated November 12, 2013 (the “4.25% Convertible Notes Indenture”), between Layne and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee. The 4.25% Convertible Notes are senior, unsecured obligations of Layne. The 4.25% Convertible Notes are convertible, at the option of the holders, into consideration consisting of, at Layne’s election, cash, shares of Layne’s common stock, or a combination of cash and shares of Layne’s common stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding May 15, 2018. However, before May 15, 2018, the 4.25% Convertible Notes will not be convertible except in the following circumstances: (1) during any calendar quarter commencing after the calendar quarter ending on December 31, 2013 (and only during such calendar quarter), if the last reported sale price of Layne’s common stock for each of at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during the 30 consecutive trading days ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter is greater than 130% of the conversion price on such trading day; (2) during the consecutive five business day period immediately after any five consecutive trading day period (the five consecutive trading day period being referred to as the “measurement period”) in which the trading price (as defined in the Indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of the 4.25% Convertible Notes, as determined following a request by a holder of the 4.25% Convertible Notes in the manner required by the 4.25% Convertible Notes Indenture, for each trading day of the measurement period was less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of Layne’s common stock and the conversion rate on such trading day; (3) upon the occurrence of specified corporate events described in the 4.25% Convertible Notes Indenture; and (4) if Layne has called the 4.25% Convertible Notes for redemption. Layne will be required to settle conversions in shares of Layne’s common stock, together with cash in lieu of any fractional shares, until it has obtained stockholder approval to settle the 4.25% Convertible Notes in cash or a combination of cash and shares of Layne’s common stock. As of January 31, 2015, the if-converted value did not exceed its principal amount.

The 4.25% Convertible Notes bear interest at a rate of 4.25% per year, payable semi-annually in arrears in cash on May 15 and November 15 of each year, beginning on May 15, 2014. The 4.25% Convertible Notes will mature on November 15, 2018, unless earlier repurchased, redeemed or converted.

The initial conversion rate was 43.6072 shares of Layne’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 4.25% Convertible Notes (which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $22.93 per share of Layne’s common stock). The conversion rate will be subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events. In addition, Layne may be obligated to increase the conversion rate for any conversion that occurs in connection with certain corporate events, including Layne’s calling the 4.25% Convertible Notes for redemption.

On and after November 15, 2016, and prior to the maturity date, Layne may redeem all, but not less than all, of the 4.25% Convertible Notes for cash if the sale price of Layne’s common stock equals or exceeds 130% of the applicable conversion price for a specified time period ending on the trading day immediately prior to the date Layne delivers notice of the redemption. The redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the 4.25% Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus any accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the redemption date. In addition, upon the occurrence of a fundamental change (as defined in the 4.25% Convertible Notes Indenture), holders of the 4.25% Convertible Notes will have the right, at their option, to require Layne to repurchase their 4.25% Convertible Notes in cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 4.25% Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

 

81


 

In accordance with ASC 470-20, “Debt with Conversion and Other Options,” Layne separately accounts for the liability and equity conversion components of the 4.25% Convertible Notes. The principal amount of the liability component of the 4.25% Convertible Notes was $106.0 million as of the date of issuance based on the present value of its cash flows using a discount rate of 8.0%, Layne’s approximate borrowing rate at the date of the issuance for a similar debt instrument without the conversion feature. The carrying value of the equity conversion component was $19.0 million. A portion of the Initial Purchaser’s discount and commission and the offering costs totaling $0.8 million and deferred taxes totaling $7.1 million were allocated to the equity conversion component. The liability component will be accreted to the principal amount of the 4.25% Convertible Notes using the effective interest method over five years.

In accordance with guidance in ASC 470-20 and ASC 815-15, “Embedded Derivatives,” Layne determined that the embedded conversion components and other embedded derivatives of the 4.25% Convertible Notes do not require bifurcation and separate accounting.

The following table presents the carrying value of the 4.25% Convertible Notes:

 

 

 

January 31,

 

 

January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Carrying amount of the equity conversion component

 

$

11,128

 

 

$

11,128

 

Principal amount of the 4.25% Convertible Notes

 

$

125,000

 

 

$

125,000

 

Unamortized debt discount (1)

 

 

(14,945

)

 

 

(18,218

)

Net carrying amount

 

$

110,055

 

 

$

106,782

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

As of January 31, 2015, the remaining period over which the unamortized debt discount will be amortized is 45 months using an effective interest rate of 9%.

    

8.0 % Senior Secured Second Lien Convertible Notes  

On March 2, 2015, Layne completed its offering of approximately $100.0 million aggregate principal amount of 8.0% Senior Secured Second Lien Convertible Notes (“8.0% Convertible Notes”).  The 8.0% Convertible Notes were offered to certain investors that held approximately $55.5 million of Layne’s 4.25% Convertible Notes due 2018 pursuant to terms in which the investors agreed to (i) exchange the 4.25% Convertible Notes owned by them for approximately $49.9 million of the 8.0% Convertible Notes and (ii) purchase approximately $49.9 million aggregate principal amount of 8.0% Convertible Notes at a cash price equal to the principal amount thereof.  The amount of accrued interest on the 4.25% Convertible Notes delivered by the investors in the exchange was credited to the cash purchase price payable by the investors in the purchase.

The sale of the 8.0% Convertible Notes generated net cash proceeds of approximately $45.0 million after deducting discounts and commissions, estimated offering expenses and accrued interest on the 4.25% Convertible Notes being exchanged.  Layne used the net cash proceeds to repay the then outstanding balance on the asset-based facility of $18.2 million with the remainder of the proceeds held for general working capital purposes.

The 8.0% Convertible Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture, dated as of March 2, 2015 (the “8.0% Convertible Notes Indenture”), among Layne, the guarantor parties thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee and collateral agent. The 8.0% Convertible Notes are senior, secured obligations of Layne, with interest payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning May 1, 2015, at a rate of 8.0% per annum. The 8.0% Convertible Notes will mature on May 1, 2019; provided, however, that, unless all of the 4.25% Convertible Notes (or any permitted refinancing indebtedness in respect thereof) have been redeemed, repurchased, otherwise retired, discharged in accordance with their terms or converted into Layne’s common stock, or have been effectively discharged, in each case on or prior to August 15, 2018 or the scheduled maturity date of the 4.25% Convertible Notes (or any permitted refinancing indebtedness incurred in respect thereof) is extended to a date that is after October 15, 2019, the 8.0% Convertible Notes will mature on August 15, 2018.

The 8.0% Convertible Notes are Layne’s senior, secured obligations and:

·

rank senior in right of payment to all of Layne’s existing or future indebtedness that is specifically subordinated to the 8.0% Convertible Notes;

·

effectively rank senior in right of payment to all of Layne’s existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness to the extent of the assets securing the 8.0% Convertible Notes, subject to the rights of the holders of the First Priority Liens (as defined below);

 

82


 

·

are effectively subordinated to any debt of Layne’s foreign subsidiaries; and

·

are effectively subordinated to any of Layne’s First Priority Debt (as defined below) to the extent of the assets securing such debt.

The 8.0% Convertible Notes are guaranteed by Layne’s subsidiaries that currently are co-borrowers or guarantors under Layne’s asset-based facility, as well as all of Layne’s future wholly-owned U.S. restricted subsidiaries and, in certain cases, certain other subsidiaries of Layne. Each guarantee of the 8.0% Convertible Notes is the senior, secured obligation of the applicable subsidiary guarantor and:

·

ranks senior in right of payment to all existing or future indebtedness of that subsidiary guarantor that is specifically subordinated to such guarantee;

·

effectively ranks senior in right of payment to all existing and future senior, unsecured indebtedness of that subsidiary guarantor to the extent of the assets securing such guarantee, subject to the rights of the holders of the First Priority Liens; and

·

is effectively subordinated to any First Priority Debt of that subsidiary guarantor to the extent of the assets securing such debt.

The 8.0% Convertible Notes are secured by a lien on substantially all of the assets of Layne and the subsidiary guarantors, subject to certain exceptions. The liens on the assets securing the 8.0% Convertible Notes are junior in priority to the liens (the “First Priority Liens”) on such assets securing debt (the “First Priority Debt”) of Layne or the subsidiary guarantors under Layne’s asset-based facility and certain other specified existing or future obligations.

At any time prior to the maturity date, Layne may redeem for cash all, but not less than all, of the 8.0% Convertible Notes; provided, however, that Layne may not redeem the 8.0% Convertible Notes on a redemption date that is outside an Open Redemption Period (as defined below) unless the last reported sale price of Layne’s common stock equals or exceeds 140% of the conversion price of the 8.0% Convertible Notes in effect on each of at least 20 trading days during the 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date on which Layne delivers the redemption notice.

For these purposes, an “Open Redemption Period” means each of the periods (i) commencing on February 15, 2018 and ending on, and including, August 14, 2018 and (ii) commencing on November 1, 2018 and ending on April 30, 2019. The redemption price will equal 100% of the principal amount of the 8.0% Convertible Notes to be redeemed, plus (i) accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to, but excluding, the applicable redemption date and (ii) if such redemption date is during an Open Redemption Period, an additional payment equal to the present value, as of the redemption date, of the following:

·

in the case of the Open Redemption Period ending on August 14, 2018, all regularly scheduled interest payments due on the 8.0% Convertible Notes to be redeemed on each interest payment date occurring after the redemption date and on or before August 15, 2018 (assuming, solely for these purposes, that August 15, 2018 were an interest payment date); or

·

in the case of the Open Redemption Period ending on April 30, 2019, all regularly scheduled interest payments due on the 8.0% Convertible Notes to be redeemed on each interest payment date occurring after the redemption date and on or before May 1, 2019.

In addition, upon the occurrence of a “fundamental change” (as defined in the Indenture), holders of the 8.0% Convertible Notes will have the right, at their option, to require Layne to repurchase their 8.0% Convertible Notes in cash at a price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 8.0% Convertible Notes to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid interest to, but excluding, the fundamental change repurchase date.

The 8.0% Convertible Notes are convertible, at the option of the holders, into consideration consisting of shares of Layne’s common stock (and cash in lieu of fractional shares) until the close of business on the scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. No holder will have the right to convert any 8.0% Convertible Notes into shares of common stock to the extent that the conversion would cause that holder to beneficially own more than 9.9% of the shares of Layne’s common stock then outstanding after giving effect to the proposed conversion.

 

83


 

The initial conversion rate was 85.4701 shares of Layne’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of 8.0% Convertible Notes (equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $11.70 per share of Layne’s common stock), representing a 40.0% conversion premium over the last reported sale price per share of Layne’s common stock on The NASDAQ Global Select Market on February 4, 2015, the date on which the 8.0% Convertible Notes were priced. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events. In addition, Layne may be obligated to increase the conversion rate for any conversion that occurs in connection with certain corporate events, including Layne’s calling the 8.0% Convertible Notes for redemption.

The 8.0% Convertible Notes Indenture contains covenants that, among other things, restrict the ability of Layne and its restricted subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions, to: (1) incur additional indebtedness; (2) create liens; (3) declare or pay dividends on, make distributions with respect to, or purchase or redeem, Layne’s or its restricted subsidiaries equity interests, or make certain payments on subordinated or unsecured indebtedness or make certain investments; (4) enter into certain transactions with affiliates; (5) engage in certain asset sales unless specified conditions are satisfied; and (6) designate certain subsidiaries as unrestricted subsidiaries. The 8.0% Convertible Notes Indenture also contains events of default after the occurrence of which the 8.0% Convertible Notes may be accelerated and become immediately due and payable.

 

 

(8) Other Income, Net

Other income, net consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Gain from disposal of property and equipment

 

$

1,790

 

 

$

6,315

 

 

$

3,509

 

Interest income

 

 

73

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

52

 

Currency exchange loss

 

 

(15

)

 

 

(53

)

 

 

(1,238

)

Other

 

 

(1,189

)

 

 

481

 

 

 

3,680

 

Total

 

$

659

 

 

$

6,751

 

 

$

6,003

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

For FY 2015, the gain from the disposal of property and equipment of $1.8 million includes the gain on sale of real estate of $1.0 million and the sale of other non-core assets.

Included in the gain from disposal of property and equipment for FY 2014 are surplus assets which were sold throughout FY 2014, including items from the former corporate headquarters in Mission Woods, Kansas. Also included in the gain from disposal of property and equipment is the gain on the sale of a building in Massachusetts for $0.7 million which was being used by Geoconstruction until operations were consolidated in Dallas, Texas, and insurance proceeds were received totaling $0.7 million as payment for equipment lost in a fire.  

During July 2013, Layne determined an investment in a joint venture was no longer viable. The related investment of $0.6 million was determined to be unrecoverable and was written off and is included in other in the table above.

 

 

(9) Income Taxes

(Loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes consisted of the following:

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Domestic

 

$

(57,747

)

 

$

(73,009

)

 

$

(60,745

)

Foreign

 

 

(13,092

)

 

 

(3,558

)

 

 

35,734

 

Total

 

$

(70,839

)

 

$

(76,567

)

 

$

(25,011

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

84


 

Components of income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations were as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Currently due:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal

 

$

(4,668

)

 

$

(5,926

)

 

$

(1,049

)

State and local

 

 

162

 

 

 

(460

)

 

 

(278

)

Foreign

 

 

2,182

 

 

 

10,899

 

 

 

12,446

 

 

 

 

(2,324

)

 

 

4,513

 

 

 

11,119

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

U.S. federal

 

 

(1,148

)

 

 

44,352

 

 

 

(19,582

)

State and local

 

 

233

 

 

 

4,247

 

 

 

(1,430

)

Foreign

 

 

(706

)

 

 

65

 

 

 

(136

)

 

 

 

(1,621

)

 

 

48,664

 

 

 

(21,148

)

Total

 

$

(3,945

)

 

$

53,177

 

 

$

(10,029

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A reconciliation of the total income tax (benefit) expense from continuing operations to the statutory federal rate is as follows for the years ended January 31:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Amount

 

 

Effective

Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Effective

Rate

 

 

Amount

 

 

Effective

Rate

 

 

Income tax at statutory rate

 

$

(24,793

)

 

 

35.0

 

%

$

(26,798

)

 

 

35.0

 

%

$

(8,753

)

 

 

35.0

 

%

State income tax, net

 

 

(1,622

)

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

(2,834

)

 

 

3.7

 

 

 

(1,156

)

 

 

4.6

 

 

Difference in tax expense resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nondeductible goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4,781

 

 

 

(6.2

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nondeductible expenses

 

 

(477

)

 

 

0.7

 

 

 

4,956

 

 

 

(6.5

)

 

 

1,004

 

 

 

(4.0

)

 

Loss on remeasurement of equity method investment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,697

 

 

 

(10.8

)

 

Taxes on foreign affiliates

 

 

1,798

 

 

 

(2.5

)

 

 

12,178

 

 

 

(15.9

)

 

 

(4,707

)

 

 

18.8

 

 

Taxes on foreign operations

 

 

(5,915

)

 

 

8.3

 

 

 

(13,385

)

 

 

17.5

 

 

 

4,698

 

 

 

(18.8

)

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

27,901

 

 

 

(39.4

)

 

 

78,288

 

 

 

(102.3

)

 

 

(1,731

)

 

 

6.9

 

 

Tax benefit related to tax expenses recorded on discontinued operations and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(10,821

)

 

 

14.1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Changes in uncertain tax provisions

 

 

(1,010

)

 

 

1.4

 

 

 

5,330

 

 

 

(7.0

)

 

 

(1,166

)

 

 

4.7

 

 

Other

 

 

173

 

 

 

(0.2

)

 

 

1,482

 

 

 

(1.9

)

 

 

(915

)

 

 

3.7

 

 

Total

 

$

(3,945

)

 

 

5.6

 

%

$

53,177

 

 

 

(69.5

)

%

$

(10,029

)

 

 

40.1

 

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The FY 2015 benefit for nondeductible expenses resulted from the reversal of a prior year penalty accrual related to the FCPA investigation.  See Note 14 to the consolidated financial statements.

The tax effect of pretax income or loss from continuing operations generally is determined by a computation that does not consider the tax effect of other categories of income or loss (for example, other comprehensive income, discontinued operations, additional paid in capital, etc.). An exception to that general rule is provided when there is a pretax loss from continuing operations and pretax income from other categories of income. Pursuant to this exception, in FY 2014, Layne recorded an income tax benefit on continuing operations which offsets an income tax provision for discontinued operations and the additional paid in capital impact of the 4.25% Convertible Notes.

Layne recorded $27.9 million and $78.3 million of valuation allowances from continuing operations on its net domestic and certain foreign deferred tax assets during FY 2015 and FY 2014, respectively. The $27.9 million valuation allowance recorded in FY 2015 was recorded on deferred tax assets generated during the year.  The deferred tax assets were primarily related to tax loss and tax credit carryforwards generated in the current year.  Of the $78.3 million valuation allowance recorded in FY 2014, $54.4 million related to deferred tax assets established during a prior year, and $23.9 million related to deferred tax assets established in the current year. The total valuation allowance at January 31, 2015 was $115.0 million comprised of a domestic valuation allowance of $103.6 million and a foreign valuation allowance of $11.4 million.

 

85


 

In assessing the need for a valuation allowance, Layne concluded that it had a cumulative loss on domestic operations after adjusting for significant non-recurring charges for each of the three year periods ended January 31, 2015 and January 31, 2014. Layne considered the periods in which future reversals of existing taxable and deductible temporary differences are likely to occur, taxable income available in prior carry back years, and the availability of tax-planning strategies when determining the ability to realize recorded deferred tax assets. Based on this assessment, Layne concluded that it was not more likely than not that realization of its domestic deferred tax assets would occur in future periods, and accordingly a valuation allowance has been provided. Similar consideration was given to foreign deferred tax assets, and Layne concluded that certain foreign deferred tax assets were also not more likely than not to be realized and a valuation allowance was recorded. The establishment of a valuation allowance does not have any impact on cash, nor does such an allowance preclude Layne from using its loss carryforwards or utilizing other deferred tax assets in the future.  Layne was not in a cumulative three year loss position as of January 31, 2013, based on an analysis of income over the current and prior two fiscal years, after adjusting for significant non-recurring charges.  Layne determined that it was more likely than not the deferred tax asset was realizable at January 31, 2013, and no valuation allowance was needed at that time, other than for a portion of the foreign tax credit carryforwards, for which Layne has and continues to conclude that such carryforward benefits may not be used before they expire.

Layne maintains $1.0 million of deferred tax assets in various foreign jurisdictions as of January 31, 2015, where management believes that realization is more likely than not. Layne’s foreign subsidiaries will need to generate taxable income of approximately $3.4 million in their respective jurisdictions where the deferred tax assets are recorded in order to fully realize the deferred tax asset. Management will continue to evaluate all of the evidence in future periods and will make a determination as to whether it is more likely than not that deferred tax assets will be realized in future periods.

The net (loss) income from discontinued operations for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 was ($42.4 million), $1.7 million and ($21.0 million), respectively. These amounts are net of income tax (expense) benefits of ($0.7 million), ($3.5 million) and $14.4 million, respectively. The effective tax rates for discontinued operations were 1.6%, 67.4% and 40.7% for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively. The credit recognized as additional paid in capital relating to the 4.25% Convertible Notes issued during FY 2014 was $11.1 million net of income tax expense of $7.1 million recorded at an effective rate of 39%.

Deferred income taxes result from temporary differences between the financial statement and tax bases of Layne’s assets and liabilities. The sources of these differences and their cumulative tax effects were as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Accruals and reserves

 

$

25,130

 

 

$

30,540

 

Share based compensation

 

 

3,327

 

 

 

5,106

 

Tax deductible goodwill

 

 

2,361

 

 

 

3,141

 

Foreign tax credit carryforwards

 

 

42,515

 

 

 

24,174

 

Tax loss carryforwards

 

 

42,817

 

 

 

35,301

 

Cumulative translation adjustment

 

 

6,593

 

 

 

4,718

 

Capital loss carryforwards

 

 

12,011

 

 

 

 

Other assets

 

 

1,712

 

 

 

1,865

 

Total deferred tax asset

 

 

136,466

 

 

 

104,845

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(114,990

)

 

 

(72,487

)

Buildings, machinery and equipment

 

 

(11,687

)

 

 

(16,488

)

4.25% Convertible Notes

 

 

(5,829

)

 

 

(7,105

)

Unremitted foreign earnings

 

 

(7,071

)

 

 

(11,188

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(1,934

)

 

 

(3,876

)

Total deferred tax liability

 

 

(26,521

)

 

 

(38,657

)

Net deferred tax liability

 

$

(5,045

)

 

$

(6,299

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

86


 

Layne had the following tax losses and tax credit carryforwards at January 31, 2015:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation

 

(dollars in millions)

 

Expiration

 

Amount

 

 

Amount

 

Federal net operating losses

 

2034-2035

 

$

26.8

 

 

$

(26.8

)

State net operating losses

 

2024-2035

 

 

5.9

 

 

 

(5.9

)

Federal capital loss carryforwards

 

2020

 

 

12.0

 

 

 

(12.0

)

Foreign tax loss carryforwards

 

2019-2030

 

 

10.2

 

 

 

(9.5

)

Federal foreign tax credit carryforwards

 

2018-2022

 

 

20.0

 

 

 

(20.0

)

Federal foreign tax loss carryforwards

 

2023-2025

 

 

22.4

 

 

 

(22.4

)

     Total

 

 

 

$

97.3

 

 

$

(96.6

)

 

As of January 31, 2015, undistributed earnings of foreign subsidiaries and certain foreign affiliates included $53.1 million for which no federal income or foreign withholding taxes have been provided. These earnings, which are considered to be invested indefinitely, would become subject to income tax if they were remitted as dividends or if Layne were to sell its stock in the affiliates or subsidiaries. It is not practicable to determine the amount of income or withholding tax that would be payable upon remittance of these earnings.

Deferred income taxes were provided on undistributed earnings of certain foreign subsidiaries and foreign affiliates where the earnings are not considered to be invested indefinitely.

On September 13, 2013, the U.S. Treasury and the Internal Revenue Service issued final Tangible Property Regulations (“TPR”) under Internal Revenue Code (“IRC”) Section 162 and IRC Section 263(a). The regulations are not effective until tax years beginning on or after January 1, 2014; however, certain portions may require an accounting method change on a retroactive basis, thus requiring an IRC Section 481(a) adjustment related to buildings, machinery and equipment and deferred taxes. Layne has analyzed the expected impact of the TPR and concluded that the expected impact is minimal.

A reconciliation of the beginning and ending amount of gross unrecognized tax benefits, excluding penalties and interest is as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

15,312

 

 

$

11,996

 

 

$

13,322

 

Additions based on tax positions related to current year

 

 

187

 

 

 

766

 

 

 

2,501

 

Additions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

28

 

 

 

4,450

 

 

 

34

 

Settlement with tax authorities

 

 

(707

)

 

 

(1

)

 

 

(1,087

)

Reductions for tax positions of prior years

 

 

(308

)

 

 

(341

)

 

 

 

Reductions due to the lapse of statutes of limitation

 

 

(1,494

)

 

 

(1,558

)

 

 

(2,774

)

Balance, end of year

 

$

13,018

 

 

$

15,312

 

 

$

11,996

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Substantially all of the unrecognized tax benefits recorded at January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013 would affect the effective rate if recognized. It is reasonably possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits will decrease during the next year by approximately $5.9 million due to settlements of audit issues and expiration of statutes of limitation.

Layne classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. As of January 31, 2015, 2014 and 2013, the Company had $8.5 million, $8.4 million and $7.1 million, respectively, of interest and penalties accrued associated with unrecognized tax benefits. The liability for interest and penalties increased (decreased) $0.1 million, ($1.3 million) and $0.3 million during FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively.

Layne files income tax returns in the U.S., various state jurisdictions and certain foreign jurisdictions. During the tax year ended January 31, 2015, the U.S. statute of limitations expired for the tax year ended January 31, 2011. The statute of limitations remains open for tax years ended January 31, 2012 through 2015. Layne is currently under examination for federal purposes for the tax year ended January 31, 2013, and there are several state examinations currently in progress.

 

87


 

Layne files income tax returns in the foreign jurisdictions where it operates. The returns are subject to examination which may be ongoing at any point in time. Tax liabilities are recorded based on estimates of additional taxes which will be due upon settlement of those examinations. The tax years subject to examination by foreign tax authorities vary by jurisdiction, but generally the tax years 2012 through 2015 remain open to examination.

 

 

(10) Operating Lease Obligations

Future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial or remaining non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year from January 31, 2015, are as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Operating Leases

 

2016

 

$

6,547

 

2017

 

 

5,681

 

2018

 

 

5,479

 

2019

 

 

5,497

 

2020

 

 

5,714

 

Minimum lease payments

 

$

28,918

 

 

 

 

 

 

Layne’s operating leases are primarily for light and medium duty trucks, buildings and other equipment. Rent expense under operating leases (including insignificant amounts of contingent rental payments) was $19.7 million, $22.1 million and $22.9 million in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively.

 

 

(11) Employee Benefit Plans

Layne’s salaried and certain hourly employees participate in Layne’s sponsored, defined contribution plans. Total expense recorded in selling, general and administrative costs for Layne’s portion of these plans was $3.2 million, $3.4 million and $4.0 million in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively.

Layne has a deferred compensation plan for certain management employees. Participants may elect to defer up to 25% of their salaries and up to 50% of their bonuses to the plan. Matching contributions, and the vesting period of those contributions, are established at the discretion of Layne. Employee deferrals are vested at all times. The total amount deferred, including matching, in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 was $0.2 million, $0.8 million and $1.3 million, respectively. The total liability for deferred compensation was $8.6 million and $9.7 million as of January 31, 2015 and 2014 respectively.  These liabilities are primarily included in other long-term liabilities, except for those amounts due in the next twelve months.  Those liabilities are recorded in other current liabilities.

Layne contributes to a number of multiemployer defined benefit pension plans under the terms of collective-bargaining agreements that cover its union-represented employees. The risks of participating in these multiemployer plans are different from single-employer plans in the following aspects:

·

assets contributed to the multiemployer plan by one employer may be used to provide benefits to employees of other participating employers;

·

if a participating employer stops contributing to the plan, the unfunded obligations of the plan may be borne by the remaining participating employers; and

·

if Layne chooses to stop participating in some of its multiemployer plans, Layne may be required to pay those plans an amount based on the underfunded status of the plan, referred to as a withdrawal liability.

In accordance with accounting guidance, Layne evaluated each of its multiemployer plans to determine if any were individually significant. The evaluation was based on the following criteria:

·

the total employees participating in the multiemployer plan compared to the total employees covered by the plan;

·

the total contributions to the multiemployer plan as a percentage of the total contributions to the plan by all participating employers; and

·

the amount of potential liability that could be incurred due to Layne’s withdrawal from the multiemployer plan, underfunded status of the plan or other participating employers’ withdrawal from the plan.

 

88


 

As of January 31, 2015 and 2014, Layne did not participate in multiemployer plans that would be considered individually significant.

Layne makes contributions to these multiemployer plans equal to the amounts accrued for pension expense. Total contributions and union pension expense for these plans was $2.9 million, $2.3 million and $3.2 million in FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively. Information regarding assets and accumulated benefits of these plans has not been made available to Layne.

Layne also provides supplemental retirement benefits to a former chief executive officer. Benefits are computed based on the compensation earned during the highest five consecutive years of employment reduced for a portion of Social Security benefits and an annuity equivalent of his defined contribution plan balance. Layne does not contribute to the plan or maintain any investment assets related to the expected benefit obligation. Layne has recognized the full amount of its actuarially determined pension liability. The current portion recognized in Layne’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as other accrued expenses was $0.3 million as of January 31, 2015 and 2014. The long-term portion recognized in Layne’s Consolidated Balance Sheets as of January 31, 2015 and 2014 were $5.9 million and $5.0 million, respectively, as other non-current liabilities. Net periodic pension cost of the supplemental retirement benefits for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 was $1.3 million, $0.0 million and $1.4 million, respectively.

 

 

(12) Equity-Based Compensation

Layne has an equity-based compensation plan that provides for the granting of options to purchase or the issuance of shares of common stock at a price fixed by the Board of Directors or a committee. As of January 31, 2015, there were 1,539,950 shares which remain available to be granted under the plan as stock options or restricted stock awards. Layne has the ability to issue shares under the plans either from new issuances or from treasury, although it has previously always issued new shares and expects to continue to issue new shares in the future.    

Layne recognized $2.6 million, $3.2 million and $2.9 million of compensation cost for share-based plans for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively. Of these amounts, $1.2 million, $1.5 million and $0.9 million, respectively, related to non-vested stock. The total income tax benefit recognized for share-based compensation arrangements was $1.0 million, $1.3 million and $1.1 million for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013, respectively.  All options were granted at an exercise price equal to the fair market value of Layne’s common stock at the date of grant. The options have terms of ten years from the date of grant and generally vest ratably over periods of one month to five years.

The fair value of share-based compensation granted in the form of stock options is determined using a lattice or Black-Scholes valuation model. The valuations in each respective year were made using the assumptions noted in the following table. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility of the stock price. Layne uses historical data to estimate early exercise and post-vesting forfeiture rates to be applied within the valuation model. The risk-free interest rate for the periods within the expected term of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant. The weighted-average fair value per share at the date of grant for options granted during FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 was $5.59, $8.11 and $10.93, respectively.

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

Assumptions:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Weighted-average expected volatility

 

 

 

 

51.0%

 

 

 

49.2%

 

 

 

55.1%

 

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

0%

 

 

 

0%

 

 

 

0%

 

Risk-free interest rate

 

 

 

 

1.46%

 

 

 

1.25%

 

 

 

1.32%

 

Expected term (in years)

 

 

 

 

5.6

 

 

 

7.0

 

 

 

6.0

 

Exercise multiple factor

 

 

 

 

1.89

 

 

 

2.1

 

 

 

2.0

 

Post-vesting forfeiture

 

 

 

 

13.1%

 

 

 

2.4%

 

 

 

0%

 

 

 

89


 

Stock option transactions for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Weighted

Average Exercise

Price

 

 

Weighted

Average

Remaining

Contractual Term

(Years)

 

 

Intrinsic Value (in thousands)

 

Outstanding at February 1, 2012

 

 

1,133,211

 

 

 

26.12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

280,547

 

 

 

23.32

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(54,637

)

 

 

17.44

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

13

 

Forfeited

 

 

(73,818

)

 

 

24.50

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 31, 2013

 

 

1,285,303

 

 

 

25.97

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

227,869

 

 

 

20.80

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

(72,611

)

 

 

15.96

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(208,952

)

 

 

31.45

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(125,797

)

 

 

28.67

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 31, 2014

 

 

1,105,812

 

 

 

24.22

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

360,586

 

 

 

13.11

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

 

(55,126

)

 

 

16.63

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(395,758

)

 

 

23.03

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at January 31, 2015

 

 

1,015,514

 

 

 

21.15

 

 

 

6.6

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at January 31, 2013

 

 

965,750

 

 

 

25.95

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at January 31, 2014

 

 

790,905

 

 

 

24.84

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercisable at January 31, 2015

 

 

653,978

 

 

 

24.46

 

 

 

5.2

 

 

 

 

The aggregate intrinsic value was calculated using the difference between the current market price and the exercise price for only those options that have an exercise price less than the current market price.

Nonvested stock awards having service requirements only, are valued as of the grant date closing stock price and generally vest ratably over service periods of one to five years. Other nonvested stock awards vest based upon Layne meeting various performance goals. Certain nonvested stock awards provide for accelerated vesting if there is a change of control (as defined in the plans) or the disability or the death of the executive and for equitable adjustment in the event of changes in Layne’s equity structure.  Layne granted certain performance based nonvested stock awards during FY 2015 and FY 2014, which were valued using the Monte Carlo simulation model.

Assumptions used in the Monte Carlo simulation model for FY 2015 and FY 2014 were as follows:

 

 

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

Assumptions:

 

 

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Weighted-average fair value

 

 

 

$

8.96

 

 

$

14.61

 

Weighted-average expected volatility

 

 

 

 

37.0

%

 

 

36.6

%

Expected dividend yield

 

 

 

 

0.0

%

 

 

0.0

%

Weighted-average risk free rate

 

 

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

0.4

%

 

90


 

Non-vested share transactions for FY 2015, FY 2014 and FY 2013 were as follows:

 

 

 

Number of Shares

 

 

Average Grant Date Fair Value

 

 

Intrinsic Value

(in thousands)

 

Nonvested stock at February 1, 2012

 

 

226,919

 

 

$

29.94

 

 

 

 

 

Granted

 

 

110,958

 

 

 

22.29

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(15,720

)

 

 

26.70

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(46,491

)

 

 

27.79

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested stock at January 31, 2013

 

 

275,666

 

 

 

27.41

 

 

 

 

 

Granted - Directors

 

 

4,744

 

 

 

21.08

 

 

 

 

 

Granted - Restricted stock units

 

 

22,289

 

 

 

20.96

 

 

 

 

 

Granted - Performance vesting shares

 

 

80,613

 

 

 

14.61

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(10,065

)

 

 

27.21

 

 

 

 

 

Canceled

 

 

(8,099

)

 

 

20.89

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(72,725

)

 

 

16.97

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested stock at January 31, 2014

 

 

292,423

 

 

 

23.42

 

 

 

 

 

Granted - Directors

 

 

13,090

 

 

 

17.19

 

 

 

 

 

Granted - Restricted stock units

 

 

394,489

 

 

 

17.06

 

 

 

 

 

Granted - Performance vesting shares

 

 

244,679

 

 

 

8.96

 

 

 

 

 

Vested

 

 

(13,027

)

 

 

25.82

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

 

(444,362

)

 

 

18.95

 

 

 

 

 

Nonvested stock at January 31, 2015

 

 

487,292

 

 

 

14.86

 

 

$

3,942

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(13) Fair Value Measurements

Layne’s estimates of fair value for financial assets and financial liabilities are based on the framework established in the fair value accounting guidance. The framework is based on the inputs used in the valuation, gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and requires that observable inputs be used in the valuations when available. The three levels of the hierarchy are as follows:

·

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

·

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets.

·

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting Layne’s own assumptions and best estimate of what inputs market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

 

91


 

Layne’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. Layne’s financial instruments held at fair value, are presented below as of January 31, 2015 and 2014:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fair Value Measurements

 

(in thousands)

 

Carrying Value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current restricted deposits held at fair value

 

$

4,145

 

 

$

4,145

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Long term restricted deposits held at fair value

 

 

4,231

 

 

 

4,231

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent earnout of acquired businesses (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

January 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current restricted deposits held at fair value

 

$

2,881

 

 

$

2,881

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Long term restricted deposits held at fair value

 

 

4,964

 

 

 

4,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred units of SolmeteX, LLC

 

 

466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

466

 

Cash surrender value of company-owned life

   insurance (2)

 

 

10,651

 

 

 

 

 

 

10,651

 

 

 

 

Financial Liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contingent earnout of acquired businesses (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1)

The fair value of the contingent earnout of acquired businesses is determined using a mark-to-market modeling technique based on significant unobservable inputs calculated using a discounted future cash flows approach. Key assumptions include a discount rate of 41.2% and annual revenues of the acquired business, Intevras Technologies, LLC, ranging from $1.5 million to $6.1 million over the life of the earnout. The business was acquired in July 2010. The contingent earnout period expires in July 2015. On July 31, 2012, the contingent earnout was reassessed and, based on estimates of the likelihood of future revenues subject to the earnout provisions, assigned no value. The conclusions have not changed as of January 31, 2015.

(2)

The fair value of the cash surrender value of company-owned life insurance was based on quoted prices for similar assets in actively traded markets.

Other Financial Instruments

Layne uses the following methods and assumptions in estimating the fair value disclosures for its other financial instruments:

Cash – The carrying amounts reported in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets approximates their fair values and are classified as Level 1 within the fair value hierarchy.

Short-term and long-term debt, other than  the 4.25% Convertible Notes – The fair value of debt instruments is classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy and is valued using a market approach based on quoted prices for similar instruments traded in active markets. Where quoted prices are not available, the income approach is used to value these instruments based on the present value of future cash flows discounted at estimated borrowing rates for similar debt instruments or on estimated prices based on current yields for debt issues of similar quality and terms.

The following table summarizes the carrying values and estimated fair values of the long-term debt:

 

 

 

January 31, 2015

 

 

January 31, 2014

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

(in thousands)

 

Value

 

Value

 

 

Value

 

Value

 

4.25% Convertible Notes

 

$

110,055

 

$

98,438

 

 

$

106,782

 

$

106,782

 

Asset-based facility

 

 

21,964

 

 

21,964

 

 

 

 

 

 

The 4.25% Convertible Notes are measured on a non-recurring basis using Level 1 inputs based upon observable quoted prices of the 4.25% Convertible Notes.

 

92


 

In accordance with ASC Topic 360-10, “Accounting for the Impairment or Disposal of Long-Lived Assets”, we assess the fair value of certain non-financial assets on a non-recurring basis when there is an indicator that the carrying value of the assets may not be recoverable.  Using an undiscounted cash flow model in FY 2015 indicated that the carrying value of property and equipment in the Energy Services segment may not be fully recoverable.  Further analysis based on the fair value of the property and equipment determined that no impairment charges were necessary for FY 2015.   The fair value of the property and equipment was based on the orderly liquidation value of the property and equipment, which we consider a Level 2 fair value measurement.  Property and equipment with a carrying value of $18.5 million was considered to have a fair value of $19.1 million as of January 31, 2015.

 

 

(14) Contingencies

Layne’s drilling activities involve certain operating hazards that can result in personal injury or loss of life, damage and destruction of property and equipment, damage to the surrounding areas, release of hazardous substances or wastes and other damage to the environment, interruption or suspension of drill site operations and loss of revenues and future business. The magnitude of these operating risks is amplified when, as is frequently the case, Layne conducts a project on a fixed-price, bundled basis where Layne delegates certain functions to subcontractors but remains responsible to the customer for the subcontracted work. In addition, Layne is exposed to potential liability under foreign, federal, state and local laws and regulations, contractual indemnification agreements or otherwise in connection with its services and products. Litigation arising from any such occurrences may result in Layne being named as a defendant in lawsuits asserting large claims. Although Layne maintains insurance protection which it considers economically prudent, there can be no assurance that any such insurance will be sufficient or effective under all circumstances or against all claims or hazards to which Layne may be subject or that Layne will be able to continue to obtain such insurance protection. A successful claim or damage resulting from a hazard for which Layne is not fully insured could have a material adverse effect on Layne. In addition, Layne does not maintain political risk insurance with respect to its foreign operations.

As previously reported, the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors conducted an internal investigation into, among other things, the legality of certain payments by Layne to agents and other third parties interacting with government officials in certain countries in Africa. The internal investigation suggested potential violations of the FCPA and certain local laws. Layne made a voluntary disclosure to the United states Department of Justice (“DOJ”) and the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) regarding the results of the investigation and has cooperated with the DOJ and SEC in connection with their review of the matter. The DOJ’s inquiry has been closed.

As of January 31, 2014, Layne had accrued $10.4 million, representing its best estimate at that time, for settlement of these matters.  During the second quarter of FY 2015, Layne reduced its accrual to $5.2 million in connection with the DOJ’s closure of its investigation. On October 27, 2014, Layne entered into a settlement with the SEC to resolve the allegations concerning potential violations of the FCPA. This settlement with the SEC resolves all outstanding government investigations with respect to Layne concerning potential FCPA violations. Under the terms of the settlement, without admitting or denying the SEC’s allegations, Layne consented to entry of an administrative cease-and-desist order under the books and records, internal controls and anti-bribery provisions of the FCPA. Layne agreed to pay to the SEC $4.7 million in disgorgement and prejudgment interest, and $0.4 million in penalties. Layne also agreed to undertake certain compliance, reporting and cooperation obligations to the SEC for two years following the settlement date. The amounts in connection with the settlement were paid on November 6, 2014.

On April 17, 2013, an individual person filed a purported class action suit against three of Layne’s subsidiaries and two other companies supposedly on behalf of all lessors and royalty owners from 2004 to the present. The plaintiff essentially alleges that Layne and two other companies allocated the market for mineral leasing rights and restrained trade in mineral leasing within the state of Kansas. The plaintiff seeks certification as a class and unquantified damages.  On April 1, 2014, the plaintiff voluntarily dismissed one of the other two company defendants without prejudice.  Since this litigation is at a very early state, Layne is currently unable to predict its outcome or estimate our exposure.

Layne is involved in various other matters of litigation, claims and disputes which have arisen in the ordinary course of business. Layne believes that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not, individually and in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect upon its business or consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. However, it is possible, that future results of operations for any particular quarterly or annual period could be materially affected by changes in the assumptions related to these proceedings. In accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, Layne records a liability when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. These provisions are reviewed at least quarterly and adjusted to reflect the impacts of negotiations, settlements, rulings, advice of legal counsel, and other information and events pertaining to a particular case. To the extent additional information arises or the strategies change, it is possible that Layne’s estimate of its probable liability in these matters may change.

 

 

 

93


 

(15) Discontinued Operations

Tecniwell

On October 31, 2014, Layne disposed of Tecniwell to Alberto Battini (50 %) and Paolo Trubini (50 %), an employee of Tecniwell at the time of disposal. The transaction was a sale by Layne of all quotas representing 100% of the corporate capital of Tecniwell in exchange for $0.9 million. The purchase price for the quotas was paid in two equal payments. Layne received $0.5 million on October 31, 2014 and the remainder on January 22, 2015. The loss to Layne on the sale of the business was $0.8 million. This loss is included on the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a loss from discontinued operations.

Costa Fortuna

On July 31, 2014, Layne disposed of Costa Fortuna to Aldo Corda, the original owner and the then current manager of the business at the time of the disposal. The transaction was structured as a sale by Layne of all of the issued and outstanding shares of Holub, S.A., a Uruguay Sociedad Anonima, Costa Fortuna’s parent company, and its subsidiaries in exchange for $4.4 million, payable to Layne as described below.

In conjunction with the transaction, Layne acquired certain equipment with an estimated value of $2.1 million by reducing the intercompany receivable owed by Costa Fortuna. The remaining intercompany receivable due from Costa Fortuna was assigned as part of the transaction in exchange for $1.3 million.

The purchase price for the shares and remaining intercompany receivable is payable in future years, beginning with the year ended December 31, 2015, based on 33.33% of Costa Fortuna’s income before taxes for such year. The unpaid portion of the purchase price will accrue interest at the rate of 2.5% per annum. The unpaid balance of the purchase price, plus accrued interest, is due and payable to Layne on July 31, 2024. The loss to Layne on the sale of the business was $38.3 million. This loss is included on the Consolidated Statements of Operations as a loss from discontinued operations.

Prior to May 30, 2012 (the date of acquisition of the remaining 50% of Costa Fortuna), Layne accounted for Costa Fortuna using the equity method.  As such, operations prior to May 30, 2012 were not included in discontinued operations.

The major classes of assets and liabilities of Tecniwell and Costa Fortuna were as follows:

 

 

 

As of

 

 

 

January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2014

 

Major classes of assets

 

 

 

 

Cash

 

$

4,104

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

9,916

 

Inventory

 

 

15,171

 

Other current assets

 

 

7,449

 

Total current assets - discontinued operations

 

 

36,640

 

Total other assets - discontinued operations

 

 

38,752

 

Total major classes of assets - discontinued operations

 

$

75,392

 

Major classes of liabilities

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

8,402

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

14,194

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

9,257

 

Total current liabilities - discontinued operations

 

 

31,853

 

Other long term liabilities - discontinued operations

 

 

1,186

 

Total major classes of liabilities - discontinued operations

 

$

33,039

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

94


 

SolmeteX

Layne authorized the sale of its SolmeteX operations during the first quarter of FY 2014 as part of a strategic analysis of its businesses. As of April 30, 2013, Layne considered SolmeteX a discontinued operation and reflected it as such in the consolidated financial statements. On July 30, 2013, Layne completed the sale of its SolmeteX operations to a third party. Pursuant to the sale agreement, Layne received $750,000 in preferred units of SolmeteX, LLC and received $10.6 million of cash on August 1, 2013. The preferred units had a 4% yield accruing daily, compounded quarterly on the unreturned capital and unpaid preferred yield. Layne valued the units at $0.4 million based on the redemption timeline and the stated yield. These preferred units were recorded at their valuation amount on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as part of Other Assets. During the second quarter of FY 2014, the gain on the sale of the operation was $8.3 million and was included on the Consolidated Statements of Operations as income from discontinued operations.

In July 2014, Layne sold all of the preferred units of SolmeteX, LLC for $0.5 million, the then recorded valuation.

Energy

After weighing alternatives, during the second quarter of FY 2013, Layne authorized the sale of the Energy segment and entered into negotiations for the sale of substantially all of the Energy segment assets to a third party. As of July 31, 2012, Layne considered the Energy segment as a discontinued operation and reflected it as such in the consolidated financial statements. Layne recorded a loss of $32.6 million as of July 31, 2012, based on the difference between its carrying value as a continuing operation and the expected selling price, less costs to sell. The tax benefit related to this loss was $12.5 million.

On October 1, 2012, Layne completed the sale of all of the exploration and production assets of its Energy segment for $15.0 million. No additional loss on disposal of the net assets was recognized. Pursuant to the sale agreement, Layne received $13.5 million at the time of the sale and received $1.5 million in October 2013 upon termination of an indemnification escrow fund that was established at the closing of the sale. The sale agreement provides for additional proceeds of $2.0 million contingent on natural gas futures prices exceeding $5.25 per MMBTU for five months out of any given six consecutive months occurring during the 36 months following closing. The amount will be recorded as additional proceeds if the conditions are met.

The financial results of discontinued operations include an accrual of $3.9 million recorded in the fourth quarter of FY 2013 associated with certain litigation claims, related to the discontinued Energy segment, which were retained by Layne.

The financial results of the discontinued operations are as follows:

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

$

32,555

 

 

$

64,490

 

 

$

70,220

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

(41,762

)

 

 

5,186

 

 

 

(35,466

)

Income tax (expense) benefit

 

 

(671

)

 

 

(3,493

)

 

 

14,425

 

Net (loss) income from discontinued operations

 

 

(42,433

)

 

 

1,693

 

 

 

(21,041

)

 

 

(16) Segments and Foreign Operations

Layne is a global solutions provider to the world of essential natural resources – water, minerals and energy. The Chief Operating Decision Maker (CODM) reviews operating results to determine the appropriate allocation of resources within the organization.  The CODM defines the operational and organizational structure into discrete segments based on its primary product lines.  

 

95


 

Layne’s segments are defined as follows:

Water Resources

Water Resources provides its customers with every aspect of water supply system development and technology, including hydrologic design and construction, source of supply exploration, well and intake construction and well and pump rehabilitation. The segment also brings new technologies to the water and wastewater markets and offers water treatment equipment engineering services, providing systems for the treatment of regulated and “nuisance” contaminants, specifically, iron, manganese, hydrogen sulfide, arsenic, radium, nitrate, perchlorate, and volatile organic compounds. Water Resources drill deep injection wells for industrial (primarily power) and municipal clients that need to dispose of wastewater associated with their processes. Water Resources provides water systems and services in most regions of the U.S.

Inliner

Inliner provides a wide range of process, sanitary and storm water rehabilitation solutions to municipalities and industrial customers dealing with aging infrastructure needs. Inliner focuses on its proprietary Inliner ® cured-in-place pipe (“CIPP”) which allows us to rehabilitate aging sanitary sewer, storm water and process water infrastructure to provide structural rebuilding as well as infiltration and inflow reduction. Inliner’s trenchless technology minimizes environmental impact and reduces or eliminates surface and social disruption. Inliner now has the ability to supply both traditional felt based CIPP lining tubes cured with water or steam as well as fiberglass based lining tubes cured with ultraviolet light. While Inliner focuses on its Inliner CIPP, it is committed to full system renewal. Inliner also provides a wide variety of other rehabilitative methods including Janssen structural renewal for service lateral connections and mainlines, slip lining, traditional excavation and replacement, and form and manhole renewal with cementitious and epoxy products. Inliner provides services in most regions of the U.S.

Heavy Civil

Heavy Civil delivers sustainable solutions to government agencies and industrial clients by overseeing the design and construction of water and wastewater treatment plants and pipeline installation. In addition, Heavy Civil builds radial collector wells (Ranney Method), surface water intakes, pumping stations, hard rock tunnels and marine construction services – all in support of the world’s water infrastructure. Beyond water solutions, Heavy Civil also designs and constructs biogas facilities (anaerobic digesters) for the purpose of generating and capturing methane gas, an emerging renewable energy resource. Heavy Civil provides services in most regions of the U.S.

Geoconstruction

Geoconstruction provides specialized geotechnical foundation construction services to the heavy civil, industrial, commercial and private construction markets around the globe. Geoconstruction has the expertise and equipment to provide the most appropriate deep foundation system, ground improvement and earth support solution to be applied given highly variable geological and site conditions. In addition, it has extensive experience in completing complex and schedule-driven major underground construction projects. Geoconstruction provides services that are focused primarily on the foundation systems for dams/levees, tunnel shafts, utility systems, subways or transportation systems, commercial building and port facilities. Services offered include jet grouting, structural diaphragm and slurry cutoff walls, cement and chemical grouting, drilled piles, ground improvement and earth retention systems. Geoconstruction provides services in most regions of the U.S.

Mineral Services

Mineral Services conducts primarily aboveground drilling activities, including all phases of core drilling, reverse circulation, dual tube, hammer and rotary air-blast methods. The service offerings include both exploratory (‘greenfield’) and definition (‘brownfield’) drilling. Global mining companies hire Mineral Services to extract samples from their sites that they analyze for mineral content before investing heavily in development to extract the minerals. Mineral Services helps its clients determine if a minable mineral deposit exists on the site, the economic viability of mining the site and the geological properties of the ground, which helps in the determination of mine planning. Mineral Services also offers water management expertise. The primary markets are in the western U.S., Mexico, Australia, South America and Africa. Mineral Services also has ownership interests in foreign affiliates operating in Latin America that form its primary presence in this market.

 

96


 

Energy Services

Energy Services focuses its efforts to provide a closed loop water management solution to energy companies involved in hydraulic fracturing. The initial focus is in the water-stressed Permian Basin of West Texas, an oil provenance, where Energy Services is providing water sourcing, transfer and treatment. Layne’s expertise in water well drilling coupled with its flat-hose transfer solution from the water source to the well site where hydraulic fracturing occurs, followed by treatment of the produced water and then recapture and recycling that water for reuse in other hydraulic fracturing operations, provides a sustainable and environmentally responsible solution to energy companies operating in a part of the country which has significant water shortages and drought. The system is designed to have virtually no surface discharge of formation or produced and treated water. Energy Services provides services in most regions of the U.S.

Other

Other includes specialty and purchasing operations not included in one of the other segments.

Financial information for Layne’s segments is presented below. Unallocated corporate expenses primarily consist of general and administrative functions performed on a company-wide basis and benefiting all segments. These costs include accounting, financial reporting, internal audit, treasury, corporate and securities law, tax compliance, executive management and board of directors. Corporate assets are all assets not directly associated with a segment, and consist primarily of cash and deferred income taxes.

 

 

 

Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water Resources

 

$

196,243

 

 

$

175,875

 

 

$

214,091

 

Inliner

 

 

175,001

 

 

 

148,384

 

 

 

133,256

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

207,036

 

 

 

267,192

 

 

 

278,131

 

Geoconstruction

 

 

77,032

 

 

 

26,242

 

 

 

78,045

 

Mineral Services

 

 

120,217

 

 

 

172,960

 

 

 

302,119

 

Energy Services

 

 

20,209

 

 

 

6,336

 

 

 

5,885

 

Other

 

 

19,179

 

 

 

19,936

 

 

 

11,509

 

Intersegment Eliminations

 

 

(17,316

)

 

 

(18,580

)

 

 

(9,112

)

Total revenues

 

$

797,601

 

 

$

798,345

 

 

$

1,013,924

 

Equity in (losses) earnings of affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geoconstruction

 

$

3,390

 

 

$

 

 

$

3,872

 

Mineral Services

 

 

(2,002

)

 

 

(2,974

)

 

 

16,700

 

Total equity in (losses) earnings of affiliates

 

$

1,388

 

 

$

(2,974

)

 

$

20,572

 

Loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water Resources

 

$

14,356

 

 

$

1,016

 

 

$

(1,290

)

Inliner

 

 

22,870

 

 

 

17,650

 

 

 

9,936

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

(21,502

)

 

 

(7,781

)

 

 

(32,308

)

Geoconstruction

 

 

(4,443

)

 

 

(24,810

)

 

 

(4,127

)

Mineral Services

 

 

(14,909

)

 

 

(9,534

)

 

 

49,406

 

Energy Services

 

 

(3,661

)

 

 

(3,212

)

 

 

(7,444

)

Other

 

 

(55

)

 

 

193

 

 

 

126

 

Unallocated corporate expenses

 

 

(49,788

)

 

 

(42,957

)

 

 

(36,009

)

Interest expense

 

 

(13,707

)

 

 

(7,132

)

 

 

(3,301

)

Total loss from continuing operations before income taxes

 

$

(70,839

)

 

$

(76,567

)

 

$

(25,011

)

Investment in affiliates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geoconstruction

 

$

1,847

 

 

$

134

 

 

$

384

 

Mineral Services

 

 

61,828

 

 

 

67,159

 

 

 

77,906

 

Total investment in affiliates

 

$

63,675

 

 

$

67,293

 

 

$

78,290

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

97


 

 

 

 

As of and Years Ended January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Revenues by product line

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water systems

 

$

207,363

 

 

$

179,372

 

 

$

219,693

 

Water treatment technologies

 

 

15,226

 

 

 

34,005

 

 

 

47,778

 

Sewer rehabilitation

 

 

175,001

 

 

 

148,384

 

 

 

133,256

 

Water and wastewater plant construction

 

 

142,261

 

 

 

157,590

 

 

 

129,446

 

Pipeline construction

 

 

49,026

 

 

 

77,497

 

 

 

108,408

 

Soil stabilization

 

 

79,135

 

 

 

38,328

 

 

 

112,509

 

Environmental and specialty drilling

 

 

6,393

 

 

 

7,543

 

 

 

7,246

 

Exploration drilling

 

 

108,060

 

 

 

150,695

 

 

 

249,247

 

Other

 

 

15,136

 

 

 

4,931

 

 

 

6,341

 

Total revenues by product line

 

$

797,601

 

 

$

798,345

 

 

$

1,013,924

 

Geographic Information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

717,216

 

 

$

672,430

 

 

$

832,839

 

Africa/Australia

 

 

25,982

 

 

 

42,909

 

 

 

88,888

 

South America

 

 

13,106

 

 

 

16,056

 

 

 

19,161

 

Mexico

 

 

38,436

 

 

 

58,260

 

 

 

69,970

 

Other foreign

 

 

2,861

 

 

 

8,690

 

 

 

3,066

 

Total revenues

 

$

797,601

 

 

$

798,345

 

 

$

1,013,924

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Water Resources

 

$

9,997

 

 

$

9,903

 

 

$

8,126

 

Inliner

 

 

2,767

 

 

 

2,805

 

 

 

2,647

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

4,060

 

 

 

6,491

 

 

 

7,096

 

Geoconstruction

 

 

7,305

 

 

 

7,495

 

 

 

7,826

 

Mineral Services

 

 

18,187

 

 

 

23,321

 

 

 

25,950

 

Energy Services

 

 

2,533

 

 

 

1,283

 

 

 

550

 

Other

 

 

2,175

 

 

 

2,344

 

 

 

 

Corporate

 

 

2,259

 

 

 

2,660

 

 

 

5,376

 

Total depreciation and amortization

 

$

49,283

 

 

$

56,302

 

 

$

57,571

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

98


 

 

 

 

As of January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2015

 

 

2014

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Water Resources

 

$

101,330

 

 

$

98,576

 

Inliner

 

 

76,071

 

 

 

67,384

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

94,283

 

 

 

99,963

 

Geoconstruction

 

 

50,240

 

 

 

55,682

 

Mineral Services

 

 

164,762

 

 

 

206,575

 

Energy Services

 

 

26,200

 

 

 

14,636

 

Other

 

 

6,127

 

 

 

6,947

 

Discontinued Operations

 

 

-

 

 

 

75,392

 

Corporate

 

 

26,500

 

 

 

21,463

 

Total assets

 

$

545,513

 

 

$

646,618

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

127,951

 

 

$

154,627

 

Africa/Australia

 

 

15,726

 

 

 

21,314

 

South America

 

 

4,882

 

 

 

5,931

 

Mexico

 

 

4,559

 

 

 

8,498

 

Other foreign

 

 

66

 

 

 

1,023

 

Total property and equipment, net

 

$

153,184

 

 

$

191,393

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Capital Expenditures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     Water Resources

 

$

2,037

 

 

$

2,864

 

      Inliner

 

 

999

 

 

 

2,194

 

     Heavy Civil

 

 

164

 

 

 

166

 

     Geoconstruction

 

 

366

 

 

 

921

 

     Mineral Services

 

 

2,855

 

 

 

7,741

 

     Energy Services

 

 

7,454

 

 

 

7,732

 

     Other

 

 

997

 

 

 

352

 

     Discontinued operations

 

 

383

 

 

 

8,619

 

     Corporate

 

 

634

 

 

 

4,460

 

            Total capital expenditures

 

$

15,889

 

 

$

35,049

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

99


 

(17) Restructuring Costs

Layne commenced a restructuring plan (“Plan”) during the quarter ended July 31, 2014. The Plan involved, among other things, reductions in the global workforce, asset relocation or disposal and process improvements. The Plan was designed to achieve short and long-term cost reductions. As of January 31, 2015, the implementation Plan is substantially complete.  The accrued liability for costs associated with the restructuring was approximately $1.0 million as of January 31, 2015.

 

 

 

Incurred as

 

 

Expected

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

of January 31,

 

 

to be

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2015

 

 

incurred

 

 

Total

 

Water Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and other personnel-related costs

 

$

380

 

 

$

 

 

$

380

 

Other

 

 

55

 

 

 

 

 

 

55

 

Total Water Resources

 

$

435

 

 

$

 

 

$

435

 

Heavy Civil

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and other personnel-related costs

 

$

54

 

 

$

 

 

$

54

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Heavy Civil

 

$

54

 

 

$

 

 

$

54

 

Mineral Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and other personnel-related costs

 

$

200

 

 

$

 

 

$

200

 

Other

 

 

1,203

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,203

 

Total Mineral Services

 

$

1,403

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,403

 

Energy Services

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and other personnel-related costs

 

$

89

 

 

$

 

 

$

89

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Energy Services

 

$

89

 

 

$

 

 

$

89

 

Unallocated Corporate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Severance and other personnel-related costs

 

$

717

 

 

$

 

 

$

717

 

Other

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

 

 

50

 

Total Unallocated Corporate

 

$

717

 

 

$

50

 

 

$

767

 

Total restructuring costs

 

$

2,698

 

 

$

50

 

 

$

2,748

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(18) Relocation

Layne moved into its new corporate headquarters in The Woodlands, Texas, a suburb of Houston in September 2013. The move involved most executive positions in Layne’s corporate leadership, as well as certain other management and staff positions. The relocation is now complete. Expenses of $1.8 million, $8.6 million and $2.7 million were incurred for FY 2015, FY 2014, FY 2013, respectively.  The expenses are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the Consolidated Statements of Operations, and consist primarily of employee relocation costs, severance and employee retention arrangements.

 

 

(19) New Accounting Pronouncements

On April 7, 2015, The Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued ASU 2015-03, “Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs”.  This guidance which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2015, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2016, changes the presentation of debt issuance costs in financial statements as a direct deduction from the related debt liability rather than as an asset.  Layne does not believe adoption of the ASU will have a material effect on its financial statements.

On February 18, 2015, FASB issued ASU 2015-02, “Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis”.  This guidance which is effective for annual periods, and interim periods within those annual periods, beginning after December 15, 2015, changes the consolidation analysis required under U.S. GAAP for limited partnerships and other variable interest entities (“VIE”).  Layne does not believe that adoption of this ASU will have a material effect on its financial statements.

 

100


 

On August 27, 2014, FASB issued ASU 2014-15, “Disclosure of Uncertainties About an Entity’s Ability to Continue as a Going Concern”. The guidance, which is effective for annual reporting periods ending after December 15, 2016, extends the responsibility for performing the going-concern assessment to management and contains guidance on how to perform a going-concern assessment and when going-concern disclosures would be required under GAAP. Layne does not believe adoption of this ASU will have a material effect on its financial statements.

In June 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014-12, “Accounting for Share-Based Payment When the Terms of an Award Provide That a Performance Target Could be Achieved After the Requisite Service Period”. The guidance, which is effective for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2015, contains explicit guidance on how to treat a performance target that affects vesting and that could be achieved after the requisite service period as a performance condition. Layne does not believe adoption of this ASU will have a material effect on its financial statements.

The FASB issued ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers” on May 28, 2014. The guidance, when announced was effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2016.  On April 1, 2015, it was announced that a tentative decision had been reached by FASB to delay the implementation by a year.  This guidance defines the steps to recognize revenue for entities that have contracts with customers as well as requiring significantly expanded disclosures regarding the qualitative and quantitative information of the nature, amount, timing, and uncertainty of revenue and cash flows arising from such contracts. Early adoption of this guidance is not permitted. This guidance provides companies with a choice of applying it retrospectively to each reporting period presented or by recognizing the cumulative effect of applying it at the date of initial application (February 1, 2017 for Layne) and not adjusting comparative information. At this point, Layne is currently evaluating the requirements and has not yet determined the impact of this new guidance.

In April 2014, the FASB issued ASU 2014.08, “Reporting Discontinued Operations and Disclosures of Disposals of Components of an Entity”. This ASU amends the definition of a discontinued operation and requires entities to provide additional disclosure about disposal transactions that do not meet the discontinued operations criteria. Under the new guidance, a discontinued operation is defined as a disposal of a component or group of components that is disposed of or is classified as held for sale and represents a strategic shift that has or will have a major effect on an entity’s operations and financial results. Layne will adopt this ASU beginning February1, 2015 for any future discontinued operations.  Layne does not believe adoption of this ASU will have a material impact on its financial statements. Adoption will impact the additional disclosure required on future discontinued operations.

 

 

(20) Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

Unaudited quarterly results were as follows:

 

 

 

2015

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

Revenues

 

$

174,389

 

 

$

206,403

 

 

$

222,906

 

 

$

193,903

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation and amortization shown below)(1)

 

 

(151,731

)

 

 

(176,101

)

 

 

(185,459

)

 

 

(169,268

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(12,648

)

 

 

(13,246

)

 

 

(11,967

)

 

 

(11,422

)

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(28,063

)

 

 

(11,993

)

 

 

(3,708

)

 

 

(23,130

)

Net loss

 

 

(26,751

)

 

 

(54,960

)

 

 

(4,486

)

 

 

(23,130

)

Net (income) loss attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(976

)

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

239

 

Net loss attributable to Layne Christensen Company

 

 

(27,727

)

 

 

(55,029

)

 

 

(4,504

)

 

 

(22,891

)

Basic loss per share - continuing operations (2)

 

 

(1.48

)

 

 

(0.61

)

 

 

(0.19

)

 

 

(1.17

)

Diluted loss per share - continuing operations (2)

 

 

(1.48

)

 

 

(0.61

)

 

 

(0.19

)

 

 

(1.17

)

Basic loss per share (2)

 

 

(1.41

)

 

 

(2.80

)

 

 

(0.23

)

 

 

(1.17

)

Diluted loss per share (2)

 

 

(1.41

)

 

 

(2.80

)

 

 

(0.23

)

 

 

(1.17

)

(1)

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, Layne utilizes multiple methods of revenue recognition based on the nature of work performed. As a result, it is not practical to allocate a portion of depreciation and amortization to cost of revenues for the presentation of gross profit.

(2)

Loss per share was computed independently for each of the quarters presented. The sum of the quarters may not equal the total year amount due to the impact of changes in average quarterly shares outstanding.

 

101


 

 

 

 

2014

 

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

First

 

 

Second

 

 

Third

 

 

Fourth

 

Revenues

 

$

211,916

 

 

$

214,517

 

 

$

201,978

 

 

$

169,934

 

Cost of revenues (exclusive of depreciation, amortization, and

   impairment charges shown below) (1)

 

 

(177,981

)

 

 

(178,094

)

 

 

(166,313

)

 

 

(143,907

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(14,082

)

 

 

(14,086

)

 

 

(14,055

)

 

 

(14,079

)

Impairment charges

 

 

 

 

 

(14,646

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss from continuing operations

 

 

(23,567

)

 

 

(78,854

)

 

 

(15,235

)

 

 

(12,088

)

Net loss

 

 

(23,710

)

 

 

(74,543

)

 

 

(15,541

)

 

 

(14,257

)

Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

(69

)

 

 

(277

)

 

 

(231

)

 

 

(11

)

Net loss attributable to Layne Christensen Company

 

 

(23,779

)

 

 

(74,820

)

 

 

(15,772

)

 

 

(14,268

)

Basic loss per share - continuing operations (2)

 

 

(1.21

)

 

 

(4.03

)

 

 

(0.79

)

 

 

(0.62

)

Diluted loss per share - continuing operations (2)

 

 

(1.21

)

 

 

(4.03

)

 

 

(0.79

)

 

 

(0.62

)

Basic loss per share (2)

 

 

(1.22

)

 

 

(3.81

)

 

 

(0.80

)

 

 

(0.73

)

Diluted loss per share (2)

 

 

(1.22

)

 

 

(3.81

)

 

 

(0.80

)

 

 

(0.73

)

(1)

As discussed in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements, Layne utilizes multiple methods of revenue recognition based on the nature of work performed. As a result, it is not practical to allocate a portion of depreciation and amortization to cost of revenues for the presentation of gross profit.

(2)

Loss per share was computed independently for each of the quarters presented. The sum of the quarters may not equal the total year amount due to the impact of changes in average quarterly shares outstanding.

The fourth quarter of FY 2014 was impacted by changes in estimate of incentive compensation of $7.4 million as a result of the decrease in results from operations experienced during the year. These plans are discretionary in nature, subject to board approval. The expense was reduced in the fourth quarter as results for the year were reviewed by the executive team. Also in the fourth quarter of FY 2014, Layne modified its vacation policy resulting in a decrease in expense of $4.5 million as a change in estimate.

The second quarter of FY 2014 was impacted by a $14.6 million impairment charge which was recorded in Geoconstruction, representing the total carrying value of its goodwill. Layne reassessed its estimates of fair value of the goodwill of this segment as a result of continuing weakness as discussed in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements. Based on this analysis, it was determined the carrying value of goodwill exceeded its fair value. Also in the second quarter of FY 2014, Layne recorded a $50.6 million valuation allowance on U.S. deferred tax assets as discussed in Note 9 to the consolidated financial statements. This allowance was recorded as a result of continued weakness in Mineral Services and Geoconstruction.

 

 

(21) Subsequent Events

As discussed in Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements, on March 2, 2015, Layne completed Exchange and Subscription Agreements with certain investors that currently hold approximately $55.5 million of Layne’s 4.25% Convertible Notes.  In these agreements, the investors agreed to (i) exchange the 4.25% Convertible Notes for approximately $49.9 million of 8.0% Convertible Notes and  (ii) purchase approximately $49.9 million aggregate principal amount of additional 8.0% Convertible Notes.  The amount of the accrued interest on the 4.25% Convertible Notes delivered by investors in the exchange will be credited to the cash purchase price payable by investors in the purchase of the 8.0% Convertible Notes.  The 8.0% Convertible Notes will bear interest at a rate of 8.0% per year, payable on May 1 and November 1 of each year, beginning on May 1, 2015.   See Note 7 to the consolidated financial statements for an additional discussion.   Layne expects to recognize a gain on extinguishment of debt in the quarter ending April 30, 2015.

 

 

Supplemental Information on Oil and Gas Producing Activities (Unaudited)

As further discussed in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements, during FY 2013, Layne completed the sale of substantially all of the assets of its Energy segment. At January 31, 2015 and 2014, Layne had no oil and gas producing activities. Accordingly, the information presented below only includes information of its operations through the completion of the sale on October 1, 2012. Layne’s oil and gas activities were primarily conducted in the U.S.

 

102


 

Results of Operations for Oil and Gas Producing Activities

Results of operations relating to oil and gas producing activities are set forth in the following tables for the year ended January 31, 2013, on a dollar and per Mcf basis and include only revenues and operating costs directly attributable to oil and gas producing activities. General corporate overhead, interest costs, transportation of third party gas and other non-oil and gas producing activities are excluded. The income tax expense is calculated by applying statutory tax rates to the revenues after deducting costs, which include depletion allowances.

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

January 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

$

7,420

 

Production taxes

 

 

(118

)

Lease operating expenses

 

 

(4,282

)

Depletion

 

 

(2,946

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(1,522

)

Administrative expenses

 

 

(1,889

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

1,302

 

Results of operations from producing activities (excluding corporate

   overhead and interest costs)

 

$

(2,035

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Year Ended

 

 

 

January 31,

 

(per Mcf)

 

2013

 

Revenues

 

$

2.47

 

Production taxes

 

 

(0.04

)

Lease operating expenses

 

 

(1.42

)

Depletion

 

 

(0.98

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

(0.51

)

Administrative expenses

 

 

(0.63

)

Income tax benefit

 

 

0.43

 

Results of operations from producing activities (excluding corporate

 

 

 

 

     overhead and interest costs)

 

$

(0.68

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Schedule II: Valuation and Qualifying Accounts

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additions

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(in thousands)

 

Balance at Beginning of Period

 

 

Charges to Costs and Expenses

 

 

Charges to Other Accounts

 

 

Deductions

 

 

Balance at End of Period

 

Allowance for customer receivables:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2013

 

$

8,141

 

 

$

1,763

 

 

$

 

 

$

(2,688

)

 

$

7,216

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2014

 

 

7,216

 

 

 

1,101

 

 

 

 

 

 

(836

)

 

 

7,481

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2015

 

 

7,481

 

 

 

2,539

 

 

 

 

 

 

(5,821

)

 

 

4,199

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Valuation allowance for deferred tax asset:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2013

 

$

11,084

 

 

$

16

 

 

$

 

 

$

(1,746

)

 

$

9,354

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2014

 

 

9,354

 

 

 

69,114

 

 

 

(4,732

)

 

 

(1,249

)

 

 

72,487

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2015

 

 

72,487

 

 

 

44,618

 

 

 

(1,913

)

 

 

(202

)

 

 

114,990

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for inventory:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2013

 

$

2,592

 

 

$

767

 

 

$

 

 

$

(294

)

 

$

3,065

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2014

 

 

3,065

 

 

 

1,027

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,680

)

 

 

2,412

 

Fiscal year ended January 31, 2015

 

 

2,412

 

 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

(811

)

 

 

1,619

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

103


 

It em 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with

Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

It em 9A.

Controls and Procedures

Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Based on an evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures for the period ended January 31, 2015, conducted under the supervision and with the participation of Layne’s management, including the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer, Layne concluded that its disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed by Layne in reports that it files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is accumulated and communicated to Layne’s management (including the Principal Executive Officer and the Principal Financial Officer) to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure, and is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in SEC rules and forms.

Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Management of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Rule 13a-15(f) of the Exchange Act. Under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s management, including our Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer, Layne conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting based upon the framework in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (the “COSO Framework”).

Internal control over financial reporting cannot provide absolute assurance of achieving financial reporting objectives because of its inherent limitations. Internal control over financial reporting is a process that involves human diligence and compliance and is subject to lapses in judgment and breakdowns resulting from human failures. Internal control over financial reporting also can be circumvented by collusion or improper management override. Because of such limitations, there is a risk that material misstatements may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis by internal control over financial reporting. However, these inherent limitations are known features of the financial reporting process. Therefore it is possible to design into the process safeguards to reduce, although not eliminate, this risk. Layne’s internal control over financial reporting includes such safeguards. Projections of an evaluation of effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting in future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of conditions, or because the degree of compliance with Layne’s policies and procedures may deteriorate.

Based on the evaluation under the COSO Framework, management concluded that Layne’s internal control over financial reporting is effective as of January 31, 2015. Layne’s independent registered public accounting firm has audited the consolidated financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K and, as part of their audit, has issued their report on the effectiveness of Layne’s internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015. The report is included below.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

There were no changes in Layne’s internal control over financial reporting during the three months ended January 31, 2015, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, Layne’s internal control over financial reporting.

Ite m 9B.

Other Information

None.

 

104


 

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors and Stockholders

Layne Christensen Company

The Woodlands, Texas

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of January 31, 2015, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed by, or under the supervision of, the company’s principal executive and principal financial officers, or persons performing similar functions, and effected by the company’s board of directors, management, and other personnel to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of the inherent limitations of internal control over financial reporting, including the possibility of collusion or improper management override of controls, material misstatements due to error or fraud may not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. Also, projections of any evaluation of the effectiveness of the internal control over financial reporting to future periods are subject to the risk that the controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of January 31, 2015, based on the criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013)  issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated financial statements and financial statement schedule as of and for the year ended January 31, 2015 of the Company and our report dated April 13, 2015 expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements and financial statement schedule.

/s/DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

Houston, Texas

April 13, 2015

 

105


 

PART III

I tem 10.

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

Layne’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 5, 2015, will contain, (i) under the caption “Election of Directors,” certain information relating to Layne’s directors and its Audit Committee financial experts required by Item 10 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference (except that the information set forth under the subcaption “Compensation of Directors” is expressly excluded from such incorporation), (ii) under the caption “Transactions with Management/Related Party Transactions,” certain information relating to Layne’s Code of Ethics required by Item 10 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference, and (iii) under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance,” certain information required by Item 10 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.

Executive officers of Layne are appointed by the Board of Directors for such terms as shall be determined from time to time by the Board, and serve until their respective successors are selected and qualified or until their respective earlier death, retirement, resignation or removal. The Board of Directors may delegate its authority to appoint executive officers to the President or Chief Executive Officer.

Set forth below are the name, age and position of each executive officer of Layne.

 

Name

Age

Position

Michael J. Caliel

55

President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

Andy T. Atchison

51

Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer

Steven F. Crooke

57

Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel

Ronald Thalacker

53

Division President - Water Resources

Larry D. Purlee

67

Division President - Inliner

Leslie F. Archer

52

Division President - Heavy Civil

Mauro Chinchelli

68

Division President - Geoconstruction

Kevin P. Maher

55

Division President - Mineral Services

Kent Wartick

52

Division President - Energy Services

 

 

 

The business experience of each of the executive officers of Layne is as follows:

Michael J. Caliel was appointed President and Chief Executive Officer effective January 2, 2015. Mr. Caliel served as President and Chief Executive Officer of the Invensys Software and Industrial Automation Division of Invensys plc, an automations, controls and process solutions company. Mr. Caliel was employed by Invensys from December 2011 until July 2014. From July 2006 until June 2011, Mr. Caliel served as President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director of Integrated Electrical Services, a publicly held, national provider of electrical and communications solutions for the commercial, industrial and residential markets. From 1993 until June 2006, Mr. Caliel was employed by Invensys, where he served in a variety of senior management positions, including his most recent position as President of Invensys Process Systems. Prior to becoming President of Invensys Process Systems, he served as President of its North America and Europe, Middle East and Africa operations from 2001 to 2003.

Andy T. Atchison has served as Senior Vice President and Chief Financial Officer since August 1, 2014. Mr. Atchison served as Layne’s Controller from 1997 to June 2012. Thereafter, he continued to assist Layne in various accounting roles during the relocation of Layne’s headquarters to The Woodlands, Texas, until July 2013. Following his departure from Layne, Mr. Atchison provided consulting services to other companies on finance and accounting matters. Prior to working for Layne, Mr. Atchison worked for Deloitte and Touche LLP in various positions from 1985 to 1997. Mr. Atchison is a certified public accountant.

Steven F. Crooke was promoted to Senior Vice President, Chief Administrative Officer and General Counsel in December 2014. Prior to that, Mr. Crooke served as Senior Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel from 2006 to 2014. Mr. Crooke served as Vice President, Secretary and General Counsel from 2001 to 2006. For the period of June 2000 through April 2001, Mr. Crooke served as Corporate Legal Affairs Manager of Huhtamaki Van Leer. Prior to that, he served as Assistant General Counsel of the Company from 1995 to May 2000.

Ronald Thalacker has served as the President of Water Resources of Layne since January 1, 2013 and is responsible for Layne’s groundwater supply, well and pump rehabilitation, specialty drilling services and water treatment equipment. Mr. Thalacker has been in Water Resources since 2008 as General Manager of Specialty Drilling. In addition to an M.B.A., Mr. Thalacker has 27 years of experience in large and diverse drilling and water supply projects.

 

106


 

Larry D. Purlee became the President of the Inliner division, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Layne which provides wastewater pipeline and structure rehabilitation services, on February 1, 2010. Mr. Purlee served as Executive Vice President of Reynolds Inliner, LLC from the early 1990s until February 1, 2010. Mr. Purlee has over 40 years of experience in the wastewater pipeline rehabilitation industry.

Leslie F. Archer became the President of Heavy Civil, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Layne which provides products and services to the water and wastewater industries, in June 2014. Mr. Archer served as Senior Vice President of Integrated Services within Heavy Civil from 2010 until 2014 and Vice President of Integrated Services from 2008 until 2010. Prior to that, Mr. Archer was Director of Design Build services from 2000 until 2010 within Heavy Civil.

Mauro Chinchelli has served as the President of Geoconstruction of Layne since August 2013. Mr. Chinchelli joined Layne in 2000 and became Executive Vice President of Geoconstruction in 2011 and was responsible for the Italian and Brazilian operations. Mr. Chinchelli has over 40 years of experience in the field of geoconstruction, including two patents and several publications in his name.

Kevin P. Maher has served as the President of Mineral Services of Layne since January 2013, when he joined Layne. Prior to joining the company, Mr. Maher ran his family business, which was acquired and successfully integrated into Boart Longyear. At Boart Longyear, Mr. Maher was the Eastern Regional Manager for Environment & Infrastructure. Most recently, he was Manager of Reverse Circulation & Mine Support Drilling Operations at Major Drilling America. Mr. Maher is an experienced executive with over 25 years of experience in the drilling industry.

Kent Wartick became the President of Energy Services since February 2013. Prior to that, Mr. Wartick served as Regional General Manger from February 2010 until being promoted to Vice President of Energy Services in November 2012.  Mr. Wartick has been with Layne since 1985. Over his 28 years of experience he has served as Sales Engineer, District Manager, General Manager and a Regional General Manager. He has extensive drilling, pump and construction industry experience.

I tem 11.

Executive Compensation

Layne’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 5, 2015, will contain, under the caption “Executive Compensation and Other Information,” the information required by Item 11 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.

It em 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholder Matters

Layne’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 5, 2015, will contain, under the captions “Ownership of Layne Christensen Common Stock” and “Equity Compensation Plan Information” the information required by Item 12 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.

It em 13.

Certain Relationships, Related Transactions and Director Independence

Layne’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 5, 2015, will contain, under the captions “Other Corporate Governance Matters,” and “Transactions with Management/Related Party Transactions” the information required by Item 13 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.

It em 14.

Principal Accountant Fees and Services

Layne’s Proxy Statement to be used in connection with the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held on June 5, 2015, will contain, under the caption “Principal Accounting Fees and Services,” the information required by Item 14 of Form 10-K and such information is incorporated herein by this reference.

 

 

 

 

107


 

PART IV

 

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

 

(a)

 

Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits:

 

 

 

1.

 

Financial Statements:
The financial statements are listed in the index for Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

2.

 

Financial Statement Schedule:
The applicable financial statement schedule is listed in the index for Item 8 of this Form 10-K.

 

 

 

3.

 

Exhibits:
The exhibits filed with or incorporated by reference in this report are listed below:

 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

    3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Layne.

 

 

 

    3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Layne (effective as of April 15, 2014) (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to Layne’s Form 8-K filed April 16, 2014, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

    4.1

 

Specimen Common Stock Certificate (filed with Amendment No. 3 to Layne’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (File No. 33-48432) as Exhibit 4(1) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

    4.2

 

Credit Agreement, dated as April 15, 2014, among Layne Christensen Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of Layne Christensen Company, as Co-Borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association (“PNC Bank”), as Administrative Agent, Jefferies Finance, LLC, as Syndication Agent, Lead Arranger and Book Running Manager, PNC Bank and Wells Fargo Bank, N.A., as Co-Collateral Agents, and PNC Bank, as Swingline Lender and Issuing Bank  (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Layne's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, filed on May 1, 2014, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

    4.3

 

First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated July 29, 2014, by and among Layne Christensen Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of Layne Christensen Company, as Co-Borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JFIN Business Credit Fund I, LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2014, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

    4.4

 

Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated September 15, 2014, by and among Layne Christensen Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of Layne Christensen Company, as Co-Borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JFIN Business Credit Fund I, LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on September 18, 2014, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

    4.5

 

Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated October 28, 2014, by and among Layne Christensen Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of Layne Christensen Company, as Co-Borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JFIN Business Credit Fund I, LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Layne's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended October 31, 2014, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

    4.6

 

Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated January 30, 2015, by and among Layne Christensen Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of Layne Christensen Company, as Co-Borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JFIN Business Credit Fund I, LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.4 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

    4.7

 

Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated March 2, 2015, by and among Layne Christensen Company, as Borrower, certain subsidiaries of Layne Christensen Company, as Co-Borrowers, the guarantors party thereto, the lenders party thereto, PNC Bank, National Association, Wells Fargo Bank, N.A. and JFIN Business Credit Fund I, LLC (filed as Exhibit 4.5 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

    4.8

 

Indenture relating to 4.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018, dated as of November 12, 2013, between Layne Christensen Company and U.S. Bank National Association, including the form of Global Note attached as Exhibit A thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Layne’s Form 8-K filed on November 12, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

    4.9

 

Form of Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated February 4, 2015.

 

108


 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

    4.10

 

Form of Amendment to Exchange and Subscription Agreement dated February 27, 2015.

 

 

 

    4.11

 

Notice Regarding the Issuance and Sale of 8.0% Senior Secured Second Lien Convertible Notes of Layne Christensen Company dated February 27, 2015.

 

 

 

    4.12

 

Indenture relating to the 8.0% Second Lien Senior Secured Convertible Notes, dated as of March 2, 2015, among Layne Christensen Company, the guarantor parties thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, including the form of Global Note attached as Exhibit A thereto (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

    4.13

 

Security Agreement, dated as of March 2, 2015, among Layne Christensen Company, certain of its subsidiaries, as pledgers, and U.S. Bank National Association, ,as Collateral Agent (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

    4.14

 

Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement dated as of March 2, 2015, between PNC Bank, National Association and U.S. Bank National Association and acknowledged by the Company and the subsidiary guarantors (filed as Exhibit 4.3 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on March 2, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.1

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between Layne and Management of Layne (filed with Layne’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 1996 (File No. 0-20578), as Exhibit 10(15) and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

*10.2

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between Layne and Management of Layne effective February 1, 1998 (filed with Layne’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1998 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10 and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.3

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between Layne and Management of Layne effective April 20, 1999 (filed with Layne’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1999 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10(2) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.4

 

Form of Non-Qualified Stock Option Agreement between Layne and Management of Layne effective as of April 20, 1999 (filed with Layne’s Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 1999 (File No. 0-20578) as Exhibit 10(3) and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.5

 

Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (as amended and restated) .  

 

 

 

*10.6

 

Form of Incentive Stock Option Agreement between Layne and management of Layne for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 4(e) to the Company’s Form S-8 (File No. 333-135683), filed July 10, 2006, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

*10.7

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between Layne and management of Layne for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(20) to Layne’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, filed on March 31, 2009).

 

 

 

*10.8

 

Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Agreement between Layne and non-employee directors of Layne for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(21) to Layne’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, filed on March 31, 2009).

 

 

 

*10.9

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement between Layne and management of Layne for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 23, 2008 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(22) to Layne’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, filed on March 31, 2009).

 

 

 

*10.10

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement between Layne and management of Layne for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (with performance vesting) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(1) to Layne’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2009, filed on June 3, 2009).

 

 

 

*10.11

 

Form of Restricted Stock Agreement between Layne and non-employee directors of Layne for use with Layne’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended effective January 26, 2009 (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(23) to Layne’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, filed on March 31, 2009).

 

 

 

*10.12

 

Severance Agreement, dated March 13, 2008, by and between Steven F. Crooke and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.3 to Layne’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2008).

 

109


 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

*10.13

 

Severance Agreement dated March 13, 2008, by and between Jerry Fanska and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.4 to Layne’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed March 19, 2008).

 

 

 

*10.14

 

Layne Christensen Company Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (Amended and Restated, effective as of January 1, 2009) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(37) to Layne’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, filed on March 31, 2009).

 

 

 

*10.15

 

Layne Christensen Company Key Management Deferred Compensation Plan (amended and restated, effective as of January 1, 2008) (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10(38) to Layne’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2009, filed on March 31, 2009).

 

 

 

*10.16

 

Severance Agreement, dated July 29, 2011, by and between Rene J. Robichaud and Layne Christensen Company (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to Layne’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed August 1, 2011).

 

 

 

*10.17

 

Layne Christensen Company Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan (effective as of April 15, 2014) (filed as Exhibit 10.22 to Layne's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, filed on May 1, 2014, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

*10.18

 

Layne Christensen Company Long-Term Incentive Plan (effective as of April 15, 2014) (filed as Exhibit 10.23 to Layne's Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014, filed on May 1, 2014, and incorporated herein by this reference).

 

 

 

*10.19

 

Form of Restricted Stock Unit Agreement between Layne and management of Layne for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Layne’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed April 4, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.20

 

Form of Performance Shares Agreement between Layne and management of Layne for use with the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the quarter ended April 30, 2013, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.21

 

Offer Letter of Layne Christensen Company, accepted by David A.B. Brown, dated as of June 25, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Layne’s Form 8-K filed on June 25, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

10.22

 

General Agreement of Indemnity, dated September 2, 2014, by and between Layne Christensen Company, as Indemnitor, and Travelers Casualty and Surety Company of America, as the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Layne's Form 10-Q for the Fiscal Quarter ended July 31, 2014, filed on September 9, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.23

 

Layne Christensen Company Division Incentive Compensation Plan, effective as of February 1, 2014 (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to Layne's Form 10-Q for the Fiscal Quarter ended July 31, 2014, filed on September 9, 2014, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.24

 

Acceptance and Release in favor of the Company by Gernot Penzhorn dated January 23, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.25

 

Letter Agreement between the Company and Gernot Penzhorn dated January 23, 2015 (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to Layne's Form 8-K filed on January 23, 2015, and incorporated herein by reference).

 

 

 

*10.26

 

Offer Letter, dated December 8, 2014, between the Company and Michael J. Caliel.

 

 

 

*10.27

 

Severance Agreement, dated December 8, 2014, between the Company and Michael J. Caliel.

 

 

 

  21.1

 

List of Subsidiaries.

 

 

 

  23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP.

 

 

 

  23.2

 

Consent of Deloitte Auditores y Consultores Limitada.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  23.3

 

Consent of Deloitte, Inc.

 

 

 

  31.1

 

Section 302 Certification of Principal Executive Officer of Layne.

 

 

 

  31.2

 

Section 302 Certification of Principal Financial Officer of Layne.

 

 

 

  32.1

 

Section 906 Certification of Principal Executive Officer of Layne.

 

110


 

Exhibit
Number

 

Description

 

 

 

  32.2

 

Section 906 Certification of Principal Financial Officer of Layne.

 

 

 

  95

 

Mine Safety Disclosures.

 

 

 

  99.1

 

Financial statements of equity affiliate Geotec Boyles Bros., S.A.

 

 

 

  99.2

 

Financial statements of equity affiliate Boyles Bros. Servicios Tecnicos Geologicos, S.A.

 

 

 

**

 

101.INS XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

**

 

101.SCH XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

**

 

101.CAL XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

**

 

101.DEF XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

**

 

101.LAB XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

**

 

101.PRE XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

*

 

Management contracts or compensatory plans or arrangements required to be identified by Item 14(a)(3).

 

 

 

**

 

Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, these interactive data files are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

 

 

 

(b)

 

Exhibits

The exhibits filed with this report on Form 10-K are identified above under Item 15(a)(3).

 

 

 

(c)

 

Financial Statement Schedules

Financial statements of Geotec Boyles Bros., S.A. and Boyles Bros. Servicios Tecnicos Geologicos, S.A. are included as exhibits 99.1 and 99.2, respectively, under Item 15(a)(3).

 

 

 

 

111


 

Signatures

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

 

 

 

Layne Christensen Company

 

 

 

By

 

/s/ Michael J. Caliel

 

 

Michael J. Caliel

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Dated April 13, 2015

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated:

 

Signature and Title

 

Date

 

 

 

/s/Michael J. Caliel

 

April 13, 2015

Michael J. Caliel

President, Chief Executive Officer

and Director (Principal Executive Officer)

 

 

 

/s/Andy T. Atchison

 

April 13, 2015

Andy T. Atchison

Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

 

 

 

/s/David A. B. Brown

 

April 13, 2015

David A. B. Brown

Director

 

 

 

/s/J. Samuel Butler

 

April 13, 2015

J. Samuel Butler

Director

 

 

 

/s/Robert Gilmore

 

April 13, 2015

Robert Gilmore

Director

 

 

 

/s/John T. Nesser III

 

April 13, 2015

John T. Nesser III

Director

 

 

 

/s/Nelson Obus

 

April 13, 2015

Nelson Obus

Director

 

 

112

 

Exhibit 3.1

AMENDED AND RESTATED

CERTIFICATE OF INCORPORATION

OF

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

The undersigned, being an officer of Layne Christensen Company (the "Corporation"), a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the State of Delaware, does hereby certify as follows:

1. The name of the Corporation is Layne Christensen Company. The Corporation was originally incorporated under the name New Layne-Western Company, Inc. The date of filing of its original Certificate of Incorporation with the Secretary of State of Delaware was May 19, 1981.

2. This Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation has been duly adopted in accordance with the provisions of Section 245 of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware.

3. The text of the certificate of incorporation of the Corporation, as amended or supplemented, is hereby amended and restated, in full, to read as follows:

ARTICLE I

Name of the Corporation

The name of the Corporation is: Layne Christensen Company.

ARTICLE II

Registered Agent and Registered Office

The address of its registered office in the State of Delaware is Corporation Trust Center, 1209 Orange Street, Wilmington, New Castle County, Delaware 19801. The name of its registered agent at such address is The Corporation Trust Company.

ARTICLE III

Purpose of the Corporation

The nature of the business or purposes to be conducted or promoted is:

To engage in any lawful act or activity for which corporations may be organized under the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the "General Corporation Law").

ARTICLE IV

Authorized Capital Stock

The total number of shares of all classes of capital stock which the Corporation shall have authority to issue is sixty-five million (65,000,000), consisting of sixty million (60,000,000) shares of common stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the "Common Stock"), and five million (5,000,000) shares of preferred stock, par value $.01 per share (hereinafter called the "Preferred Stock").

 


EXHIBIT A

 

The following is a description of the stock of the Corporation and a statement of the powers, preferences and rights of such stock, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof:

A. Authority of the Board of Directors . The Preferred Stock may be issued, from time to time, in one or more series, and each series shall be known and designated by such designations as may be stated and expressed in a resolution or resolutions adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation and as shall have been set forth in a certificate made, executed, acknowledged, filed and recorded in the manner required by the laws of the State of Delaware in order to make the same effective. Each series shall consist of such number of shares as shall be stated and expressed in such resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of Preferred Stock of such series together with such additional number of shares as the Board of Directors by resolution or resolutions may from time to time determine to issue as a part of such series. All shares of any one series of such Preferred Stock shall be alike in every particular except that shares issued at different times may accumulate dividends from different dates. The Board of Directors shall have power and authority to state and determine in the resolution or resolutions providing for the issue of each series of Preferred Stock the number of shares of each such series authorized to be issued, the voting powers (if any) and the designations, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights appertaining to each such series, and the qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof (including, but not by way of limitation, full power and authority to determine as to the Preferred Stock of each such series, the rate or rates of dividends payable thereon, the times of payment of such dividends, the prices and manner upon which the same may be redeemed, the amount or amounts payable thereon in the event of liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation or in the event of any merger or consolidation of or sale of assets by the Corporation, the rights (if any) to convert the same into, and/or to purchase, stock of any other class or series, the terms of any sinking fund or redemption or purchase account (if any) to be provided for shares of such series of the Preferred Stock, and the voting powers (if any) of the holders of any series of Preferred Stock generally or with respect to any particular matter, which may be less than, equal to or greater than one vote per share, and which may, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, include the right, voting as a series by itself or together with the holders of any other series of Preferred Stock or all series of Preferred Stock as a class, to elect one or more directors of the Corporation generally or under such specific circumstances and on such conditions, as shall be provided in the resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors adopted pursuant hereto, including, without limitation, in the event there shall have been a default in the payment of dividends on or redemption of any one or more series of Preferred Stock). The Board of Directors may from time to time decrease the number of shares of any series of Preferred Stock (but not below the number thereof then outstanding) by providing that any unissued shares previously assigned to such series shall no longer constitute part thereof and may assign such unissued shares to an existing or newly created series. The foregoing provisions of this paragraph A with respect to the creation or issuance of series of Preferred Stock shall be subject to any additional conditions with respect thereto which may be contained in any resolutions then in effect which shall have theretofore been adopted in accordance with the foregoing provisions of this paragraph A with respect to any then outstanding series of Preferred Stock.  

B. Voting Rights

1. Common. Except as may otherwise be required by law, and subject to the provisions of such resolution or resolutions as may be adopted by the Board of Directors pursuant to Paragraph A of this Article IV granting the holders of one or more series of Preferred Stock exclusive voting powers with respect to any matter, each holder of Common Stock shall have one vote in respect of each share of Common Stock held on all matters voted upon by the stockholders.

2. Preferred. The Preferred Stock shall have no voting rights and shall have no rights to receive notice of any meetings except as required by law or expressly provided in the resolution establishing any series thereof.

C. Terms of Common Stock. The Common stock shall be subject to the express terms of the Preferred Stock and any series thereof. Each share of Common Stock shall be equal to every other share of Common Stock.

After the provisions with respect to preferential dividends on any series of Preferred Stock (fixed in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph A of this Article IV), if any, shall have been satisfied and after the Corporation shall have complied with all the requirements, if any, with respect to redemption of, or the setting aside of sums as sinking funds or redemption or purchase accounts with respect to, any series of Preferred Stock (fixed in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph A of this Article IV), and subject further to any other conditions that may be fixed in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph A of this Article IV, then, and not otherwise, the holders of Common Stock shall be entitled to receive such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors.

In the event of the voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding-up of the Corporation, after distribution in full of the preferential amounts, if any (fixed in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph A of this Article IV), to be distributed to the holders of Preferred Stock by reason thereof, the holders of Common Stock shall, subject to the additional rights, if any (fixed in accordance with the provisions of Paragraph A of this Article IV), of the holders of any outstanding shares of Preferred Stock, be entitled to receive all of the remaining assets of the Corporation, tangible and intangible, of whatever kind available for distribution to stockholders ratably in proportion to the number of shares of Common Stock held by them respectively.

 


EXHIBIT A

 

The authorized amount of shares of Common Stock and of Preferred Stock may, without a class or series vote, be increased or decreased from time to time by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of the combined voting power of the then-outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation that pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation are entitled to vote generally in the election of directors of the Corporation, voting together as a single class.

ARTICLE V

Corporate Existence

The Corporation is to have perpetual existence.

ARTICLE VI

Amendment of the Bylaws

In furtherance and not in limitation of the powers conferred by statute, the Board of Directors is expressly authorized to make, alter or repeal the Bylaws of the Corporation.

ARTICLE VII

Director Liability: Indemnification

A director of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director, except for liability (i) for any breach of the director's duty of loyalty to the Corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) under Section 174 of the General Corporation Law, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended, or (iv) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit. If the General Corporation Law hereafter is amended to authorize the further elimination or limitation of the liability of the directors, then the liability of a director shall be eliminated or limited to the fullest extent permitted by the amended General Corporation Law. In addition to the limitation on personal liability of directors provided herein, the Corporation shall, to the fullest extent permitted by the General Corporation Law: (x) indemnify its officers and directors and (y) advance expenses incurred by such officers or directors in relation to any action, suit or proceeding. Any repeal or modification of this paragraph by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability or right to indemnification or advancement of expenses hereunder existing at the time of such repeal or modification.

ARTICLE VIII

Meetings of Stockholders

A. Meetings of stockholders may be held within or without the State of Delaware, as the Bylaws may provide. The books of the Corporation may be kept (subject to any provision contained in the statutes) outside the State of Delaware at such place or places as may be designated from time to time by the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation. Elections of directors need not be by written ballot unless the Bylaws of the Corporation shall so provide.

B. Whenever a compromise or arrangement is proposed between the Corporation and its creditors or any class of them and/or between the Corporation and its stockholders or any class of them, any court of equitable jurisdiction within the State of Delaware may, on the application in a summary way of the Corporation or of any creditor or stockholder thereof or on the application of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 291 of the General Corporation Law or on the application of trustees in dissolution or of any receiver or receivers appointed for the Corporation under the provisions of Section 279 of the General Corporation Law order a meeting of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, to be summoned in such manner as the said court directs. If a majority in number representing three-fourths in value of the creditors or class of creditors, and/or of the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, agree to any compromise or arrangement and to any reorganization of the Corporation as consequence of such compromise or arrangement, the said compromise or arrangement and the said reorganization shall, if sanctioned

 


EXHIBIT A

 

by the court to which the said application has been made, be binding on all the creditors or class of creditors, and/or on all the stockholders or class of stockholders of the Corporation, as the case may be, and also on the Corporation.

ARTICLE IX

Further Amendments

Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation reserves the right at any time, and from time to time, to amend, alter, repeal, or rescind any provision contained herein, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law, and other provisions authorized by the laws of the State of Delaware at the time in force may be added or inserted, in the manner now or hereafter prescribed by law; and all rights, preferences and privileges of whatsoever nature conferred upon stockholders, directors, or any other persons whomsoever by and pursuant to this Certificate of Incorporation in its present form or as hereafter amended are granted subject to this reservation.

ARTICLE X

Board of Directors

A. Except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Article IV hereof with respect to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, the number of directors of the Corporation shall be not less than one (1) nor more than nine (9), with the then-authorized number of directors being fixed from time to time by or pursuant to a resolution passed by the Board of Directors of the Corporation.

B. Directors elected at an annual meeting of stockholders shall hold office until the first annual meeting of stockholders following their election and until a successor shall have been elected and qualified or until the director's prior death, resignation or removal. Any director who may be elected by holders of Preferred Stock as provided for pursuant to Article IV hereof shall serve for a term ending on the date of the next annual meeting of stockholders following the annual meeting at which such director was elected.

C. In the event of any increase or decrease in the authorized number of directors, each director then serving shall nevertheless continue as a director until the expiration of his term or his prior death, retirement, resignation or removal.

D. Notwithstanding the provisions of Paragraphs B and C of this Article X, each director shall serve until his successor is elected and qualified or until his death, retirement, resignation or removal. Except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Article IV hereof with respect to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock, a director may be removed without cause either by (i) a majority vote of the directors then in office (including for purposes of calculating the number of directors then in office the director subject to such removal vote), or (ii) the affirmative vote of the stockholders holding at least 80% of the capital stock entitled to vote for the election of directors.

E. Except as may otherwise be provided pursuant to Article IV hereof with respect to any rights of holders of Preferred Stock to elect additional directors, should a vacancy in the Board of Directors occur or be created (whether arising through death, retirement, resignation or removal or through an increase in the number of authorized directors), such vacancy shall be filled by the affirmative vote of a majority of the remaining directors, even though less than a quorum of the Board of Directors. A director so elected to fill a vacancy shall serve for the remainder of the term to which he was elected.

F. During any period when the holders of any series of Preferred Stock have the right to elect additional directors as provided for or fixed pursuant to the provisions of Article IV hereof, then upon commencement and for the duration of the period during which such right continues (i) the then otherwise total and authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by such specified number of directors, and the holders of such Preferred Stock shall be entitled to elect the additional directors so provided for or fixed pursuant to said provisions, and (ii) each such additional director shall serve until such director's successor shall have been duly elected and qualified, or until such director's right to hold such office terminates pursuant to said provisions, whichever occurs earlier, subject to his earlier death, disqualification, resignation or removal. Except as otherwise provided by the Board of Directors in the resolution or resolutions establishing such series, whenever the holders of any series of Preferred Stock having such right to elect additional directors are divested of such right pursuant to the provisions of such stock, the terms of office of all such additional directors elected by the holders of such stock, or elected to fill any vacancies resulting from the death, resignation, disqualification or removal of such additional directors, shall forthwith terminate and the total and authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall be reduced accordingly.

 


EXHIBIT A

 

ARTICLE XI

Certain Limitations on Powers of Stockholders

A. Action shall be taken by the stockholders only at annual or special meetings of stockholders and stockholders may not act by written consent.

B. Special meetings of the stockholders of the Corporation for any purpose or purposes may be called at any time by the Board of Directors, or by a majority of the members or the Board of Directors, or by a committee of the Board of Directors which has been duly designated by the Board of Directors and whose powers and authority, as provided in a resolution of the Board of Directors or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, include the power to call such meetings. Special meetings of stockholders of the Corporation may not be called by any other person or persons or entity.

ARTICLE XII

Vote Required to Amend Articles

The provisions set forth in this Article XII and in Article X (provisions as to number, classes and removal of directors) and in Article XI (provisions regarding certain limitations on powers of stockholders) may not be repealed or amended in any respect, and no provision imposing cumulative voting in the election of directors may be added, unless such action is approved by the affirmative vote of the holders of not less than 80% of all of the outstanding shares of capital stock of the Corporation or another corporation entitled to vote generally in the election of directors.

ARTICLE XIII

Executive Committee

The Board of Directors, pursuant to the Bylaws of the Corporation or by resolution passed by a majority of the then-authorized number of directors, may designate any of their number to constitute an Executive Committee, which Executive Committee, to the fullest extent permitted by law and provided for in said resolution or in the Bylaws of the Corporation, shall have and may exercise all of the powers of the Board of Directors in the management of the business and affairs of the Corporation, and shall have power to authorize the seal of the Corporation to be affixed to all papers that may require it.

In Witness Whereof , Layne Christensen Company has caused this Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation to be signed by Rene Robichaud, its President and Chief Executive Officer, this __ day of ___________, 2014.

 

 

 

 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

 

 

Rene Robichaud

President & Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 4.9

Form of Exchange and Subscription Agreement

February 4, 2015

Layne Christensen Company

1800 Hughes Landing

Boulevard, Suite 700

The Woodlands, TX 77380

Attn: Chief Executive Officer

Re:

Layne Christensen Company Exchange and Subscription for 8.00% Second Lien Senior Secured Convertible Notes

Ladies and Gentlemen:

The undersigned beneficial owner (the “ Investor ”) of 4.25% Convertible Senior Notes due 2018, CUSIP 521050 AA2 and ISIN US521050AA28 (the “ Old Notes ”) issued by Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), hereby agrees with the Company and the guarantor parties hereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) to (1) exchange (the “ Exchange ”) certain Old Notes for the Company’s 8.00% Second Lien Senior Secured Convertible Notes (the “ New Notes ”) and (2) subscribe for and purchase from the Company (the “ Purchase ”) additional New Notes for cash, in each case pursuant and subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Exchange and Subscription Agreement.  The Investor understands that the Exchange and Purchase are being made without registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “ Securities Act ”), or any securities laws of any state of the United States or of any other jurisdiction, and are being made only to beneficial owners of Old Notes who are both “accredited investors” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D under the Securities Act) and “qualified institutional buyers” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) in reliance upon a private placement exemption from the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act.  Certain terms of the New Notes, the Exchange and the Purchase are described in the Company’s Offering Circular, dated January 31, 2015 (the “ Offering Circular ,” which term shall include all attachments thereto).

As used herein, “ Exchange and Subscription Agreements ” means this Exchange and Subscription Agreement together with all other exchange and subscription agreements in substantially the same form executed by other investors for the exchange and purchase of New Notes.

1. Authorization and Form of the New Notes and New Note Guarantees; Security .  The New Notes will be issued pursuant to, and governed by the terms of, an indenture (the “ Indenture ”) to be dated as of the Closing Date (as defined below), among the Company, the Guarantors and U.S. Bank National Association, as trustee (in such capacity, the “ New Notes Trustee ”) and collateral agent (in such capacity, the “ Collateral Agent ”), which contains the form of the New Notes.  The form of the Indenture is attached as Annex B to the Offering Circular.  Certain terms of the New Notes are set forth in Annex V hereto.  The New Notes will be guaranteed (the “ New Note Guarantees ”) by the Guarantors in the manner set forth in the Indenture.  The New Notes

- 1 -


 

will be secured by the Collateral (as defined in the Indenture), subject to the terms of the Indenture and the terms of the security agreements listed on Annex I hereto (collectively, the “ Security Agreements ”), dated as of the Closing Date, between the Collateral Agent and PNC Bank, National Association.  Subject to the terms of the Indenture, the New Notes will be convertible into shares of the Company’s common stock, $0.01 par value per share (the “ Common Stock ”), and cash in lieu of fractional shares.

2. Terms of the Exchange and the Purchase .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement, (1) the Investor hereby agrees to exchange an aggregate principal amount (the “ Exchanged Principal Amount ”) of Old Notes set forth on the signature page hereto (such Old Notes, the “ Exchanged Old Notes ”) for New Notes having an aggregate principal amount equal to ninety percent (90%) of the Exchanged Principal Amount (rounded, if necessary and in the manner set forth on the signature page hereto, to an integral multiple of $1,000 in principal amount) (such aggregate principal amount of New Notes, as so rounded, if applicable, the “ Exchanged New Notes ”), and the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell such aggregate principal amount of Exchanged New Notes to the Investor in exchange for such Exchanged Old Notes; and (2) the Investor hereby agrees to purchase from the Company, and the Company hereby agrees to issue and sell to the Investor, additional New Notes (the “ Purchased New Notes ”) having an aggregate principal amount equal to the principal amount of the Exchanged New Notes (the “ Purchased Principal Amount ”), at a purchase price in cash equal to 100% of the Purchased Principal Amount (such aggregate cash purchase price, the “ Cash Purchase Price ”); provided, however, that the total cash consideration (the “ Cash Amount ”) due by the Investor hereunder pursuant to the Exchange and Purchase shall be the amount set forth on the signature page hereto, which Cash Amount shall consist of the Cash Purchase Price as adjusted to account, as applicable, for (x) any rounding described in clause (1) above and (y) unpaid interest that has accrued on the Exchanged Old Notes from, and including, November 15, 2014 to, but excluding, the Closing Date (the “ Unpaid Interest ”).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the foregoing, if the right to purchase Purchased New Notes has been assigned by Investor pursuant to Section 11, the Cash Purchase Price shall not be reduced by the Unpaid Interest and all Unpaid Interest shall be paid directly to Investor by the Company.

3. The Closing .  The closing of the Exchange and the Purchase (the “ Closing ”) shall take place at the offices of Latham & Watkins LLP, 885 Third Avenue, New York, NY 10022-4834 at 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the fifteenth trading day after the date hereof (T+15), or as soon thereafter as all closing conditions in Section 8 have been satisfied (the “ Closing Date ”).

4. The Terms of the Exchange and the Purchase; Closing Mechanics .

Subject to the terms and conditions of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement, the Investor hereby sells, assigns and transfers to, or upon the order of, the Company, all right, title and interest in the Exchanged Old Notes.

The Depository Trust Company (“ DTC ”) will act as securities depositary for the New Notes.  At or prior to 10:00 a.m., New York City time, on the Closing Date, the Investor shall:

(i) transfer the Cash Amount by wire of immediately available funds to the account of the Company provided by the Company to the Investor; and

- 2 -


 

(ii) cause the Exchanged Old Notes to be delivered, by book entry transfer through the facilities of DTC, to U.S. Bank National Association, in its capacity as the trustee of the Old Notes (in such capacity, the “ Old Notes Trustee ”), on behalf of the Company.

On the Closing Date, subject to satisfaction of the conditions precedent specified in Section 8 of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement and the prior receipt, by the Company, of the Exchanged Old Notes and the Cash Amount as provided above:

(i) the Company and each Guarantor shall execute and deliver the Indenture and the Security Agreements to which they are a party and deliver to the Collateral Agent all documents or instruments required to be delivered pursuant to the Security Agreements and taken all actions required to be taken to perfect the security interest in the Collateral (as defined in the Indenture) (including, without limitation, such actions listed on Annex II hereto (the “ Perfection Actions ”)), other than such actions expressly permitted to be taken after the Closing Date pursuant to Section 14.01(e) the Indenture;

(ii) the Company and the Guarantors shall cause the Intercreditor Agreement (as defined in Annex I attached hereto) to be executed and delivered by the parties thereto; and

(iii) the Company shall execute, and cause the New Notes Trustee to authenticate and deliver to the DTC account specified by the Investor on the signature page to this Exchange and Subscription Agreement, the Exchanged New Notes and the Purchased New Notes.

5. Representations and Warranties of the Company and the Guarantors . Each of the Company and the Guarantors, jointly and severally, represents and warrants to the Investor that:

(a) The Company and each of the Guarantors (i) has been duly formed and is validly existing and in good standing under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization, (ii) has full power and authority to (A) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Exchange and Subscription Agreement, the Indenture, the Security Agreements to which it is a party and the New Notes and (B) carry on its business and to own, lease and operate its properties and assets as described in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended January 31, 2014 or in any Current Report on Form 8-K or Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of the Company filed with or furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “ SEC ”) after January 31, 2014 (such filings, collectively, the “ Exchange Act Reports ”) and (iii) is duly qualified or licensed to do business and is in good standing as a foreign corporation, partnership or other entity as the case may be, authorized to do business in each jurisdiction in which the nature of such business or the ownership or leasing of such properties requires such qualification, except where the failure to be so qualified would not individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on (w) the properties, business, prospects, operations, earnings, assets, liabilities or condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its subsidiaries (as defined in Rule 405 under the Securities Act, the “ Subsidiaries ”), taken as a whole, (x) the ability of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to perform its obligations under the Exchange and Subscription Agreements, the Indenture, the Security Agreements or the New Notes

- 3 -


 

(collectively, the “ Documents ”), (y) the validity or enforceability of any of the Documents, or (z) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Documents (each, a “ Material Adverse Effect ”) .

(b) The Exchanged New Notes and the Purchased New Notes have been duly and validly authorized by the Company and, when issued and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Investor in accordance with the terms hereof, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to (1) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally; and (2) general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(c) The New Note Guarantees have been duly and validly authorized by the Guarantors and, when the Indenture has been executed and delivered by such Guarantor and the Exchanged New Notes and the Purchased New Notes have been issued and authenticated in accordance with the Indenture and delivered to and paid for by the Investor in accordance with the terms hereof, each Guarantor’s New Note Guarantees with respect to such Exchanged New Notes and the Purchased New Notes will constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of such Guarantor, enforceable against such Guarantor in accordance with their terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to (1) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally; and (2) general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(d) The Indenture has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and the Guarantors and, at the Closing Date, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and the Guarantors and will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of each of the Company and the Guarantors, enforceable against each of the Company and the Guarantors in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to (1) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally; and (2) general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(e) Each of the Security Agreements to which the Company or a Guarantor is a party has been duly and validly authorized by the Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, and, at the Closing Date, will have been duly executed and delivered by the Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, and will constitute a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, enforceable against the Company and each Guarantor, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except that the enforcement thereof may be subject to (1) bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, receivership, moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, fraudulent transfer or other similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating to creditors’ rights generally; and

- 4 -


 

(2) general principles of equity (whether applied by a court of law or equity) and the discretion of the court before which any proceeding therefor may be brought.

(f) The shares of Common Stock issuable upon conversion of the Exchanged New Notes and the Purchased New Notes (the “ Conversion Shares ”) have been duly authorized and reserved for issuance upon such conversion by all necessary corporate action, and the Conversion Shares, when and if issued upon conversion in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, will be validly issued, fully paid and non-assessable.  The issuance of the Conversion Shares upon conversion will not be subject to the preemptive or other similar rights of any securityholder of the Company.

(g) Assuming the accuracy of the representations and warranties of the Investor and each other investor executing an Exchange and Subscription Agreement, (1) each of the Exchange and the Purchase are exempt from the registration and prospectus-delivery requirements of the Securities Act; and (2) the Indenture is not required to be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended.

(h) The New Notes, when issued, will not be of the same class as securities listed on a national securities exchange registered under Section 6 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “ Exchange Act ”), or quoted in a U.S. automated inter-dealer quotation system, within the meaning of Rule 144A(d)(3)(i) under the Securities Act.

(i) Neither the execution, delivery or performance of the Documents nor the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by the Documents (including the application of the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange and Subscription Agreements) will conflict with, violate, constitute a breach of or a default (with the passage of time or otherwise) or a Debt Repayment Triggering Event (as defined below) under, or result in the imposition of a Lien (as defined in the Indenture), other than any Lien in favor of the Collateral Agent under the Documents, on any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the Guarantors, or in the imposition of any penalty, under or pursuant to (1) the Charter Documents (as defined below) of the Company or its Subsidiaries; (2) any agreement, contract or instrument that is material to the Company and its subsidiaries, taken as a whole (including, without limitation, the Senior Credit Agreement (as defined in the Indenture) after giving effect to the Fifth Amendment thereto); (3) any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state or local statute, law (including, without limitation, common law) or ordinance, or any judgment, decree, rule, regulation, order or injunction (collectively, “ Applicable Law ”) of any U.S. or non-U.S. federal, state, local or other governmental or regulatory authority, governmental or regulatory agency or body, court, arbitrator or self-regulatory organization (each, a “ Governmental Authority ”), applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties, except, in the case of this clause (3), for any filings that may be required to be made by the Company after the Closing Date under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdictions or other non-U.S. laws applicable to the purchase of the New Notes outside the United States in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Exchange and Subscription Agreements, which filings shall be made by the Company within the applicable prescribed time periods; or (4) any order, writ, judgment, injunction, decree, determination or award binding upon or affecting the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

- 5 -


 

As used herein, (1) “ Charter Documents ” of a corporation, limited liability company or other entity means such company or entity’s certificate or articles of incorporation, by-laws or other organizational documents, as applicable and (2) “ Debt Repayment Triggering Event ” means any event or condition that gives, or with the giving of notice or lapse of time would give, the holder of any note, debenture or other evidence of indebtedness (or any person acting on such holder’s behalf) the right to require the repurchase, redemption or repayment of all or a portion of such indebtedness by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties.

(j) Neither the Company nor any Guarantor is (i) in violation of its Charter Documents; or (ii) in violation of any Applicable Law of any Governmental Authority, applicable to any of them or any of their respective properties, except, in the case of clause (ii) for such violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There exists no condition that, with the passage of time or otherwise, would constitute a violation of such Charter Documents or Applicable Laws, except, in the case of Applicable Laws, for such violations that would not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.

(k) No consent, approval, authorization, order, filing or registration of or with any Governmental Authority or third party is required for execution, delivery or performance of the Documents or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Documents, except for (1) those that have been obtained or made at or prior to the Closing, as the case may be, that are in full force and effect and (2) any filings as may be required to be made by the Company under the securities or “Blue Sky” laws of U.S. state or non-U.S. jurisdictions or other non-U.S. laws applicable to the purchase of the New Notes outside the United States in connection with the transactions contemplated by the Exchange and Subscription Agreements, which filings shall be made by the Company within the applicable prescribed time periods.

(l) As of the date hereof and, after giving effect to the issuance and sale of the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange and Subscription Agreements and the application of the proceeds from the issuance and sale of the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange and Subscription Agreements, none of the Company or its Subsidiaries, including, without limitation, the Guarantors, is or will be an “investment company” that is required to be registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

(m) On the Closing Date, after giving pro forma effect to the issuance and sale of the New Notes pursuant to the Exchange and Subscription Agreements and the application of the proceeds from the issuance and sale of such New Notes, each of the Company and the Guarantors (1) will be Solvent (as defined below); (2) will have sufficient capital for carrying on its business; and (3) will be able to pay its debts as they mature.  As used herein, the term “ Solvent ” means, with respect to a person on particular date, that on such date (1) the present fair market value (or present fair saleable value) of the assets of such person is not less than the total amount required to pay the liabilities of such person on its total existing debts and liabilities (including contingent liabilities) as they become absolute and matured; (2) such person is able to pay its debts and other liabilities, contingent obligations and commitments as they mature and become due in the normal course of business; (3) assuming consummation of the issuance of New Notes pursuant to the Exchange and Subscription Agreements, such person is not incurring

- 6 -


 

debts or liabilities beyond its ability to pay as such debts and liabilities mature; (4) such person is not engaged in any business or transaction, and is not about to engage in any business or transaction, for which its property would constitute unreasonably small capital after giving due consideration to the prevailing practice in the industry in which such person is engaged; and (5) such person is not otherwise insolvent under the standards set forth in Applicable Laws.

(n) The Offering Circular, when taken together with the Exchange Act Reports, as of the date of the Offering Circular, did not, as of the date hereof, does not, and, at the Closing, will not, include an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.

(o) Each of the Company’s Exchange Act Reports did not, as of the date they were filed with the SEC, and, as of the date hereof, does not, and, at the Closing, will not (except to the extent superseded by subsequent Exchange Act Reports) include any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state any material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading.  Such documents, when they were filed with the SEC, conformed in all material respects to the requirements of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations of the SEC thereunder.

(p) Other than with respect to Jefferies LLC (the “ Placement Agent ”), there are no contracts, agreements or understandings (and will not be any contracts, agreements, or understandings immediately after giving effect to the transactions contemplated hereby) between the Company or any Guarantor and any person that would give rise to a valid claim against the Company, any Guarantor, or the Investor for a brokerage commission, finder’s fee or other like payment in connection with the issuance of the New Notes.

(q) Except as disclosed in the Exchange Act Reports, there are no pending actions, suits or proceedings against or affecting the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective properties that would reasonably be expected, individually or in the aggregate, to have a Material Adverse Effect; and, to the knowledge of the Company, no such actions, suits or proceedings have been threatened.

(r) The financial statements with respect to the Company and its consolidated subsidiaries included in the Exchange Act Reports present fairly in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the Company as of the dates shown and its consolidated results of operations and cash flows for the periods shown, and such financial statements have been prepared in conformity with the generally accepted accounting principles in the United States applied on a consistent basis except as disclosed in the Exchange Act Reports.

(s) Except as disclosed in the Exchange Act Reports, since the date of the latest audited financial statements of the Company included in the Exchange Act Reports, there has been no material adverse change, nor any development or event involving a prospective material adverse change, in the condition (financial or other), business, properties or results of operations of the Company and its subsidiaries taken as a whole, and, except as disclosed in or contemplated in the Exchange Act Reports, there has been no dividend or distribution of any kind declared, paid or made by the Company on any class of its capital stock.

- 7 -


 

(t) No “nationally recognized statistical rating organization” as defined in Section 3(a)(62) of the Exchange Act (i) has imposed (or has informed the Company or any Guarantor that it is considering imposing) any condition (financial or otherwise) on any rating assigned to the Company or any Guarantor, any securities of the Company or any Guarantor or (ii) has indicated to the Company or any Guarantor that it is considering (A) the downgrading, suspension, or withdrawal of, or any review for a possible change that does not indicate the direction of the possible change in, any rating so assigned or (B) any change in the outlook for any rating of the Company or any Guarantor or any securities of the Company or any Guarantor.

(u) As of the Closing Date, there will be no currently effective financing statement, security agreement or other document filed or recorded with any filing records, registry, or other document filed or recorded with any filing records, registry or other public office, that purports to cover or give notice of any Lien (as defined in the Indenture) on any assets or property of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, except for Permitted Liens (as defined in the Indenture).

(v) The representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors in the Security Agreements are true and correct.

(w) Except as disclosed in the Company’s Exchange Act Reports, none of the Company or any Subsidiary or, to the knowledge of the Company, any director, officer, employee or any agent or other person acting on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary has, in the course of its actions for, or on behalf of, the Company or any Subsidiary (i) used any corporate funds for any unlawful contribution, gift, entertainment or other unlawful expenses relating to political activity; (ii) made any direct or indirect unlawful payment to any domestic government official, “foreign official” (as defined in the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, and the rules and regulations thereunder (collectively, the “ FCPA ”)) or employee from corporate funds; (iii) violated or is in violation of any provision of the FCPA or any applicable non U.S. anti-bribery statute or regulation including the U.K. Bribery Act of 2010; or (iv) made any unlawful bribe, rebate, payoff, influence payment, kickback or other unlawful payment to any domestic government official, such foreign official or employee.

(x) The operations of the Company and the Subsidiaries are and have been conducted at all times in compliance with applicable financial recordkeeping and reporting requirements of the Currency and Foreign Transactions Reporting Act of 1970, as amended, the money laundering statutes of all applicable jurisdictions, the rules and regulations thereunder and any related or similar rules, regulations or guidelines issued, administered or enforced by any governmental agency (collectively, the “ Money Laundering Laws ”), and no action, suit or proceeding by or before any court or governmental agency, authority or body or any arbitrator involving the Company or the Subsidiaries with respect to the Money Laundering Laws is pending or, to the Company’s knowledge, threatened.

(y) Neither the Company nor the Subsidiaries nor, to the Company’s knowledge, any director, officer, agent, employee or Affiliate (as defined in the Indenture) of the Company or any of the Subsidiaries or other person acting on their behalf is currently subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Assets Control of the U.S. Treasury Department (“ OFAC ”); and the Company will not directly or indirectly use the proceeds of the Exchange and Purchase, or lend, contribute or otherwise make available such proceeds to any subsidiary,

- 8 -


 

joint venture partner or other person or entity, for the purpose of financing the activities of or business with any person, or in any country or territory, that currently is subject to any U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC or in any other manner that will result in a violation by any person (including any person participating in the transaction whether as initial purchaser, advisor, investor or otherwise) of U.S. sanctions administered by OFAC.

6. Representations and Warranties of the Investor .  The Investor hereby represents and warrants to and covenants with the Company and the Guarantors that:

(a) The Investor is a corporation, limited partnership, limited liability company or other entity, as the case may be, duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the jurisdiction of its formation.

(b) The Investor has full power and authority to exchange, sell, assign and transfer the Exchanged Old Notes exchanged hereby and to enter into this Exchange and Subscription Agreement and perform all obligations required to be performed by the Investor hereunder.

(c) The Investor is the beneficial owner of the Exchanged Old Notes.  When the Exchanged Old Notes are exchanged, the Company will acquire good, marketable and unencumbered title thereto, free and clear of all liens, restrictions, charges, encumbrances, adverse claims, rights or proxies.  

(d) The Exchange and the Purchase will not contravene (1) any law, rule or regulation binding on the Investor or any investment guideline or restriction applicable to the Investor that would not, individually or in the aggregate, have a material adverse effect on (x) the ability of the Investors to perform its obligations under this Exchange and Subscription Agreement, (y) the validity or enforceability of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement, or (z) the consummation of any of the transactions contemplated by this Exchange and Subscription Agreement or (2) the charter or bylaws (or equivalent organizational documents) of the Investor.

(e) The Investor is a resident of the state set forth on the signature page hereto and is not acquiring the Exchanged New Notes or the Purchased New Notes as a nominee or agent or otherwise for any other person.

(f) The Investor has received a copy of the Offering Circular.  The Investor acknowledges that no person has been authorized to give any information or to make any representation concerning the Exchange, the Purchase, the Company and the Guarantors other than as contained in the Offering Circular and the information given by the Company’s duly authorized officers and employees in connection with the Investor’s examination of the Company and the Guarantors and the terms of the Exchange and the Purchase, and the Company and the Guarantors do not take any responsibility for, and neither the Company nor any Guarantor can provide any assurance as to the reliability of, any other information that may be provided to the Investor.  The Investor hereby acknowledges that the Placement Agent does not take any responsibility for, and can provide no assurance as to the reliability of, the information set forth in the Offering Circular or any such other information.

(g) The Investor understands and accepts that the New Notes to be acquired in the Exchange and the Purchase involve risks.  The Investor has such knowledge, skill and experience

- 9 -


 

in business, financial and investment matters that the Investor is capable of evaluating the merits and risks of the Exchange, the Purchase and an investment in the New Notes.  With the assistance of the Investor’s own professional advisors, to the extent that the Investor has deemed appropriate, the Investor has made its own legal, tax, accounting and financial evaluation of the merits and risks of an investment in the New Notes and the consequences of the Exchange, the Purchase and this Exchange and Subscription Agreement.  The Investor has considered the suitability of the New Notes as an investment in light of its own circumstances and financial condition, and the Investor is able to bear the risks associated with an investment in the New Notes.

(h) The Investor confirms that it is not relying on any communication (written or oral) of the Company, the Guarantors, the Placement Agent or any of their respective agents or affiliates as investment advice or as a recommendation to participate in the Exchange or the Purchase and receive the New Notes pursuant hereto.  It is understood that information provided in the Offering Circular, or by the Company, the Guarantors, the Placement Agent or any of their respective agents or affiliates, shall not be considered investment advice or a recommendation with respect to the Exchange or the Purchase, and that none of the Company, the Guarantors, the Placement Agent or any of their respective agents or affiliates is acting or has acted as an advisor to the Investor in deciding whether to participate in the Exchange or the Purchase.

(i) The Investor confirms that none of the Company, the Guarantors or the Placement Agent has (1) given any guarantee or representation as to the potential success, return, effect or benefit (either legal, regulatory, tax, financial, accounting or otherwise) of an investment in the New Notes; or (2) made any representation to the Investor regarding the legality of an investment in the New Notes under applicable investment guidelines, laws or regulations.  In deciding to participate in the Exchange and the Purchase, the Investor is not relying on the advice or recommendations of the Company, the Guarantors or the Placement Agent, and the Investor has made its own independent decision that the investment in the New Notes is suitable and appropriate for the Investor.

(j) The Investor has had access to the filings of the Company with the SEC and such other information concerning the Company, the Guarantors and the New Notes as it deems necessary to enable it to make an informed investment decision concerning the Exchange and the Purchase.  The Investor has been offered the opportunity to ask questions of the Company and the Guarantors and their respective representatives and has received answers thereto as the Investor deems necessary to enable it to make an informed investment decision concerning the Exchange and the Purchase.

(k) The Investor understands that no federal, state, local or foreign agency has passed upon the merits or risks of an investment in the New Notes or made any finding or determination concerning the fairness or advisability of such investment.

(l) The Investor is an “accredited investor” as defined in Rule 501(a) under the Securities Act and a “qualified institutional buyer” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act.  The Investor agrees to furnish any additional information reasonably requested by the Company or any of its affiliates to assure compliance with applicable U.S. federal and state securities laws in connection with the Exchange and the Purchase.

- 10 -


 

(m) The Investor is acquiring the Exchanged New Notes and the Purchased New Notes solely for the Investor’s own beneficial account, for investment purposes, and not with a view to, or for resale in connection with, any distribution of the New Notes.  The Investor understands that the offer and sale of the Exchanged New Notes and the Purchased New Notes have not been registered under the Securities Act or any state securities laws by reason of specific exemptions under the provisions thereof that depend in part upon the investment intent of the Investor and the accuracy of the other representations made by the Investor in this Exchange and Subscription Agreement.  The Investor understands that the Company and the Guarantors are relying upon the representations and agreements contained in this Exchange and Subscription Agreement (and any supplemental information) for the purpose of determining whether the Investor’s participation in the Exchange and the Purchase meets the requirements for such exemptions.  In addition, the Investor acknowledges and agrees that any hedging transactions engaged in by the Investor prior to the Closing in connection with the issuance and sale of the New Notes have been and will be conducted in compliance with the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

(n) The Investor acknowledges that the terms of the Exchange and the Purchase have been mutually negotiated between the Investor and the Company.

(o) The Investor acknowledges the Company intends to pay the Placement Agent a fee in respect of the Exchange and the Purchase.

(p) The Investor will, upon request, execute and deliver any additional documents reasonably requested by the Company, the Old Notes Trustee or the New Notes Trustee to complete the Exchange and the Purchase.

(q) The Investor understands that, unless the Investor notifies the Company in writing to the contrary before the Closing, each of the Investor’s representations and warranties contained in this Exchange and Subscription Agreement will be deemed to have been reaffirmed and confirmed as of the Closing.

(r) The Investor’s participation in the Exchange and the Purchase was not conditioned by the Company on the Investor’s exchange of a minimum principal amount of Exchanged Old Notes.

(s) The Investor acknowledges that it had a sufficient amount of time to consider whether to participate in the Exchange and the Purchase and that none of the Company, the Guarantors or the Placement Agent has placed any pressure on the Investor to respond to the opportunity to participate in the Exchange and the Purchase.

7. Rule 144A Information .  For so long as any of the New Notes remain outstanding, the Company shall, during any period in which the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, make available, upon request, to any owner of the New Notes in connection with any sale thereof, and any prospective subsequent purchaser of such New Notes from such owner, the information required by Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

8. Conditions to Obligations of the Investor, the Company and the Guarantors .  The obligations of the Investor to deliver the Exchanged Old Notes and the Cash Amount and of the Company

- 11 -


 

and the Guarantors to deliver the New Notes and the related New Note Guarantees are subject to (i) the satisfaction at or prior to the Closing of the condition precedent that the representations and warranties of the Company and the Guarantors and the Investor contained in Sections 5 and 6, respectively, shall be true and correct as of the Closing in all respects with the same effect as though such representations and warranties had been made as of the Closing, and (ii) the Exchange of at least $50 million, and no more than $55.5 million, aggregate principal amount of Existing New Notes and the Purchase of at least $45 million, and no more than $49.949 million, aggregate principal amount of New Notes pursuant to the Exchange and Subscription Agreements.  In addition, the obligation of the Investor to deliver the Exchanged Old Notes and the Cash Amount shall be subject to the following conditions precedent:

(a) the Company shall have caused to be delivered to the Investor, on the Closing Date, (i) a legal opinion of Stinson Leonard Street LLP, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Investor in the form set forth in Annex III attached hereto and (ii) legal opinions of local counsel with respect to each Guarantor that is not organized in Delaware, dated the Closing Date and addressed to the Investor in the form set forth in Annex IV attached hereto;

(b) the Company shall have caused to be delivered to the Investor a certificate, dated the Closing Date, signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the principal financial or accounting officer of the Company and the Guarantors, on behalf of the Company and the Guarantors, to the effect that (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 5 hereof are true and correct with the same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of the Closing Date and (ii) the Company and the Guarantors have performed and complied with all agreements and satisfied all conditions in all material respects on their part to be performed or satisfied at or prior to the Closing Date;

(c) the sale of the Exchanged New Notes and Purchased New Notes has not been enjoined (temporarily or permanently);

(d) the Collateral Agent shall have received on or prior to the Closing Date the following, in the form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Investor:

(i) a fully executed copy of the Security Agreement and all other Security Agreements required to be delivered on the Closing Date;

(ii) Uniform Commercial Code financing statements in appropriate form for filing, naming the Company and each Guarantor as a debtor and the Collateral Agent as the secured party, or other similar instruments or documents to be filed under the Uniform Commercial Code of all jurisdictions as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent and its counsel, desirable to perfect the security interests of the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security Agreements;

- 12 -


 

(iii) with respect to Collateral constituting registered patents, trademarks and copyrights, but without limiting the foregoing clause (ii), appropriately completed copies in recordable form of such other filings for recording with the United States Patent and Trademark Office or United States Copyright Office as may be necessary or, in the reasonable opinion of the Collateral Agent and its counsel, desirable to perfect the security interests of the Collateral Agent in such Collateral pursuant to the Security Agreements;

(iv) certified copies of UCC search reports reasonably required by the Investor and certified by a party acceptable to the Collateral Agent, dated a date reasonably near to the Closing Date, listing all effective financing statements which name the Company or any Guarantor (under its present name and any previous names) as the debtor, together with copies of such financing statements (none of which shall cover any collateral described in any Security Agreement, other than such financing statements that evidence Permitted Liens (as defined in the Security Agreement)); and

(v) such other approvals, opinions, instruments or documents (including, without limitation, insurance certificates) as the Collateral Agent and the Investor may reasonably request in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Collateral Agent and the Investor;

(e) the Investor shall be satisfied that (i) the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee and the holders of the New Notes, shall have a perfected, Second Priority security interest in the Collateral, to the extent required by the Security Agreements and the Indenture, (ii) no Lien exists on any of the Collateral, other than the Lien created in favor of the Collateral Agent, for the benefit of Trustee and the holders of the New Notes, except for Permitted Liens, (iii) financing statements naming the Company and each of the Guarantors have been duly filed in all appropriate jurisdictions to perfect the liens of the Collateral Agent in the Collateral and (iv) based on information reasonably available to the Issuer, no financing statements have been filed by any surety against the Company or any Subsidiary of the Company.

(f) there shall not have been (i) any suspension of trading in the Company’s common stock by the SEC or the NASDAQ or a suspension or limitation of trading generally in securities on the NASDAQ or any setting of limitations on prices for securities on any such exchange or market, (ii) a declaration of a banking moratorium by any Governmental Authority or the taking of any action by any Governmental Authority after the date hereof in respect of its monetary or fiscal affairs, or (iii) a material disruption in settlement or clearing services; and

(g) the Company shall have delivered to the Investor a fully executed fifth amendment to the Senior Credit Agreement, which amendment shall be reasonably satisfactory to Investor in all respects.

9. Covenant and Acknowledgment of the Company .  At or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on the first business day after the date hereof, the Company shall file a press release announcing the Exchange and the Purchase on Form 8-K, which press release the Company acknowledges and agrees will disclose all material non-public information, if any, with respect to

- 13 -


 

the Exchange and the Purchase or otherwise communicated by the Company or its affiliates to the Investor in connection with the Exchange and the Purchase.

10. Waiver, Amendment .  Neither this Exchange and Subscription Agreement nor any provisions hereof shall be modified, changed, discharged or terminated except by an instrument in writing, signed by the party against whom any waiver, change, discharge or termination is sought.

11. Assignability .  Neither this Exchange and Subscription Agreement nor any right, remedy, obligation or liability arising hereunder or by reason hereof shall be assignable by the Company, the Guarantors or the Investor without the prior written consent of the other parties; provided , however , that the Investor, in its sole discretion and upon written notice to the Company, may assign the right to purchase the Purchased New Notes, together with the obligation to pay the Cash Amount, to an affiliate of the Investor so long as such affiliate is a “qualified institutional buyer” (as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act) and enters into a joinder agreement to this Exchange and Subscription Agreement reasonably acceptable to the Company.

12. Taxation .  The Investor acknowledges that, if the Investor is a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, either (1) the Company must be provided with a correct taxpayer identification number (“ TIN ”), generally a person’s social security or federal employer identification number, and certain other information on Internal Revenue Service (“ IRS ”) Form W-9, which is provided as an attachment hereto, and a certification, under penalty of perjury, that such TIN is correct, that the Investor is not subject to backup withholding (at a rate of 28%) and that the Investor is a United States person, or (2) another basis for exemption from backup withholding must be established.  The Investor further acknowledges that, if the Investor is a non-U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes, (1) the Company must be provided the appropriate IRS Form W-8 signed under penalties of perjury, attesting to that non-U.S. Investor’s foreign status, and (2) the Investor may be subject to 30% withholding tax on certain payments made to such Investor unless such Investor properly establishes an exemption from, or a reduced rate of, withholding.

13. Waiver of Jury Trial .  EACH OF THE COMPANY, THE GUARANTORS AND THE INVESTOR IRREVOCABLY WAIVES ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY WITH RESPECT TO ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED BY THIS EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT.

14. Governing Law/Venue .  THIS EXCHANGE AND SUBSCRIPTION AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  Each of the Company, the Guarantors and the Investor (a) agrees that any legal suit, action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby shall be instituted exclusively in the courts of the State of New York located in the City and County of New York or in the United States District Court for the Southern District of New York; (b) waives any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the venue of any such suit, action or proceeding; and (c) irrevocably consents to the jurisdiction of the aforesaid courts in any such suit, action or proceeding.  Each of the Company, the Guarantors and the Investor further agrees to accept and acknowledge service of any and all process that may be served in any such suit, action or proceeding in any such court and agrees that service of process upon the Company or the Guarantors mailed by certified mail to the Company’s address or delivered thereto by FedEx

- 14 -


 

via overnight delivery shall be deemed in every respect effective service of process on the Company or the Guarantors in any such suit, action or proceeding, and service of process upon the Investor mailed by certified mail to the Investor’s address (as set forth in the signature page hereto, subject to the Investor’s right to hereafter designate one or more alternative addresses by notice to the Company) or delivered thereto by FedEx via overnight delivery shall be deemed in every respect effective service process upon the Investor in any such suit, action or proceeding.

15. Section and Other Headings .  The section and other headings contained in this Exchange and Subscription Agreement are for reference purposes only and shall not affect the meaning or interpretation of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement.

16. Counterparts .  This Exchange and Subscription Agreement may be executed by one or more of the parties hereto in any number of separate counterparts (including by facsimile or other electronic means, including telecopy, email or otherwise), and all of said counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument. Delivery of an executed signature page of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement by facsimile or other transmission ( e.g. , “pdf” or “tif” format) shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed counterpart hereof.

17. Notices .  All notices and other communications to the Company provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if delivered personally or sent by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, postage prepaid to the following addresses, or, in the case of the Investor, the address provided on the signature page below (or such other address as either party shall have specified by notice in writing to the other):

 

If to the Company:

 

Layne Christensen Company

1800 Hughes Landing

Boulevard, Suite 700

The Woodlands, TX 77380

Attention: Steve Crooke

E-mail: Steve.Crooke@layne.com

18. Binding Effect .  The provisions of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement shall be binding upon and accrue to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective heirs, legal representatives, successors and permitted assigns.

19. Notification of Changes .  The Investor hereby covenants and agrees to notify the Company upon the occurrence of any event prior to the Closing that would cause any representation, warranty, or covenant of the Investor contained in this Exchange and Subscription Agreement to be false or incorrect in any material respect.

20. Reliance by Placement Agent .  The Placement Agent may rely on each representation and warranty of the Company or any Guarantor made herein or pursuant hereto (including, without limitation, in any officer’s certificate delivered pursuant hereto) with the same force and effect as if such representation or warranty were made directly to the Placement Agent.  The Company shall cause the legal opinions delivered pursuant to Section 8(a) hereof to also be addressed to the Placement Agent (or for reliance letters, in customary form, with respect thereto to be issued

- 15 -


 

to the Placement Agent).  The Placement Agent shall be a third party beneficiary to this agreement to the extent provided in this Section 20.

21. Severability .  If any term or provision (in whole or in part) of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement is invalid, illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, such invalidity, illegality or unenforceability shall not affect any other term or provision of this Exchange and Subscription Agreement or invalidate or render unenforceable such term or provision in any other jurisdiction.

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

- 16 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Exchange and Subscription Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Investor :

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Telephone:

 

 

 

 

 

State/Country of Residence:

 

 

Exchanged Principal Amount (integral multiple of $1,000)

$

[___]

(A)

 

 

× 90%

 

(A) × 90%

$

[___]

(C)

If (C) is an integral multiple of $1,000, insert (C); otherwise, insert the nearest higher or lower number that is an integral multiple of $1,000

$

[___]

(D)

Rounding Adjustment: (D) – (C)

$

[___]

(E)

 

 

 

 

Purchased Principal Amount (integral multiple of $1,000) (must be the same as (D))

$

[___]

(F)

 

 

× 100%

 

Cash Purchase Price: (F) × 100%

$

[___]

(G)

 

 

 

 

Unpaid interest that has accrued on the Exchanged Old Notes from, and including, November 15, 2014 to, but excluding, the Closing Date

$

[___]

(H) *

 

 

 

 

Cash Amount: (G) – (H) + (E)

$

[___]

 

 

 

 

 

Aggregate Principal Amount of New Notes to be Issued to Investor: (D) + (F)

$

[___]

 

 

DTC Account for Delivery of New Notes:

 

 

 

 

 

DTC Participant Name:

 

 

 

 

 

*

Such amount of accrued and unpaid interest will be increased in accordance with the terms of the Indenture governing the Exchanged Old Notes if the Closing Date occurs after the fifteenth trading day after the date hereof.

 

[Signature Page to Exchange and Subscription Agreement]


 

 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

GUARANTORS

 

BENCOR CORPORATION OF AMERICA-

FOUNDATION SPECIALIST

BOYLES BROS. DRILLING COMPANY

CHRISTENSEN BOYLES CORPORATION

COLLECTOR WELLS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

FENIX SUPPLY LLC

INLINER TECHNOLOGIES, LLC

INTERNATIONAL DIRECTIONAL SERVICES, L.L.C.

LAYNE HEAVY CIVIL, INC.

LAYNE INLINER, LLC

LAYNE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

LAYNE SOUTHWEST, INC.

LAYNE TRANSPORT CO.

LINER PRODUCTS, LLC

MEADORS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.

MID-CONTINENT DRILLING COMPANY

REYNOLDS WATER ISLAMORADA, LLC

VIBRATION TECHNOLOGY, INC.

W.L. HAILEY & COMPANY, INC.

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Exchange and Subscription Agreement]


 

Annex I

Security Agreements

1.

Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among Layne Christensen Company and certain of its subsidiaries, as pledgors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent (the “ Security Agreement ”).

2.

Intercreditor and Subordination Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, among PNC Bank, National Association, U.S. Bank National Association and, with respect to Section 17(f)(4), Layne Christensen Company and certain of its subsidiaries (the “ Intercreditor Agreement ”).

3.

Patent Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by Layne Christensen Company, Inliner Technologies, LLC and Christensen Boyles Corporation, as pledgors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent.

4.

Trademark Security Agreement, dated as of the Closing Date, by Layne Christensen Company, Bencor Corporation of America-Foundation Specialist, Inliner Technologies, LLC and Layne Heavy Civil, Inc., as pledgors, and U.S. Bank National Association, as collateral agent.

5.

First Amended and Restated Intercompany Subordinated Demand Promissory Note, dated as of the Closing Date, by Layne Christensen Company and certain of its subsidiaries.

 

 

 

I-1


 

Annex II

Perfection Actions

Filings/Filing Offices

 

Type of Filings *

Entity

Applicable Security Agreement 1

Jurisdictions

UCC-1

Layne Christensen Company

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Bencor Corporation of America-Foundation Specialist

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Boyles Bros. Drilling Company

Security Agreement

Utah

UCC-1

Christensen Boyles Corporation

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Collector Wells International, Inc.

Security Agreement

Ohio

UCC-1

Fenix Supply, LLC

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Inliner Technologies, LLC

Security Agreement

Indiana

UCC-1

International Directional Services, L.L.C.

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Layne Heavy Civil, Inc.

Security Agreement

Indiana

UCC-1

Layne Inliner, LLC

Security Agreement

Indiana

UCC-1

Layne International, LLC

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Layne Southwest, Inc.

Security Agreement

New Mexico

UCC-1

Layne Transport Co.

Security Agreement

Indiana

UCC-1

Liner Products, LLC

Security Agreement

Indiana

UCC-1

Meadors Construction Co., Inc.

Security Agreement

Florida

UCC-1

Mid-Continent Drilling Company

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Reynolds Water Islamorada, LLC

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

Vibration Technology, Inc.

Security Agreement

Delaware

UCC-1

W. L. Hailey & Company, Inc.

Security Agreement

Tennessee

 

 

*

UCC-1 financing statement, fixture filing, mortgage, intellectual property filing or other necessary filing.

1

Mortgage, Security Agreement or other.

II-1


 

Type of Filings *

Entity

Applicable Security Agreement 1

Jurisdictions

Mortgage/Fixture

Layne Christensen Company

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

Fulton County, Georgia

Mortgage/Fixture

Layne Christensen Company

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

Seminole County, Florida

Mortgage/Fixture

Layne Christensen Company

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

Maricopa County, Arizona

Mortgage/Fixture

Layne Christensen Company

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

Maricopa County, Arizona

Mortgage/Fixture

Layne Christensen Company

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

San Bernadino County, California

Mortgage/Fixture

Layne Heavy Civil, Inc.

 

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

Fulton County, Georgia

Mortgage/Fixture

Layne Christensen Company

Mortgage, Security Agreement and Fixture Filing

San Bernadino County, California

Patent Security Agreement

Layne Christensen Company

Security Agreement

USPTO

Patent Security Agreement

Christensen Boyles Corporation

Security Agreement

USPTO

Patent Security Agreement

Layne Inliner, LLC

Security Agreement

USPTO

Trademark Security Agreement

Layne Christensen Company

Security Agreement

USPTO

Trademark Security Agreement

Inliner Technologies, LLC

Security Agreement

USPTO

Trademark Security Agreement

Bencor Corporation of America-Foundation Specialist

Security Agreement

USPTO

Trademark Security Agreement

Layne Heavy Civil, Inc.

Security Agreement

USPTO

Trademark Security Agreement

Liner Products, LLC

Security Agreement

USPTO

 

 

 

II-2


 

Annex III

Legal Opinion of Stinson Leonard Street LLP

(See attached.)

 

 

 

 


 

Annex IV

Legal Opinions of Local Counsel

(See attached.)

 

 

 

 


 

Annex V

Certain Terms of the New Notes

 

Issuer

 

Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation.

 

 

 

Notes

 

8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Convertible Notes.

 

 

 

Aggregate Principal Amount of Notes Offered in the Exchange and Purchase

 

Approximately $99.9 million.

 

 

 

Interest Rate

 

8.00% per annum.

 

 

 

Initial Conversion Price

 

Approximately $13.00 per share of the Issuer’s common stock.

 

 

 

Initial Conversion Rate

 

76.9231 shares of the Issuer’s common stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes.

 

 

 

Estimated Net Proceeds to the Issuer

 

Approximately $45.1 million, after deducting placement agency discounts and commissions, estimated offering expenses payable by the Issuer and accrued and unpaid interest on the Old Notes delivered in exchange for the Notes.

 

 

 

CUSIP Number

 

521050 AC8

 

 

 

ISIN Number

 

US521050AC83

 

 

 

Adjustment to Shares Delivered upon Conversions in Connection with a Make-Whole Fundamental Change

 

The following table sets forth the number of additional shares that will be added to the conversion rate per $1,000 principal amount of Notes for each stock price and effective date set forth below:

 

 

 

Stock Price

Effective Date

 

$8.36

 

$10.50

 

$13.00

 

$15.50

 

$18.20

 

$23.00

 

$30.00

 

$40.00

 

$50.00

 

$75.00

February 26, 2015

 

42.6941

 

42.6159

 

30.6713

 

23.3023

 

18.3052

 

13.1652

 

9.3785

 

6.7330

 

5.2980

 

3.4937

May 1, 2015

 

42.6941

 

40.3455

 

29.4655

 

22.2033

 

17.3284

 

12.3778

 

8.7860

 

6.3048

 

4.9640

 

3.2769

May 1, 2016

 

42.6941

 

37.6535

 

24.4338

 

17.6201

 

13.2835

 

10.4012

 

7.7541

 

5.6163

 

4.4502

 

2.9544

May 1, 2017

 

42.6941

 

31.9321

 

18.2957

 

12.0594

 

8.8221

 

6.5617

 

4.8729

 

3.3621

 

2.5548

 

1.5154

May 1, 2018

 

42.6941

 

26.8509

 

10.0703

 

6.0876

 

4.4137

 

3.4573

 

2.5736

 

1.8766

 

1.4754

 

0.9436

May 1, 2019

 

42.6941

 

20.3150

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

V-1

 

Exhibit 4.10

Form of Amendment to Exchange and Subscription Agreement

This Amendment to Exchange and Subscription Agreement, dated as of February 27, 2015, is being entered into by Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), the Guarantor parties thereto (collectively, the “ Guarantors ”) and [each] [the] Investor party hereto ([collectively,] the “ Investor[s] ”) for the purpose of amending certain provisions of the Exchange and Subscription Agreement[s] ([as defined below).  Each Investor has heretofore entered into an Exchange and Subscription Agreement (each, an “ Exchange and Subscription Agreement ” and, collectively,] the “ Exchange and Subscription Agreement[s] ”), [each] dated as of February 4, 2015, among the Company, the Guarantors and [the] [such] Investor.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Exchange and Subscription Agreement[s].  For good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, [the Company and the Guarantors agree with each Investor, and each Investor, severally and not jointly, agrees with the Company and the Guarantors,] [parties hereto agree] to amend [the] [each] Exchange and Subscription Agreement [to which such Investor is a party] as follows:

1. Issuance of Press Release Regarding Fourth Quarter Financial Performance .  [Such] [The] Investor acknowledges that the Company intends to issue a press release (the “ Press Release ”), substantially in the form set forth in Annex I hereto, regarding the Company’s updated preliminary financial performance expected to be reported for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015 and to furnish such Press Release to the SEC on Form 8-K (the “ Form 8-K ”).  For purposes of [such] [the] Exchange and Subscription Agreement, the term “Exchange Act Reports” will be deemed to include the Press Release.  Solely for purposes of Section 5(n) and (o) of [such] [the] Exchange and Subscription Agreement, the Press Release will be deemed to have been filed with the SEC on the date hereof and all statements in any other Exchange Act Report that are inconsistent with the statements in the Press Release will be deemed to be modified or superseded by such statements in the Press Release to the extent of such inconsistency.

2. The Closing Date .  The Closing Date shall be March 2, 2015, or as soon thereafter as all closing conditions in Section 8 of [such] [the] Exchange and Subscription Agreement, as amended hereby, have been satisfied.

3. The Cash Amount and Accrual of Interest on the New Notes .  In lieu of reducing the Cash Amount for additional Unpaid Interest that will have accrued on the Exchanged Old Notes on account of the Closing Date occurring after February 26, 2015, interest on the New Notes will begin to accrue from, and including, February 26, 2015 regardless of the date on which the New Notes are originally issued to [such] [the] Investor.

4. Covenant and Acknowledgment of the Company .  At or prior to 5:00 p.m., New York City time, on March 2, 2015, the Company will issue the Press Release, and at or prior to 5:30 p.m., New York City time, on March 2, 2015, the Company will furnish the Form 8-K to the SEC, which Press Release and Form 8-K the Company acknowledges and agrees will disclose all material non-public information, if any, with respect to the Exchange and the Purchase or

- 1 -


 

otherwise communicated by the Company or its affiliates to [such] [the] Investor in connection with the Exchange and the Purchase.

5. Affirmation of Amended Exchange and Subscription [Agreement[s] .  [Such Investor, the Company and the Guarantors] [Each party hereto] hereby affirm[s] the terms of [such] [the] Exchange and Subscription Agreement, as amended hereby; and the terms of [such] [the] Exchange and Subscription Agreement, as amended hereby, are deemed to be incorporated herein as if reproduced herein (including, without limitation, Sections 13 and 14 thereof).

[SIGNATURE PAGE FOLLOWS]

 

 

 

- 2 -


 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have executed this Amendment to Exchange and Subscription Agreement as of the date first written above.

 

Investor[s] :

 

 

 

[list of related investors]

 

 

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Exchange and Subscription Agreement]


 

 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

GUARANTORS

 

BENCOR CORPORATION OF AMERICA-

FOUNDATION SPECIALIST

BOYLES BROS. DRILLING COMPANY

CHRISTENSEN BOYLES CORPORATION

COLLECTOR WELLS INTERNATIONAL, INC.

FENIX SUPPLY, LLC

INLINER TECHNOLOGIES, LLC

INTERNATIONAL DIRECTIONAL SERVICES, L.L.C.

LAYNE HEAVY CIVIL, INC.

LAYNE INLINER, LLC

LAYNE INTERNATIONAL, LLC

LAYNE SOUTHWEST, INC.

LAYNE TRANSPORT CO.

LINER PRODUCTS, LLC

MEADORS CONSTRUCTION CO., INC.

MID-CONTINENT DRILLING COMPANY

REYNOLDS WATER ISLAMORADA, LLC

VIBRATION TECHNOLOGY, INC.

W.L. HAILEY & COMPANY, INC.

 

By

 

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

[Signature Page to Amendment to Exchange and Subscription Agreement]


 

Annex I

Press Release

(See Attached)

 

 

Exhibit 4.11

NOTICE REGARDING

THE ISSUANCE AND SALE OF

8.00% SENIOR SECURED SECOND LIEN CONVERTIBLE NOTES

OF

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

 

Date:

February 27, 2015

 

 

To:

Investors of Layne Christensen Company’s 8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Convertible Notes (the “ Notes ”)

 

 

From:

Layne Christensen Company

 

 

Re:

The Proposed Amendment to the Exchange and Subscription Agreement

 

Reference is hereby made to the Exchange and Subscription Agreement (the “ Exchange and Subscription Agreement ”), dated as of February 4, 2015, between you, Layne Christensen Company (the “ Company ”) and the subsidiary guarantors party thereto.  Capitalized terms used herein without definition have the respective meanings ascribed to them in the Exchange and Subscription Agreement.

In connection with the Company’s issuance of updated preliminary financial performance expected to be reported for the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015, the Company has requested you to execute and deliver an amendment (the “ Amendment ”) to the Exchange and Subscription Agreement.  In order to induce you to execute and deliver the Amendment, the Company hereby agrees to modify the terms of the Notes as follows:

1. Initial Conversion Rate .  The definition of “Conversion Rate” in the Indenture will be replaced in its entirety with the following:

Conversion Rate ” means, initially, 85.4701 shares of Common Stock per $1,000 principal amount of Notes, subject to adjustment as provided herein.

2. Make-Whole Table .  The table set forth in Section 10.07(d) of the Indenture will be replaced in its entirety with the following:

 

 

Stock Price

Effective Date

 

$8.36

 

$10.50

 

$11.70

 

$14.00

 

$16.38

 

$20.00

 

$30.00

 

$40.00

 

$50.00

 

$75.00

March 2, 2015

 

34.1471

 

34.1471

 

34.1471

 

25.8448

 

20.3391

 

15.1569

 

9.4000

 

6.7549

 

5.2996

 

3.4943

May 1, 2015

 

34.1471

 

34.1471

 

34.1471

 

24.5957

 

19.2663

 

14.4164

 

8.7902

 

6.3185

 

4.9640

 

3.2770

May 1, 2016

 

34.1471

 

34.1471

 

33.3196

 

19.5104

 

14.7656

 

11.9693

 

7.7540

 

5.6154

 

4.4546

 

2.9558

May 1, 2017

 

34.1471

 

34.1471

 

28.2212

 

13.3534

 

9.8023

 

7.5550

 

4.8841

 

3.3717

 

2.5571

 

1.5154

May 1, 2018

 

34.1471

 

25.6779

 

21.0012

 

6.7418

 

4.9041

 

3.9783

 

2.5925

 

1.8792

 

1.4753

 

0.9449

May 1, 2019

 

34.1471

 

9.7680

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

 

0.0000

* * *

 

 

 

- 1 -


 

Sincerely,

 

Layne Christensen Company

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Andy Atchison

 

 

Name: Andy Atchison

 

 

Title:   SVP & CFO

 

[Signature Page to Notice Regarding Issuance and Sale of

8.00% Senior Secured Second Lien Convertible Notes]

 

Exhibit 10.5

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated)

 

 

 

i


 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

SECTION 1 INTRODUCTION

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1.1

 

Establishment and Amendment History

 

1

1.2

 

Purpose

 

1

1.3

 

Duration

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 2 DEFINITIONS

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

2.1

 

Definitions

 

1

2.2

 

General Interpretive Principles

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 3 PLAN ADMINISTRATION

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

3.1

 

Composition of Committee

 

8

3.2

 

Authority of Committee

 

8

3.3

 

Committee Delegation

 

9

3.4

 

Determination Under the Plan

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 4 STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

 

10

 

 

 

 

 

4.1

 

Number of Shares

 

10

4.2

 

Unused and Forfeited Stock

 

10

4.3

 

Adjustments in Authorized Shares

 

11

4.4

 

General Adjustment Rules

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 5 PARTICIPATION

 

11

 

 

 

 

 

5.1

 

Basis of Grant

 

11

5.2

 

Types of Grants; Limits

 

11

5.3

 

Award Agreements

 

12

5.4

 

Restrictive Covenants

 

12

5.5

 

Maximum Annual Award

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 6 STOCK OPTIONS

 

12

 

 

 

 

 

6.1

 

Grant of Options

 

12

6.2

 

Option Agreements

 

12

6.3

 

Stockholder Privileges

 

16

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 7 STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

 

17

 

 

 

 

 

7.1

 

Grant of SARs

 

17

7.2

 

SAR Award Agreement

 

17

7.3

 

Exercise of Tandem SARs

 

17

7.4

 

Exercise of Freestanding SARs

 

17

7.5

 

Expiration of SARs

 

18

7.6

 

Adjustment of SARs

 

18

7.7

 

Payment of SAR Amount; Automatic Exercise

 

18

ii


 

7.8

 

Stockholder Privileges

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 8 AWARDS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

8.1

 

Restricted Stock Awards Granted by Committee

 

19

8.2

 

Restricted Stock Unit Awards Granted by Committee

 

19

8.3

 

Restrictions

 

19

8.4

 

Privileges of a Stockholder, Transferability

 

19

8.5

 

Enforcement of Restrictions

 

20

8.6

 

Termination of Service, Death, Disability, etc

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 9 BONUS SHARES AND PERFORMANCE AWARDS; SECTION 162(M) PROVISIONS

 

20

 

 

 

 

 

9.1

 

Awards Granted by Committee

 

20

9.2

 

Bonus Shares

 

20

9.3

 

Communication of Award

 

20

9.4

 

Terms of Performance Awards

 

21

9.5

 

Performance Goals

 

21

9.6

 

Determinations and Adjustments

 

23

9.7

 

Payment of Awards

 

23

9.8

 

Termination of Employment

 

24

9.9

 

Other Restrictions

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 10 REORGANIZATION, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR LIQUIDATION

 

24

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 11 RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES; PARTICIPANTS

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

11.1

 

Employment

 

25

11.2

 

Nontransferability

 

25

11.3

 

Permitted Transfers

 

25

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 12 GENERAL RESTRICTIONS

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

12.1

 

Investment Representations

 

26

12.2

 

Compliance with Securities Laws

 

26

12.3

 

Stock Restriction Agreement

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 13 OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

 

26

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 14 PLAN AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

14.1

 

Amendment, Modification, and Termination

 

27

14.2

 

Adjustment Upon Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events

 

27

14.3

 

Awards Previously Granted

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 15 WITHHOLDING

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

15.1

 

Withholding Requirement

 

27

15.2

 

Withholding with Stock

 

27

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 16 NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION 17 REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

 

28

 

 

 

 

 

iii


 

17.1

 

Requirements of Law

 

28

17.2

 

Code Section 409A

 

28

17.3

 

Rule 16b-3

 

2 9

17.4

 

Governing Law

 

29

 

 

 

iv


 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

2006 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN

(As Amended and Restated)

SECTION 1INTRODUCTION

1.1

Establishment and Amendment History . Layne Christensen Company, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the state of Delaware (the “Company”), established effective June 8, 2006, the Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) for certain employees and non-employee directors of the Company.  The Plan was last amended and restated effective June 7, 2012.  Provided the Company receives stockholder approval of this amendment and restatement, the Plan has been amended and restated as set forth herein.

1.2

Purpose .  The purpose of this Plan is to encourage employees of the Company and its affiliates and subsidiaries to acquire a proprietary and vested interest in the growth and performance of the Company. The Plan also is designed to assist the Company in attracting and retaining employees and non-employee directors by providing them with the opportunity to participate in the success and profitability of the Company.

1.3

Duration .  The Plan commenced on the Original Effective Date and shall remain in effect, subject to the right of the Board to amend or terminate the Plan at any time pursuant to Section 14 hereof, until all Shares subject to it shall have been issued, purchased or acquired according to the Plan’s provisions.  Unless the Plan shall be reapproved by the stockholders of the Company and the Board renews the continuation of the Plan, no Awards shall be issued pursuant to the Plan after the tenth (10 th ) anniversary of the Plan’s New Effective Date.

SECTION 2DEFINITIONS

2.1

Definitions .  The following terms shall have the meanings set forth below.

“1933 Act” means the Securities Act of 1933.

“1934 Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

“Affiliate” of the Company means any Person that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by, or is under common Control with the Company.

“Award” means a grant made under this Plan in any form which may include but is not limited to Stock Options, Restricted Stock, Restricted Stock Units, Bonus Shares, Performance Shares, Stock Appreciation Rights and Performance Units.

“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement or instrument between the Company and a Holder which evidences an Award and sets forth such applicable terms, conditions and limitations (including treatment as a Performance Award) as the Committee establishes for the Award.

Beneficiary” means the person, persons, trust or trusts which have been designated by a Holder in his or her most recent written beneficiary designation filed with the Company to

1


 

receive the benefits specified under this Plan upon the death of the Holder, or, if there is no designated Beneficiary or surviving designated Beneficiary, then the Person or Persons entitled by will or the laws of descent and distribution to receive such benefits.

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

" Bonus Shares” means Shares that are awarded to a Participant without cost and without restriction in recognition of past performance (whether determined by reference to another employee benefit plan of the Company or otherwise) or as an incentive to become an employee of the Company or an Affiliate.

“Cause” means, unless otherwise defined in an Award Agreement or otherwise defined in a Participant's employment agreement (in which case such definition will apply), any of the following:

(i)

Participant’s conviction of, plea of guilty to, or plea of nolo contendere to a felony or other crime that involves fraud or dishonesty;

(ii)

any willful action or omission by a Participant which would constitute grounds for immediate dismissal under the employment policies of the Company by which Participant is employed, including intoxication with alcohol or illegal drugs while on the premises of the Company, or violation of sexual harassment laws or the internal sexual harassment policy of the Company by which Participant is employed;

(iii)

Participant’s habitual neglect of duties, including repeated absences from work without reasonable excuse; or

(iv)

Participant’s willful and intentional material misconduct in the performance of his or her duties that results in financial detriment to the Company;

provided, however, that for purposes of clauses (ii), (iii) and (iv), Cause shall not include any one or more of the following:  bad judgment, negligence or any act or omission believed by the Participant in good faith to have been in or not opposed to the interest of the Company (without intent of the Participant to gain, directly or indirectly, a profit to which the Participant was not legally entitled).  A Participant who agrees to resign from the Participant's affiliation with the Company in lieu of being terminated for Cause may be deemed, in the sole discretion of the Committee, to have been terminated for Cause for purposes of this Plan.

“Change in Control” means, except as otherwise defined in an Award Agreement to comply with Section 409A of the Code, the first to occur of the following events:

(i)

Any Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (within the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the 1934 Act), directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including for this purpose any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any Person who

2


 

becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (x) of paragraph (iii) of this definition; or

(ii)

The following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving:  individuals who, on the Original Effective Date, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of the Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the Original Effective Date or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(iii)

There is consummated a merger or consolidation of the Company with any other corporation, OTHER THAN (x) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of the Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of the Company at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of the Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of the Company (or similar transaction) in which no Person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of the Company (not including for this purpose any securities acquired directly from the Company or its Affiliates other than in connection with the acquisition by the Company or its Affiliates of a business) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of the Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(iv)

The stockholders of the Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by the Company of all or substantially all of the Company’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of the Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of the Company immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a “Change in Control” shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of the Company’s common stock immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of the Company’s assets immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

3


 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as it may be amended from time to time, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

“Committee” means (i) the Board, or (ii) one or more committees of the Board to whom the Board has delegated all or part of its authority under this Plan.

“Company” means Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation, and any successor thereto.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise.

“Covered Employee” means an Employee that meets the definition of “covered employee” under Section 162(m)(3) of the Code, or any successor provision thereto.

“Date of Grant” or “Grant Date” means, with respect to any Award, the date as of which such Award is granted under the Plan, which date shall be the later of (i) the date on which the Committee resolved to grant the Award or (ii) the first day of the Service Provider's service to the Company or an Affiliate.

“Disabled” or “Disability” means an individual (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve (12) months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 3 months under a Company-sponsored accident and health plan.  Notwithstanding the above, with respect to an Incentive Stock Option and the period of time following a separation from service a Holder has to exercise such Incentive Stock Option, “disabled” shall have the same meaning as defined in Code section 22(e)(3).

“Eligible Employees” means key employees (including officers and directors who are also employees) of the Company or an Affiliate upon whose judgment, initiative and efforts the Company is, or will be, important to the successful conduct of its business.

“Executive Officer” means (i) the president of the Company, any vice president of the Company in charge of a principal business unit, division or function (such as sales, administration, or finance), any other officer who performs a policy making function or any other person who performs similar policy making functions for the Company, (ii) Executive Officers (as defined in part (i) of this definition) of subsidiaries of the Company who perform policy making functions for the Company, and (iii) any Person designated or identified by the Board as being an Executive Officer for purposes of the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act, including any Person designated or identified by the Board as being a Section 16 Person.

4


 

“Fair Market Value” means, as of any date, the value of the Stock determined in good faith by the Committee in its sole discretion. Such determination shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.  For this purpose the Committee may adopt such formulas as in its opinion shall reflect the true fair market value of such Stock from time to time and may rely on such independent advice with respect to such fair market value determination as the Committee shall deem appropriate.  To the extent that the Stock is readily tradable on an established securities market, the fair market value of the stock may be determined based upon the last sale before or the first sale after the grant, the closing price on the trading day before or the trading day of the grant, the arithmetic mean of the high and low prices on the trading day before or the trading day of the grant, or any other reasonable method using actual transactions in such stock as reported by such market. To the extent that the Stock is not readily tradable on an established market, the fair market value of the stock as of a valuation date means a value determined by the reasonable application of a reasonable valuation method. The determination whether a valuation method is reasonable, or whether an application of a valuation method is reasonable, is made based on the facts and circumstances as of the valuation date.

“Freestanding SAR” means any SAR that is granted independently of any Option.

“Holder” means a Participant, Beneficiary or Permitted Transferee who is in possession of an Award Agreement representing an Award that (i) in the case of a Participant has been granted to such individual, (ii) in the case of a Beneficiary, has been transferred to such person under the laws of descent and distribution or (iii) in the case of a Permitted Transferee, has been transferred to such person as permitted by the Committee, and, with respect to all of the above clauses (i), (ii) and (iii), such Award Agreement has not expired, been canceled or terminated.

“Incentive Stock Option” means any Option designated as such and granted in accordance with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code or any successor provisions thereto.

“New Effective Date” means June 6, 2014, such date being the date this amended and restated Plan was approved by the Company's stockholders.

“Nonqualified Stock Option” means any Option to purchase Shares that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

“Option” means a right to purchase Stock at a stated price for a specified period of time.  Such definition includes both Nonqualified Stock Options and Incentive Stock Options.

“Option Agreement or “Option Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement or instrument between the Company and a Holder evidencing an Option.

“Option Exercise Price” means the price at which Shares subject to an Option may be purchased, determined in accordance with Section 6.2(b).

“Option Holder” shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 6.2.  For the avoidance of any doubt, in situations where the Option has been transferred to a Permitted Transferee or

5


 

passed to a Beneficiary in accordance with the laws of descent and distribution, the Option Holder will not be the same person as the Holder of the Option.

“Original Effective Date” means April 24, 2006, such date being the date this Plan was originally approved by the Company's stockholders.

“Participant” means a Service Provider of the Company designated by the Committee from time to time during the term of the Plan to receive one or more Awards under the Plan.

“Performance Award” means any Award that will be issued or granted, or become vested, exercisable or payable, as the case may be, upon the achievement of certain performance goals (as described in Section 9) to a Participant pursuant to Section 9.

“Performance Period” means the period of time as specified by the Committee during which any performance goals on Performance Awards are to be measured.

Performance Shares” means an Award made pursuant to Section 9 which entitles a Holder to receive stock, their cash equivalent, or a combination thereof based on the achievement of performance goals during a Performance Period.

“Performance Units” means an Award made pursuant to Section 9 which entitles a Holder to receive cash, Shares or a combination thereof based on the achievement of performance targets during a Performance Period.

“Person” shall have the meaning ascribed to such term in Section 3(a)(9) of the 1934 Act and used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) thereof, including “group” as defined in Section 13(d) thereof.

“Plan” means the Layne Christensen Company 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as set forth in this instrument and as hereafter amended from time to time.

“Plan Year” means each 12-month period beginning January 1 and ending the following December 31, except that for the first year of the Plan it shall begin on the Original Effective Date and extend to December 31 of that year.

“Restricted Stock” means Stock granted under Section 8 that is subject those restrictions set forth therein and the Award Agreement.

“Restricted Stock Unit” means an Award granted under Section 8 evidencing the Holder's right to receive a Share (or, at the Committee's discretion, a cash payment equal to the Fair Market Value of a Share) at some future date and that is subject those restrictions set forth therein and the Award Agreement.

“Rule 16b-3” means Rule 16b-3 promulgated under the 1934 Act, and any future regulation amending, supplementing, or superseding such regulation.

“SAR” or “Stock Appreciation Right” means an Award, granted either alone or in connection with an Option, that is designated as a SAR pursuant to Section 7.

6


 

SAR Holder shall have the meaning as set forth in Section 7.2.

“Section 16 Person ” means a Person who is subject to obligations under Section 16 of the 1934 Act with respect to transactions involving equity securities of the Company.

“Service Provider” means an Eligible Employee or a non-employee director of the Company. Solely for purposes of Substitute Awards, the term Service Provider includes any current or former employee or non-employee director of an Acquired Entity (as defined in the definition of Substitute Awards) who holds Acquired Entity Awards (as defined in the definition of Substitute Awards) immediately prior to the Acquisition Date (as defined in the definition of Substitute Awards).

“Share” means a share of Stock.

“Stock” means authorized and issued or unissued common stock of the Company, at such par value as may be established from time to time.

“Subsidiary” means (i) in the case of an Incentive Stock Option a “subsidiary corporation,” whether now or hereafter existing, as defined in section 424(f) of the Code, and (ii) in the case of any other type of Award, in addition to a subsidiary corporation as defined in clause (i), a limited liability company, partnership or other entity in which the Company controls fifty percent (50%) or more of the voting power or equity interests.

“Substitute Award” means an Award granted under the Plan in substitution for stock or stock based awards ("Acquired Entity Awards") held by current and former employees or former non-employee directors of another corporation or entity who become Service Providers as the result of a merger or consolidation of the employing corporation or other entity (the "Acquired Entity") with the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, or the acquisition by the Company, a Subsidiary or an Affiliate, of property or stock of, or other ownership interest in, the Acquired Entity immediately prior to such merger, consolidation or acquisition ("Acquisition Date") as agreed to by the parties to such corporate transaction and as may be set forth in the definitive purchase agreement.  The limitations of Sections 4.1 and 5.5 on the number of Shares reserved or available for grants, and the limitations under Sections 6.2 and 7.1 with respect to the Option Exercise Prices and SAR exercise prices, shall not apply to Substitute Awards.  Any issuance of a Substitute Award which relates to an Option or a SAR shall be completed in conformity with the rules under Code section 409A relating to the substitutions and assumptions of stock rights by reason of a corporate transaction.

“Tandem SAR” means a SAR which is granted in connection with, or related to, an Option, and which requires forfeiture of the right to purchase an equal number of Shares under the related Option upon the exercise of such SAR; or alternatively, which requires the cancellation of an equal amount of SARs upon the purchase of the Shares subject to the Option.

“Vested Option” means any Option, or portion thereof, which is exercisable by the Holder.  Vested Options remain exercisable only for that period of time as provided for under this

7


 

Plan and any applicable Option Award Agreement.  Once a Vested Option is no longer exercisable after otherwise having been exercisable, the Option shall become null and void.

2.2

General Interpretive Principles .  (i) Words in the singular shall include the plural and vice versa, and words of one gender shall include the other gender, in each case, as the context requires; (ii) the terms "hereof," "herein," and "herewith" and words of similar import shall, unless otherwise stated, be construed to refer to this Plan and not to any particular provision of this Plan, and references to Sections are references to the Sections of this Plan unless otherwise specified; (iii) the word "including" and words of similar import when used in this Plan shall mean "including, without limitation," unless otherwise specified; and (iv) any reference to any U.S. federal, state, or local act, statute or law shall be deemed to also refer to all amendments or successor provisions thereto, as well as all rules and regulations promulgated under such act, statute or law, unless the context otherwise requires.

SECTION 3

PLAN ADMINISTRATION

3.1

Composition of Committee . The Plan shall be administered by the Committee. To the extent the Board considers it desirable for transactions relating to Awards to be eligible to qualify for an exemption under Rule 16b-3, the Committee will consist of two or more directors of the Company, all of whom qualify as "non-employee directors" within the meaning of Rule 16b-3. To the extent the Board considers it desirable for compensation delivered pursuant to Awards to be eligible to qualify for an exemption from the limit on tax deductibility of compensation under section 162(m) of the Code, the Committee shall consist of two or more directors of the Company, all of whom shall qualify as "outside directors" within the meaning of Code section 162(m).

3.2

Authority of Committee . Subject to the terms of the Plan and applicable law, and in addition to other express powers and authorizations conferred on the Committee by the Plan, the Committee shall have full power and authority to:

(a)

select the Service Providers to whom Awards may from time to time be granted hereunder;

(b)

determine the type or types of Awards to be granted to eligible Service Providers;

(c)

determine the number of Shares to be covered by, or with respect to which payments, rights, or other matters are to be calculated in connection with, Awards;

(d)

determine the terms and conditions of any Award;

(e)

determine whether, and to what extent, and under what circumstances Awards may be settled or exercised in cash, Shares, other securities, other Awards or other property;

(f)

determine whether, and to what extent, and under what circumstance Awards may be canceled, forfeited, or suspended and the method or methods by which Awards may be settled, exercised, canceled, forfeited, or suspended;

8


 

(g)

correct any defect, supply an omission, reconcile any inconsistency and otherwise interpret and administer the Plan and any instrument or Award Agreement relating to the Plan or any Award hereunder;

(h)

to grant Awards in replacement of Awards previously granted under this Plan or any other compensation plan of the Company, provided that any such replacement grant that would be considered a repricing shall be subject to stockholder approval;

(i)

cause the forfeiture of any Award or recover any Shares, cash or other property attributable to an Award for violations of any Company ethics policy or pursuant to any Company compensation clawback policy, in each case, in effect on the Effective Date or as adopted or amended thereafter;

(j)

with the consent of the Holder, to amend any Award Agreement at any time; provided that the consent of the Holder shall not be required for any amendment (i) that, in the Committee's determination, does not materially adversely affect the rights of the Holder, or (ii) which is necessary or advisable (as determined by the Committee) to carry out the purpose of the Award as a result of any new applicable law or change in an existing applicable law, or (iii) to the extent the Award Agreement specifically permits amendment without consent;

(k)

modify and amend the Plan, establish, amend, suspend, or waive such rules, regulations and procedures of the Plan, and appoint such agents as it shall deem appropriate for the proper administration of the Plan; and

(l)

make any other determination and take any other action that the Committee deems necessary or desirable for the administration of the Plan.   

3.3

Committee Delegation.   The Committee may delegate to any member of the Board or committee of Board members such of its powers as it deems appropriate, including the power to sub-delegate, except that, pursuant to such delegation or sub-delegation, only a member of the Board (or a committee thereof) may grant Awards from time to time to specified categories of Service Providers in amounts and on terms to be specified by the Board or the Committee; provided that no such grants shall be made other than by the Board or the Committee to individuals who are then Section 16 Persons or other than by the Committee to individuals who are then or are deemed likely to become a "covered employee" within the meaning of Code section 162(m). A majority of the members of the Committee may determine its actions and fix the time and place of its meetings.

3.4

Determination Under the Plan .  Unless otherwise expressly provided in the Plan, all designations, determinations, adjustments, interpretations, and other decisions under or with respect to the Plan, any Award or Award Agreement shall be within the sole discretion of the Committee, may be made at any time and shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all persons, including the Company, any Participant, any Holder, and any stockholder. No member of the Committee shall be liable for any action, determination or interpretation made in good faith, and all members of the Committee shall, in addition to their rights as directors, be fully protected by the Company with respect to any such action, determination or interpretation

9


 

SECTION 4

STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1

Number of Shares .  Subject to adjustment as provided in Section 4.3 and subject to the maximum number of Shares that may be granted to an individual in a calendar year as set forth in Section 5.5, the aggregate number of Shares authorized for issuance under the Plan in accordance with the provisions of the Plan shall be THREE MILLION FIVE HUNDRED THIRTY FOUR THOUSAND FIVE HUNDRED (3,534,500), subject to such restrictions or other provisions as the Committee may from time to time deem necessary (the "Maximum Share Limit").  Any Shares required to satisfy Substitute Awards shall not count against the Maximum Share Limit.  Any Shares issued hereunder may consist, in whole or in part, of authorized and unissued shares or treasury shares. The Shares may be divided among the various Plan components as the Committee shall determine; provided, however, the maximum number of Shares that may be issued pursuant to Incentive Stock Options shall be the sum of the Maximum Share Limit and any Incentive Stock Options issued as Substitute Awards.  Shares that are subject to an underlying Award and Shares that are issued pursuant to the exercise of an Award shall be applied to reduce the maximum number of Shares remaining available for use under the Plan. The Company shall at all times during the term of the Plan and while any Awards are outstanding retain as authorized and unissued Stock, or as treasury Stock, at least the number of Shares from time to time required under the provisions of the Plan, or otherwise assure itself of its ability to perform its obligations hereunder.

4.2

Unused and Forfeited Stock .  Any Shares that are subject to an Award under this Plan that are not used because the terms and conditions of the Award are not met, including any Shares that are subject to an Award that expires or is terminated for any reason, shall again be available for grant under the Plan.  If a SAR is settled in Shares, only the number of Shares delivered in settlement of a SAR shall cease to be available for grant under the Plan, regardless of the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR was exercised. If any Shares subject to an Award granted hereunder are withheld or applied as payment in connection with the exercise of an Award (including the withholding of Shares on the exercise of an Option that is settled in Shares) or the withholding or payment of taxes related thereto, such Shares shall again be available for grant under the Plan.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Shares used for full or partial payment of the purchase price of the Shares with respect to which an Option is exercised and any Shares retained by the Company pursuant to Section 15.2 that were originally Incentive Stock Option Shares must still be considered as having been granted for purposes of determining whether the Share limitation provided for in Section 4.1 has been reached for purposes of Incentive Stock Option grants.

4.3

Adjustments in Authorized Shares. If, without the receipt of consideration therefore by the Company, the Company shall at any time increase or decrease the number of its outstanding Shares or change in any way the rights and privileges of such Shares such as, but not limited to, the payment of a stock dividend or any other distribution upon such Shares payable in Stock, or through a stock split, spin-off, extraordinary cash dividend, subdivision, consolidation, combination, reclassification or recapitalization involving the Stock, or any similar corporate event or transaction, such that an adjustment is necessary in

10


 

order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan then in relation to the Stock that is affected by one or more of the above events, (i) the numbers, rights, privileges and kinds of Shares that may be issued under this Plan or under particular forms of Awards, (ii) the number and kind of Shares subject to outstanding Awards, (iii) the Option Exercise Price or SAR exercise price applicable to outstanding Awards, and (iv) the annual individual limitation set forth in Section 5.5, shall be increased, decreased or changed in like manner as if they had been issued and outstanding, fully paid and non assessable at the time of such occurrence.

4.4

General Adjustment Rules .  

(a)

If any adjustment or substitution provided for in this Section 4 shall result in the creation of a fractional Share under any Award, such fractional Share shall be rounded to the nearest whole Share and fractional Shares shall not be issued.

(b)

In the case of any such substitution or adjustment affecting an Option or a SAR (including a Nonqualified Stock Option) such substitution or adjustments shall be made in a manner that is in accordance with the substitution and assumption rules set forth in Treasury Regulations 1.424-1 and the applicable guidance relating to Code section 409A.

SECTION 5

PARTICIPATION

5.1

Basis of Grant .  Participants in the Plan shall be those Service Providers, who, in the judgment of the Committee, have performed, are performing, or during the term of their incentive arrangement will perform, important services in the management, operation and development of the Company, and significantly contribute, or are expected to significantly contribute, to the achievement of long-term corporate economic objectives.

5.2

Types of Grants; Limits.   Participants may be granted from time to time one or more Awards; provided, however, that the grant of each such Award shall be separately approved by the Committee or its designee, and receipt of one such Award shall not result in the automatic receipt of any other Award. Written or electronic notice shall be given to such Participant, specifying the terms, conditions, right and duties related to such Award.  Under no circumstance shall Incentive Stock Options be granted to (i) non-employee directors or (ii) any person not permitted to receive Incentive Stock Options under the Code.

5.3

Award Agreements .  Each Participant shall enter into an Award Agreement(s) with the Company, in such form as the Committee shall determine and which is consistent with the provisions of the Plan, specifying the applicable Award terms, conditions, rights and duties. Unless otherwise explicitly stated in the Award Agreement, Awards shall be deemed to be granted as of the date specified in the grant resolution of the Committee, which date shall be the date of any related agreement(s) with the Participant. Unless explicitly provided for in a particular Award Agreement that the terms of the Plan are being superseded, in the event of any inconsistency between the provisions of the Plan and any such Award Agreement(s) entered into hereunder, the provisions of the Plan shall govern.

11


 

5.4

Restrictive Covenants .  The Committee may, in its sole and absolute discretion, place certain restrictive covenants in an Award Agreement requiring the Participant to agree to refrain from certain actions.  Such restrictive covenants, if contained in the Award Agreement, will be binding on the Participant.

5.5

Maximum Annual Award.   Subject to any adjustments required to be made pursuant to Section 4.3, the maximum number of Shares with respect to which an Award or Awards (including Options and SARs) may be granted to any Participant in any one taxable year of the Company (the “Maximum Annual Participant Award”) shall not exceed 600,000 Shares (increased, proportionately, in the event of any stock split or stock dividend with respect to the Shares).  If an Option is in tandem with a SAR, such that the exercise of the Option or SAR with respect to a Share cancels the tandem SAR or Option right, respectively, with respect to each Share, the tandem Option and SAR rights with respect to each Share shall be counted as covering but one Share for purposes of the Maximum Annual Participant Award.

SECTION 6

STOCK OPTIONS

6.1

Grant of Options.   A Participant may be granted one or more Options.  The Committee in its sole discretion shall designate whether an Option is an Incentive Stock Option or a Nonqualified Stock Option. The Committee may grant both an Incentive Stock Option and a Nonqualified Stock Option to the same Participant at the same time or at different times.  Incentive Stock Options and Nonqualified Stock Options, whether granted at the same or different times, shall be deemed to have been awarded in separate grants, shall be clearly identified, and in no event shall the exercise of one Option affect the right to exercise any other Option or affect the number of Shares for which any other Option may be exercised.

6.2

Option Agreements .  Each Option granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Option Award Agreement which shall be entered into by the Company and the Participant to whom the Option is granted (the “Option Holder”), and which shall contain, or be subject to, the following terms and conditions, as well as such other terms and conditions not inconsistent therewith, as the Committee may consider appropriate in each case.

(a)

Number of Shares .  Each Option Award Agreement shall state that it covers a specified number of Shares, as determined by the Committee. To the extent that the aggregate Fair Market Value of Shares with respect to which Options designated as Incentive Stock Options are exercisable for the first time by any Option Holder during any calendar year exceeds $100,000 or, if different, the maximum limitation in effect at the time of grant under section 422(d) of the Code, or any successor provision, such Options in excess of such limit shall be treated as Nonqualified Stock Options. The foregoing shall be applied by taking Options into account in the order in which they were granted. For the purposes of the foregoing, the Fair Market Value of any Share shall be determined as of the time the Option with respect to such Share is granted. In the event the foregoing results in a portion of an Option designated as an Incentive Stock Option exceeding the $100,000 limitation, only such excess shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

12


 

(b)

Price .  Each Option Award Agreement shall state the Option Exercise Price at which each Share covered by an Option may be purchased.  Such Option Exercise Price shall be determined in each case by the Committee, but in no event other than with respect to the issuance of a Substitute Award shall the Option Exercise Price for each Share covered by an Option be less than the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the Option’s Grant Date, as determined by the Committee; provided, however, that the Option Exercise Price for each Share covered by an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Eligible Employee who then owns stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Company or any parent or Subsidiary corporation of the Company must be at least 110% of the Fair Market Value of the Stock subject to the Incentive Stock Option on the Option’s Grant Date.

(c)

Duration of Options; Automatic Exercise .  

(i)

Each Option Award Agreement shall state the period of time, determined by the Committee, within which the Option may be exercised by the Option Holder (the “Option Period”). The Option Period must expire, in all cases, not more than ten years from the Option’s Grant Date; provided, however, that the Option Period of an Incentive Stock Option granted to an Eligible Employee who then owns Stock possessing more than 10% of the total combined voting power of all classes of Stock of the Company must expire not more than five years from the Option’s Grant Date. Each Option Award Agreement shall also state the periods of time, if any, as determined by the Committee, when incremental portions of each Option shall become exercisable. If any Option or portion thereof is not exercised during its Option Period, such unexercised portion shall be deemed to have been forfeited and have no further force or effect.

(ii)

With respect to any Nonqualified Stock Option granted after the Original Effective Date or any Incentive Stock Option granted after the New Effective Date and to the extent that such Option has not otherwise been exercised, cancelled, terminated or forfeited, if on the last day of the Option Period, the Fair Market Value exceeds the Option Exercise Price, such Option shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day of the Option Period through either a "cashless exercise" or "net exercise" procedure and the Company shall issue the appropriate number of Shares therefor.

(d)

Termination of Service, Death, Disability, etc. Each Option Agreement shall state the period of time, if any, determined by the Committee, within which the Vested Option may be exercised after an Option Holder ceases to be a Service Provider on account of the Participant’s death, Disability, voluntary resignation, removal from the Board or the Company having terminated such Option Holder’s employment with or without Cause.  If, within the period of time specified in the Option Award Agreement following the Option Holder's termination of employment, an Option Holder is prohibited by law or a Company's insider trading policy from exercising any Nonqualified Stock Option, the period of time during which such Option may be exercised will automatically be extended until the 30 th day following the date the prohibition is lifted.  Notwithstanding the immediately preceding sentence, in no event

13


 

shall the Option exercise period be extended beyond the tenth anniversary of the Option's Grant Date.

(e)

Transferability .  Except to the extent permitted by the Committee pursuant to Section 11.3, Options shall not be transferable by the Option Holder except by will or pursuant to the laws of descent and distribution. Each Vested Option shall be exercisable during the Option Holder’s lifetime only by him or her, or in the event of Disability or incapacity, by his or her guardian or legal representative.  Shares issuable pursuant to any Option shall be delivered only to or for the account of the Option Holder, or in the event of Disability or incapacity, to his or her guardian or legal representative.

(f)

Exercise, Payments, etc .

(i)

Unless otherwise provided in the Option Award Agreement, each Vested Option may be exercised by delivery to the Corporate Secretary or Chief Financial Officer of the Company or their designees a written or electronic notice specifying the number of Shares with respect to which such Option is exercised and payment of the Option Exercise Price. Such notice shall be in a form satisfactory to the Committee or its designee and shall specify the particular Vested Option that is being exercised and the number of Shares with respect to which the Vested Option is being exercised. The exercise of the Vested Option shall be deemed effective upon receipt of such notice by the Corporate Secretary or Chief Financial Officer of the Company or their designees and payment to the Company. The purchase of such Stock shall take place at the principal offices of the Company upon delivery of such notice, at which time the purchase price of the Stock shall be paid in full by any of the methods or any combination of the methods set forth in (ii) below.

(ii)

The Option Exercise Price may be paid by any of the following methods:

A.

Cash or certified bank check;

B.

By delivery to the Company of Shares then owned by the Holder, the Fair Market Value of which equals the purchase price of the Stock purchased pursuant to the Vested Option, properly endorsed for transfer to the Company; provided, however, that Shares used for this purpose must have been held by the Holder for such minimum period of time as may be established from time to time by the Committee; and provided further that the Fair Market Value of any Shares delivered in payment of the purchase price upon exercise of the Options shall be the Fair Market Value as of the exercise date, which shall be the date of delivery of the certificates for the Stock used as payment of the Option Exercise Price.

In lieu of actually surrendering to the Company the stock certificates representing the number of Shares then owned by the Holder, the Committee may, in its discretion permit the Holder to submit to the Company a statement affirming ownership by the Holder of such number of Shares and

14


 

request that such Shares, although not actually surrendered, be deemed to have been surrendered by the Holder as payment of the exercise price.

C.

For any Holder other than an Executive Officer or except as otherwise prohibited by the Committee, by payment through a broker in accordance with procedures permitted by Regulation T of the Federal Reserve Board.

D.

For any Nonqualified Stock Option, by a "net exercise" arrangement pursuant to which the Company will not require a payment of the Option Exercise Price but will reduce the number of Shares of Stock upon the exercise by the largest number of whole shares that has a Fair Market Value on the date of exercise that does not exceed the aggregate Option Exercise Price.  

E.

Any combination of the consideration provided in the foregoing subsections (A), (B), (C) and (D).

(iii)

The Company shall not guarantee a third-party loan obtained by a Holder to pay part or the entire Option Exercise Price of the Shares.

(g)

Date of Grant .  Unless otherwise specifically specified in the Option Award Agreement, an option shall be considered as having been granted on the date specified in the grant resolution of the Committee.

(h)

Withholding .

(A)

Nonqualified Stock Options .  Upon any exercise of a Nonqualified Stock Option, the Option Holder shall make appropriate arrangements with the Company to provide for the minimum amount of additional withholding required by applicable federal and state income tax and payroll laws, including payment of such taxes through delivery of Stock or by withholding Stock to be issued under the Option, as provided in Section 15 hereof.

(B)

Incentive Stock Options. In the event that an Option Holder makes a disposition (as defined in Section 424(c) of the Code) of any Stock acquired pursuant to the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option prior to the later of (i) the expiration of two years from the date on which the Incentive Stock Option was granted or (ii) the expiration of one year from the date on which the Option was exercised, the Participant shall send written or electronic notice to the Company at its principal office (Attention: Corporate Secretary) of the date of such disposition, the number of shares disposed of, the amount of proceeds received from such disposition, and any other information relating to such disposition as the Company may reasonably request. The Option Holder shall, in the event of such a disposition, make appropriate arrangements with the Company to provide for the amount of additional withholding, if any, required by applicable Federal and state income tax laws.

15


 

(i)

Adjustment of Options . Subject to the limitations set forth below and those contained in Sections 6 and 14, the Committee may make any adjustment in the Option Exercise Price, the number of Shares subject to, or the terms of, an outstanding Option and a subsequent granting of an Option by amendment or by substitution of an outstanding Option. Such amendment, substitution, or re-grant may result in terms and conditions (including Option Exercise Price, number of Shares covered, vesting schedule or exercise period) that differ from the terms and conditions of the original Option; provided, however, except as permitted under Section 10, the Committee may not, without stockholder approval (i) amend an Option to reduce its Option Exercise Price, (ii) cancel an Option and regrant an Option with a lower Option Exercise Price than the original Option Exercise Price of the cancelled Option, (iii) cancel an Option in exchange for cash or another Award or (iv) take any other action (whether in the form of an amendment, cancellation or replacement grant) that has the effect of "repricing" an Option, as defined under applicable NASDAQ rules or the rules of the established stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Stock is then listed or traded if such Exchange's or quotation system's rules define what constitutes a repricing.  Other than with respect to a modification that a reasonable person would not find to be a material adverse change in an Option Holder's rights under an Option, the Committee also may not adversely affect the rights of any Option Holder to previously granted Options without the consent of such Option Holder. If such action is affected by the amendment, the effective date of such amendment shall be the date of the original grant.  Any adjustment, modification, extension or renewal of an Option shall be effected such that the Option is either exempt from, or is compliant with, Code section 409A.

6.3

Stockholder Privileges .  No Holder shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by an Option until the Holder becomes the holder of record of such Stock, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends or other distributions or other rights as to which there is a record date preceding the date such Holder becomes the holder of record of such Stock, except as provided in Section 4.

SECTION 7

STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

7.1

Grant of SARs .  Subject to the terms and conditions of this Plan, a SAR may be granted to a Participant at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. The Committee may grant Freestanding SARs or Tandem SARs, or any combination thereof.

(a)

Number of Shares . The Committee shall have complete discretion to determine the number of SARs granted to any Participant, subject to the limitations imposed in this Plan and by applicable law.

(b)

Exercise Price and Other Terms .  Except with respect to a Substitute Award, all SARs shall be granted with an exercise price no less than the Fair Market Value of the underlying Shares on the SARs’ Date of Grant. The Committee, subject to

16


 

the provisions of this Plan, shall have complete discretion to determine the terms and conditions of SARs granted under this Plan. The exercise price per Share of Tandem SARs shall equal the exercise price per Share of the related Option.

(c)

Duration of SARs .  Each SAR Award Agreement shall state the period of time, determined by the Committee, within which the SARs may be exercised by the Holder (the “SAR Period”). The SAR Period must expire, in all cases, not more than ten years from the SAR Grant Date.

7.2

SAR Award Agreement .  Each SAR granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a SAR Award Agreement which shall be entered into by the Company and the Participant to whom the SAR is granted (the “SAR Holder”), and which shall specify the exercise price per share, the terms of the SAR, the conditions of exercise, and such other terms and conditions as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine.

7.3

Exercise of Tandem SARs . Tandem SARs may be exercised for all or part of the Shares subject to the related Option upon the surrender of the right to exercise the equivalent portion of the related Option. A Tandem SAR may be exercised only with respect to the Shares for which its related Option is then exercisable. With respect to a Tandem SAR granted in connection with an Incentive Stock Option: (a) the Tandem SAR shall expire no later than the expiration of the underlying Incentive Stock Option; (b) the value of the payout with respect to the Tandem SAR shall be for no more than one hundred percent (100%) of the difference between the Exercise Price per Share of the underlying Incentive Stock Option and the Fair Market Value per Share of the Shares subject to the underlying Incentive Stock Option at the time the Tandem SAR is exercised; and (c) the Tandem SAR shall be exercisable only when the Fair Market Value per Share of the Shares subject to the Incentive Stock Option exceeds the per share Option Price per Share of the Incentive Stock Option.

7 .4

Exercise of Freestanding SARs .  Freestanding SARs shall be exercisable on such terms and conditions as the Committee in its sole discretion shall determine.

7 .5

Expiration of SARs . A SAR granted under this Plan shall expire on the earlier of (i) the tenth anniversary of the SARs Date of Grant or (ii) the date set forth in the SAR Award Agreement, which date shall be determined by the Committee in its sole discretion. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the SAR Award Agreement, a Freestanding SAR granted under this Plan shall terminate according to the same rules under which a Nonqualified Stock Option would terminate in the event of a SAR Holder’s termination of employment, death or Disability as provided for in the SAR Award Agreement. Unless otherwise specifically provided for in the SAR Award agreement, a Tandem SAR granted under this Plan shall be exercisable at such time or times and only to the extent that the related Option is exercisable. The Tandem SAR shall terminate and no longer be exercisable upon the termination or exercise of the related Options, except that Tandem SARs granted with respect to less than the full number of shares covered by a related Option shall not be reduced until the exercise or termination of the related Option exceeds the number of Shares not covered by the SARs.

17


 

7 .6

Adjustment of SARs. Subject to the limitations set forth below and those contained in Sections 7 and 14, the Committee may make any adjustment in the SAR exercise price, the number of Shares subject to, or the terms of, an outstanding SAR and a subsequent granting of an SAR by amendment or by substitution of an outstanding SAR. Such amendment, substitution, or re-grant may result in terms and conditions (including SAR exercise price, number of Shares covered, vesting schedule or exercise period) that differ from the terms and conditions of the original SAR; provided, however, except as permitted under Section 10, the Committee may not, without stockholder approval (i) amend a SAR to reduce its exercise price, (ii) cancel a SAR and regrant a SAR with a lower exercise price than the original SAR exercise price of the cancelled SAR, (iii) cancel a SAR in exchange for cash or another Award or (iv) take any other action (whether in the form of an amendment, cancellation or replacement grant) that has the effect of "repricing" a SAR, as defined under applicable NASDAQ rules or the rules of the established stock exchange or quotation system on which the Company Stock is then listed or traded.  The Committee also may not adversely affect the rights of any SAR Holder to previously granted SARs without the consent of such SAR Holder. If such action is affected by the amendment, the effective date of such amendment shall be the date of the original grant.  Any adjustment, modification, extension or renewal of a SAR shall be effected such that the SAR is either exempt from, or is compliant with, Code section 409A.

7 .7

Payment of SAR Amount; Automatic Exercise .  

(a)

Upon exercise of a SAR, a Holder shall be entitled to receive payment from the Company in an amount determined by multiplying (i) the positive difference between the Fair Market Value of a Share on the date of exercise over the exercise price per Share by (ii) the number of Shares with respect to which the SAR is exercised.  At the Committee's discretion, the payment upon a SAR exercise may be in whole Shares of equivalent value, cash, or a combination of whole Shares and cash. Fractional Shares shall be rounded down to the nearest whole Share.   

(b)

With respect to any SAR and to the extent that such SAR has not otherwise been exercised, cancelled, terminated or forfeited, if on the last day of the SAR Period, the Fair Market Value exceeds the SAR exercise price, such SAR shall be deemed to have been exercised by the Participant on such last day of the SAR Period and the Company shall deliver the appropriate number of Shares or amount of cash therefor.

7 .8

Stockholder Privileges .  No Holder shall have any rights as a stockholder with respect to any Shares covered by a SAR until the Holder becomes the holder of record of such Stock, and no adjustments shall be made for dividends or other distributions or other rights as to which there is a record date preceding the date such Holder becomes the holder of record of such Stock, except as provided in Section 4.

SECTION 8

AWARDS OF RESTRICTED STOCK AND RESTRICTED STOCK UNITS

8 .1

Restricted Stock Awards Granted by Committee .  Coincident with or following designation for participation in the Plan and subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, the

18


 

Committee, at any time and from time to time, may grant Restricted Stock to any Service Provider in such amounts as the Committee shall determine.    

8 .2

Restricted Stock Unit Awards Granted by Committee .  Coincident with or following designation for participation in the Plan and subject to the terms and provisions of the Plan, The Committee may grant a Service Provider Restricted Stock Units, in connection with or separate from a grant of Restricted Stock.  Upon the vesting of Restricted Stock Units, the Holder shall be entitled to receive the full value of the Restricted Stock Units payable in Shares or, if determined by the Committee, cash.  

8 .3

Restrictions .  A Holder’s right to retain Shares of Restricted Stock or be paid with respect to Restricted Stock Units shall be subject to such restrictions, including him or her continuing to perform as a Service Provider for a restriction period specified by the Committee, or the attainment of specified performance goals and objectives, as may be established by the Committee with respect to such Award. The Committee may in its sole discretion require different periods of service or different performance goals and objectives with respect to (i) different Holders, (ii) different Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Unit Awards, or (iii) separate, designated portions of the Shares constituting a Restricted Stock Award.  Any grant of Restricted Stock or Restricted Stock Units shall contain terms such that the Award is either exempt from Code section 409A or complies with such section.

8 .4

Privileges of a Stockholder, Transferability .  Unless otherwise provided in the Award Agreement, a Participant shall have all voting, dividend, liquidation and other rights with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock, provided however that any dividends paid on Shares of Restricted Stock prior to such Shares becoming vested shall be held in escrow by the Company and subject to the same restrictions on transferability and forfeitability as the underlying Shares of Restricted Stock.  Any voting, dividend, liquidation or other rights shall accrue to the benefit of a Holder only with respect to Shares of Restricted Stock held by, or for the benefit of, the Holder on the record date of any such dividend or voting date. A Participant’s right to sell, encumber or otherwise transfer such Restricted Stock shall, in addition to the restrictions otherwise provided for in the Award Agreement, be subject to the limitations of Section 11.2 hereof.  The Committee may determine that a Holder of Restricted Stock Units is entitled to receive dividend equivalent payments on such units; provided, however, in no event shall any dividend equivalents relating to Restricted Stock Units subject to one or more performance-based vesting criteria be paid unless and until the underlying Restricted Stock Units are earned. If the Committee determines that Restricted Stock Units shall receive dividend equivalent payments, such feature will be specified in the applicable Award Agreement.  Restricted Stock Units shall not have any voting rights.

8 .5

Enforcement of Restrictions.   The Committee may in its sole discretion require one or more of the following methods of enforcing the restrictions referred to in Section 8.2 and 8.3:

(a)

placing a legend on the stock certificates, or the Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, as applicable, referring to restrictions;

(b)

requiring the Holder to keep the stock certificates, duly endorsed, in the custody of the Company while the restrictions remain in effect;

19


 

(c)

requiring that the stock certificates, duly endorsed, be held in the custody of a third party nominee selected by the Company who will hold such Shares of Restricted Stock on behalf of the Holder while the restrictions remain in effect; or

(d)

inserting a provision into the Restricted Stock Award Agreement prohibiting assignment of such Award Agreement until the terms and conditions or restrictions contained therein have been satisfied or released, as applicable.

8 .6

Termination of Service, Death, Disability, etc.   Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event of the death or Disability of a Participant, all service period and other restrictions applicable to Restricted Stock Awards then held by him or her shall lapse, and such Awards shall become fully nonforfeitable.  Subject to Section 10 and except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, in the event a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any other reason, any Restricted Stock Awards as to which the service period or other vesting conditions for have not been satisfied shall be forfeited.

SECTION 9

BONUS SHARES AND Performance Awards; Section 162(M) Provisions

9.1

Awards Granted by Committee .  Coincident with or following designation for participation in the Plan, a Participant may be granted Bonus Shares, Performance Shares, Performance Units or any other Performance Award.

9.2

Bonus Shares .  Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee may grant Bonus Shares to any Participant, in such amount, upon such terms and at any time and from time to time as shall be determined by the Committee.

9 .3

Communication of Award .  Written or electronic notice of the maximum amount of a Holder’s Award and the Performance Period determined by Committee shall be given to a Participant as soon as practicable after approval of the Award by the Committee.

9 .4

Terms of Performance Awards .  The Committee shall determine (i) whether the Award will be in the form of a Performance Share, Performance Unit or any other type of Performance Award, and (ii) whether, if a payment is due with respect to an Award such payment shall be made in cash, Stock or some combination. Except as provided in Section 10, Performance Awards will be issued or granted, or become vested or payable, only after the end of the relevant Performance Period.  The Committee shall establish maximum and minimum performance targets to be achieved during the applicable Performance Period.  Each grant of a Performance Share, Performance Unit or other Performance Award shall be subject to additional terms and conditions not inconsistent with the provisions of the Plan.  The performance goals to be achieved for each Performance Period and the amount of the Award to be distributed upon satisfaction of those performance goals shall be conclusively determined by the Committee.  

9 .5

Performance Goals .  If an Award is subject to this Section 9, then the lapsing of restrictions thereon, or the vesting thereof, and the distribution of cash, Shares or other property pursuant thereto, as applicable, shall be subject to the achievement of one or more objective performance goals established by the Committee, which shall be based on the attainment of

20


 

one or any combination of the following metrics, and which may be established on an absolute or relative basis for the Company as a whole or any of its subsidiaries, operating divisions or other operating units:  

(a)

Earnings measures (either in the aggregate or on a per-Share basis), including earnings per share, earnings before interest, earnings before interest and taxes, earnings before interest, taxes and depreciation or earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and amortization and in the case of any of the foregoing, adjusted to exclude any one or more of the following:

(i)

stock-based compensation expense;

(ii)

income from discontinued operations;

(iii)

gain on cancellation of debt;

(iv)

debt extinguishment and related costs;

(v)

restructuring, separation and/or integration charges and costs;

(vi)

reorganization and/or recapitalization charges and costs;

(vii)

impairment charges;

(viii)

gain or loss related to investments or the sale of assets;

(ix)

sales and use tax settlement; and

(x)

gain on non-monetary transaction.  

(b)

Operating profit, operating income or operating margin (either in the aggregate or on a per-Share basis);

(c)

Net earnings on either a LIFO or FIFO basis (either in the aggregate or on a per-Share basis);

(d)

Net income or loss (either in the aggregate or on a per-Share basis);

(e)

Cash flow provided by operations (either in the aggregate or on a per-Share basis);

(f)

Cash flow returns, including cash flow returns on invested capital (cash flow from operating activities minus capital expenditures, the difference of which is divided by the difference between total assets and non-interest bearing current liabilities);

(g)

Ratio of debt to debt plus equity;

(h)

Net borrowing;

(i)

Credit quality or debt ratings;

21


 

(j)

Inventory levels, inventory turn or shrinkage;

(k)

Sales;

(l)

Revenues;

(m)

Free cash flow (either in the aggregate or on a per-Share basis);

(n)

Reductions in expense levels, determined either on a Company-wide basis or with respect to any one or more business units;

(o)

Operating and maintenance cost management and employee productivity;

(p)

Gross margin;

(q)

Return measures (including return on assets, return on equity, return on investment or return on sales);

(r)

Productivity increases;

(s)

Share price (including attainment of a specified per-Share price during the Incentive Period; growth measures and total stockholder return or attainment by the Shares of a specified price for a specified period of time);

(t)

Growth or rate of growth of any of the above business criteria;

(u)

Specified revenue, market share, market penetration, business development, geographic business expansion goals, objectively identified project milestones, production volume levels, cost targets, customer satisfaction, and goals relating to acquisitions or divestitures; and

(v)

Accomplishment of mergers, acquisitions, dispositions, public offerings, or similar extraordinary business transactions;

provided that applicable incentive goals may be applied on a pre- or post-tax basis; and provided further that the Committee may, when the applicable incentive goals are established, provide that the formula for such goals may include or exclude items to measure specific objectives, such as losses from discontinued operations, extraordinary gains or losses, the cumulative effect of accounting changes, acquisitions or divestitures, foreign exchange impacts and any unusual, nonrecurring gain or loss.  As established by the Committee, the incentive goals may include, without limitation, GAAP and non-GAAP financial measures.

9 .6

Determinations and Adjustments .  When the Committee determines whether a performance goal has been satisfied for any Performance Period, the Committee, where the Committee deems appropriate, may make such determination using calculations which alternatively include and exclude one, or more than one, "extraordinary items" as determined under U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and the Committee may determine whether a

22


 

performance goal has been satisfied for any Performance Period taking into account the alternative which the Committee deems appropriate under the circumstances.  The Committee also may take into account any other unusual or non-recurring items, including (i) asset write-downs; (ii) litigation or claim judgments or settlements; and (iii) the charges or costs associated with restructurings of the Company, discontinued operations, and the cumulative effects of accounting changes and, further, may take into account any unusual or non-recurring events affecting the Company, changes in applicable tax laws or accounting principles or such other factors as the Committee may determine reasonable and appropriate under the circumstances (including any factors that could result in the Company's paying non-deductible compensation to an Employee or non-employee director).  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan other than Section 4.3, with respect to any Award that is subject to this Section 9, the Committee may not adjust upwards the amount payable pursuant to such Award, nor may it waive the achievement of the applicable performance goals except in the case of the death or Disability of the Participant.

9 .7

Payment of Awards .  Following the conclusion of each Performance Period, the Committee shall determine the extent to which performance targets have been attained, and the satisfaction of any other terms and conditions with respect to an Award relating to such Performance Period. The Committee shall determine what, if any, payment is due with respect to an Award and whether such payment shall be made in cash, Stock or some combination. Payment shall be made in a lump sum, as determined by the Committee, commencing as promptly as practicable following the end of the applicable Performance Period, subject to such terms and conditions and in such forms as may be prescribed by the Committee. All Awards shall be paid no later than March 15 th of the Plan Year following the Plan Year in which the Committee determines that a Participant is entitled to receive the performance award.

9 .8

Termination of Employment .  If a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider for any reason other than having been terminated for Cause after the end of a Performance Period yet before receiving payment as provided for in Section 9.7, the Holder (or the Holder’s Beneficiaries) shall be entitled to receive the full amount payable as soon as practicable after such amount has been determined by the Committee.  Unless otherwise determined by the Committee, if a Holder ceases to be a Service Provider before the end of a Performance Period by reason of his or her death or Disability, the Performance Period for such Holder for the purpose of determining the amount of the Award payable shall end at the end of the calendar quarter immediately preceding the date on which such Holder ceased to be a Service Provider. The amount of an Award payable to a Holder to whom the preceding sentence is applicable shall be paid at the end of the Performance Period and shall be that fraction of the Award computed pursuant to the preceding sentence the numerator of which is the number of calendar quarters during the Performance Period during all of which said Holder was a Service Provider and the denominator of which is the number of full calendar quarters in the Performance Period.  In the event a Holder is terminated as a Service Provider for Cause, either before the end of the Performance Period or after the end of the Performance Period but prior to the amount of the Award having been paid, the Holder’s participation in the Plan shall cease, all outstanding Awards of Performance Shares or Performance Units to such Participant and any right to receive the payment for any Awards (whether or not any Performance Period has been completed) shall be canceled.

23


 

9 .9

Other Restrictions.   The Committee shall have the power to impose such other restrictions on Awards subject to Section 9 as it may deem necessary or appropriate to insure that such Awards satisfy all requirements for "performance-based compensation" within the meaning of Section 162(m)(4)(B) of the Code or any successor thereto.

SECTION 10

REORGANIZATION, CHANGE IN CONTROL OR LIQUIDATION

Except as otherwise provided in an Award Agreement or other agreement approved by the Committee to which any Participant is a party, in the event that the Company undergoes a Change in Control, each Option, SAR, share of Restricted Stock and/or other Award shall without regard to any vesting schedule, restriction or performance target, automatically become fully exercisable, fully vested or fully payable, as the case may be, as of the date of such Change in Control.  In addition to the foregoing, in the event the Company undergoes a Change in Control or in the event of a corporate merger, consolidation, major acquisition of property (or stock), separation, reorganization or liquidation in which the Company is a party and in which a Change in Control does not occur, the Committee, or the board of directors of any corporation assuming the obligations of the Company, shall have the full power and discretion to prescribe and amend the terms and conditions for the exercise, or modification, of any outstanding Awards granted hereunder or exchange any outstanding Awards for other Awards of the same economic value. The Committee may remove restrictions on Restricted Stock and Restricted Stock Units and may modify the performance requirements for any other Awards. The Committee may provide that Options, SARs or other Awards granted hereunder must be exercised in connection with the closing of such transactions, and that if not so exercised such Awards will expire. Any such determinations by the Committee may be made generally with respect to all Participants, or may be made on a case-by-case basis with respect to particular Participants. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any transaction undertaken for the purpose of reincorporating the Company under the laws of another jurisdiction, if such transaction does not materially affect the beneficial ownership of the Company’s capital stock, such transaction shall not constitute a merger, consolidation, major acquisition of property for stock, separation, reorganization, liquidation, or Change in Control.

SECTION 11

RIGHTS OF EMPLOYEES; PARTICIPANTS

1 1 .1

Employment .  Nothing contained in the Plan or in any Award granted under the Plan shall confer upon any Participant any right with respect to the continuation of his or her services as a Service Provider or interfere in any way with the right of the Company, subject to the terms of any separate employment or consulting agreement to the contrary, at any time to terminate such services or to increase or decrease the compensation of the Participant from the rate in existence at the time of the grant of an Award. Whether an authorized leave of absence, or absence in military or government service, shall constitute a termination of Participant’s services as a Service Provider shall be determined by the Committee at the time.

1 1 .2

Nontransferability .  Except as provided in Section 11.3, no right or interest of any Holder in an Award granted pursuant to the Plan shall be assignable or transferable during the lifetime

24


 

of the Participant, either voluntarily or involuntarily, or be subjected to any lien, directly or indirectly, by operation of law, or otherwise, including execution, levy, garnishment, attachment, pledge or bankruptcy. In the event of a Participant’s death, a Holder’s rights and interests in all Awards shall, to the extent not otherwise prohibited hereunder, be transferable by testamentary will or the laws of descent and distribution, and payment of any amounts due under the Plan shall be made to, and exercise of any Options or SARs may be made by, the Holder’s legal representatives, heirs or legatees. If, in the opinion of the Committee, a person entitled to payments or to exercise rights with respect to the Plan is disabled from caring for his or her affairs because of a mental condition, physical condition or age, payment due such person may be made to, and such rights shall be exercised by, such person’s guardian, conservator, or other legal personal representative upon furnishing the Committee with evidence satisfactory to the Committee of such status. “Transfers” shall not be deemed to include transfers to the Company or “cashless exercise” procedures with third parties who provide financing for the purpose of (or who otherwise facilitate) the exercise of Awards consistent with applicable laws and the authorization of the Committee.

11 .3

Permitted Transfers .  Pursuant to conditions and procedures established by the Committee from time to time, the Committee may permit Awards to be transferred, without consideration other than nominal consideration, exercised by and paid to certain persons or entities related to a Participant, including members of the Participant’s immediate family, charitable institutions, or trusts or other entities whose beneficiaries or beneficial owners are members of the Participant’s immediate family and/or charitable institutions (a “Permitted Transferee”). In the case of initial Awards, at the request of the Participant, the Committee may permit the naming of the related person or entity as the Award recipient. Any permitted transfer shall be subject to the condition that the Committee receive evidence satisfactory to it that the transfer is being made for estate and/or tax planning purposes on a gratuitous or donative basis and without consideration (other than nominal consideration). Notwithstanding the foregoing, Incentive Stock Options shall only be transferable to the extent permitted in Section 422 of the Code, or such successor provision thereto, and the treasury regulations thereunder.

SECTION 12

GENERAL RESTRICTIONS

1 2 .1

Investment Representations .  The Company may require any person to whom an Option or other Award is granted, as a condition of exercising such Option or receiving Stock under the Award, to give written assurances in substance and form satisfactory to the Company and its counsel to the effect that such person is acquiring the Stock subject to the Option or the Award for his or her own account for investment and not with any present intention of selling or otherwise distributing the same, and to such other effects as the Company deems necessary or appropriate in order to comply with federal and applicable state securities laws. Legends evidencing such restrictions may be placed on the certificates evidencing the Stock.

12 .2

Compliance with Securities Laws .  

25


 

(a)

Each Award shall be subject to the requirement that, if at any time counsel to the Company shall determine that the listing, registration or qualification of the Shares subject to such Award upon any securities exchange or under any state or federal law, or the consent or approval of any governmental or regulatory body, is necessary as a condition of, or in connection with, the issuance or purchase of Shares thereunder, such Award may not be accepted or exercised in whole or in part unless such listing, registration, qualification, consent or approval shall have been effected or obtained on conditions acceptable to the Committee. Nothing herein shall be deemed to require the Company to apply for or to obtain such listing, registration or qualification.

(b)

Each Holder who is a director or an Executive Officer is restricted from taking any action with respect to any Award if such action would result in a (i) violation of Section 306 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and the regulations promulgated thereunder, whether or not such law and regulations are applicable to the Company, or (ii) any policies adopted by the Company restricting transactions in the Stock.

1 2 .3

Stock Restriction Agreement .  The Committee may provide that Shares issuable upon the exercise of an Option shall, under certain conditions, be subject to restrictions whereby the Company has (i) a right of first refusal with respect to such Shares, (ii) specific rights or limitations with respect to the Participant’s ability to vote such Shares, or (iii) a right or obligation to repurchase all or a portion of such Shares, which restrictions may survive a Participant’s cessation or termination as a Service Provider.

SECTION 13

OTHER EMPLOYEE BENEFITS

The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by a Participant as a result of the exercise of an Option or the grant, payment or vesting of any other Award shall not constitute “earnings” with respect to which any other benefits of such Participant are determined, including benefits under (a) any pension, profit sharing, life insurance or salary continuation plan or other employee benefit plan of the Company or (b) any agreement between the Company and the Participant, except as such plan or agreement shall otherwise expressly provide.

SECTION 14

PLAN AMENDMENT, MODIFICATION AND TERMINATION

14 .1

Amendment, Modification, and Termination .  The Board may at any time terminate, and from time to time may amend or modify, the Plan; provided, however, that no amendment or modification may become effective without approval of the amendment or modification by the stockholders if stockholder approval is required to enable the Plan to satisfy any applicable statutory or regulatory requirements, to comply with the requirements for listing on any exchange where the Shares are listed, or if the Company, on the advice of counsel, determines that stockholder approval is otherwise necessary or desirable.

1 4 .2

Adjustment Upon Certain Unusual or Nonrecurring Events .  The Board may make adjustments in the terms and conditions of Awards in recognition of unusual or nonrecurring events (including the events described in Section 4.3) affecting the Company

26


 

or the financial statements of the Company or of changes in applicable laws, regulations, or accounting principles, whenever the Board determines that such adjustments are appropriate in order to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Plan.

1 4 .3

Awards Previously Granted .  Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan to the contrary (but subject to a Holder's employment being terminated for Cause and Section 14.2), no termination, amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect in any material way any Award previously granted under the Plan, without the written or electronic consent of the Holder of such Award.

SECTION 15

WITHHOLDING

1 5 .1

Withholding Requirement .  The Company’s obligations to deliver Shares upon the exercise of an Option, or upon the vesting of any other Award, shall be subject to the Holder’s satisfaction of all applicable federal, state and local income and other tax withholding requirements.

1 5 .2

Withholding with Stock .  For Eligible Employees, the Committee may, in its sole discretion, permit the Holder to pay all minimum required amounts of tax withholding, or any part thereof, by electing to transfer to the Company, or to have the Company withhold from Shares otherwise issuable to the Holder, Shares having a value not to exceed the minimum amount required to be withheld under federal, state or local law or such lesser amount as may be elected by the Holder.  All elections shall be subject to the approval or disapproval of the Committee or its delegate.  The value of Shares to be withheld shall be based on the Fair Market Value of the Stock on the date that the amount of tax to be withheld is to be determined (the "Tax Date"), as determined by the Committee.  Any such elections by Holder to have Shares withheld for this purpose will be subject to the following restrictions:

(a)

All elections must be made prior to the Tax Date;

(b)

All elections shall be irrevocable; and

(c)

If the Holder is an officer or director of the Company within the meaning of Section 16 of the 1934 Act (“Section 16”), the Holder must satisfy the requirements of such Section 16 and any applicable rules thereunder with respect to the use of Stock to satisfy such tax withholding obligation.

SECTION 16

NONEXCLUSIVITY OF THE PLAN

Neither the adoption of the Plan by the Board nor the submission of the Plan to stockholders of the Company for approval shall be construed as creating any limitations on the power or authority of the Board or the Committee to continue to maintain or adopt such other or additional incentive or other compensation arrangements of whatever nature as the Board or the Committee, as the case may be, may deem necessary or desirable or preclude or limit the continuation of any other plan, practice or arrangement for the payment of compensation or fringe benefits to

27


 

employees, or non-employee directors generally, or to any class or group of employees, or non-employee directors, which the Company now has lawfully put into effect, including any retirement, pension, savings and stock purchase plan, insurance, death and disability benefits and executive short-term incentive plans.

SECTION 17

REQUIREMENTS OF LAW

17 .1

Requirements of Law .  The issuance of Stock and the payment of cash pursuant to the Plan shall be subject to all applicable laws, rules and regulations, and to such approvals by any governmental agencies or stock exchanges as may be required.  Notwithstanding any provision of the Plan or any Award, Holders shall not be entitled to exercise, or receive benefits under any Award, and the Company shall not be obligated to deliver any Shares or other benefits to a Holder, if such exercise or delivery would constitute a violation by the Holder or the Company of any applicable law or regulation.

17 .2

Code Section 409A .  This Plan and all Awards granted thereunder are intended to meet or be exempt from the requirements of Code section 409A and shall be administered, construed and interpreted in a manner that is accordance with and in furtherance of such intent.  In the event that any provision of this Plan shall be determined to contravene Code section 409A, the regulations promulgated thereunder, regulatory interpretations or announcements with respect to section 409A or applicable judicial decisions construing section 409A, any such provision shall be void and have no effect.  Any payments described in the Plan that are due within the "short-term deferral period" as defined in Code section 409A shall not be treated as deferred compensation unless applicable laws require otherwise.  

17 .3

Rule 16b-3 .  Each transaction under the Plan is intended to comply with all applicable conditions of Rule 16b-3, to the extent Rule 16b-3 reasonably may be relevant or applicable to such transaction. To the extent any provision of the Plan or any action by the Committee under the Plan fails to so comply, such provision or action shall, without further action by any person, be deemed to be automatically amended to the extent necessary to effect compliance with Rule 16b-3; provided, however, that if such provision or action cannot be amended to effect such compliance, such provision or action shall be deemed null and void to the extent permitted by law and deemed advisable by the Committee.

1 7 .4

Governing Law .  The Plan and all agreements hereunder shall be construed in accordance with and governed by the laws of the state of Delaware without giving effect to the principles of the conflict of laws to the contrary.

28

 

Exhibit 10.26 

December 8, 2014

Mr. Michael J. Caliel

82 North Hunters Crossing Circle

The Woodlands, TX  77381

Dear Michael:

On behalf of Layne Christensen Company (the “ Company ”), I am pleased to offer you the position of President and Chief Executive Officer of the Company, reporting to the Company's Board of Directors (the " Board "), working at the Company's headquarters at 1800 Hughes Landing Boulevard in The Woodlands, Texas.   Your employment with the Company would commence January 2, 2015 (your " Employment Start Date ") and, effective as of January 2, 2015, you would assume the position of the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer. The details of our offer are outlined below:

Base Salary & Vacation.   Your initial base annual salary will be Six Hundred Sixty Thousand Dollars ($660,000) (pro-rated for the Company's current fiscal year) and will be paid in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll procedures and subject to applicable taxes, deductions and withholdings.  For the Company's fiscal year beginning February 1, 2015 and each year thereafter, your annual salary will be determined by the Compensation Committee.  You will be entitled to four weeks of paid vacation.

Annual Incentive Compensation (Short-Term).   For the Company's current fiscal year (FY 2015), you will participate in the Company's Executive Short-Term Incentive Plan (" ESTI ") on a pro-rated basis based on the number of days between your Employment Start Date and January 31, 2015, at a level entitling you to an annual incentive bonus equal to 100% of your base salary and assuming a 100% of target level of achievement for FY 2015.  For future fiscal years, you will continue to be eligible to participate in the ESTI at the CEO band level, which currently provides for a target equal to 100% of your base salary and a maximum bonus equal to 200% of your base salary.  Actual payout is dependent on performance against pre-established goals and objectives approved annually by the Compensation Committee.  

Annual Equity Awards (Long-Term Incentives).   Commencing in the Company's fiscal year beginning February 1, 2015 (FY 2016), you will participate and be eligible to receive equity awards as described in the Company's Long-Term Incentive Plan (" LTIP ") at the CEO Level which equity awards are granted  under the Company's  shareholder-approved 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, or any successor thereto (the " Equity Plan "). The actual equity grants and actual grant date value of all such annual grants shall be determined in the discretion of the Compensation Committee after taking into account the Company's and your performance and other relevant factors.

 


 

Inducement Grant.   On your Employment Start Date you will receive a special inducement grant (" Inducement Grant ") having an aggregate award value of $2 million.  The Inducement Grant will consist of stock options, service and performance vesting restricted stock units, and incentive cash, all as described and subject to the points listed below:

1.

Inducement Stock Option Grant .   As of your Employment Start Date, you will be granted a non-qualified stock option (the " Inducement Option ") with a grant date fair value of $500,000, such fair value being determined by use of a lattice option pricing model. The Inducement Option will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the option's award agreement, which shall include:

·

The option will be subject to a 3-year cliff vesting schedule such that, except as provided below, no portion of the option will be exercisable until the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date, at which time 100% of the option will become exercisable.

·

The per share option exercise price will be equal to the closing price of the Company's common stock on your Employment Start Date.

·

The option will be subject to a 10-year maximum term.

·

The option will cease to be exercisable immediately if your employment with the Company is terminated for Cause.

·

Once vested after the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date, the Option will cease to be exercisable on the 30 th day after your employment with the Company has ended for any reason other than being terminated for Cause or your death or disability.

·

Once vested after the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date, the Option will cease to be exercisable on the 365 th day after your employment with the Company has ended on account of your death or disability.

·

If a Change in Control (as defined in the Equity Plan) occurs before the 3 rd anniversary of the Employment Start Date, 100% of the options will become fully exercisable.

·

Notwithstanding any terms of your Severance Agreement or other agreement with the Company, if your employment with the Company ends before the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date, all of your rights to exercise any portion of the Inducement Option will be forfeited immediately upon such termination of employment; provided, however , that if you are terminated without Cause by the Company or you resign for Good Reason (as "Cause" and "Good Reason" are defined in the Severance Agreement), a pro rata portion of the Inducement Option will be vested and exercisable for a 30-day period following your termination of employment.  That pro rata portion will be determined by multiplying the number of shares subject to the Inducement Option by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days worked with the Company from your Employment Start Date to your termination date and the denominator of which is 1,095.

2 .

Inducement Restricted Stock Units .  On your Employment Start Date you will be granted performance vesting restricted stock units (" Inducement RSUs ") having a grant date fair value of $500,000, such fair value determined by the closing price of the Company's

2


 

common stock on the Employment Start Date. The Inducement RSUs will be subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Inducement RSUs' award agreement, which shall include:

·

The Inducement RSUs will be subject to both time and performance vesting conditions such that, if you are an employee of the Company on the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date on such 3 rd anniversary:

(i) 25% of the Inducement RSUs will vest and be settled if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $9 or greater;

(ii) 50% of the Inducement RSUs will vest and be settled if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $10 or greater;

(iii) 75% of the Inducement RSUs will vest and be settled if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $12 or greater; and

(iv) 100% of the Inducement RSUs will vest and be settled if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $15 or greater.

·

If a Change in Control occurs before the 3 rd anniversary of the Employment Start Date, 100% of the RSUs will become fully vested and be settled regardless of the Company's stock price through the date of the Change in Control.

·

Notwithstanding any terms of your Severance Agreement or other agreement with the Company, if your employment with the Company ends before the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date, all of your Inducement RSUs will be forfeited immediately upon such termination of employment; provided, however , that if you are terminated without Cause by the Company or you resign for Good Reason, a pro rata portion of the Inducement RSUs will become vested.  That pro rata portion will be determined by multiplying the total number of shares subject to the Inducement RSUs by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days worked with the Company from your Employment Start Date until your termination date, and the denominator of which is 1,095.

3 .

Inducement Cash Award .  You will be paid an inducement cash award on the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date if you are an employee of the Company on such date and the amount of such inducement cash award will be, in the aggregate:

(i) $250,000 if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $9 or greater;

(ii) $500,000 if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $10 or greater;

3


 

(iii) $750,000 if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $12 or greater; or

(iv) $1 million if at any time since from your Employment Start Date the closing market price of the Company's common stock on each day during a ten (10) consecutive day trading period has been $15 or greater.

·

If a Change in Control occurs before the 3 rd anniversary of the Employment Start Date, the full $1 million inducement cash award will be paid to you at the time of the Change in Control.  

·

Notwithstanding any terms of your Severance Agreement or other agreement with the Company, if your employment with the Company ends before the 3 rd anniversary of your Employment Start Date all of your rights to be paid any portion of your inducement cash award will be forfeited immediately upon such termination of employment; provided, however , that if you are terminated without Cause by the Company or you resign for Good Reason, a pro rata portion of the $1 million will be paid. That pro rata portion will be determined by multiplying $1 million by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days worked with the Company from your Employment Start Date to your termination date, and the denominator of which is 1,095.

Eligibility for Participation in Other Benefit Plans.   To the extent that (a) you are eligible under the general provisions thereof (including without limitation, any plan provision providing for participation to be limited to persons who were employees of the Company or certain of its subsidiaries prior to a specific point in time) and (b) the Company maintains such plan or program for the benefit of other executives at your level, and so long as you are an employee of the Company at the time of the adoption of the plan or program, you shall be eligible to participate in the Company’s retirement plans, health plans, and all other employee and executive benefit plans as sponsored by the Company from time to time. The terms of these plans shall be determined by the Company or as thereafter amended.  Any grants or awards made in accordance with these plans shall be governed by the terms of the applicable plans and the grant or award agreement provided to you at the time of issuance.

Expense Reimbursement .  The Company agrees to fully reimburse you for all reasonable and necessary business expenses incurred in the performance of duties and responsibilities subject to the Company's normal policies and procedures for expense verification and documentation.

Payments Subject to Withholdings & Deductions.   The amount of any payment made to you by the Company under the terms of this letter will be reduced by any required withholdings and other authorized employee deductions as may be required by law or as you have elected under the applicable benefit plans.

Severance Agreement.   Beginning on your Employment Start Date, your employment will be subject to a severance agreement with the Company which provides you with certain termination payments and benefits if your employment is terminated by the Company (actually or constructively) other than for cause.  A copy of your severance agreement is provided with this letter.  

4


 

Attorney and Accountant Fees.   The Company agrees to reimburse you for reasonable legal fees incurred in connection with negotiating and reviewing this letter and your severance agreement (based on your attorney's normal charges and upon providing the Company with documentation of the charges).  This will be a taxable benefit to you.  

No Other Financial Commitments.   Other than as expressly stated, you acknowledge that the Company has not extended to you any further bonus or incentive-related commitments. You further acknowledge and understand that with regard to all future bonus or incentive-related commitments, to be effective and binding on the Company, these commitments must be expressly and specifically agreed to in writing, and signed by an authorized officer of the Company.

Other Terms & Conditions.

1.

Employment At Will .    The terms of this letter do not imply employment for any specific period of time.  Rather, your employment is at will.  You have the right to terminate your employment at any time with or without cause or notice, unless it is otherwise required as stated herein, and the Company reserves for itself an equal right, subject to the terms of this letter.

2.

Acknowledgement of Officer of Publicly Traded Company .  If you accept the position being offered, you will become an executive officer of a publicly traded company.  The Company’s legal counsel will make all necessary securities and compliance filings on your behalf, subject to your input and approval, at the Company’s cost.  In addition, the Company will be required to publicly disclose information regarding your compensation and other terms of your employment in its securities filings.

3.

Company Policies and Procedures .    You hereby agree that, effective from and after your Employment Start Date, you will adhere to the Company's policies and procedures applicable to all employees generally, and / or applicable to your position and function within the Company.  Upon commencement of your employment, you will be required to execute the Company's standard forms and acknowledgements generally.  These policies and procedures, which you will receive in the context of your orientation, address, among other things, outside employment limitations, arbitration of disputes, compliance rules and regulations, Code of Conduct and Ethics, insider trading, Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, equal employment opportunity and sexual harassment and information security policies.  You should fully familiarize yourself with these policies and procedures as they pertain to your employment.  The Company reserves its full discretion to change or modify its policies and procedures, or to adopt / implement new policies.

5


 

4.

Dispute Resolution .  

·

You and the Company agree to waive any rights to a trial before a judge or jury and agree to arbitrate before a neutral arbitrator any and all claims or disputes arising out of this offer letter and any and all claims arising from or relating to your employment with the Company, including (but not limited to) claims against any current or former employee, director or agent of the Company, claims of wrongful termination, retaliation, discrimination, harassment, breach of contract, breach of the covenant of good faith and fair dealing, defamation, invasion of privacy, fraud, misrepresentation, constructive discharge or failure to provide a leave of absence, or claims regarding commissions, stock options or bonuses, infliction of emotional distress or unfair business practices.

·

The arbitrator’s decision must be written and must include the findings of fact and law that support the decision. The arbitrator’s decision will be final and binding on both parties, except to the extent applicable law allows for judicial review of arbitration awards. The arbitrator may award any remedies that would otherwise be available to the parties if they were to bring the dispute in court. The arbitration will be conducted in accordance with the National Rules for the Resolution of Employment Disputes of the American Arbitration Association. The arbitration will take place in Houston, Texas.

·

If an arbitrator or court of competent jurisdiction (the " Neutral ") determines that any provision of this arbitration provision is illegal or unenforceable, then the Neutral shall modify or replace the language of this arbitration provision with a valid and enforceable provision, but only to the minimum extent necessary to render this arbitration provision legal and enforceable.

·

You and the Company will share the costs of arbitration equally, except that the Company will bear the cost of the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that you would not be required to bear if you were to bring the dispute or claim in court.

·

If there is any suit, action, or proceeding pursuant to this Section 4 (whether in court or in arbitration) alleging a breach of this letter, then the prevailing party in any such suit, action or proceeding, during arbitration, on trial or appeal, shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party, in addition to any other relief awarded, its reasonable and necessary attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in such suit, action or proceeding.  If there is no prevailing party, each party will pay its own attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.  Whether a prevailing party exists shall be determined solely by the court or arbitrator (as applicable), on a claim-by-claim basis and the court or arbitrator (as applicable), shall determine the amount of reasonable and necessary attorneys’ fees, costs and/or expenses, if any, for which a party is entitled.

5.

Claw Back Provisions.   As an Executive Officer of the Company, you will be subject to any incentive compensation recoupment policy adopted by the Company.

6.

Background Check .  You represent that all information provided to the Company or its agents with regard to your background is true and correct.

7.

Entire Agreement .  This letter, the Inducement Cash Incentive Agreement, the Inducement Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement, the Inducement Stock Option Award Agreement,

6


 

and the Severance  Agreement and the attachments referenced herein constitute the complete understanding between you and the Company concerning the subject matter(s) addressed, and they supersede any prior oral or written understanding regarding the terms and conditions of your employment with the Company.  No oral modifications to the commitments made herein shall be valid.  Any changes to these must be in writing and signed by you and an authorized representative of the Company.

To indicate your acceptance of the Company’s offer, please sign and date this letter in the space provided below and return it to the Company. A duplicate original is enclosed for your records.

We look forward to having you join Layne and believe that you will be a great asset to the Company.

Sincerely,

/s/ Steven F. Crooke

Steven F. Crooke

Senior Vice President—General Counsel

ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO this 8 th day of December, 2014.

 

/s/ Michael J. Caliel

(Employee Signature)

Attachments:

·

Inducement Cash Incentive Agreement

·

Inducement Grant Restricted Stock Unit Award Agreement

·

Inducement Stock Option Award Agreement

·

Severance Agreement

7

 

Exhibit 10.27

SEVERANCE AGREEMENT

This Severance Agreement (the " Agreement ") is made as of January 2, 2015 (the " Effective Date ") by and between Layne Christensen Company, a Delaware corporation (" Company "), and Michael J. Caliel (" Employee ").

RECITALS

WHEREAS, Employee was recently hired to serve as a key employee of Company and the services and knowledge of Employee are valuable to Company in connection with the management of Company’s business;

WHEREAS , the entering into this Agreement was a condition to Employee agreeing to accept employment with Company;

WHEREAS, Company’s Board of Directors (the " Board ") has determined that it is in the best interest of Company and its stockholders to secure Employee’s service and to ensure Employee’s dedication and objectivity by providing Employee with certain severance benefits if Company were to actually or constructively terminate Employee’s employment.

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual covenants and agreements contained herein, and for other good and valuable consideration, the adequacy of which is hereby acknowledged, Company and Employee, each intending to be legally bound, agree as follows:

1. Term . The term of this Agreement (the " Term ") commences on the Effective Date and will continue until the earlier of (i) the date on which Employee’s employment with Company terminates under Section 3 or 4 of this Agreement or (ii) twelve (12) months following the date of delivery to Employee of written notice by Company of its intent to terminate this Agreement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, this Agreement may not be terminated by Company during the Two-Year Period (as defined in Section 4(b) hereof).

2. Restrictions on Employee’s Conduct .

(a) Exclusive Services . During the Term, Employee shall at all times devote Employee’s full-time attention, energies, efforts and skills to the business of Company (which term shall hereinafter include each of Company’s subsidiaries) and may not, directly or indirectly, engage in any other business activity, whether or not for profit, gain or other pecuniary advantages, without Company’s written consent, provided that such prior consent shall not be required with respect to: (i) business interests that neither compete with Company nor interfere with the performance of Employee’s duties and obligations under this Agreement; or (ii) Employee’s charitable, philanthropic or professional association activities which do not interfere with the performance of Employee’s duties and obligations under this Agreement.

(b) Confidential Information . During the Term and after the termination of the Term, Employee shall not disclose or use, directly or indirectly, any Confidential Information. For the purposes of this Agreement, " Confidential Information " means all

 


 

information disclosed to Employee, or known by him as a consequence of or through Employee’s employment with Company where such information (i) is not generally known in the trade or industry or (ii) was regarded or treated as confidential by Company, and where such information refers or relates in any manner whatsoever to the business activities, processes, services or products of Company. Confidential Information includes business and development plans (whether contemplated, initiated or completed), information with respect to the development of technical and management services, business contacts, methods of operation, results of analysis, business forecasts, financial data, costs, revenues, and similar information. Upon termination of the Term, Employee shall immediately return to Company all property of Company and all Confidential Information, which is in tangible form, including all copies, extracts, and summaries thereof and any Confidential Information stored electronically on tapes computer disks or in any other manner.

(c) Business Opportunities and Conflicts of Interests .

(i) During the Term, Employee shall promptly disclose to Company each business opportunity of a type which, based upon its prospects and relationship to the existing businesses of Company, Company might reasonably consider pursuing. After termination of this Agreement, regardless of the circumstances thereof, Company shall have the exclusive right to participate in or undertake any such opportunity on its own behalf without any involvement of Employee.

(ii) During the Term, Employee shall refrain from engaging in any activity, practice or act which conflicts with, or has the potential to conflict with, the interests of Company, and he shall avoid any acts or omissions which are disloyal to, or competitive with Company.

(d) Non-Solicitation . For a period of 24 months following any termination of this Agreement, Employee shall not, except in the course of Employee’s duties under this Agreement, directly or indirectly, induce or attempt to induce or otherwise counsel, advise, ask or encourage any person to leave the employ of Company, or solicit or offer employment to any person who was employed by Company at any time during the twelve-month period preceding the solicitation or offer.

(e) Covenant Not to Compete .

(i) During the Term and the Severance Period (as defined in Section 3(c)(iii)(A)), Employee shall not, without Company’s prior written consent, directly or indirectly, either as an officer, director, employee, agent, advisor, consultant, principal, stockholder, partner, owner or in any other capacity, on Employee’s own behalf or otherwise, in any way engage in, represent, be connected with or have a financial interest in, any business which is, or to Employee’s knowledge, is about to become, engaged in any business with which Company is currently or has previously done business or any subsequent line of business developed by Company or any business planned during the Term to be established by Company. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Employee shall be permitted to own passive investments in publicly held companies provided that such investments do not exceed two percent (2%) of any such company’s outstanding equity.

2


 

(ii) For a period of 24 months following any termination of this Agreement and without regard to whether Company or Employee terminates this Agreement, Employee shall not, engage in competition with Company, or solicit, from any person or entity who purchased any product or service from Company during Employee’s employment hereunder, the purchase of any product or service in competition with then existing products or services of Company.

(iii) For purposes of this Agreement , Employee shall be deemed to engage in competition with Company if he shall, directly or indirectly, either individually or as a stockholder , director, officer, partner, consultant, owner, employee, agent, or in any other capacity, consult with or otherwise assist any person or entity engaged in services similar to those provided by Company or any member of Company’s group of companies. The provisions of this Section 2(e) shall apply in any location in which Company has established, or is in the process of establishing, a business presence.

(f) Employee Acknowledgment . Employee hereby agrees and acknowledges that the restrictions imposed upon him by the provisions of this Section 2 are fair and reasonable considering the nature of Company’s business, and are reasonably required for Company’s protection.

(g) Invalidity . If a court of competent jurisdiction or an arbitrator shall declare any provision or restriction contained in this Section 2 as unenforceable or void, the provisions of this Section 2 shall remain in full force and effect to the extent not so declared to be unenforceable or void, and the court may modify the invalid provision to make it enforceable to the maximum extent permitted by law.

(h) Specific Performance . Employee agrees that if he breaches any of the provisions of this Section 2, the remedies available at law to Company would be inadequate and in lieu thereof, or in addition thereto, Company shall be entitled to appropriate equitable remedies, including specific performance and injunctive relief. Employee agrees not to enter into any agreement, either written or oral, which may conflict with this Agreement, and Employee authorizes Company to make known the terms of this Section 2 to any person, including future employers of Employee.

(i) Notice and Opportunity to Cure .  If Company believes that Employee has breached Section 2(a) , Section 2(c) or Section 2(e) , Company shall provide a reasonably detailed written notice to Employee of the activity or conduct by Employee that Company believes is in violation of such Section(s). Employee shall be deemed to be in breach of such Section(s) only if he fails to cease such activities or conduct within five (5) days following receipt of such notice from Company; provided further, however , that a repeated breach after such notice involving the same or substantially similar activity or conduct shall be a breach of this Agreement without any additional notice from Company.

3


 

(j) Non-Disparagement .  Employee hereby agrees not to directly or indirectly disparage or otherwise make adverse references to Company or any of its officers, directors, employees or Affiliates (as defined in Section 4(d)(iii)) at any time during or after the Term.  Company hereby agrees that it shall instruct its "executive officers" as defined in Rule 3b-7 promulgated under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and members of its Board not to directly or indirectly disparage or otherwise make adverse references to Employee at any time after the Term.

3. Termination .

(a) Termination by Company for Cause . Subject to Section 3(b), at any time during the Term of this Agreement, Company may terminate Employee’s employment for Cause, as defined in Section 3(b), upon at least fourteen (14) days written notice setting forth a description of the conduct constituting Cause. If Employee’s employment is terminated for Cause, he shall be entitled to:

(i) payment of any earned and accrued but unpaid portion of Employee's (A) annual base salary as in effect from time to time (" Base Salary ") through the effective date of such termination and (B) benefits (including without limitation, any bonus due by virtue of having met all applicable performance targets before the effective date of such termination and for which no remaining service condition exists or that has been satisfied), as required by the terms of any employee benefit plan or program of Company (collectively (A) and (B), the  " Accrued Compensation ");

(ii) reimbursement for any reasonable, unreimbursed and documented business expense he has incurred in performing Employee’s duties hereunder; and

(iii) the right to elect continuation coverage of insurance benefits to the extent required by law.

(b) Definition of Cause .  For purposes of this Agreement, " Cause " means:

(i) indictment for or conviction of Employee of, or the entry of a plea of guilty or nolo contendere by Employee to, any felony, or any misdemeanor involving moral turpitude;

(ii) fraud, misappropriation or embezzlement by Employee;

(iii) Employee's intentional breach or violation of any of the restrictive covenants set forth in Section 2;

(iv) Employee’s willful failure, gross negligence or gross misconduct in the performance of Employee’s assigned duties for Company; and

(v) willful and repeated failure by Employee to follow reasonable instructions of the Board ;

provided, however , no event or condition described in clauses (iii), (iv) or (v) shall constitute Cause unless (x) within 90 days from Company first acquiring actual knowledge of the existence of the Cause condition, Company provides Employee written notice of its intention to terminate his employment for Cause and the grounds for such termination; (y) such grounds for termination (f

4


 

susceptible to correction) are not corrected by Employee within 30 days of his receipt of such notice (or, in the event that such grounds cannot be corrected within such 30-day period, Employee has not taken all reasonable steps within such 30-day period to correct such grounds as promptly as practicable thereafter); and (z) Company terminates Employee’s employment immediately following expiration of such 30-day period.  For purposes of the foregoing, any attempt by Employee to correct a stated Cause shall not be deemed an admission by Employee that Company’s assertion of Cause is valid.  

(c) Termination by Company Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason Not in Connection with a Change of Control . If at any time before a Change of Control or after the two-year period following a Change of Control (x) Company terminates Employee’s employment "without Cause," which for purposes of this Agreement means any involuntary termination of employment, at the direction of Company, in the absence of "Cause" as defined above, by giving written notice of termination, or (y) Employee resigns with "Good Reason," as defined below (collectively, a termination by Company without Cause or resignation by Employee with Good Reason a " Qualifying Involuntary Termination "), Employee shall, subject to satisfaction of the release requirements described in Section 9, be entitled to receive from Company the following:

(i) payment of the Accrued Compensation;

(ii) reimbursement for any reasonable, unreimbursed and documented business expense Employee has incurred in performing his duties hereunder during the Term;

(iii) the following severance benefits:

(A) payment of the then current Base Salary for a severance Period of 24-months commencing on the effective date of Employee’s termination (the " Severance Period "), payable in a lump sum on the 30 th day after Employee's termination;

(B) payment of a pro-rata portion of any annual incentive bonus Employee was eligible to receive during the year of Employee's Qualifying Involuntary Termination, assuming performance was achieved at 100% of target, such pro-rata portion determined by multiplying (A) the amount Employee was eligible to be paid as his annual incentive bonus for the year of his Qualifying Involuntary Termination if his employment had continued and performance was achieved at 100% of target by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Employee worked for Company during the calendar year of Employee's Qualifying Involuntary Termination and the denominator of which 365;

(C) for any outstanding stock option, restricted stock, restricted stock unit or other equity award (an " Equity Award ") for which the vesting thereof is all or partially dependent upon on the Employee's continued service with Company (a " Service-Based Vesting ") continued vesting during the Severance Period in the same manner that such Service-

5


 

Based Vesting would have occurred if Employee was continually employed by Company during the Severance Period;

(D) for any Equity Award for which the vesting thereof is all or partially dependent upon Company's achievement of one or more performance criteria (a " Performance-Based Vesting "), complete or pro rata vesting during the Severance Period, only if and to the extent that the underlying performance criteria are satisfied, as follows:

(I) if the performance period for the Performance-Based Vesting ends during the Severance Period, the Performance-Based Vesting portion of the Equity Award shall be satisfied at the same level of achievement that the performance goals or conditions were met;

(II) if the performance period for the Performance-Based Vesting ends after the Severance Period, the Performance-Based Vesting portion of the Equity Award shall be a pro-rata portion of the level of achievement that the performance goals or conditions were met, such pro-rata portion determined by multiplying the total amount of payment or vesting Employee would have earned based on the level of achievement assuming he had not terminated employment by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of calendar days Employee was employed during the performance period before his termination plus 730 (the number of days in the Severance Period), and the denominator of which is the total number of calendar days in the performance period;  

(E) for any vested stock option, Employee's continued right to exercise the option until the earlier of the end of the Severance Period or the Equity Award's original expiration date; provided, however, for any stock option with Performance-Based Vesting which first becomes exercisable after the end of the Severance Period, such option will remain exercisable until the earlier of the award’s original expiration date or 90 days after the first date that such option becomes exercisable, and, provided, further, that the extension of Employee’s rights to exercise any vested stock option until the end of the Severance Period shall be in lieu of any other post-employment exercise period provided under any equity-based award agreement.   For example, if Employee dies during the last year of a Severance Period, Employee's death does not extend an option's exercise period to a date later than the end of the Severance Period ;

(F) A lump sum payment equal to 24 times the monthly amount of Company's total premium cost to cover the Employee under Company's health, vision and dental plans, and his eligible dependents in effect as of the date of the Qualifying Involuntary Termination.  Such amount will include Company-paid portion of the cost of the premiums for coverage of

6


 

the Employee's dependents if, and only to the extent that, such dependents were enrolled in Company's health, vision or dental plan at the time of the Qualifying Involuntary Termination. The lump sum payment under this paragraph (F) shall be made on the 30 th day after the Qualifying Involuntary Termination; and

(iv) the right to elect continuation coverage of insurance benefits to the extent required by law.

(d) Definition of Good Reason .  For purposes of this Agreement, Employee's resignation for "Good Reason" means a termination of Employee at Employee’s own initiative within one year following the occurrence, without Employee’s prior written consent, of one or more of the following events not on account of Cause (each a " Good Reason Event "):

(i) a material diminution in the nature or scope of Employee’s authority, title, responsibilities or duties, unless Employee is given new authority or duties that are substantially comparable to Employee’s previous authority or duties;

(i) a material reduction in Employee’s then-current Base Salary;

(ii) a relocation of your position with Company to a location that is greater than 50 miles from The Woodlands, Texas and that is also further from your principal place of residence; or

(iii) any action or inaction that constitutes a Material Breach (as defined in Section 19) by Company of this Agreement.

Notwithstanding anything in this Section 3(d) to the contrary, no event or condition described in this Section shall constitute Good Reason unless, (x) within 90 days from Employee first acquiring actual knowledge of the existence of the Good Reason condition described in this Section, Employee provides Company written notice of his intention to terminate his employment for Good Reason and the grounds for such termination; (y) such grounds for termination (if susceptible to correction) are not corrected by Company within 30 days of Company’s receipt of such notice (or, in the event that such grounds cannot be corrected within such 30-day period, Company has not taken all reasonable steps within such 30-day period to correct such grounds as promptly as practicable thereafter); and (z) Employee terminates his services with Company immediately following expiration of such 30-day period.  For purposes of this Section 3(d), any attempt by Company to correct a stated Good Reason shall not be deemed an admission by Company that Employee’s assertion of Good Reason is valid.

(e) Voluntary Termination by Employee . Employee may terminate this Agreement at any time by giving 60 days’ written notice to Company. If Employee voluntarily terminates his employment for reasons other than Employee’s death, disability, or resignation for Good Reason, he shall be entitled to:

(i) payment of the Accrued Compensation;

(ii) reimbursement of any reasonable, unreimbursed and documented business expense Employee has incurred in performing Employee’s duties hereunder; and

7


 

(iii) the right to elect continuation coverage of insurance benefits to the extent required by law.

Any payments made under Section 3(e) shall be made within 30 days of Employee’s termination of employment.

(f) Termination Due to Death . Employee’s employment and this Agreement shall terminate immediately upon Employee’s death. If Employee’s employment is terminated because of Employee’s death, Employee’s estate or Employee’s beneficiaries, as the case may be, shall be entitled to:

(i) payment of the Accrued Compensation;

(ii) reimbursement for any reasonable, unreimbursed and documented business expense Employee incurred in performing Employee’s duties hereunder;

(iii) any pension survivor benefits that may become due pursuant to any employee benefit plan or program of Company,

(iv) for any portion of an unvested Equity Award with Service-Based Vesting, immediate acceleration of such Service-Based Vesting;

(v) for any portion of an unvested Equity Award with Performance-Based Vesting, such Equity Award shall remain outstanding until the last day of the Performance-Based Vesting schedule, and then shall vest, if at all, only to the extent the Performance-Based Vesting schedule becomes satisfied, and the remainder shall immediately forfeit;

(vi) for any Equity Award that is a stock option, such option will remain exercisable until the earlier of (A) the Equity Award’s original expiration date or (B) the later of 12 months following the date the option first becomes exercisable or 12 months after Employee's death;

(vii) payment of a pro-rata portion of any annual incentive bonus Employee was eligible to receive during the year of Employee's death, to the extent that the underlying performance criteria for such annual incentive bonus are satisfied, such pro-rata portion determined by multiplying (A) the actual amount Employee would have been entitled to be paid if his employment had continued by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Employee worked during the performance period before his death and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the performance period.  Any such pro-rata portion of the annual incentive bonus shall be paid at the same time as the annual incentive bonus is paid to other Company employees; and

(viii) the right to elect continuation coverage of insurance benefits to the extent required by law.

Any payment described above in Sections 3(f)(i), (ii) and (iv) shall be made within 30 days of Employee’s death.

(g) Termination Due to Disability . Company may terminate Employee’s employment at any time if Employee becomes disabled, upon written notice by Company to Employee. "Disability," as used in this paragraph, means a physical or mental illness,

8


 

injury, or condition that (i) prevents, or is likely to prevent, as certified by a physician, Employee from performing one or more of the essential functions of Employee’s position, for at least 120 consecutive calendar days or for at least 150 calendar days, whether or not consecutive, in any 365 calendar day period, and (ii) which cannot be accommodated with a reasonable accommodation, without undue hardship on Company, as specified in the Americans with Disabilities Act. If Employee’s employment is terminated because of Employee’s disability, he shall, subject to satisfaction of the release requirements described in Section 9, be entitled to:

(i) payment of Accrued Compensation;

(ii) payment of a lump-sum disability benefit equal to 12 months’ then current Base Salary payable on the 30 th day after Employee's termination;

(iii) for any portion of an unvested Equity Award with Service-Based Vesting, immediate acceleration of such Service-Based Vesting;

(iv) for any portion of an unvested Equity Award with Performance-Based Vesting, such Equity Award shall remain outstanding until the last day of the Performance-Based Vesting schedule, and then shall vest, if at all, only to the extent the Performance-Based Vesting schedule becomes satisfied, and the remainder shall immediately forfeit;

(v) for any Equity Award that is a stock option, such option will remain exercisable until the earlier of (A) the Equity Award’s original expiration date or (B) the later of 12 months following the date the option first becomes exercisable or 12 months after Employee's termination due to Disability;

(vi) payment of a pro-rata portion of any annual incentive bonus Employee was eligible to receive during the year of Employee's termination due to Disability to the extent that the underlying performance criteria for the annual incentive bonus are satisfied, such pro-rata portion determined by multiplying (A) the actual amount Employee would have been entitled to be paid if his employment had continued by (B) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days Employee worked during the performance period before his termination of employment and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the performance period. Any such pro-rata portion of the annual incentive bonus shall be paid at the same time as the annual incentive bonus is paid to other Company employees; and

(vii) reimbursement for any reasonable, unreimbursed and documented business expense he has incurred in performing Employee’s duties hereunder; and

(viii) the right to elect continuation coverage of insurance benefits to the extent required by law.

(h) Payments Terminated . If the Board or Company has determined in good faith that the Employee has failed to comply with the requirements of the Confidentiality, Non-Solicitation and Non-Competition provisions referenced in Section 2 hereof at any time following any termination, then Company shall have no further obligation to pay any amounts or provide any benefits under this Agreement.

9


 

(i) All Payments Subject to Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, all payments made to under this Section 3 to Employee are subject to the provisions of Section 18, including, without limitation, a mandatory delay in any payment that constitutes "nonqualified deferred compensation" under Code section 409A if Employee is a "specified employee" (as defined in Code section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i)).

4. Impact of Change of Control; Continuation of Employment Upon Change of Control .

(a) Acceleration of Equity Awards .  Subject to Section 7, upon the Control Change Date (as defined in Section 4(b) below), all outstanding Equity Awards held by Employee on such date shall become immediately vested, exercisable or payable, as the case may be and notwithstanding any other term, provision or condition set forth in any other plan or award agreement.

(b) Continuation of Employment . Subject to the terms and conditions of this Section 4, in the event of a Change of Control of Company (as defined in Section 4(d)) at any time during Employee’s employment hereunder, Company shall, for the two year period (the " Two-Year Period ") immediately following the date of such Change of Control (the " Control Change Date ") continue to employ Employee in a position without substantial adverse alteration in the nature or status of Employee’s authority, duties or responsibility as compared with the position Employee held immediately prior to the Change of Control. During the Two-Year Period, Company shall continue to pay Employee salary on the same basis, at the same intervals and at a rate not less than, that paid to Employee at the Control Change Date. Any termination of employment by Company following a Control Change Date and during the Two-Year Period shall be governed by this Section 4 rather than the provisions of Section 3.

(c) Benefits . During the Two-Year Period, Employee shall be entitled to receive the following benefits and participate, on the basis of his employment position, in each of the following plans (collectively, the " Specified Benefits ") in existence, and in accordance with the terms thereof, at the Control Change Date:

(i) any incentive compensation plans including eligibility to receive grants under any Company equity compensation plans;

(ii) any benefit plan and trust fund associated therewith, related to life, health, dental, disability, or accidental death and dismemberment insurance, and

(iii) any other benefit plans hereafter made generally available to employees at Employee’s level or to the employees of Company generally.

(d) Definition of Change of Control . For purposes of this Section, a " Change of Control " means the first to occur of the following events:

(i) Any person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner (within the meaning set forth in Rule 13d-3 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly or indirectly, of securities of Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such Person any securities acquired directly from Company or its Affiliates (as defined in Section 4(d)(iii)) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s then outstanding securities, excluding any

10


 

person who becomes such a Beneficial Owner in connection with a transaction described in clause (x) of paragraph (iii) of this Section 4(d); or

(ii) During any 12-month period, the following individuals cease for any reason to constitute a majority of the number of directors then serving: individuals who, on the Effective Date, constitute the Board and any new director (other than a director whose initial assumption of office is in connection with an actual or threatened election contest, including but not limited to a consent solicitation, relating to the election of directors of Company) whose appointment or election by the Board or nomination for election by Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds of the directors then still in office who either were directors on the date hereof or whose appointment, election or nomination for election was previously so approved or recommended; or

(iii) There is consummated a merger or consolidation of Company with any other corporation, OTHER THAN (x) a merger or consolidation which would result in the voting securities of Company outstanding immediately prior to such merger or consolidation continuing to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity or any parent thereof), in combination with the ownership of any trustee or other fiduciary holding securities under an employee benefit plan of Company at least 50% of the combined voting power of the securities of Company or such surviving entity or any parent thereof outstanding immediately after such merger or consolidation, or (y) a merger or consolidation effected to implement a recapitalization of Company (or similar transaction) in which no person is or becomes the Beneficial Owner, directly or indirectly, of securities of Company (not including in the securities beneficially owned by such person any securities acquired directly from Company or any person (an " Affiliate ") that directly, or indirectly through one or more intermediaries, controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with Company other than in connection with the acquisition by Company or its Affiliates of a business) representing 50% or more of the combined voting power of Company’s then outstanding securities; or

(iv) The stockholders of Company approve a plan of complete liquidation or dissolution of Company or there is consummated an agreement for the sale or disposition by Company of all or substantially all of Company’s assets, other than a sale or disposition by Company of all or substantially all of Company’s assets to an entity, at least 50% of the combined voting power of the voting securities of which are owned by stockholders of Company in substantially the same proportions as their ownership of Company immediately prior to such sale.

Notwithstanding the foregoing, a "Change of Control" shall not be deemed to have occurred by virtue of the consummation of any transaction or series of integrated transactions immediately following which the record holders of Company’s common stock immediately prior to such transaction or series of transactions continue to have substantially the same proportionate ownership in an entity which owns all or substantially all of Company’s assets immediately following such transaction or series of transactions.

11


 

(e) Termination Without Cause or Resignation for Good Reason After Change of Control . Notwithstanding any other provision of this Section 4, at any time after the Control Change Date, Company may terminate the employment of Employee with or without Cause. If Employee's employment is terminated without Cause, or if Employee resigns with "Good Reason," as defined in Section 3(d), within the Two-Year Period, Employee shall, subject to satisfaction of the release requirements described in Section 9, receive from Company the following:

(i) payment of the Accrued Compensation;

(ii) reimbursement for any reasonable, unreimbursed and documented business expense Employee has incurred in performing his duties hereunder during the Term;

(iii) the following severance benefits:

(A) a lump sum payment equal to two times Employee's then current Base Salary payable on the 30 th day after Employee's termination of employment;

(B) a lump sum payment equal to two times the amount of Employee's annual incentive bonus for the year in which his termination occurs assuming performance was achieved at 100% of target, payable on the 30 th day after Employee's termination of employment;

(iv) A lump sum payment equal to 24 times the monthly amount of Company's total premium cost to cover the Employee under Company's health, vision and dental plans, and his eligible dependents in effect as of the date of the Qualifying Involuntary Termination.  Such amount will include Company-paid portion of the cost of the premiums for coverage of the Employee's dependents if, and only to the extent that, such dependents were enrolled in Company's health, vision or dental plan at the time of the Qualifying Involuntary Termination. The lump sum payment under this paragraph (iv) shall be made in a lump sum on the 30 th day Employee's termination of employment; and

(v) the right to elect continuation coverage of insurance benefits to the extent required by law.

(f) Expenses . If any dispute should arise under this Agreement after the Control Change Date involving an effort by Employee to protect, enforce or secure rights or benefits claimed by Employee hereunder, Company shall pay (promptly upon demand by Employee accompanied by reasonable evidence of incurrence) all reasonable expenses (including attorney’s fees) incurred by Employee in connection with such dispute, without regard to whether Employee prevails in such dispute except that Employee shall repay Company any amounts so received if a court having jurisdiction shall make a final, non-appealable determination that Employee acted frivolously or in bad faith by such dispute.

(g) Successors in Interest . The rights and obligations of Company and Employee under this Section 4 shall inure to the benefit of and be binding in each and every respect upon the direct and indirect successors and assigns of Company and Employee, regardless of the manner in which such successors or assigns shall succeed to the interest of Company or Employee hereunder and this Section 4 shall not be terminated by the

12


 

voluntary or involuntary dissolution of Company or any merger or consolidation or acquisition involving Company, or upon any transfer of all or substantially all of Company’s assets, or terminated otherwise than in accordance with its terms. In the event of any such merger or consolidation or transfer of assets, the provision of this Section 4 shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the surviving corporation or the corporation or other person to which such assets shall be transferred.

(h) All Payments Subject to Code Section 409A . Notwithstanding any provisions to the contrary, all payments made to under this Section 4 to Employee are subject to the provisions of Section 17, including, without limitation, a mandatory delay in any payment that constitutes "nonqualified deferred compensation" under Code section 409A if Employee is a "specified employee" (as defined in Code section 409A(a)(2)(B)(i)).

5. Deductions and Withholding . Employee agrees that Company may withhold from any and all payments required to be made by Company to Employee under this Agreement all taxes or other amounts that Company is required by law to withhold in accordance with applicable laws or regulations from time to time in effect.

6. Section 280G Golden Parachute.   

(a) Modified Carve-Back (Best Net) .  Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, if Employee is a "disqualified individual" (as defined in Section 280G(c) of the Code), and the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement, together with any other payments and benefits which Employee has the right to receive from Company or any other person, would constitute a "parachute payment" (as defined in Section 280G(b)(2) of the Code), then the payments and benefits provided for in this Agreement shall be either (a) reduced (but not below zero) so that the present value of such total amounts and benefits received by Employee from Company and/or such person(s) will be $1.00 less than three (3) times Employee’s "base amount" (as defined in Section 280G(b)(3) of the Code) and so that no portion of such amounts and benefits received by Employee shall be subject to the excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Code or (b) paid in full, whichever produces the better "net after-tax position" to Employee (taking into account any applicable excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code and any other applicable taxes).  The reduction of payments and benefits hereunder, if applicable, shall be made by reducing, first, payments or benefits to be paid in cash hereunder in the order in which such payment or benefit would be paid or provided (beginning with such payment or benefit that would be made last in time and continuing, to the extent necessary, through to such payment or benefit that would be made first in time) and, then, reducing any benefit to be provided in-kind hereunder in a similar order.  The determination as to whether any such reduction in the amount of the payments and benefits provided hereunder is necessary shall be made by Company in good faith.  If a reduced payment or benefit is made or provided and through error or otherwise that payment or benefit, when aggregated with other payments and benefits from Company (or its affiliates) used in determining if a "parachute payment" exists, exceeds $1.00 less than three (3) times Employee’s base amount, then Employee shall immediately repay such excess to Company upon notification that an overpayment has been made.  Nothing in this paragraph shall require Company to be responsible for, or have any liability or obligation with respect to, Employee’s excise tax liabilities under Section 4999 of the Code.

13


 

(b) Rebutting Presumption that Payment is Contingent on a Change of Control .  Notwithstanding this Section 6 to the contrary, Company shall not treat any payment or portion thereof as a parachute payment if there is a reasonably sufficient basis to rebut any presumption that such payment is contingent on a Change of Control, within the meaning of Section 280G of the Code and any final, temporary or most recently proposed regulations thereunder, as applicable.  In connection with any Change of Control, Company shall duly and timely (with a view to making all payments to Employee required by the provisions of this Agreement as determined without regard to this Section 6 without delay, interruption or reduction), investigate, afford Employee full opportunity to demonstrate, and make a reasonable determination, whether there is a reasonably sufficient basis to so rebut any such presumption.

(c) No Parachute Payment or Excess Parachute Payment to the Extent Concluded by Tax Opinion .  Company shall not treat any payment or portion thereof as a parachute payment if Company shall have received an opinion, addressed to Company, of a recognized law firm or certified public accounting firm (" Tax Opinion "), to the effect that, if made, either (i) such payment or portion thereof would not be a parachute payment or (ii) such payment or portion thereof would not be an excess parachute payment.  A Tax Opinion may be based upon reasonable assumptions, limitations and qualifications, including without limitation assumptions as to matters that reasonably can be expected to be provided or certified by Employee, Company, persons considered to be shareholders of Company for purposes of Section 280G or Section 1361 of the Code, public officials, and other persons that such law firm or certified public accounting firm reasonably believes to be competent to provide or certify such matters.  Company shall use its best efforts to cooperate with Employee and such law firm or certified public accounting firm in connection with the Tax Opinion.

7. Inducement Grant .   Except with respect to the Control Change Date accelerated vesting provided in Section 4, for purposes of this Agreement, the term Equity Awards shall not include the inducement equity grants (the " Inducement Awards ") described in that certain offer letter dated December 8, 2014 from Company to Employee (the " Offer Letter ").  In the event of a termination of Employee's employment with Company for any reason, including a Qualifying Involuntary Termination, the vesting of such Inducement Award shall be governed by the terms of the Offer Letter and the individual equity award agreements entered into between Company and the Employee in connection with the Inducement Awards.

8. Arbitration . Whenever a dispute arises between the Parties concerning this Agreement or any of the obligations hereunder, or Employee’s employment generally, Company and Employee shall use their best efforts to resolve the dispute by mutual agreement. If any dispute cannot be resolved by Company and Employee, it shall be submitted to arbitration to the exclusion of all other avenues of relief and adjudicated pursuant to the American Arbitration Association’s Rules for Employment Dispute Resolution then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator must be in writing and shall be final and binding on the Parties, and judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The expenses of the arbitration will be split equally between the parties, except that Company will bear the cost of the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that Employee would not otherwise be required to bear if Employee were to bring the dispute or claim in court.  Additionally, if there is

14


 

any suit, action, or proceeding (whether in court or in arbitration) alleging a breach of this Agreement, then the prevailing party in any such suit, action or proceeding, during arbitration, on trial or appeal, shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party, in addition to any other relief awarded, its reasonable and necessary attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in such suit, action or proceeding.  If there is no prevailing party, each party will pay its own attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.  Whether a prevailing party exists shall be determined solely by the court or arbitrator (as applicable), on a claim-by-claim basis and the court or arbitrator (as applicable), shall determine the amount of reasonable and necessary attorneys’ fees, costs and/or expenses, if any, for which a party is entitled.

9. Release . In consideration of and as a condition precedent to receiving any severance benefits under this Agreement, Employee shall (i) execute and deliver to Company a release of all claims in such form as requested by Company within twenty-two (22) days following Employee's termination date (or any such longer period if required by applicable law and communicated to Employee) and (ii) not revoke the release during the seven (7) day period following the date that Employee executed the release. Such release shall be substantially in the form attached hereto as an exhibit to this Agreement.  Such release may include the restrictive covenants, each of which may apply for a period of time after the termination of Employee's employment as described therein.

10. Non-Waiver . It is understood and agreed that one party’s failure at any time to require the performance by the other party of any of the terms, provisions, covenants or conditions hereof shall in no way affect the first party’s right thereafter to enforce the same, nor shall the waiver by either party of the breach of any term, provision, covenant or condition hereof be taken or held to be a waiver of any succeeding breach.

11. Severability . If any provision of this Agreement conflicts with the law under which this Agreement is to be construed, or if any such provision is held invalid or unenforceable by a court of competent jurisdiction or any arbitrator, such provision shall be deleted from this Agreement and the Agreement shall be construed to give full effect to the remaining provisions thereof.

12. Survivability . Unless otherwise provided herein, upon termination or expiration of the Term, the provisions of Sections 2 through 18 above shall nevertheless remain in full force and effect but shall under no circumstance extend the Term of this Agreement (or the Executive’s right to accrue additional benefits beyond the expiration of the Term as determined in accordance with Section 1 but without regard to this Section).

13. Governing Law . This Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Texas without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

14. Construction . The Section headings and captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience only and shall not be construed to define, limit or affect the scope or meaning of the provisions hereof. All references herein to Sections shall be deemed to refer to numbered sections of this Agreement.

15


 

15. Entire Agreement . This Agreement, its exhibits and the Offer Letter contain and represents the entire agreement of Company and Employee and supersedes all prior agreements, representations or understandings, oral or written, express or implied with respect to the subject matter hereof. This Agreement may not be modified or amended in any way unless in writing signed by each of Company and Employee. No representation, promise or inducement has been made by either Company or Employee that is not embodied in this Agreement, and neither Company nor Employee shall be bound by or liable for any alleged representation, promise or inducement not specifically set forth herein.

16. Assignability . Neither this Agreement nor any rights or obligations of Company or Employee hereunder may be assigned by Company or Employee without the other Party’s prior written consent. Subject to the foregoing, this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Company and Employee and their heirs, successors and assigns.

17. No Obligation to Mitigate . Following any termination of employment under Section 3 or Section 4, Employee shall not be required to mitigate the amount of any payment provided for in this Agreement by seeking other employment or otherwise and except as expressly set forth herein no such other employment, if obtained, or compensation or benefits payable in connection therewith shall reduce any amounts or benefits to which Employee is entitled under this Agreement.

18. Code Section 409A .

(a) This Agreement is intended to comply with Code section 409A or an exemption thereunder and shall be construed and administered in accordance with Code section 409A. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, payments provided under this Agreement may only be made upon an event and in a manner that complies with Code section 409A or an applicable exemption. Any payments under this Agreement that may be excluded from Code section 409A either as separation pay due to an involuntary separation from service or as a short-term deferral shall be excluded from Code section 409A to the maximum extent possible. For purposes of Code section 409A, each installment payment provided under this Agreement shall be treated as a separate payment. Any payments to be made under this Agreement upon a termination of employment shall only be made upon a "separation from service" under Code section 409A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Company makes no representations that the payments and benefits provided under this Agreement comply with Code section 409A and in no event shall Company be liable for all or any portion of any taxes, penalties, interest or other expenses that may be incurred by the Executive on account of non-compliance with Section 409A.

(b) Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, if any payment or benefit provided to Employee in connection with his termination of employment is determined to constitute "nonqualified deferred compensation" within the meaning of Section 409A and Employee is determined to be a "specified employee" as defined in Section 409A(a)(2)(b)(i), then such payment or benefit shall not be paid until the first payroll date to occur following the six-month anniversary of Employee's termination date (the " Specified Employee Payment Date "). The aggregate of any payments that would otherwise have been paid before the Specified Employee Payment Date shall be paid to

16


 

Employee in a lump sum on the Specified Employee Payment Date and thereafter, any remaining payments shall be paid without delay in accordance with their original schedule.

19. Material Breach .  The following shall be deemed to constitute a "Material Breach" by Company of this Agreement: (i) a material reduction in Employee’s opportunities for earnings under Employee’s incentive compensation plans (not attributable to economic conditions or business performance at the time, so long as such reduction applies to substantially all similarly situated employees or participants, or the termination or material reduction of any employee benefit or perquisite enjoyed by Employee (except as part of a general reduction that applies to substantially all similarly situated employees or participants), and (ii) the failure of Company or any acquirer to obtain an assumption in writing that this Agreement shall be assumed by Company or any acquirer on or immediately prior to consummation of a merger, consolidation, sale or similar transaction.    

20. Notices . All notices required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed properly given if delivered personally or sent by certified or registered mail, postage prepaid, return receipt requested, or sent by telegram, telex, telecopy or similar form of telecommunication, and shall be deemed to have been given when received. Any such notice or communication shall be addressed:

 

 

 

 

if to Company, to

 

Layne Christensen Company

Attention: General Counsel

1800 Hughes Landing Boulevard, Ste. 700
The Woodlands, Texas 77380

 

 

 

if to Employee, to

 

Michael J. Caliel
18 E. Ambassador Bend

The Woodlands, TX 77382

or to such other address as Company or Employee shall have furnished to the other in writing.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties have duly executed this Agreement, to be effective as of the date first above written.

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Michael J. Caliel

 

 

 

Michael J. Caliel

 

 

 

LAYNE CHRISTENSEN COMPANY

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

/s/ Steven F. Crooke

 

 

 

Steven F. Crooke

 

 

 

Senior Vice President—General Counsel

 

 

17


Exhibit to Severance Agreement

 

RELEASE AGREEMENT

In consideration of Layne Christensen Company (the “Company”) providing to me the payments and benefits described in paragraph 2 herein,

I, Michael J. Caliel , agree to the following:

Separation of Employment

1. I understand that my resignation from my employment with the Company (including its subsidiaries or affiliates) is effective ___________ ("Separation Date").  

Consideration

2. I acknowledge that in consideration for my commitments set forth herein, the Company will provide me the payments and benefits described in that certain Severance Agreement dated January 2, 2015 between the Company and me (the "Severance Agreement").  I understand and acknowledge that payments and benefits referenced in this paragraph include consideration to which I am entitled only as a result of my execution of this Release Agreement and not otherwise.

General Release

3. I release the Company and all of its current and former parents, subsidiaries, joint venturers, affiliates, assigns and successors, and all of their past, present and future officers, directors, agents, employees, representatives, insurers and attorneys (referred to in this document as the "Released Parties") from any and all claims, debts, damages, lawsuits, injuries, liabilities and causes of action that I may have, whether known to me or not.  To the fullest extent permitted by law, I agree not to file any claim or lawsuit against the Company (except to enforce this Release Agreement).  I further agree that, to the extent any action may be brought by any third party, I waive any claim to any monetary damages or other form of recovery or relief in connection with such action.  Notwithstanding this Section 3, nothing in this Release Agreement is intended to release any claims that cannot be released as a matter of law.

Release of All Employment Law Claims

4. I understand and agree that I am releasing the Released Parties from any and all claims, damages, lawsuits, injuries, liabilities and causes of action that I may have under any city ordinance or state, federal or common law meant to protect workers in their employment relationships including, without limitation, claims relating to employment discrimination based on race, religion, sex, disability, equal pay, age, national origin, creed, color and retaliation discrimination and including claims under Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964, Civil Rights Act of 1991, the Americans with Disabilities Act, the Equal Pay Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 1981, 1983 and 1985, the Family & Medical Leave Act, the Employee Retirement Income Security Act, the Fair Labor Standards Act, the Labor Management Relations Act, the Texas Labor Code et. seq., including claims for wages or other compensation, and under which I may have rights and claims, whether known to me or not, arising, directly or indirectly out of my employment by the Company, and/or the termination of my employment with the Company.  Notwithstanding this Section 4, nothing in this Release Agreement is intended to release any claims that cannot be released as a matter of law.

 


 

Release of Any Age Discrimination Claims

5. I understand and agree that I am releasing the Released Parties from any and all claims, damages, lawsuits, injuries, liabilities and causes of action that I may have, under the Age Discrimination in Employment Act and related laws under the State of Texas, and any other federal, state or local laws prohibiting age discrimination in employment, whether known to me or not, arising, directly or indirectly out of my employment by the Company, and/or the termination of my employment with the Company.

No Release and Retention of Rights

6. Notwithstanding the foregoing and anything in this Release Agreement to the contrary, I do not release and expressly retain (a) all rights to payment or providing for post-employment benefits under the Severance Agreement, my Offer Letter, and qualified retirement plans or health plans sponsored by the Company, (b) all rights to indemnity, contribution, and a defense of directors and officers and other liability coverage that I may have under any statute, Company policy or by this or any other agreement; and (c) the right to any, unpaid reasonable business expenses and any accrued benefits payable under any Company welfare plan or tax-qualified plan.  

Will Not File Claims

7. I understand and represent that I intend this Release Agreement to be complete and not subject to any claim of mistake, and, except as otherwise provide in 6, above, that the release herein expresses a full and complete release of all claims known and unknown, suspected or unsuspected, and that I intend the release set forth herein to be final and complete.  I further agree that I will not prosecute or allow to be prosecuted on my behalf, in any administrative agency or court, whether state or federal, or in any arbitration proceeding, any claim or demand of any type related to the matters released above, it being my intention that, with the execution of this Release Agreement, Released Parties will be absolutely, unconditionally and forever discharged of and from all obligations to me.   I understand that nothing in this Release Agreement shall preclude me filing a charge of discrimination, or participating in an investigation, with the Equal Employment Opportunity Commission or comparable agency.  However, I further agree that I cannot and will not seek or accept any personal benefit from the Company, whether in monetary or other form, as part of or related to any proceeding initiated by any other person, agency or other governmental body of the United States or any other jurisdiction .  Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this Agreement, I am not releasing any rights that I may have under the Consolidated Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1985, as amended or as that Act is more popularly known, "COBRA," or any of my vested rights in the Company's 401(k) plan, or any other claim that cannot be released pursuant to applicable law.

Return of All Company Property

8. I agree immediately to return any and all property of the Company that is in my possession  (including, but not limited to, all keys, computers, telephones, credit cards and Company files, documents and data documents and all copies, whether in paper or electronic form).  

2


 

Cooperation

9. I agree to cooperate with the Company and its legal counsel in any litigation or disputes in which the Company or any Released Party is, or may become, involved, including but not limited to providing information I may have concerning any such dispute and appearing as a witness for the Company or any Released Party.

Non‑Admission of Liability

10. I understand and agree that the Released Parties deny that I have any legally cognizable claims against them but that the Released Parties desire to terminate my employment amicably, assist me in this transition, and settle any and all disputes they now may have with me.  I further understand and agree that neither this Release Agreement nor any action taken hereunder is to be construed as an admission by the Released Parties of violation of any local, state, federal, or common law — in fact, I understand that the Released Parties expressly deny any such violation.

Confidentiality

11. I acknowledge that during the course of my employment with the Company I had access to and knowledge of certain information and data that the Company, or any of its affiliates, considers confidential and that the release of such information or data to any unauthorized person or entity would be extremely detrimental to the Company.  As a consequence, I hereby agree and acknowledge that I owe a continuing duty to the Company not to disclose, and agree that, without the prior written consent of the Company, I will not communicate, publish or disclose, to any person or entity anywhere or use (for my own benefit or the benefit of others) any Confidential Information (as defined below) for any purpose.  I will not permit any Confidential Information to be read, duplicated or copied.  The term "Confidential Information" means any information or data used by or belonging or relating to the Company or any of its affiliates, or any party to whom the Company owes a duty of confidentiality (including but not limited to information about or belonging to the Company's customers and clients) that is not known generally to the industry in which the Company or any of its affiliates, or any party to whom the Company owes a duty of confidentiality, is or may be engaged, including all trade secrets, proprietary data and information relating to the Company's or any of its affiliates', or any party to whom the Company owes a duty of confidentiality (including but not limited to the Company's customers and clients) past, present or future business and products, price lists, customer lists, acquisition candidates and criteria relating to potential acquisition candidates, processes, procedures or standards, know‑how, manuals, hardware, software, source code, business strategies, records, marketing plans, drawings, technical information, specifications, designs, patent information, financial information, whether or not reduced to writing, or information or data that the Company or any of its affiliates or any party to whom the Company owes a duty of confidentiality (including but not limited to the Company's customers and clients) advised or advises me should be treated as confidential information.

Continuing Obligations Under Severance Agreement

12. I understand and agree that I have continuing obligations under Section 2 of the Severance Agreement and that those obligations remain in full force and effect.  

3


 

Time to Consider this Agreement and 7‑Day Revocation Period

13. I acknowledge that I have been given the option to consider this Release Agreement for up to twenty-one (21) days before signing it.  I further acknowledge that I was advised of my right to consult with an attorney prior to signing this Release Agreement.

14. I understand that after signing this Release Agreement, I have seven (7) days in which to consider it and, if desired, to revoke it by immediately giving written notice of such revocation to the Company in care General Counsel, 1800 Hughes Landing Boulevard, Ste. 700, The Woodlands Texas 77380, email: Steve.Crooke@Layne.com,  but that upon such revocation, I shall forfeit any and all rights to all consideration otherwise to be provided to me under the terms of this Release Agreement.  I also understand that this Release Agreement shall not become effective or enforceable until the expiration of the seven‑day revocation period.

Taxation

15. I understand and agree that none of the Released Parties, including their attorneys, have made any express or implied representations to me with respect to the tax implications of any settlement payment made herein.

Use of Headings

16. I understand and agree that the headings in this Release Agreement have been inserted for convenience of reference only and do not in any way restrict or modify any of its terms or provisions.

Arbitration

17. Whenever a dispute arises concerning this Release Agreement or any of the obligations hereunder, I shall use my best efforts to resolve the dispute with the Company by mutual agreement. If any dispute cannot be resolved by me and the Company, it shall be submitted to arbitration to the exclusion of all other avenues of relief and adjudicated pursuant to the American Arbitration Association’s Rules for Employment Dispute Resolution then in effect. The decision of the arbitrator must be in writing and shall be final and binding on me and the Company, and judgment may be entered on the arbitrator’s award in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The expenses of the arbitration will be split equally between me and the Company, except that Company will bear the cost of the arbitrator’s fee and any other type of expense or cost that I would not otherwise be required to bear if I were to bring the dispute or claim in court.  Additionally, if there is any suit, action, or proceeding (whether in court or in arbitration) alleging a breach of this Release Agreement, then the prevailing party in any such suit, action or proceeding, during arbitration, on trial or appeal, shall be entitled to recover from the non-prevailing party, in addition to any other relief awarded, its reasonable and necessary attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses incurred in such suit, action or proceeding.  If there is no prevailing party, the Company and I will pay our own attorneys’ fees, costs and expenses.  Whether a prevailing party exists shall be determined solely by the court or arbitrator (as applicable), on a claim-by-claim basis and the court or arbitrator (as applicable), shall determine the amount of reasonable and necessary attorneys’ fees, costs and/or expenses, if any, for which a party is entitled.  

4


 

Governing Law

18. This Release Agreement shall be interpreted, construed and governed according to the laws of the State of Texas without regard to the conflict of law provisions thereof.

Agreement May Not Be Modified

19. I understand and agree that no provision of this Release Agreement may be waived, modified, altered or amended except upon the express written consent of the Released Parties and me.

Binding on Successors

20. I understand and agree this Release Agreement is binding upon me and my successors, assigns, heirs, executors, administrators and legal representatives.

Full Agreement

21. I understand this Release Agreement and the Severance Agreement and its exhibits set forth the entire terms of the agreement between the Company and me.  I affirm that in making this agreement I am relying upon my own counsel and I am not relying upon any representations not set forth in this Release Agreement.

Invalidity of Any Provision Affects Only that Provision

22. I understand and agree that if, for any reason, any term or provision of this Release Agreement is construed to be unenforceable or void, the balance of it will yet be effective and enforceable.

No Waiver of Breach

23. Failure of the Company to demand strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of this Release Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of the term, covenant or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment by the Company of any right or power under this Release Agreement at any one time or more times be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of the right or power at any other time or times.  

5


 

Have Read, Understand and Have Voluntarily Signed Release Agreement

24. I have read this Release Agreement, and I understand its contents.  I have signed this Release Agreement voluntarily and knowingly and have an opportunity to consult legal counsel if I so desire.

Signed and Dated

I have signed this Release on this        day of

                                      , 20      .

 

 

MICHAEL J. CALIEL

 

Witnessed by:

 

 

Signature

 

 

Printed Name

 

6

Exhibit 21.1

S UBSIDIARIES

OF

L AYNE C HRISTENSEN C OMPANY

 

N AME O F S UBSIDIARY

  

J URISDICTION

O F  I NCORPORATION

  

P ERCENTAGE
O F V OTING
S TOCK
O WNED B Y
C OMPANY   ¿

Bencor Corporation of America-Foundation Specialist

  

Delaware

  

100%

Boyles Bros. Drilling Company

  

Utah

  

100%

Camken-Reynolds, LLC

  

Delaware

  

51%

Cherryvale Pipeline, LLC

  

Kansas

  

100%

Christensen Boyles Corporation

  

Delaware

  

100%

Collector Wells International, Inc.

  

Ohio

  

100%

Costa Fortuna Del Uruguay

  

Uruguay

  

100%

Costa Fortuna Fundacoes Econstrucoes Ltda.

  

Brazil

  

100%

Diberil S.A.

  

Uruguay

  

100%

Discretionary Trust

  

Zimbabwe

  

100%

ESEMES (Mauritius) Ltd.

  

Mauritius

  

100%

Fenix Supply, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Fursol Informatica S.r.l.

  

Italy

  

100%

GeoBrasil Equipamentos de Fundações Ltda.

  

Brazil

  

100%

G&K Properties Pty Ltd

  

Australia

  

100%

Holub Sociedad Anonima

  

Uruguay

  

100%

Inliner American, Inc.

  

Delaware

  

100%

Inliner Technologies, LLC

  

Indiana

  

100%

International Directional Services, L.L.C.

  

Delaware

  

100%

International Directional Services de Mexico S.A. de C.V.

  

Mexico

  

100%

International Directional Services of Canada, Ltd.

  

Ontario

  

100%

International Mining Services Pty Ltd

  

Western Australia

  

100%

International Water Consultants, Inc.

  

Ohio

  

100%

Inversiones Christensen SpA

  

Chile

  

100%

Inversiones Layne Chile Cinco Ltda.

  

Chile

  

100%

Inversiones Layne Chile Cuatro Ltda.

  

Chile

  

100%

Inversiones Layne Chile Dos Ltda.

  

Chile

  

100%

Inversiones Layne Chile Tres Ltda.

  

Chile

  

100%

Inversiones Layne Chile Uno Ltda.

  

Chile

  

100%

 

 

 

¿

directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, nominees or trustees

 

 

 

 


N AME O F S UBSIDIARY

  

J URISDICTION

O F  I NCORPORATION

  

P ERCENTAGE
O F V OTING
S TOCK
O WNED B Y
C OMPANY   ¿

Inversiones Layne Energy Limitada

  

Chile

  

100%

Inversiones Layne SpA

  

Chile

  

100%

Layne Christensen Australia Pty Limited

  

Australia

  

100%

Layne Christensen Canada Limited

  

Alberta

  

100%

Layne de Bolivia S.R.L.

  

Bolivia

  

100%

Layne de Mexico S.A. de C.V.

  

Mexico

  

100%

Layne do Brasil Sondagens Ltda.

  

Brazil

  

100%

Layne Drilling Burkina Faso S.A.R.L.

  

Burkina

  

100%

Layne Drilling Guinee SARL

  

Guinea

  

100%

Layne Drilling Mali SARL

  

Mali

  

100%

Layne Drilling Mauritania Sarl

  

Mauritania

  

100%

Layne Drilling Pty Ltd

  

Australia

  

100%

Layne Drilling (RDC) SPRL

  

Democratic Republic of Congo

  

100%

Layne Drilling Tanzania Limited

  

Tanzania

  

100%

Layne Drilling Zambia

  

Zambia

  

100%

Layne Energia Chile S.A.

  

Chile

  

85%

Layne Energy, Inc.

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Cherryvale, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Cherryvale Pipeline, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Holding, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Operating, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Osage, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Pipeline, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Production, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Resources, Inc.

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Sycamore, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Energy Sycamore Pipeline, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Heavy Civil, Inc.

  

Indiana

  

100%

Layne Inliner, LLC

  

Indiana

  

100%

Layne International, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

 

 

 

¿

directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, nominees or trustees

 

 

 

 


N AME O F S UBSIDIARY

  

J URISDICTION

O F  I NCORPORATION

  

P ERCENTAGE
O F V OTING
S TOCK
O WNED B Y
C OMPANY   ¿

Layne New Zealand, Inc.

  

New Zealand

  

100%

Layne Puerto Rico, Inc.

  

Puerto Rico

  

100%

Layne Southwest, Inc.

  

New Mexico

  

100%

Layne Texas, Incorporated

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne Transport Co.

  

Indiana

  

100%

Layne Water Development and Storage, L.L.C.

  

Delaware

  

100%

Layne-Bowen, LLC

  

Delaware

  

51%

Lenity Investments (Private) Limited

  

Zimbabwe

  

100%

Liner Products, LLC

  

Indiana

  

100%

Mag Con, Inc.

  

Louisiana

  

100%

Meadors Construction Co., Inc.

  

Florida

  

100%

Mid-Continent Drilling Company

  

Delaware

  

100%

Pan Asia-Layne Joint Venture

  

South Korea

  

51%

PT Layne Christensen Indonesia

  

Indonesia

  

100%

Reynolds Water Islamorada, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Reynolds-Rogers, LLC

  

Delaware

  

51%

Shawnee Oil & Gas, L.L.C.

  

Delaware

  

100%

SMS Holdings Pty Ltd

  

Australia

  

100%

SMS Offshore Pty Ltd

  

Western Australia

  

100%

Stamm-Scheele Incorporated

  

Louisiana

  

100%

Stanley Mining Services Pty Limited

  

Australia

  

100%

Stanley Mining Services (Botswana) (Pty) Ltd.

  

Botswana

  

100%

Stanley Mining Services (Uganda) Limited

  

Uganda

  

100%

Stanley Mining Services Zimbabwe (Private) Limited

  

Zimbabwe

  

100%

Tecniwell S.r.l.

  

Italy

  

100%

Vibration Technology, Inc.

  

Delaware

  

100%

W. L. Hailey & Company, Inc.

  

Tennessee

  

100%

West Africa Holdings Pty Ltd

  

Australia

  

100%

West African Drilling Services Pty Ltd

  

Australia

  

100%

West African Drilling Services (No. 2) Pty Ltd

  

Australia

  

100%

Windsor Resources, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

Windsor Resources Pipeline, LLC

  

Delaware

  

100%

 

 

¿

directly or indirectly through its subsidiaries, nominees or trustees

 

 

Exhibit 23.1

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in

·

Registration Statement No. 33-54064 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 33-54066 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 33-54096 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 33-57746 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-130167 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 33-86654 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 33-20801 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-53487 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-64714 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-89071 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-104412 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-130162 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-105930 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-135683 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-159908 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-159909 on Form S-8

·

Registration Statement No. 333-195653 on Form S-8

·

Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-57748 on Form S-8

·

Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-53485 on Form S-8

 

of our reports dated April 13, 2015, relating to the financial statements and financial statement schedule of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries, and the effectiveness of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company for the year ended January 31, 2015.

 

/s/ DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP

 

Houston, Texas

April 13, 2015

 

Exhibit 23.2

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-54064, 33-54066, 33-54096, 33-57746, 333-130167, 33-86654, 33-20801, 333-53487, 333-64714, 333-89071, 333-104412, 333-130162, 333-105930, 333-135683, 333-159908, and 333-159909 and Post-Effective Amendment No.1 to Registration Statement Nos. 33-57748 and 333-53485 on Form S-8 of our report dated March 28, 2013, related to the financial statements of Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A. as of and for the year ended December 31, 2012 appearing as an exhibit to this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company and subsidiaries for the year ended January 31, 2015.

/s/ DELOITTE AUDITORES Y CONSULTORES LIMITADA

Santiago, Chile

April 13, 2015

 

Exhibit 23.3

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 33-54064, 33-54066, 33-54096, 33- 57746, 333-130167, 33-86654, 33-20801, 333-53487, 333-64714, 333-89071, 333-104412, 333-130162, 333-105930, 333-135683, 333-159908, and 333-159909 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 33-57748 and Post-Effective Amendment No. 1 to Registration Statement No. 333-53485 on Form S-8 of our report dated April 11, 2014, relating to the consolidated financial statements of Boyles Bros. Servicios Tećnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries for the year ended December 31, 2012, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company for the year ended January 31, 2015.

/s/ Deloitte, Inc.

April 13, 2015

Panama City, Republic of Panama

 

Exhibit 31.1

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Michael J. Caliel, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 13, 2015

 

/s/ Michael J. Caliel

Michael J. Caliel

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 31.2

CERTIFICATIONS

I, Andy T. Atchison, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Layne Christensen Company;

2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

Date: April 13, 2015

 

/s/ Andy T. Atchison

Andy T. Atchison

Senior Vice President—Chief Financial Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.1

Certification of Chief Executive Officer

I, Michael J. Caliel, President and Chief Executive Officer of Layne Christensen Company (the “Company”), do hereby certify in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(a) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2015, which this certification accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(b) the information contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2015, which this certification accompanies, fairly presents, in all material aspects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: April 13, 2015

 

 

 

/s/ Michael J. Caliel

 

 

 

 

Michael J. Caliel

 

 

 

 

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

Exhibit 32.2

Certification of Principal Accounting Officer

I, Andy T. Atchison, Senior Vice President—Chief Financial Officer, of Layne Christensen Company, do hereby certify in accordance with 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

(a) the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2015, which this certification accompanies, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended; and

(b) the information contained in the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the annual period ended January 31, 2015, which this certification accompanies, fairly presents, in all material aspects, the financial condition and results of operations of the Company.

 

Dated: April 13, 2015

 

 

 

/s/ Andy T. Atchison

 

 

 

 

Andy T. Atchison

 

 

 

 

Senior Vice President—Chief Financial Officer

 

 

 

Exhibit 95.1

Mine Safety Disclosures

Section 1503 of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Act”) requires companies to disclose in their periodic reports information about the coal and other mines at which they are an operator. The operations of the Company at coal and other mines in the U.S. are inspected by the Mine Safety and Health Administration (“ MSHA”) on an ongoing basis .

In evaluating the information regarding mine safety and health, investors should take into account the fact that the Federal Mine Safety and Health Act (the “Mine Act”) has been construed as authorizing MSHA to issue citations and orders pursuant to the legal doctrine of strict liability, or liability without fault. If, in the opinion of an MSHA inspector, a condition that violates the Mine Act or regulations promulgated pursuant to it exists, then a citation or order will be issued regardless of whether the operator had any knowledge of, or fault in, the existence of that condition. Many of the Mine Act standards include one or more subjective elements, so that issuance of a citation or order often depends on the opinions or experience of the MSHA inspector.

Whenever MSHA believes that a violation of the Mine Act, any health or safety standard, or any regulation has occurred, it may issue a citation or order which describes the violation and fixes a time within which the operator must abate the violation. In some situations, such as when MSHA believes that conditions pose a hazard to miners, MSHA may issue an order requiring cessation of operations, or removal of miners from the area of the mine, affected by the condition until the hazards are corrected.

Citations and orders can be contested before the Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (the "Commission"), and as part of that process, are often reduced in severity and amount, and are sometimes dismissed. The Commission is an independent adjudicative agency that provides administrative trial and appellate review of legal disputes arising under the Mine Act. These cases may involve, among other questions, challenges by operators to citations, orders and penalties they have received from MSHA .

The table that follows reflects citations, orders, violations and proposed assessments issued to the Company by MSHA during the quarter ended January 31, 2015 and all pending legal actions as of January 31, 2015.  Due to timing and other factors, the data may not agree with the mine data retrieval system maintained by MSHA.

 

Mine or Operating Name/MSHA

Section 104 S&S

(#)

Section 104(b) Orders

(#)

Section 104(d) Citations and Orders

(#)

Section 110(b)(2) Violations

(#)

Section 107(a) Orders

(#)

Total Dollar Value of MSHA

($)

Total Number of Mining Related Fatalities

(#)

Received Notice of Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Received Notice of Potential to Have Pattern under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period

(#)

Legal Actions Initiated During Period

(#)

Legal Actions Resolved During Period

(#)

Hycroft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Swift Creek

Outside Lake City, Florida

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Mosaic – Hookers Prairie

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Boron Operations

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

CR Briggs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Gold, Turguoise Ridge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

ISP Minerals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Gold Corp Marigold Mine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Ruby Hill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Golden Sunlight

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick/ Kinross Round Mountain Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

 


 

Mine or Operating Name/MSHA

Section 104 S&S

(#)

Section 104(b) Orders

(#)

Section 104(d) Citations and Orders

(#)

Section 110(b)(2) Violations

(#)

Section 107(a) Orders

(#)

Total Dollar Value of MSHA

($)

Total Number of Mining Related Fatalities

(#)

Received Notice of Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Received Notice of Potential to Have Pattern under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period

(#)

Legal Actions Initiated During Period

(#)

Legal Actions Resolved During Period

(#)

Newmont,

Buffalo Valley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Nevada Copper

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Cortez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

FMI Sierrita Mine, AZ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Jim Walters

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Nyrstar Young

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Nyrstar Gordonsville

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Drummond

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Carmeuse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Morgan Worldwide

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Carmeuse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Lafarge NA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Lafarge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Lhoist NA

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Mingo Logan

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

US Gypsum

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Sweetwater

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Libson Vallet

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Twenty Mile Coal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Goldstrike

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

URS Morenci

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport-McMoRan Sierrita

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Cyprus Tohono Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Sun Valley Plant

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

CML Metals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

FMI Bagdad

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

FMI Morenci

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

FMI Miami

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Twin Buttes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

FMI – Tyrone

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont-Carlin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Silver Bell Mining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Allied NV Hycroft

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Imerys Plant #1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

PCS Phosphates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Noranda Alumina

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Agnico Eagle-West Pequop

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Allied NV Gold-Hycroft Mine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Allied NV – Hasbrook

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

AMEC-Sullivan Ranch

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

American Lithium Minerals-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Asacro-Chilito

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Asarc-Mission

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Asarco-Ray

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

 


 

Mine or Operating Name/MSHA

Section 104 S&S

(#)

Section 104(b) Orders

(#)

Section 104(d) Citations and Orders

(#)

Section 110(b)(2) Violations

(#)

Section 107(a) Orders

(#)

Total Dollar Value of MSHA

($)

Total Number of Mining Related Fatalities

(#)

Received Notice of Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Received Notice of Potential to Have Pattern under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period

(#)

Legal Actions Initiated During Period

(#)

Legal Actions Resolved During Period

(#)

Asarco-Silver Bell

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Arturo (Dee)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Bald. Mt.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Cortez

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick EXP Surf & UG

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick Turquoise Ridge Surf/UG

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick-Goldstrike

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick-Goldstrike UG

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Barrick-Ruby Hill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

BH Minerals-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

BHP-Pinto Valley

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Canamex Resources-Bruner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Cayden Resources US Inc-Quartz MT.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Centerra-Ren

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Coeur Rochester-Rochester

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Comstock-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Cooper One-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Dynasty Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Evolving Gold Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan-Bagdad

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan-Christmas Mine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan- Chino

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan-Dragoon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan-Miami

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan-Morenci

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan-Safford

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Freeport McMoRan-Sierrita

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

 


 

Mine or Operating Name/MSHA

Section 104 S&S

(#)

Section 104(b) Orders

(#)

Section 104(d) Citations and Orders

(#)

Section 110(b)(2) Violations

(#)

Section 107(a) Orders

(#)

Total Dollar Value of MSHA

($)

Total Number of Mining Related Fatalities

(#)

Received Notice of Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Received Notice of Potential to Have Pattern under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period

(#)

Legal Actions Initiated During Period

(#)

Legal Actions Resolved During Period

(#)

Freeport McMoRan-Twin Buttes

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Fronteer Development– Long Cany.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Gold Acquisition Corp.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Gold Reef-Rim Rock

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Gold Standard Ventures-Railroad

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Golden Predator-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Golden Vertex – Moss Mine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Grammercy Facility

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Great Basin Gold-Ivanhoe/Hollister

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Gryphon Gold-Borealis

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Harvest Gold-Rosebud

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Hayden Concentrator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

JR  Simplot – Soda Springs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Kennecott UT Copper- Bingham

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

KGHM International, Ltd.(Formerly Quadra) Mining-Robinson

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Klondex-Fire Creek

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Marigold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Meridian Gold-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Metallic Ventures-Converse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Metallic Ventures-Gold Field

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Mettalic Ventures- Gemfield

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Midway-Pancake

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Mineral Ridge

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Minerals Technology

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Miranda Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Montezuma-Red Canyon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Musgrove Mineral

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Nevada Copper-Pumpkin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont-Carlin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

 


 

Mine or Operating Name/MSHA

Section 104 S&S

(#)

Section 104(b) Orders

(#)

Section 104(d) Citations and Orders

(#)

Section 110(b)(2) Violations

(#)

Section 107(a) Orders

(#)

Total Dollar Value of MSHA

($)

Total Number of Mining Related Fatalities

(#)

Received Notice of Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Received Notice of Potential to Have Pattern under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period

(#)

Legal Actions Initiated During Period

(#)

Legal Actions Resolved During Period

(#)

Newmont Exploration

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont Genex

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont Leeville

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont-Lonetree

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont McCoy Cove

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont-Midas Surf / UG

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont Phoenix

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Newmont Twin-Creeks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Northgate Minerals

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Oracle Ridge Mining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Paramount Gold and Silver

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Paris Hills Agricom

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Pilot Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Premier Gold Mines-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Quaterra Resources-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Regal Resources – Camp Verde

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Renaissance Gold – Spruce MT

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Rio Tinto-Resolution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Romarco Minerals-Haile Gold Mine

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Round Mt. Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Rye Patch Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Snowstorm LLC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Solitario Exp-Mt. Hamilton

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Talon Gold-N. Bullfrog

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Tatmar Ventures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

TGC Holdings

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Thompson Creek Mining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Trio Gold

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

US Gold-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Victoria Res.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Vista NV

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Western Pacific Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

WPC Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

WK Mining

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Yukon NV Gold – Surface

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Heritage Coal

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Carmeuse Lime

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

 


 

Mine or Operating Name/MSHA

Section 104 S&S

(#)

Section 104(b) Orders

(#)

Section 104(d) Citations and Orders

(#)

Section 110(b)(2) Violations

(#)

Section 107(a) Orders

(#)

Total Dollar Value of MSHA

($)

Total Number of Mining Related Fatalities

(#)

Received Notice of Pattern of Violations Under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Received Notice of Potential to Have Pattern under Section 104(e)

(yes/no)

Legal Actions Pending as of Last Day of Period

(#)

Legal Actions Initiated During Period

(#)

Legal Actions Resolved During Period

(#)

Hilltop Basic Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Hilltop Basic Resources

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Noranda Alumin S. Flourocarbon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Noranda Alumina East Flourocarbon

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Carmeuse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Carmeuse

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

Imery's

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No

No

 

 

 

A citations, orders and assessments reflected above are those initially issued or proposed by MSHA.  They do not reflect subsequent changes in the level of severity of a citation or order or the value of an assessment that may occur as a result of proceedings conducted in accordance with MSHA rules and regulations.

The Federal Mine Safety and Health Review Commission (the “Commission”) is an independent adjudicative agency that provides administrative trial and appellate review of legal disputes arising under the Mine Act. As of January 31, 2015, the Company has a total of 0 matters pending before the Commission.  All of these matters concern contests of citations or orders issued under section 104 of the Mine Act, along with the contests of the proposed penalties for each of these. During the quarter ended January 31, 2015, 0 actions were instituted before the Commission and 0 matters were resolved.

 

 

Exhibit 99.1

INDEPENDENT AUDITORS’ REPORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of

Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A.

We have audited the accompanying statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows of Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A. (the “Company”) for the year ended December 31, 2012, and the related notes to the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows.

Management’s Responsibility for the Statements of Income, Stockholders’ Equity and Cash Flows

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this responsibility includes the design, implementation and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows are free from material misstatement.  

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company’s preparation and fair presentation of the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes assessing the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made ​​by the Company’s management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the statements of income, stockholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company’s operations and its cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ DELOITTE AUDITORES Y CONSULTORES LIMITADA

March 28, 2013

Santiago, Chile

1


 

SOCIEDAD DE SERVICIOS TECNICOS GEOLOGICOS

GEOTEC BOYLES BROS S.A.

BALANCE SHEETS AS OF DECEMBER 31, 2014 AND 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(The 2014 and 2013 financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes

 

2014

 

 

 

2013

 

ASSETS

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Unaudited)

 

CURRENT ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

4

 

7,531

 

 

 

8,308

 

Accounts receivable

 

3

 

14,082

 

 

 

17,741

 

Accounts receivable from related companies

 

8

 

113

 

 

 

450

 

Inventories, net

 

3

 

12,664

 

 

 

15,107

 

Income taxes receivable

 

3

 

3,288

 

 

 

4,213

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

11

 

334

 

 

 

802

 

Other current assets

 

 

 

307

 

 

 

406

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

38,319

 

 

 

47,027

 

PROPERTY, PLANT AND EQUIPMENT:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

 

 

1.383

 

 

 

1.383

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

 

64,211

 

 

 

55,907

 

Vehicles

 

 

 

22,259

 

 

 

23,381

 

Machinery and vehicles under capital leases

 

 

 

753

 

 

 

5,556

 

Other

 

 

 

1,575

 

 

 

503

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total property, plant and equipment - gross

 

 

 

90,181

 

 

 

86,730

 

Less - accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

(63,537

)

 

 

(60,210

)

Net property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

26,644

 

 

 

26,520

 

OTHER ASSETS:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Account receivables from related companies

 

8

 

-      

 

 

 

113

 

Investment in affiliate

 

7

 

105

 

 

 

131

 

Trade receivables

 

3

 

93

 

 

 

619

 

Total other assets

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

863

 

TOTAL ASSETS

 

 

 

65,161

 

 

 

74,410

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

2


 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes

 

2014

 

 

 

2013

 

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

CURRENT LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

9

 

113

 

 

 

450

 

Current maturities of capital leases

 

10

 

240

 

 

 

1.238

 

Accounts payable

 

3

 

4,400

 

 

 

5,196

 

Accounts payable to related companies

 

8

 

944

 

 

 

817

 

Withholdings and accrued expenses

 

3

 

3,455

 

 

 

5,315

 

Unearned income

 

3

 

160

 

 

 

738

 

Other current liabilities

 

3

 

379

 

 

 

1,055

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

9,691

 

 

 

14,809

 

LONG-TERM LIABILITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

9

 

-      

 

 

 

113

 

Capital leases

 

10

 

180

 

 

 

87

 

Accrued expenses

 

3

 

4,202

 

 

 

4,115

 

Deferred income taxes, net

 

11

 

4,118

 

 

 

3,117

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

 

8,500

 

 

 

7,432

 

STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

310

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

46,660

 

 

 

51,859

 

Total stockholders' equity

 

 

 

46,970

 

 

 

52,169

 

TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

65,161

 

 

 

74,410

 

3


 

SOCIEDAD DE SERVICIOS TECNICOS GEOLOGICOS

GEOTEC BOYLES BROS S.A.

STATEMENTS OF INCOME AND LOSS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(The 2014 and 2013 financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes

 

2014

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

REVENUES

 

 

 

89,685

 

 

 

115,213

 

 

 

212,619

 

COST OF REVENUES

 

 

 

(85,581

)

 

 

(118,066

)

 

 

(192,963

)

GROSS PROFIT

 

 

 

4,104

 

 

 

(2,853

)

 

 

19,656

 

SELLING, GENERAL AND ADMINISTRATIVE EXPENSES

 

 

 

(5,033

 

 

 

(5,229

)

 

 

(10,801

)

OPERATING (LOSS) INCOME

 

 

 

(929

)

 

 

(8,082

)

 

 

8,855

 

OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity in net earnings (losses) of affiliate

 

7

 

(27

)

 

 

(90

)

 

 

48

 

Financial income (expense)

 

 

 

89

 

 

 

(183

)

 

 

(499

)

Other income

 

 

 

437

 

 

 

388

 

 

 

-      

 

Foreign exchange  (losses) gains, net

 

 

 

(2,440

)

 

 

(2,744

)

 

 

1,520

 

Other (expense) income - net

 

 

 

(1,941

)

 

 

(2,629

)

 

 

1,069

 

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

 

(2,870

)

 

 

(10,711

)

 

 

9,924

 

Income tax  (expense) benefit

 

11

 

(830

)

 

 

1.706

 

 

 

(2.126

)

Net (loss) income

 

 

 

(3,700

)

 

 

(9,005

)

 

 

7,798

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

4


 

SOCIEDAD DE SERVICIOS TECNICOS GEOLOGICOS

GEOTEC BOYLES BROS S.A.

STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(The 2014 and 2013 financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

Common

 

 

 

Retained

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

 

stock

 

 

 

earnings

 

 

 

equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

Balance as of January 1, 2012

 

3,600,000

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

64,066

 

 

 

64,376

 

Dividends distribution

 

 

 

 

 

-      

 

 

 

(5,500

)

 

 

(5,500

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Net income for the year 2012

 

 

 

 

 

-      

 

 

 

7,798

 

 

 

7,798

 

Balance as of January 1, 2013

 

3,600,000

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

66,364

 

 

 

66,674

 

Dividends distribution (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

-      

 

 

 

(5,500

)

 

 

(5,500

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Net loss for the year 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

-      

 

 

 

(9,005

)

 

 

(9,005

)

Balance as of January 1, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

3,600,000

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

51,860

 

 

 

52,170

 

Dividends distribution (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

-      

 

 

 

(1,500

)

 

 

(1,500

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   Net loss for the year 2014 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

-      

 

 

 

(3,700

)

 

 

(3,700

)

Balance as of December 31, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

310

 

 

 

46,660

 

 

 

46,970

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

5


 

SOCIEDAD DE SERVICIOS TECNICOS GEOLOGICOS GEOTEC BOYLES BROS S.A.

 

STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(The 2014 and 2013 financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Collection of trade account receivables

 

106,945

 

 

 

152,601

 

 

 

274,344

 

Other income received

 

2,872

 

 

 

988

 

 

 

815

 

Payments to suppliers and personnel

 

(91,830

)

 

 

(137,921

)

 

 

(218,088

)

Payment of interest

 

(87

)

 

 

(183

)

 

 

(499

)

VAT and similar items paid

 

(9,999

)

 

 

(10,636

)

 

 

(26,044

)

Total net cash flows provided by operating activities

 

7,901

 

 

 

4,849

 

 

 

30,528

 

CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of leasing

 

(1,056

)

 

 

(2,351

)

 

 

(3,004

)

Loans and short-term borrowings

 

2,724

 

 

 

926

 

 

 

30,499

)

Dividend payments

 

(1,500

)

 

 

(5,500

)

 

 

(5,500

)

Repayments of loans and short-term borrowings

 

(3,174

)

 

 

(1,141

)

 

 

(33,760

)

Total net cash flow used in financing activities

 

(3,006)

 

 

 

(8,066

)

 

 

(11,765

)

CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTMENT ACTIVITIES:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Sales of fixed assets

 

821

 

 

 

387

 

 

 

1,889

 

Loan to related parties

 

-      

 

 

 

(900

)

 

 

-      

 

Repayments of loans from related parties

 

450

 

 

 

338

 

 

 

1,847

 

Purchases of fixed assets

 

(5,904

)

 

 

(3,887

)

 

 

(11,242

)

Total net cash flow used in investment activities

 

(4,633

)

 

 

(4,062

)

 

 

(7,506

)

Effects of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

(1,039

)

 

 

-      

 

 

 

-      

 

NET (DECREASE) INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS

 

(777

)

 

 

(7,279

)

 

 

11,257

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT BEGINING OF YEAR

 

8,308

 

 

 

15,587

 

 

 

4,330

 

CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS AT THE END OF YEAR

 

7,531

 

 

 

8,308

 

 

 

15,587

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

6


 

SOCIEDAD DE SERVICIOS TECNICOS GEOLOGICOS GEOTEC BOYLES BROS S.A.

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FOR THE YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2014, 2013 AND 2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

(The 2014 and 2013 financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

2012

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

RECONCILIATION BETWEEN NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

  OPERATING ACTIVITIES AND NET (LOSS) INCOME FOR THE YEAR:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

(3,700

)

 

 

(9,005

)

 

 

7,798

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

6,014

 

 

 

7,060

 

 

 

13,673

 

Net foreign exchange differences

 

2,440

 

 

 

2,744

 

 

 

(1,520

)

   Equity share in net loss (income) of related company

 

27

 

 

 

90

 

 

 

(48

)

   Allowance for inventory obsolescence

 

450

 

 

 

(287

)

 

 

122

 

   Deferred income taxes

 

1,470

 

 

 

1,112

 

 

 

627

 

   Others

 

(632

)

 

 

(294

)

 

 

-      

 

Changes in operating assets decreases (increases):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade account receivables

 

1,878

 

 

 

9,482

 

 

 

24,812

 

Inventories

 

1,993

 

 

 

2,659

 

 

 

1,516

 

Other assets

 

41

 

 

 

157

 

 

 

552

 

  Due from related companies

 

-      

 

 

 

7

 

 

 

491

 

Changes in operating liabilities increases (decreases):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

(163

)

 

 

(166

)

 

 

(12,188

)

Other accounts payable

 

(2,096

)

 

 

(6,226

)

 

 

1,966

 

  Unearned revenues

 

(559

)

 

 

(1,350

)

 

 

(804

)

Income taxes

 

738

 

 

 

(1,134

)

 

 

(6,469

)

NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY OPERATING ACTIVITIES

 

7,901

 

 

 

4,849

 

 

 

30,528

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements 

 

 

 

7


 

OCIEDAD DE SERVICIOS TECNICOS GEOLOGICOS

GEOTEC BOYLES BROS S.A.

NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

(The 2014 and 2013 financial statements are unaudited)

Note 1. Description of business

The Company provides mining exploration services principally in the area of drilling and maintenance and recovery of water wells.

Note 2. Summary of significant accounting policies

Basis of Presentation - The accompanying financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation - The currency of the country in which the Company is incorporated is the Chilean pesos. Management determined the U.S. dollar as the Company’s functional currency in accordance with the Accounting Standards Codification Topic 830, Foreign Currency Matters as that is the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates. The Company’s presentation currency is also U.S. dollars.

Transactions in currencies other than the functional currency are recognized at the exchange rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. At the end of each reporting period, the Company remeasures into U.S. dollars monetary assets and liabilities at year-end exchange rates while nonmonetary that are measured in terms of historical cost are not remeasured.  

Gains or losses from changes in exchange rates are recognized in income in the year of occurrence. Foreign exchange (losses) gains for 2014, 2013 and 2012 amounted to ThUS$(2,440), ThUS$(2,744) and ThUS$1,520, respectively.

Use of Estimates - The preparation of financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.  Significant estimates include the estimate of unbilled revenues, deferred income tax assets and liabilities, the estimate of inventory obsolescence, the estimate for the management compensation plan and the estimated useful lives of fixed assets.

Inventories - Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined by the weighted average method. Provisions are recorded for inventory considered to be in excess of net realizable value or obsolete.  The amount of the estimate of obsolescence as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 was ThUS$766 and ThUS$316, respectively. No amounts were recorded during 2014, 2013 or 2012 for inventory in excess of net realizable value.

Property, plant and equipment - Property, plant and equipment are recorded at acquisition cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Routine maintenance costs are expensed as incurred.  Assets acquired under capital leases are recorded as acquisitions of property, plant and equipment, in an amount

8


 

equivalent to the lower of (1), present value of the minimum lease payments, plus the present value of the purchase option and (2) market value.  The assets will be legally owned by the company only when it exercises the purchase option.

The Company depreciates machinery and equipment using the hours of service method. The total hours of service for each piece of drilling equipment will be equivalent to normal operation of the equipment according to specifications of the manufacturers, with the purpose of giving due consideration to the fact that the equipment works as a general rule continuously in the operations. The amount of depreciation for each period will be calculated using the monthly hours of the equipment that is assigned to a project (job) by contract.

For all other fixed assets, depreciation is provided using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets.

As of December 31, 2014, accumulated depreciation for assets owned and for leased assets amounted ThU$63,443 and ThU$94, respectively (ThU$59,361 and ThU$849 as of December 31, 2013, respectively). Depreciation expense for assets owned was ThUS$5,944, ThUS$6,727 and ThUS$12,958 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  Depreciation expense for leased assets was ThUS$70, ThUS$333 and ThUS$715 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively.  The useful lives used for the items within each property classification are as follows:

 

 

December 31,

 

2014

 

2013

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Buildings

20 years

 

20 years

Camps

1 year

 

1 year

Drilling machinery and equipment

17,280-60,480 hours

 

17,280-60,480 hours

Machinery and equipment

1 to 5 years

 

1 to 5 years

Vehicles

1 to 5 years

 

1 to 5 years

Drilling machinery and equipment in leasing

17,280-60,480 hours

 

17,280-60,480 hours

Vehicles and other equipment in leasing

1 to 5 years

 

1 to 5 years

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets - Long-lived assets, such as property, plant and equipment, are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets to be held and used is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset to estimated undiscounted future cash flows expected to be generated by the asset.  If the carrying amount of an asset exceeds its estimated future cash flows, then an impairment charge is recognized by the amount by which the carrying amount of the asset exceeds the fair value of the asset. No impairments of long-lived assets were recorded during 2014, 2013 or 2012.

Revenue recognition - Revenues from contracts for the Company’s mineral exploration drilling services are billable based on the quantity of drilling performed. Thus, revenues for these drilling contracts are recognized on the basis of actual footage or meterage drilled, using the rates stipulated in the respective contracts. Revenues from contracts for maintenance and recovery of water wells are recognized upon rendering of such services.

Comprehensive income – For all periods presented comprehensive income was equal to net income.

9


 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables - The Company estimates the allowance based on an individual analysis of customer credit worthiness and payment capacity.  The Company has determined that no allowance for doubtful accounts receivables was required as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Cash and cash equivalents - The Company considers investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.  As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, cash and equivalents include cash on hand and in banks, and marketable securities. Cash equivalents are stated at fair value.

Accrued expenses - Vacation cost and compensation plan for executives accruals are accrued as an expense in the year in which earned.

Income taxes - Income taxes are provided using the asset-and-liability method, in which deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statements carrying amounts and tax basis of existing assets and liabilities.  Deferred tax assets are reviewed for recoverability and valuation allowances are provided as necessary. Provisions for income taxes are made in accordance with Chilean tax regulations.

The Company’s estimate of uncertainty in income taxes is based on the framework established in the accounting for income taxes guidance. This guidance addresses the determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. The Company recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions that meet this recognition threshold, the Company applies judgment, taking into account applicable tax laws and experience in managing tax audits and relevant GAAP, to determine the amount of tax benefits to recognize in the financial statements. For each position, the difference between the benefit realized on our tax return and the benefit reflected in the financial statements is recorded as a liability in the balance sheet. This liability is updated at each financial statement date to reflect the impacts of audit settlements and other resolution of audit issues, expiration of statutes of limitation, developments in tax law and ongoing discussions with taxing authorities. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 there are no uncertain tax positions that should be recorded in the financial statements.

The Company classifies interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. The Company has not recorded any amounts of interest or penalties during 2014, 2013 or 2012.

Investment in affiliated companies - Investments in affiliates (20% to 50% owned) in which the Company has the ability to exercise significant influence over operating and financial policies are accounted for by the equity method.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments - The carrying amounts of financial instruments, including cash, trade and notes  receivables, accounts and notes payable and accrued expenses approximate fair value as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, because of the relatively short maturity of those instruments. See Note 6 and 9 for disclosures regarding the fair value of cash equivalents and debt of the Company, respectively.

10


 

Newly adopted and recently issued accounting pronouncements – During the current year, there were no newly adopted accounting pronouncements which had a material impact on the Company’s financial statements and disclosures.

The following accounting pronouncements have been issued and are not yet effective however could materially impact the Company’s financial statements and disclosures:

Revenue Recognition Standard - In May 2014, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2014-09,  Revenue from Contracts with Customers , which amends existing revenue recognition guidance.  The accounting standards update will be effective on January 1, 2017.  The Company is currently evaluating the impact the guidance will have on its financial statements and related disclosures.

Reclassifications – During the current year, the Company made certain reclassifications between the components of property, plant and equipment which affected the amounts previously presented as of December 31, 2013. These reclassifications included ThUS$22,413 from the previous category Machinery and vehicles acquired under capital leases to the categories Machinery and equipment. In the current year, the category was changed from Machinery and vehicles acquired through capital leases to Machinery and vehicles under capital leases.

11


 

Note 3. Composition of Certain Financial Statements Captions

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

14.082

 

 

 

17.741

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts (3)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

14.082

 

 

 

17.741

 

Inventories, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bits and diamonds

 

 

1.054

 

 

 

803

 

Bars and casings

 

 

3.776

 

 

 

4.886

 

Spare parts and other

 

 

8.600

 

 

 

9.734

 

Less inventory obsolescence (3)

 

 

(766)

 

 

 

(316)

 

 

 

 

12.664

 

 

 

15.107

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Monthly provisional tax payments

 

 

541

 

 

 

1.132

 

Income tax receivable

 

 

2.558

 

 

 

2.818

 

Other

 

 

189

 

 

 

263

 

 

 

 

3.288

 

 

 

4.213

 

Accounts receivable - long term portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts receivable

 

 

93

 

 

 

619

 

Less allowance for doubtful accounts (3)

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

619

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign suppliers

 

 

31

 

 

 

2

 

Domestic suppliers

 

 

4.369

 

 

 

5.194

 

 

 

 

4.400

 

 

 

5.196

 

Withholdings and Accrued expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vacation benefits

 

 

2.165

 

 

 

2.525

 

Withholdings

 

 

247

 

 

 

1.362

 

Other

 

 

1.043

 

 

 

1.428

 

 

 

 

3.455

 

 

 

5.315

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Plan for executives (1)

 

 

4.202

 

 

 

4.115

 

 

 

 

4.202

 

 

 

4.115

 

Unearned income - current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Advances from customers (2)

 

 

160

 

 

 

738

 

 

 

 

160

 

 

 

738

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accrued payroll

 

 

370

 

 

 

600

 

Sundry Creditors

 

 

9

 

 

 

230

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

-

 

 

 

225

 

 

 

 

379

 

 

 

1.055

 

(1)

During May 2011, the Company established a compensation plan for executives, with the purpose of retaining those executives considered key to business and company’s development. The compensation plan is to provide economic benefits to these executives, who must meet certain requirements in order to be eligible to receive these benefits, such as to remain in the company for certain period of time, in the event of voluntary resignation. In case of dismissal or death, the benefit will become effective immediately. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, the amount of this provision was ThUS$4,202 and ThUS$4,115, respectively.

12


 

(2)

The following table reflects the detail of unearned income as of December 31, 2014 and 2013:

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

Short term

 

 

Long term

 

Short term

 

 

Long term

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

Minera Escondida (i)

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

658

 

 

-

Minera Escondida (ii)

 

 

69

 

 

-

 

 

80

 

 

-

Minera Escondida (iii)

 

91

 

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

Totals

 

 

160

 

 

-

 

 

738

 

 

-

(i)

Relates to advance payments received from Minera Escondida for drilling integral services, which will be recognized over 68 monthly installments in accordance to actual footage or meterage drilled. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 the outstanding balance was ThUS$0 and ThUS$658, espectively. For this transaction the Company has issued letters of guarantee (see Note 13).

(ii)

Relates to advance payments received from Minera Escondida for drilling services to be provided.

(iii)

Relates to an advance payments received from Minera Escondida for a total amount of ThUS$91 for the acquisition of a Rod Handler system for a Schramm drilling system. The equipment is expected to be purchased in 2015.

13


 

(3)

The following table reflects the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts receivables and inventory obsolescence:

 

 

 

 

Beginning

 

 

 

Charged to

 

 

 

Written-off /

 

 

 

Ending

 

 

 

 

balance

 

 

 

(Income) / expense

 

 

 

Consumed

 

 

 

balance

 

in thousands of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

2014 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Allowance for inventory obsolescence

 

 

316

 

 

 

450

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

766

 

2013 (unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Allowance for inventory obsolescence

 

 

603

 

 

 

(287

)

 

 

-

 

 

 

316

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts receivables

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Allowance for inventory obsolescence

 

 

533

 

 

 

122

 

 

 

(52

)

 

 

603

 

Note 4. Cash and Cash Equivalents

The detail of cash and cash equivalents is as follows as of December 31:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Cash in banks

 

 

2.546

 

 

 

2.423

 

Marketable securities (1)

 

 

4.985

 

 

 

5.885

 

Total

 

 

7.531

 

 

 

8.308

 

(1)

The marketable securities correspond to investments in mutual funds. The following table reflects the detail of these mutual funds as of December 31:

 

Financial

 

Fund

 

Currency

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Institution

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Banchile  Inversiones

 

Cash

 

Ch$

 

 

1.650

 

 

 

3.478

 

Banchile  Inversiones

 

Liquidez Full

 

Ch$

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.407

 

Santander Fondos Mutuos

 

Money market ejecutiva

 

Ch$

 

 

834

 

 

 

-

 

Santander Fondos Mutuos

 

Money market dólar

 

US$

 

 

2.501

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

4.985

 

 

 

5.885

 

Note 5. Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For   the Year Ended

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

 

For the Year Ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

in thousands of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income taxes paid

 

 

578

 

 

 

 

 

1.444

 

 

 

 

 

3.772

 

Non-cash items

 

 

425

 

 

(1)

 

 

519

 

 

(2)

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1) Fixed assets acquired under capital leases. See Note 10.

 

 

 

(2) Fixed assets assumed from lease obligations. See Note 8.

 

14


 

Note 6. Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s estimates of fair value for financial assets and liabilities are based on the framework established in the fair value accounting guidance. The framework in based on the inputs used in the valuation, gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets and requires that observable inputs be used in the valuations when available. The three levels of inputs used to measure fair value are listed below:

Level 1 – Unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 – Observable inputs other than those included in Level 1, such as quoted market prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets or quoted prices for identical assets in inactive markets.

Level 3 – Unobservable inputs reflecting our own assumptions and best estimate of what inputs market participants would use in pricing an asset or liability.

The Company’s assessment of the significance of a particular input to the fair value in its entirety requires judgment and considers factors specific to the asset or liability. The Company’s financial instruments held at fair value are presented below:

 

Financial assets at

 

Carrying

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

fair value

 

value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Mutual funds

 

 

4.985

 

 

 

4.985

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

 

4.985

 

 

 

4.985

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial assets at

 

Carrying

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

fair value

 

value

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Mutual funds

 

 

5.885

 

 

 

5.885

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Total

 

 

5.885

 

 

 

5.885

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Mutual funds invest in highly liquid instruments and are valued using unadjusted prices for identical assets in active markets and are therefore classified as Level 1 financial instruments, Mutual funds are classified as cash equivalents in the balance sheet.

15


 

Note 7. Investment in Affiliates

The Company holds jointly controlled interest of 50% in Centro Internacional de Formación S.A. and Geoestrella S.A., which is accounted for under the equity method.

Summarized financial information of the affiliates as of December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012, and for the years then ended, are as follows:

 

December 31, 2014

 

Non-current

 

 

Current

 

 

Non-current

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Reteined

 

Company

 

assets

 

 

assets

 

 

liabilities

 

 

liabilities

 

 

Equity

 

 

(loss)

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Centro Internacional de Formación S.A.

 

 

-

 

 

 

105

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

8

 

 

 

97

 

 

 

(38

)

 

 

97

 

Geoestrella S.A.

 

 

-

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

(15

)

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

Non-current

 

 

Current

 

 

Non-current

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Reteined

 

Company

 

assets

 

 

assets

 

 

liabilities

 

 

liabilities

 

 

Equity

 

 

(loss)

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Centro Internacional de Formación S.A.

 

 

-

 

 

 

155

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

21

 

 

 

134

 

 

 

(150

)

 

 

265

 

Geoestrella S.A.

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

128

 

 

 

(30

)

 

 

128

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

Non-current

 

 

Current

 

 

Non-current

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net

 

 

Reteined

 

Company

 

assets

 

 

assets

 

 

liabilities

 

 

liabilities

 

 

Equity

 

 

income

 

 

Earnings

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

Centro Internacional de Formación S.A.

 

 

-

 

 

 

311

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

284

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

174

 

Geoestrella S.A.

 

 

-

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

158

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

158

 

16


 

Note 8. Related party transactions

The Company is affiliated with a number of companies through common ownership.  The balances of related party receivables and payables at year end and transactions during the year are as follows:

 

 

 

Accounts receivable / payables

 

Transactions

 

 

Short

 

Long

 

Short

 

Long

 

Sales and

other revenues

 

Purchases and

other costs

 

 

term

 

term

 

term

 

term

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

Due from related companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MDF S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

33

 

72

 

141

 

-

 

-

 

-

Geotec Perú S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

28

 

-

 

42

 

-

 

-

 

-

Boytec Sondajes de México S.A.

 

113

 

-

 

450

 

113

 

289

 

67

 

2.534

 

-

 

-

 

-

Sondajes Colombia S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

88

 

931

 

-

 

-

 

-

Geo Estrella S.A

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

-

 

-

 

-

Christensen Chile S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

228

 

668

 

1.105

 

-

 

-

 

-

Christensen Comercial S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Cs. Geocontroladores S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

26

 

13

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Soudal

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Technosteel

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

3

 

27

 

11

 

-

 

-

 

-

Terratec

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

245

 

270

 

-

 

-

 

-

Geotec S A

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

21

 

-

 

-

 

-

Datawell

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

124

 

13

 

125

 

-

 

-

 

-

CSI

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Centro Internacional de Formación S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Totals

 

113

 

-

 

450

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

850

 

1.1

 

1.3

MDF S.A.

 

271

 

-

 

95

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

2.868

 

3.748

 

8.506

Geotec Perú S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

12

 

-

 

-

Sondajes Colombia S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

159

 

-

 

-

Geotec S.A

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

117

 

-

 

-

Geo Estrella S.A

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

24

Christensen Chile S.A.

 

492

 

 

 

721

 

 

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4.528

 

5.862

 

13.518

Christensen Comercial S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

13

 

9

 

20

Cs. Geocontroladores S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

384

 

943

 

1.168

Soudal

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

1

 

-

Imatec

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

107

 

108

 

125

Gesanet

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

299

 

105

 

90

Technosteel

 

14

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

109

 

16

 

27

Terratec

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

4.472

 

7.682

Datawell

 

157

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

910

 

1.214

 

4.564

CSI

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

112

Centro Internacional de Formación S.A.

 

10

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

88

 

43

 

161

Totals

 

944

 

-

 

817

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

There do not exist and guarantees, given or received for the transactions with related parties. No provision for allowance for doubtful accounts has been determined to be necessary for the accounts receivable with such related parties. All transactions with related parties have been carried out under market terms and conditions.

The following includes a description of the nature of the principal transactions and accounts receivable and payable with related parties:

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda.: In August of 2002, the Company leased an industrial plant located in the city of Santiago from Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. (“Plantel”) to be used in the Company’s operations. Additionally, in June of 2007, the Company leased another industrial facility from Plantel located in the city of Antofagasta. The lease agreements are for one year terms which

17


 

are renewed automatically each year. In August of 2014, the terms of these lease agreement were renegotiated with Plantel to lower the monthly rental payments from an amount of ThUS$45 and ThUS$39 to ThUS$24 and ThUS$20 for the Santiago and Antofagasta buildings, respectively.

Future minimum rental payments required under the operating leases in excess of one year from December 31, 2014, are as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

2015

 

 

528

 

2016 and  thereafter

 

 

-

 

Total

 

 

528

 

Boytec Sondajes de México S.A.: The account receivable to Boytec Sondajes de México S.A. relates to a loan made in March of 2013 for ThUS$900. The loan matures on March 2015, and bear interest of 2.70% in the year 2013. As of December 31, 2014, the outstanding balance of these loans was ThUS$113 which is presented as current.

MDF S.A., Christensen Chile S.A. y Technosteel S.A.: The account payable to MDF S.A., Christensen Chile S.A. and Technosteel S.A, relates to purchases of raw materials and products used in production. The accounts payable are being paid within the normal business cycle of the Company, as with other suppliers or customers, and therefore do not bear any interest.

Terratec S.A .: During 2013, the Company purchased two machines from Terratec S.A. (“Terratec”) for total cash consideration of ThUS$937. As part of the transaction, the Company assumed a lease obligation as one of the drilling rigs was under a lease contract, and the rights to assume the contracts for drilling services at the mines in which the machines were previously being used. The purchase price was based on market value of similar machines. In addition, the Company assumed the obligations of three additional leases from Terratec during the year. The total initial value of the lease obligations assumed from all transactions with Terratec was ThUS$519. See Note 10 for the outstanding lease obligations as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Datawell S.A : The accounts payable with Datawell S.A. relate to payments for measurement and data reading services for certain mining exploration projects. The accounts payable are being paid within the normal business cycle of the Company, as with other suppliers or customers, and therefore do not bear any interest.  

18


 

Note 9. Debt

Long Term Debt

Debt outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, whose carrying value approximates fair value, and are Level 2 financial instruments, is as follows:

 

Financial

 

Transaction

 

Currency

 

Rate

 

Short-term   portion

 

 

Long-term

 

 

Maturity

Institution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

Banco Santander

 

Loan

 

Ch$

 

2,70%

 

 

113

 

 

 

450

 

 

-

 

 

113

 

 

Mar  - 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

 

 

450

 

 

-

 

 

113

 

 

 

In August and September of 2013, the Company paid the three loans from Banco Security.

The purpose of the new loan with Banco Santander was to finance the purchase of a machinery from the related party Boytec Sondajes de México S.A.  The Company recorded an account receivable from Boytec Sondajes de México S.A. as of March 31, 2013 (See Note 8).

As of December 31, 2014, debt outstanding will mature by fiscal year as follows:

 

 

 

2014

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

2015

 

 

113

 

2016

 

 

-

 

Total

 

 

113

 

Note 10. Leases

 

Financial

 

Transaction

 

Currency

 

Monthly

 

Short-term portion

 

 

Long-term

 

 

Maturity

Institution

 

 

 

 

 

rate

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

Banco Santander

 

Lease-back

 

CH$

 

0,55%

 

 

-

 

 

 

247

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Oct - 2014

Banco BBVA

 

Lease-back

 

CH$

 

0,58%

 

 

-

 

 

 

196

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Abr - 2014

Banco Chile

 

Lease-back

 

CH$

 

0,51%

 

 

-

 

 

 

198

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Mar - 2014

Banco Itau

 

Lease-back

 

CH$

 

0,30%

 

 

-

 

 

 

283

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Dec - 2014

Banco Santander

 

Lease

 

CH$

 

0,61%

 

 

-

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Aug - 2014

Banco Santander

 

Lease

 

CH$

 

0,59%

 

 

-

 

 

 

93

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Oct - 2014

Banco Santander

 

Lease

 

CH$

 

0,67%

 

 

-

 

 

 

40

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

Aug - 2014

Banco Security

 

Lease

 

UF

 

0,30%

 

 

79

 

 

 

166

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

87

 

 

Jun - 2014

Banco BBVA

 

Lease-back

 

CH$

 

0,45%

 

 

14

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

10

 

 

 

-

 

 

Jul - 2014

Banco BBVA

 

Lease-back

 

CH$

 

0,47%

 

 

88

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

54

 

 

 

-

 

 

Jul - 2014

Banco Chile

 

Lease-back

 

CH$

 

0,44%

 

 

59

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

116

 

 

 

-

 

 

Oct - 2014

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

240

 

 

 

1.238

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

87

 

 

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, the Company has entered into four lease contracts with banks, which are denominated in Ch$ (Chilean pesos) and UF (UF: is an inflation-indexed, Chilean peso-denominated monetary unit. The UF rate is set daily in advance based on the change in the Consumer Price Index in relation to the previous month as reported in the monthly publication of the Central Bank of Chile). These lease contracts were assumed from Terratec as discussed in Note 8.

19


 

These leases are payable in monthly installments throughout the years 2014 and 2015. The assets acquired are trucks perforators and machinery. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 the obligations from the leases assumed from Terratec were ThUS$79 and ThUS$401, respectively.

During the year ended December 31, 2014, the Company has entered into three lease contracts with banks, which are denominated in Ch$ (Chilean pesos).  These lease contracts are payable in monthly installments throughout the years 2015, 2016 and 2017. The assets acquired were buses and machinery.

The detail of the years to maturity is as follows:

 

Years to maturity

 

2014

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

2015

 

 

240

 

2016

 

 

126

 

2017

 

 

54

 

Total

 

 

420

 

Note 11. Income taxes

Income before income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

(unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

in thousands  of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

(2.870

)

 

 

(10.711

)

 

 

9.924

 

The (expense) / benefit for incomes taxes consists of the following:

 

 

 

For the Years Ended December   31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

in thousands  of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current tax benefit (expense)

 

 

639

 

 

 

2.818

 

 

 

(1.499

)

Deferred tax (expense) benefit

 

 

(1.469

)

 

 

(1.112

)

 

 

(627

)

Total tax (expense) benefit

 

 

(830

)

 

 

1.706

 

 

 

(2.126

)

20


 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013 are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

Short term

 

 

Long-term

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

in thousands of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vacation accruals

 

 

487

 

 

 

505

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Unearned income

 

 

36

 

 

 

49

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other provision

 

 

75

 

 

 

185

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Inventory obsolescence

 

 

172

 

 

 

63

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

 

770

 

 

 

802

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Deferred income tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

 

652

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

2.129

 

 

 

1.706

 

Capital leases

 

 

436

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

1.285

 

 

 

1.318

 

Compensation package provision

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

52

 

 

 

93

 

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

 

1.088

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

3.466

 

 

 

3.117

 

Total net defered income tax assets (liabilities)

 

 

(318

)

 

 

802

 

 

 

(3.466

)

 

 

(3.117

)

On July 31, 2010 Law 20,455 was enacted, in which the income tax rates for commercial years 2011 and 2012 by 20% and 18.5%, respectively, returning to 17% in 2013. Then,  on September 27, 2012, Law 20,630 was published which established a permanent change in the rate of income tax, which increases to 20%, effective for the business year 2012.

On September 29, 2014 the Tax Reform Act 20,780 (the “Act”) which aims to replace the system of taxation of income tax and introduces various settings in the Chilean tax system was published in the official gazette. The Act introduced a dual tax system beginning from 2017. The dual tax system classified entities into one of two systems depending on the type of entity. The two systems are the Attributed Income System and the Semi-Integrated System. The Company’s applicable tax system is the Semi-Integrated System.

Among other provisions that take effect beginning on October 1, 2014, the Act increased the First Category income tax rate to 21% from the previous rate of 20%. Furthermore, the Act provides gradual increases in the First Category income tax rate over several years, depending on the applicable system, as follows:

·

Commercial Year 2014: 21% rate

·

Commercial Year 2015: 22.5% rate

·

Commercial Year 2016: 24% rate

·

Commercial Year 2017: 25% rate for the Attributed Income System and 25.5% for the Semi-Integrated System

·

Commercial Year 2018: 25% rate for the Attributed Income System and 27% rate for Partially Integrated System

21


 

As a result of these changes in tax rates, the Company remeasured the deferred income tax assets and liabilities using the new rates, based on the Semi-Integrated System, in the years of the expected reversal of the book and tax differences. This remeasurement resulted in a tax expense of ThUS$793 for the year ended December 31, 2014.

A reconciliation of total income tax expense to statutory tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

For the year ended

 

 

 

December 31, 2014

 

 

December 31, 2013

 

 

December 31, 2012

 

 

 

Amount

 

 

Effective

 

 

Amount

 

 

Effective

 

 

Amount

 

 

Effective

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

Rate

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

Rate

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

Rate

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

in thousands of U.S. dollars  - ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax at statutory tax rate

 

 

(603

)

 

 

21,00

%

 

 

(2.142

)

 

 

20,00

%

 

 

1.985

 

 

 

20,00

%

Difference in tax expense  resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non deductible expenses

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Permanent differences

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Changes  in tax rates

 

 

793

 

 

 

(27,63

)%

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

 

 

-

 

Other

 

 

640

 

 

 

22,30

%

 

 

436

 

 

 

(4,07

)%

 

 

141

 

 

 

1,42

%

Income tax expense  (benefit)

 

 

830

 

 

 

(28,93

)%

 

 

(1.706

)

 

 

15,93

%

 

 

2.126

 

 

 

21,42

%

The Company is potentially subject to income tax audits in Chile until the applicable statute of limitations expires. Tax audits by their nature are often complex and can require several years to complete. The tax years subject to examination are 2009 through 2014.

Note 12. Stockholders’ equity

Common stock - As of December 31, 2014, common stock authorized, issued and outstanding consists of 3,600,000 no-par value shares.

Dividend distribution - As approved at the Ordinary Stockholders’ meeting, the Board of Directors agreed on January, March and June of 2014 to pay dividends of US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, per share, respectively.  The total dividend distribution amounted to ThUS$1,500.

As approved at the Ordinary Stockholders’ meeting, the Board of Directors agreed on January, February, March, April, May, June, August, September, October, November  and December of 2013 to pay dividends of US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139 per share, respectively.  The total dividend distribution amounted to ThUS$5,500.

As approved at the Ordinary Stockholders’ meeting, the Board of Directors agreed on January, February, March, April, May, June, August, September, October, November  and December of 2012 to pay dividends of US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139,US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139, US$0.139 and US$0.138 per share, respectively.  The total dividend distribution amounted to ThUS$5,500.

22


 

Note 13. Guarantees

 

As of December 31, 2014, the Company has given letters of guarantee to customers for the fulfillment of contracts and proposals, amounting to ThUS$9,806 . If such contracts are not fulfilled, the obligations could be triggered.

 

 

 

 

 

Letter of

 

 

Issuance

 

Expiry

 

 

 

 

Bank issuer

 

Beneficiary

 

guarantee

 

 

date

 

date

 

Amount

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

BBVA

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

 

84693

 

 

07-11-13

 

07-11-15

 

 

482

 

Bco. Chile

 

Cia Minera Doña Ines de Collahuasi

 

 

44243

 

 

08-14-13

 

05-31-16

 

 

2.500

 

BBVA

 

Codelco Chile SA Div Chuquicamata

 

 

93636

 

 

11-27-13

 

03-13-15

 

 

148

 

Bco. Chile

 

Cia Minera Doña Ines de Collahuasi

 

 

45082

 

 

12-31-13

 

03-31-17

 

 

1.500

 

BBVA

 

Cia Minera Doña Ines de Collahuasi

 

 

102805

 

 

07-01-14

 

05-31-16

 

 

819

 

Security

 

Codelco Chile SA

 

 

419077

 

 

09-30-14

 

01-07-15

 

 

40

 

Security

 

Exploraciones Minera Andina S.A.

 

 

421341

 

 

10-17-14

 

02-28-15

 

 

133

 

Bco. Chile

 

Cia Minera Doña Ines de Collahuasi

 

354243-3

 

 

10-22-14

 

10-15-15

 

 

2.963

 

BBVA

 

Minera El Abra

 

 

103689

 

 

10-09-14

 

03-31-15

 

 

198

 

BBVA

 

Minera Los Pelambres

 

 

105072

 

 

11-20-14

 

03-01-16

 

 

860

 

Security

 

Soc. Contractual Minera El Toqui.

 

 

423761

 

 

11-05-14

 

01-03-15

 

0,50

 

BBVA

 

Exploraciones Minera Andina S.A.

 

 

105357

 

 

11-20-14

 

03-01-16

 

 

162

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

9.806

 

23


 

As of December 31, 2013, the Company has given letters of guarantee to customers for the fulfillment of contracts and proposals, amounting to ThUS$13,861. If such contracts are not fulfilled, the obligations could be triggered.

 

Bank issuer

(Unaudited)

 

Beneficiary

(Unaudited)

 

Letter of

guarantee

(Unaudited)

 

 

Issuance

date

(Unaudited)

 

Expiry

date

(Unaudited)

 

Amount

ThUS$

(Unaudited)

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004088-0

 

 

08-14-12

 

01-30-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004087-2

 

 

08-14-12

 

02-28-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004086-4

 

 

08-14-12

 

03-21-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004085-6

 

 

08-14-12

 

04-30-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

000000-0

 

 

08-14-12

 

05-30-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004080-6

 

 

08-14-12

 

06-30-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004079-1

 

 

08-14-12

 

07-30-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004078-3

 

 

08-14-12

 

09-01-14

 

 

73

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

004095-3

 

 

08-14-12

 

09-30-14

 

 

73

 

Security

 

Minera Spence

 

 

309.232

 

 

09-14-11

 

01-15-14

 

 

1.408

 

Bco. Santander

 

Boytec Sondajes de México S.A. de C.

 

 

361.492

 

 

02-08-12

 

04-07-14

 

 

1.487

 

BBVA

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

 

84.693

 

 

07-17-13

 

07-11-15

 

 

541

 

Security

 

Minera Carmen de Andacollo

 

 

371.906

 

 

07-15-13

 

09-15-14

 

 

342

 

Bco. Chile

 

Cia Minera Doña Ines de Collahuasi

 

 

44.242

 

 

08-14-13

 

03-31-14

 

 

1.500

 

Bco. Chile

 

Cia Minera Doña Ines de Collahuasi

 

 

44.243

 

 

08-14-13

 

05-31-16

 

 

2.500

 

Bco. Chile

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

354180-1

 

 

10-23-13

 

10-15-14

 

 

3.322

 

Bco. Chile

 

Cia Minera Doña Ines de Collahuasi

 

 

45.082

 

 

12-31-13

 

03-31-17

 

 

1.500

 

Security

 

Energia Andina S.A.

 

 

383.613

 

 

10-25-13

 

10-25-14

 

 

150

 

Bco. Bice

 

Min. Escondida Ltda.

 

 

173.707

 

 

08-05-13

 

03-31-14

 

 

19

 

Bco. Bice

 

Codelco Chile SA

 

 

169.472

 

 

04-30-13

 

05-15-14

 

 

154

 

BBVA

 

Exploraciones Minera Andina S.A.

 

 

83.296

 

 

11-19-13

 

08-31-14

 

 

115

 

BBVA

 

Codelco Chile SA Div Chuquicamata

 

 

93.636

 

 

11-27-13

 

03-13-15

 

 

166

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

13.861

 

Note 14. Contingencies and commitments

The Company is not involved in any material contingencies and commitments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Note 15. Subsequent events

Between January 1, 2015 and March 30, 2015, the date these financial statements were available to be issued, no subsequent events occurred that could materially affect the financial results of the Company.

* * * * * *

24

 

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Financial Statements

As of December 31, 2014 (Unaudited) and 2013 (Unaudited), and for the years ended December 31, 2014 (Unaudited), 2013 (Unaudited) and 2012 (Audited), and Independent Auditors’ Report

 

 

 

 


 

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

 

Independent Auditors’ Report and Consolidated

Financial Statements 2014 (Unaudited), 2013 (Unaudited) and 2012 (Audited)

 

 

Contents

 

Page

 

 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report – Consolidated Financial Statements

 

1

 

 

 

Consolidated balance sheets

 

2-3

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of income

 

4

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of changes in equity

 

5

 

 

 

Consolidated statements of cash flows

 

6

 

 

 

Notes to consolidated financial statements

 

7-19

 

 

 

 


 

INDEPENDENT AUDIT ORS REP ORT

To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows of Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries (the "Company") for the year ended December 31, 2012, and the related notes to the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows.

Management's Responsibility for the Consolidated Statements of Income, Changes in Equity and Cash Flows

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

Auditors’ Responsibility

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows based on our audit. We conducted our audit in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows are free from material misstatement.

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows. The procedures selected depend on the auditor's judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the Company's preparation and fair presentation of the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows.

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

Opinion

In our opinion, the consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the results of the Company´s operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2012, in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Other Matter

The accompanying consolidated balance sheets of the Company as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in equity and cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013 were not audited, reviewed, or compiled by us and, accordingly, we do not express an opinion or any other form of assurance on them.

 

/S/ Deloitte, Inc.

 

April 11, 2014

 

 

 

 


 

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Notes

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Assets

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Current Assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

 

 

 

3,185

 

 

 

3,452

 

Trade receivables

 

3

 

 

445

 

 

 

471

 

Accounts receivable from related parties

 

5

 

 

306

 

 

 

140

 

Sundry debtors

 

3

 

 

261

 

 

 

480

 

Inventories

 

3

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

7,252

 

Recoverable taxes

 

3

 

 

1,576

 

 

 

2,173

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

3

 

 

109

 

 

 

116

 

Deferred income taxes

 

8

 

 

151

 

 

 

106

 

Total current assets

 

 

 

 

10,233

 

 

 

14,190

 

Property, plant and equipment:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Buildings

 

 

 

 

5,189

 

 

 

5,349

 

Land

 

 

 

 

1,247

 

 

 

1,247

 

Machinery and equipment

 

 

 

 

21,075

 

 

 

19,851

 

Vehicles

 

 

 

 

2,795

 

 

 

2,896

 

Office furniture and equipment

 

 

 

 

1,500

 

 

 

1,455

 

Land under capital leases

 

 

 

 

476

 

 

 

476

 

Building under capital leases

 

 

 

 

2,265

 

 

 

2,054

 

Machinery and vehicles acquired under capital leases

 

 

 

 

95

 

 

 

95

 

Other property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

84

 

 

 

 

 

 

34,726

 

 

 

33,507

 

Less - accumulated depreciation

 

 

 

 

(14,074

)

 

 

(11,733

)

Net property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

 

20,652

 

 

 

21,774

 

Total assets

 

 

 

 

30,885

 

 

 

35,964

 

 

 

 

- 2 -


 

 

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

Notes

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Liabilities and stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term debt

 

 

6

 

 

-

 

 

 

154

 

Current maturities of long-term debt

 

 

6

 

 

 

523

 

 

 

1,377

 

Current maturities of capital leases

 

 

7

 

 

 

121

 

 

 

451

 

Accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

892

 

 

 

1,743

 

Accounts payable to related parties

 

 

5

 

 

 

294

 

 

 

1

 

Sundry accounts payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

20

 

 

 

24

 

Withholdings and accrued expenses

 

 

3

 

 

 

129

 

 

 

205

 

Income taxes payable

 

 

 

 

 

 

15

 

 

 

71

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,994

 

 

 

4,026

 

Long-term liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Long-term debt

 

 

6

 

 

 

2,277

 

 

 

2,590

 

Capital leases

 

 

7

 

 

 

779

 

 

 

662

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

 

 

90

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

8

 

 

 

2,530

 

 

 

1,980

 

Total long-term liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,678

 

 

 

5,322

 

Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in capital

 

 

9

 

 

 

76

 

 

 

76

 

Retained earnings

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,089

 

 

 

23,869

 

Total Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) stockholders' equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

21,165

 

 

 

23,945

 

Noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,048

 

 

 

2,671

 

Total equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

23,213

 

 

 

26,616

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

30,885

 

 

 

35,964

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

- 3 -


 

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Income

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

Notes

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Audited)

 

Revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Drilling

 

 

 

 

 

 

11,499

 

 

 

33,375

 

 

 

67,193

 

Sale of fluids

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,760

 

 

 

8,683

 

 

 

15,237

 

Other revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,318

 

 

 

1,708

 

 

 

2,126

 

Total revenues

 

 

 

 

 

 

18,577

 

 

 

43,766

 

 

 

84,556

 

Cost of services (exclusive of depreciation shown below)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(9,150

)

 

 

(25,844

)

 

 

(46,717

)

Cost of sales (exclusive of depreciation shown below)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(4,041

)

 

 

(5,562

)

 

 

(8,858

)

Selling, general and administrative expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

(3,928

)

 

 

(5,902

)

 

 

(7,392

)

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,338

)

 

 

(3,104

)

 

 

(2,339

)

Total costs and expenses

 

 

 

 

 

 

(19,457

)

 

 

(40,412

)

 

 

(65,306

)

Operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

(880

)

 

 

3,354

 

 

 

19,250

 

Other income (expenses):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financial expense

 

 

 

 

 

 

(309

)

 

 

(394

)

 

 

(654

)

Other income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

828

 

 

 

990

 

 

 

1,095

 

Foreign exchange losses, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

(339

)

 

 

(402

)

 

 

(605

)

Other (expense) income, net

 

 

 

 

 

 

180

 

 

 

194

 

 

 

(164

)

(Loss) income before income taxes

 

 

 

 

 

 

(700

)

 

 

3,548

 

 

 

19,086

 

Income tax expense

 

 

8

 

 

 

(731

)

 

 

(540

)

 

 

(4,632

)

Net (loss) income

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,431

)

 

 

3,008

 

 

 

14,454

 

Less: Net loss (income) attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

208

 

 

 

(59

)

 

 

(501

)

Net (loss) income attributable to Boyles Bros. Servicios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(1,223

)

 

 

2,949

 

 

 

13,953

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

- 4 -


 

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Consolidated Statements of Changes in Equity

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Boyles Bros.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Servicios

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Técnicos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geológicos, S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Boytec, S.A.)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in

 

 

Retained

 

 

stockholders'

 

 

Noncontrolling

 

 

Total

 

 

 

capital

 

 

earnings

 

 

equity

 

 

interests

 

 

equity

 

Balance as of December 31, 2011 (Unaudited)

 

 

76

 

 

 

14,070

 

 

 

14,146

 

 

 

2,830

 

 

 

16,976

 

Dividends distribution

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,400

)

 

 

(3,400

)

 

 

(100

)

 

 

(3,500

)

Partnership withdrawal

 

 

-

 

 

 

(220

)

 

 

(220

)

 

 

(64

)

 

 

(284

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income for the year 2012

 

 

-

 

 

 

13,953

 

 

 

13,953

 

 

 

501

 

 

 

14,454

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012 (Audited)

 

 

76

 

 

 

24,403

 

 

 

24,479

 

 

 

3,167

 

 

 

27,646

 

Balance as of December 31, 2012 (Audited)

 

 

76

 

 

 

24,403

 

 

 

24,479

 

 

 

3,167

 

 

 

27,646

 

Dividends distribution

 

 

-

 

 

 

(3,300

)

 

 

(3,300

)

 

 

(500

)

 

 

(3,800

)

Partnership withdrawal

 

 

-

 

 

 

(183

)

 

 

(183

)

 

 

(55

)

 

 

(238

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income for the year 2013

 

 

-

 

 

 

2,949

 

 

 

2,949

 

 

 

59

 

 

 

3,008

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

76

 

 

 

23,869

 

 

 

23,945

 

 

 

2,671

 

 

 

26,616

 

Balance as of December 31, 2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

76

 

 

 

23,869

 

 

 

23,945

 

 

 

2,671

 

 

 

26,616

 

Dividends distribution

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,497

)

 

 

(1,497

)

 

 

(397

)

 

 

(1,894

)

Partnership withdrawal

 

 

-

 

 

 

(60

)

 

 

(60

)

 

 

(18

)

 

 

(78

)

Comprehensive income:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss income for the year 2014

 

 

-

 

 

 

(1,223

)

 

 

(1,223

)

 

 

(208

)

 

 

(1,431

)

Balance as of December 31, 2014 (Unaudited)

 

 

76

 

 

 

21,089

 

 

 

21,165

 

 

 

2,048

 

 

 

23,213

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

- 5 -

 


 

 

Boyles Bros. Servicios Tecnicos Geologicos S.A. (Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

For the years ended December 31, 2014, 2013 and 2012

 

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

 

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Audited)

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net (loss) income

 

 

(1,431

)

 

 

3,008

 

 

 

13,953

 

Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation

 

 

2,338

 

 

 

3,104

 

 

 

2,339

 

Foreign exchange losses, net

 

 

339

 

 

 

316

 

 

 

605

 

Allowance for doubtfull accounts

 

 

(394

)

 

 

426

 

 

-

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

477

 

 

 

(226

)

 

 

637

 

Others

 

 

91

 

 

 

404

 

 

 

454

 

Changes in operating assets (increases) decreases:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade account receivables

 

 

26

 

 

 

3,247

 

 

 

917

 

Inventories

 

 

3,052

 

 

 

463

 

 

 

(1,314

)

Other assets

 

 

226

 

 

 

285

 

 

 

(420

)

Due from related companies

 

 

(166

)

 

 

1,999

 

 

 

2,594

 

Changes in operating liabilities increases (decreases):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

 

(851

)

 

 

(3,797

)

 

 

(4,239

)

Other accounts payable

 

 

(78

)

 

 

(705

)

 

 

(421

)

Accounts payable to related parties

 

 

293

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

VAT and similar payables

 

 

533

 

 

 

(2,142

)

 

 

(403

)

Total net cash flows provided by operating activities

 

 

4,455

 

 

 

6,382

 

 

 

14,702

 

Cash flows from investment activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

161

 

 

 

521

 

 

 

545

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(1,377

)

 

 

(2,714

)

 

 

(8,930

)

Total net cash flow used in investment activities

 

 

(1,216

)

 

 

(2,193

)

 

 

(8,385

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Lease payments

 

 

(213

)

 

 

(542

)

 

 

(521

)

Bank debt payments

 

 

(1,321

)

 

 

(5,274

)

 

 

(4,864

)

Bank loans

 

-

 

 

 

3,958

 

 

 

5,235

 

Partnership withdrawal

 

 

(78

)

 

 

(238

)

 

 

(64

)

Dividend payments

 

 

(1,894

)

 

 

(3,800

)

 

 

(3,500

)

Total net cash flow used in financing activities

 

 

(3,506

)

 

 

(5,896

)

 

 

(3,714

)

Net increase (decrease) in cash flows for the year

 

 

(267

)

 

 

(1,707

)

 

 

2,603

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year

 

 

3,452

 

 

 

5,159

 

 

 

2,556

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of year

 

 

3,185

 

 

 

3,452

 

 

 

5,159

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

 

 

- 6 -

 


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

1. Nature of business, basis of presentation and foreign currency financial statements Consolidated Group and description of business

The Consolidated Group comprises the following entities:

-

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (BOYTEC S.A.)

-

Sondajes Geotec Colombia S.A.S

-

Boytec Panama S.A.

·

Boytec Sondajes de Mexico S.A. de C.V.

-

Industries Finance Manufacturing & Technology, S.A. (IFMT):

·

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Limitada

-

Mining Drilling Fluids, Inc. and Subsidiaries (MDF Inc.):

·

MDF S.A. (Chile)

·

MDF Colombia S.A.S.

·

Mining Drilling Fluids México S.A. de C.V.

·

Mining Drilling Fluids Perú S.A.

Description of business:

-

Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A. (Boytec, S.A.):   Is the holding company of the subsidiaries detailed below.

-

Sondajes Geotec Colombia S.A.S: provides mining prospection services in the area of drilling.

-

Boytec Panama S.A.: Is engaged to invest in other companies.

-

Boytec Sondajes de México S.A. de C.V.: provides mining prospection services principally in the area of drilling and maintenance and recovery of water wells.

-

Mining Drilling Fluids, Inc. and Subsidiaries: are mainly engaged in marketing and production of fluids and other industrial products.

-

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. is a real estate company that during the years 2002, 2005 and 2007, acquired a land and building with leaseback and finance lease, which are currently being subleased to the related companies Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A., Christensen Chile S.A. and Centro Internacional de Formación, S.A.

Basis of presentation - The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

Consolidation of financial statements - The consolidated financial statements include the financial statements of Boytec S.A. and those of its subsidiaries. Boytec, S.A. consolidates its subsidiaries in which it holds a controlling financial interest. The usual condition for a controlling financial interest is ownership of a majority voting interest. All significant intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated in consolidation.

Foreign currency financial statements - The currencies of the countries in which the Companies are incorporated are Chilean Pesos, Peruvian Nuevos Soles, Mexican Pesos, Colombian Pesos, and US Dollar. Management determined the U.S. dollar as the Company’s functional cur rency in accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) Topic 830 Foreign Currency Matters . Accordingly, the Company measures into U.S. dollars monetary assets and liabilities at year-end exchange rates while non-monetary items are measured at historical rates. Income and expense accounts are measured at exchange rates that approximate the weighted average of the prevailing exchange

- 7 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

rates in effect during the year, except for depreciation which was measured at historical rates. Gains or losses from changes in exchange rates are recognized in income in the year of occurrence.

2. Significant accounting policies

A summary of the significant accounting policies used in the preparation of the accompanying consolidated financial statements follows:

Use of estimates - The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America requires management of each of the consolidated companies in the Boytec Group of Companies to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Although management believes the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of these consolidated financial statements were appropriate in the circumstances, actual results could differ from those estimates.

Inventories - Inventories are valued at the lower of cost or market (net realizable value). Cost is determined by the weighted average cost method.

Concentration of credit risk - The Company provides mining prospection services principally in the area of drilling and maintenance and recovery of water wells, and sells products to customers primarily in Chile, Mexico, Peru, Colombia and Panama. The Company conducts periodic evaluations of its customers’ financial condition and generally does not require collateral. The Company does not believe that significant risk of loss from a concentration of credit risk exists given the large number of customers that comprise its customer base and their geographical dispersion.

Property, plant and equipment - Property, plant and equipment are recorded at acquisition cost, net of accumulated depreciation. Cost includes major expenditures for improvements and replacements, which extend useful lives or increase capacity. Assets acquired under capital leases are recorded as acquisitions of property, plant and equipment, in an amount equivalent to the lower of the present value of the minimum lease payments plus the present value of the purchase option and market value. The assets will be legally owned by the Company only when it exercises the purchase option.

Depreciation is calculated using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets. Depreciation expense for assets owned was ThUS$2,098 ThUS$2,882 and ThUS$2,090 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. Depreciation expense for leased assets was ThUS$240, ThUS$222 and ThUS$249 in 2014, 2013 and 2012, respectively. The estimated useful lives of the related assets are as follows:

 

 

 

Useful life

years

Buildings

 

20 to 60

Machinery and equipment

 

5 to 10

Office furniture and equipment

 

3

Vehicles

 

3 to 5

Leased assets

 

20 to 25

 

 

 

- 8 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

Property, plant and equipment are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be recoverable. The carrying amount of an asset is not recoverable when the estimated future undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the use of the asset are less than the carrying value of the asset. The Company measures an impairment loss as the difference between the carrying value of the asset and its fair value Each of the consolidated companies in the Boytec S.A. has determined that no impairment of property, plant and equipment was required as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Revenue recognition - Revenues from contracts for the consolidated companies in the Boytec S.A. mineral exploration drilling services are billable based on the quantity of drilling performed. Thus, revenues for these drilling contracts are recognized on the basis of actual footage or meterage drilled. Revenues from contracts for maintenance and recovery of water wells are recognized upon rendering of such services. Revenues from sales are recognized in the period in which the risk and rewards of the related inventories are transferred to customers, which generally coincides with the delivery of products to customers in satisfaction of orders. Other revenues relate to sublease contracts of land and building and are recognized on an accrual basis.

Trade receivables and sundry debtors Trade receivables are stated at their nominal value, net of the allowance for doubtful accounts. Sundry debtors are stated at their nominal value.

Allowance for doubtful accounts - Each of the consolidated companies in the Boytec S.A. estimates the allowance based on an individual analysis of customer credit worthiness and payment capacity.

Cash and cash equivalents - Each of the consolidated companies in the Boytec S.A. considers investments with an original maturity of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents. As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, cash and cash equivalent include cash on hand and in banks. The carrying value of cash and cash equivalents approximates fair value.

Accrued expenses - Vacation costs and other expenses are accrued as an expense in the year in which earned or become payable.

Income taxes - Current income taxes are recorded in the results of the year in which they are incurred. Deferred income taxes are provided using the asset-and-liability method, in which deferred taxes are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial statement carrying amounts and tax bases of existing assets and liabilities. Deferred tax assets are reviewed for recoverability and valuation allowances are provided as necessary. Provision for income taxes is made in accordance with tax regulations for each country.

Each of the consolidated companies in the Boytec S.A. estimates of uncertainty in income taxes is based on the framework established in the accounting for income taxes guidance. This guidance addresses the determination of how tax benefits claimed or expected to be claimed on a tax return should be recorded in the financial statements. Each of the consolidated companies in the Boytec S.A. recognizes the tax benefit from an uncertain tax position only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities, based on the technical merits of the position. For tax positions that meet this recognition threshold, each consolidated company in the Boytec S.A. group of companies applies judgment, taking into account applicable tax laws and experience in managing tax audits, to determine the amount of tax benefits to recognize in the consolidated financial statements. For each position, the difference between the benefit realized on our tax return and the benefit reflected in the consolidated financial statements is recorded as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets. This liability is updated at each consolidated financial statement date to reflect the impacts of audit settlements and other resolution of audit issues, expiration of statutes of limitation, developments in tax law and ongoing discussions with taxing authorities.

 

- 9 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013 there were no uncertain tax positions that should be recorded in the consolidated financial statements. In addition, each consolidated company in the Boytec S.A. group of companies does not have any accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits.

The Company and its subsidiaries file individual returns for income tax purposes.

Fair value of financial instruments and fair value measurements An entity is required to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value. Accounting guidance establishes a fair value hierarchy based on the level of independent, objective evidence surrounding the inputs used to measure fair value. A financial instru ment’ s categorization within the fair value hierarchy is based upon the lowest level of input that is significant to the fair value measurement. Inputs used to measure fair value may fall into one of three levels:

Level 1 – applies to assets or liabilities for which there are quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.

Level 2 - applies to assets or liabilities for which there are inputs other than quoted prices that are observable for the asset or liability such as quoted process for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in markets with insufficient volume or infrequent transactions (less active markets); or model-derived valuations in which significant inputs are observable or can be derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market data.

Level 3 - applies to assets or liabilities for which there are unobservable inputs to the valuation methodology that are significant to the measurement of the fair value of the assets or liabilities.

The carrying amounts of financial instruments, including cash and cash equivalents, trade receivables, and accounts payables, approximate their current fair values because of the relatively short maturity of those instruments. See Note 6 for disclosure regarding the fair value of indebtedness of the Company.

 

 

 

- 10 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

3.Composition of certain financial statements captions

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

Assets

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

Trade receivables, net

Trade receivables

 

 

477

 

 

 

897

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(32

)

 

 

(426

)

 

 

 

445

 

 

 

471

 

Sundry debtors

Advance to suppliers

 

 

67

 

 

 

88

 

Sundry

 

 

194

 

 

 

392

 

 

 

 

261

 

 

 

480

 

Inventories, net

Bits and diamonds

 

 

107

 

 

 

383

 

Bars and casings

 

 

734

 

 

 

841

 

Spare parts and other

 

 

1,858

 

 

 

3,171

 

Muds and aditives

 

 

1,443

 

 

 

2,766

 

Import in transit

 

 

58

 

 

 

91

 

 

 

 

4,200

 

 

 

7,252

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Prepaid expenses

 

 

96

 

 

 

112

 

Other current assets

 

 

13

 

 

 

4

 

 

 

 

109

 

 

 

116

 

Recovable Taxes Income tax

 

 

1,179

 

 

 

1,243

 

VAT

 

 

328

 

 

 

856

 

Others tax credits

 

 

69

 

 

 

74

 

 

 

 

1,576

 

 

 

2,173

 

 

 

- 11 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

 

 

 

December 31,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

Liabilities

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

Foreign suppliers

 

3

 

33

 

Domestic suppliers

 

669

 

 

1,710

 

 

 

672

 

 

1,743

 

Sundry accounts payable

Sundry accounts payable

 

20

 

24

 

 

 

20

 

24

 

Withholdings and Accrued expenses

Vacation benefits

 

80

 

87

 

Withholdings

 

29

 

20

 

Salaries and employee benefits

 

20

 

98

 

 

 

129

 

205

 

 

(1)   The following table reflects the changes in the allowance for doubtful accounts:

 

 

 

Beginning

balance

 

 

Charged to

expense

 

 

Ending

balance

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

2014 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

(426

)

 

 

394

 

 

 

(32

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

2013 (Unaudited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

-

 

 

 

(426

)

 

 

(426

)

4.Supplemental Cash Flow Information

Supplemental cash flow information is summarized as follows:

 

 

 

For the years ended

December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

Income taxes paid

 

256

 

 

2,316

 

 

 

3,443

 

Interests paid

 

226

 

336

 

 

450

 

- 12 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

5. Related party transactions

The Company is affiliated with a number of companies through common ownership. The balances of related party receivables and payables at year end and transactions during the years are as follows:

 

 

 

Accounts receivable / payables

 

Transactions

 

 

 

Short

term

 

Long

term

 

Short

term

 

Long

term

 

Sales and

other revenues

 

 

Purchases and

other costs

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Audited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Audited)

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

Due from related companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christensen Chile S.A.

 

20

 

 

 

27

 

 

 

701

 

 

839

 

 

377

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Christensen Comercial S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Geotec S.A. (Perú)

 

15

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

238

 

 

564

 

 

 

1,208

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

CSI S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

18

 

-

 

10

 

 

708

 

 

 

1,052

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Centro Internacional de Formacion S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

5

 

 

6

 

 

6

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Boyles Bros Diamantina S.A (Perú)

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

187

 

 

1

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A.

 

271

 

-

 

95

 

-

 

 

3,718

 

 

 

4,848

 

 

 

8,506

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

306

 

-

 

140

 

-

 

 

4,859

 

 

 

6,966

 

 

 

11,150

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Due to related companies:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Christensen Chile S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

38

 

 

24

 

 

2

 

Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

323

 

 

229

 

 

141

 

Boyles Bros Diamantina S.A (Perú)

 

111

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Find Inmobiliaria, S.A. de C.V.

 

26

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

299

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

Diamantina Christensen Trading Inc.

 

157

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

585

 

 

 

2,121

 

 

 

2,910

 

CSI Inc

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

9

 

 

31

 

CSI S.A.

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

610

 

 

 

1,804

 

 

 

4,988

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

294

 

-

 

1

 

-

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

 

1,855

 

 

 

4,187

 

 

 

8,072

 

Boytec Sondajes de México, S.A. de C.V. has a loan with Geotec Boyles Bros with a balance of Th$113. See note   6.

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Limitada has entered into a sublease rental agreement with its related parties, Christensen Chile S.A., Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A. and Centro Internacional de Formación S.A., for the use of Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Limitada’s office space and plant.

6.Short-term and Long-term Debt

Short-term Debt:

The following table reflects the detail of short-term debt:

 

 

 

Financial

 

Transaction

 

Currency

 

Monthly

 

 

Issuance

 

Expiration

 

2014

 

2013

Company

 

Institution

 

 

 

 

 

rate

 

 

date

 

date

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. (Chile)

 

Banco Santander (1)

 

Loan

 

Ch$

 

 

0.56

%

 

13-Oct

 

14-Oct

 

-

 

154

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

-

 

154

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. (Chile):

(1) On Oct 13, the Company entered into a short-term loan with bank of Santander for US$154, which bear a monthly interest rate of 0.56%. This loan was full repaid in June 2014, in advance of the original maturity date

- 13 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

Long-term Debt:

Debt outstanding as of December 31, whose carrying value approximates fair value and are Level 2 financial instruments, is as follows:

 

Company

 

Financial

Institution

 

Transaction

 

Currency

 

Annual rate

 

 

Short-term portion

 

Long-term

 

 

Expiration

Date

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

 

Inmobiliaria Plantel (1)

 

Banco Security

 

Loan

 

US$

 

 

4.96

%

 

 

 

758

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,477

 

 

Mar/18

 

 

Banco Security

 

Loan

 

US$

 

 

5.75

%

 

410

 

-

 

 

2,277

 

 

-

 

 

Jul/21

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

410

 

758

 

 

2,277

 

 

 

2,477

 

 

 

Boytec Sondajes de

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mexico S.A. de C.V. (2)

 

Geotec Boyles Bros

 

Loan

 

US$

 

 

4.20

%

 

113

 

450

 

-

 

 

113

 

 

Mar/15

 

 

Capital Corporation de

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Mexico S.A. de C.V.

 

Loan

 

US$

 

Libor + 0,4%

 

 

-

 

169

 

-

 

 

-

 

 

Mar/14

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

113

 

619

 

-

 

 

113

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

523

 

1377

 

2277

 

 

2590

 

 

 

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. (Chile):

(1)

On June 26, 2014, the Company entered into a loan with Banco Security for ThUS$3,800, which bears a monthly interest rate of 0.479% payable in eighty four monthly installments, with the first in August 2014. The proceeds from this loan were used to repay the loans which were previously outstanding with an original maturity date of March 2018.

Boytec Sondajes de México S.A. de C.V.:

(2)

On March 2013, Sociedad de Servicios Técnicos Geológicos Geotec Boyles Bros S.A. made one loan to Boytec Sondajes de México S.A. for ThUS$900. The loan matures on March 2015, and bear interest of 4.2% in the year 2014. As of December 31, 2014, the outstording balance of these loans was ThUS$113.

As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, long-term debt will mature as follows:

 

Years to maturity

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

2014

 

-

 

 

 

1,377

 

2015

 

523

 

 

869

 

2016

 

408

 

 

756

 

2017

 

408

 

 

756

 

2018 and thereafter

 

 

1,461

 

 

209

 

 

 

 

2,800

 

 

 

3,967

 

- 14 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

7.Capital leases

Capital leases outstanding as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, whose carrying value approximates fair value, was as follows:

 

 

 

Financial

Institution

 

Transaction

 

Currency

 

Annual

rate

 

 

Short-term portion

 

Long-term

 

Expiration

date

Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. (Chile)

 

Banco Santander

 

Leasing

 

UF

 

 

4.20

%

 

99

 

429

 

779

 

637

 

May/16

 

 

Banco Santander

 

Leasing

 

UF

 

 

11.43

%

 

22

 

22

 

-

 

25

 

Oct/15

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

121

 

451

 

779

 

662

 

 

Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. (Chile): (1) On December 6, 2005, the Company entered into a Capital lease contract obtained from bank Santander Santiago for U.F. 30,046 (U.F.: is an inflation-indexed, Chilean peso-denominated monetary unit. The UF rate is set daily in advance based on the change in the Consumer Price Index in relation to the previous month as reported in the monthly publication of the Central Bank of Chile); which are payable in monthly installments until 2011, and subject to an annual interest rate of 5.56%. On May 24, 2007 such lease contract was modified to U.F.71,441.85 payable in monthly installments until 2016 for the construction of the Corporate building and Antofagasta building. In July 2014, such lease contract was modified to U.F 22,645.73 payable in 97 monthly installments until 2022 and subject an annual interest rate of 4.2%.

On September 27, 2010, the Company entered into a Capital lease contract obtained from E-Business Distribution S.A. for U.F. 2,239; which is payable in monthly installments until 2016 and subject to an annual interest rate of 11.43%. The assets acquired rebited to a data center. In December 2010, E-Business Distribution S.A. assigned and transferred this lease to Banco Santander.

The minimum lease payments required are as follows:

 

Years to maturity

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

(Unaudited)

 

2014

 

-

 

451

 

2015

 

122

 

471

 

2016

 

100

 

191

 

2017

 

678

 

-

 

 

 

900

 

 

1,113

 

Rental expense for the years ended December 31, 2014 was ThUS$37 (2013: ThUS$61/ 2012: ThUS$65).

8. Income taxes

Income before income taxes is as follows:

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

 

 

2013

 

 

2012

 

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

 

ThUS$

 

in thousands of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Unaudited)

 

 

(Audited)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income before income taxes

 

 

(700

)

 

 

3,548

 

 

 

19,086

 

- 15 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

The expense for incomes taxes consists of the following:

 

 

 

For the years ended December 31,

 

 

 

2014

ThUS$

 

 

2013

ThUS$

 

 

2012

ThUS$

 

in thousands of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current taxes

 

 

56

 

 

 

(848

)

 

(3.995)

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

(787

)

 

 

308

 

 

 

(637

)

Total, net

 

 

(731

)

 

 

(540

)

 

(4.632)

 

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2014 and 2013, are comprised of the following:

 

 

 

Short term

De ce mbe r 31,

 

Long-term

De ce mbe r 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2014

 

2013

 

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

ThUS$

in thousands of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Leases

 

27

 

90

 

206

 

132

Vacation accruals

 

8

 

7

 

-

 

-

Allowance for doubtful accounts

 

1

 

7

 

-

 

-

Inventory obsolescence provision

 

115

 

2

 

-

 

-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred income tax assets

 

151

 

106

 

206

 

132

Deferred income tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property, plant and equipment

 

-

 

-

 

2.736

 

2.112

Capital leases

 

-

 

-

 

-

 

-

Deferred income tax liabilities

 

-

 

-

 

2.736

 

2.112

Net Assets  - (Liabilities)

 

151

 

106

 

(2.530)

 

(1.980)

A reconciliation of total income tax expense to statutory tax rate is as follows:

 

 

 

For the year ended

December 31,

 

 

2014

 

2013

 

2012

in thousands of U.S. dollars - ThUS$

 

ThUS$

 

 

%

 

ThUS$

 

 

%

 

ThUS$

 

 

%

Income tax at statutory tax rate

 

 

(198

)

 

26,43%

 

823

 

 

23,33%

 

5.363

 

 

23,33%

Difference in tax expense resulting from:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non deductible expenses

 

916

 

 

(122,27%)

 

 

(310

)

 

(8,79%)

 

98

 

 

0,43%

Permanent differences

 

-

 

 

0,00%

 

-

 

 

0,00%

 

52

 

 

0,23%

Changes in tax rates

 

36

 

 

(4,81%)

 

-

 

 

0,00%

 

-

 

 

0,00%

Other

 

 

(23

)

 

3,07%

 

27

 

 

0,77%

 

 

(881

)

 

(3,83%)

 

 

731

 

 

(97,58%)

 

540

 

 

15,31%

 

4.632

 

 

20,16%

The companies are potentially subject to income tax audits until the applicable statute of limitations expires. Tax audits by their nature are often complex and can require several years to complete. The followings tax years subject to examination are 2009 through 2014.

- 16 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

9. Equity

Paid-in capital:

-

Boytec S.A. - As of December 31, 2014 and 2013, common stock is represented by 7,600 common shares with no-par value.

Dividends distribution:

-

Boytec S.A. A total dividend amount of ThUS$1,497, equivalent to US$197 per share, was approved by the Company’s Board in a meeting held in the year 2014.

A total dividend amount of ThUS$3,300, equivalent to US$434 per share, was approved by the Company’s Board in a meeting held in the year 2013.

A total dividend amount of ThUS$3,400, equivalent to US$447 per share, was approved by the Company’s Board in a meeting held in the year 2012.

-

Mining Drilling Fluids, Inc. and Subsidiaries (MDF Inc.) - A total dividend amount of ThUS$794 equivalent to US$0.794 per share, was approved by the Company’s Board in a meeting held in the year 2014. A 50% of this dividend was paid to Boytec S.A.

A total dividend amount of ThUS$1,000 equivalent to US$1,000 per share, was approved by the Company’s Board in a meeting held in the year 2013. A 50% of this dividend was paid to Boytec S.A.

A total dividend amount of ThUS$200 equivalent to US $200 per share, was approved by the Company’s Board in a meeting held in the year 2012. A 50% of this dividend was paid to Boytec S.A.

10. Guarantees

As a result of the loan entered into with Banco Security on June 26, 2014, as discussed in Note 6, Inmobiliaria Plantel Industrial Ltda. was required to mortgage and guarantee the corporate building, which has a carrying value of ThUS$3,141 as of December 31, 2014.

In 2014 and 2013, the Company has not given other guarantees.

11. Contingencies and commitments

The Company is not involved in any contingencies and commitments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

Litigation - The Company is party to various legal actions in the normal course of its business. The Company is not involved in or threatened by proceedings for which the Company believes it is not adequately insured or indemnified or which, if determined adversely, would have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Transfer pricing Additional taxes payable could arise in transactions with nonresident related parties if the tax authority, during a review, believes that prices and amounts used by the Company are not similar to those used with or between independent parties in comparable transactions.

The company has no commitments as of December 31, 2014 and 2013.

- 17 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

12. Fair value of financial instruments

Fair value of financial instruments - The estimated fair value amounts presented in this consolidated financial statement have been determined by the Company using available market information together with appropriate valuation methodologies, such as discounted cash flows model, that require considerable judgment in developing and interpreting the estimates of fair value. Accordingly, the estimates presented herein are not necessarily indicative of the amounts that the Company could realize in a current market exchange. The use of different market assumptions and/or estimation methodologies may have a material effect on the estimated fair value amounts.

The carrying amounts of the Company’s accounts receivable, accounts payable and current notes payable approximate fair value because they have relatively short-term maturities and bear interest at rates tied to market indicators, as appropriate. The Company’s long-term debt consists of debt instruments that bear interest at fixed or variable rates tied to market indicators.

13. New accounting pronouncements

Recently adopted accounting pronouncements

In February 2013, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2013-02, Comprehensive Income (ASC 220): Reporting of Amounts Reclassified Out of Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income. The amendments in this ASU supersede and replace the presentation requirements for reclassifications out of accumulated other comprehensive income in ASU 2011-05 (issued in June 2011) and ASU 2011-12 (issued in December 2011) for all public and private organizations. The amendments require an entity to provide information about the amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by component. In addition, an entity is required to present, either on the face of the statement where net income is presented or in the notes, significant amounts reclassified out of accumulated other comprehensive income by the respective line items of net income but only if the amount reclassified is required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified to net income in its entirety in the same reporting period. For other amounts that are not required under U.S. GAAP to be reclassified in their entirety to net income, an entity is required to cross-reference to other disclosures required under U.S. GAAP that provide additional detail about those amounts. For public entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2012. For nonpublic entities, the amendments are effective prospectively for reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2013. The adoption of this guidance did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

Recently issued accounting pronouncements pending adoption

In May 2014, the FASB issued ASU No. 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (ASC 606), which amends the ASC and creates a new Topic 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers. The core principle of the guidance is that an entity should recognize revenue to depict the transfer of promised goods or services to customers in an amount that reflects the consideration to which the entity expects to be entitled in exchange for those goods or services. The guidance in this ASU supersedes the revenue recognition requirements in Topic 605, Revenue Recognition, and most industry-specific guidance throughout the Industry Topics of the ASC. For nonpublic entities, the amendments in this ASU are effective for annual reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2017, and interim periods within annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. The Company is currently evaluating the effects of adopting this ASU on the consolidated financial statements.

Other than the ASU previously mentioned, the Company considers there are no new accounting standards pending adoption that will have a material impact on the Company´s consolidated financial statements.

- 18 -


Boyles Bros. Servicios Técnicos Geológicos S.A.

(Boytec S.A.) and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

For the years ended December 31, 2014 and 2013

(In thousands of U.S. dollars)

(The 2014 and 2013 consolidated financial statements are unaudited)

14. Subsequent events

Between January 1 st , 2015 and March 31, 2015, the issuance date of these consolidated financial statements, no subsequent events occurred that could materially affect the financial results of the Company.

15. Approval of financial statements

The financial statements were approved by the Administration and authorized for issuance on March 31, 2015.

* * * * * *

- 19 -